0001144204-17-020453.txt : 20170414 0001144204-17-020453.hdr.sgml : 20170414 20170414092202 ACCESSION NUMBER: 0001144204-17-020453 CONFORMED SUBMISSION TYPE: 1-A PUBLIC DOCUMENT COUNT: 19 FILED AS OF DATE: 20170414 DATE AS OF CHANGE: 20170414 FILER: COMPANY DATA: COMPANY CONFORMED NAME: Chino Commercial Bancorp CENTRAL INDEX KEY: 0001365794 STANDARD INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION: NATIONAL COMMERCIAL BANKS [6021] IRS NUMBER: 204797048 STATE OF INCORPORATION: CA FISCAL YEAR END: 1231 FILING VALUES: FORM TYPE: 1-A SEC ACT: 1933 Act SEC FILE NUMBER: 024-10693 FILM NUMBER: 17762234 BUSINESS ADDRESS: STREET 1: 14245 PIPELINE AVENUE CITY: CHINO STATE: CA ZIP: 91710 BUSINESS PHONE: 909-393-8880 MAIL ADDRESS: STREET 1: 14245 PIPELINE AVENUE CITY: CHINO STATE: CA ZIP: 91710 1-A 1 primary_doc.xml 1-A LIVE 0001365794 XXXXXXXX Chino Commercial Bancorp CA 2006 0001365794 6021 20-4797048 37 2 14245 Pipeline Avenue Chino CA 91701 909-393-8880 Nikki Wolontis Banking 30498888.00 24811843.00 107359980.00 6000404.00 175091818.00 900276.00 137562248.00 3093000.00 161555524.00 13536294.00 175091818.00 6179244.00 411012.00 213059.00 1453103.00 1.18 1.18 Vavrinek, Trine, Day & Co., LLP Common 1231332 16957M 10 OTC-Pink N/A 0 000000N/A 000000N/A N/A 0 000000N/A 000000N/A true true Tier1 Audited Equity (common or preferred stock) N N N Y N N 323277 1231332 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 true AZ CA HI ID IL IA KS MN MO MT NE NV NM NY SC SD TX UT VA WA true PART II AND III 2 v463400_partiiandiii.htm PART II AND III

An offering statement pursuant to Regulation A relating to these securities has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Information contained in this Preliminary Offering Circular is subject to completion or amendment. These securities may not be sold nor may offers to buy be accepted before the offering statement filed with the Commission is qualified. This Preliminary Offering Circular shall not constitute an offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer to buy nor may there be any sales of these securities in any state in which such offer, solicitation or sale would be unlawful before registration or qualification under the laws of any such state. We may elect to satisfy our obligation to deliver a Final Offering Circular by sending you a notice within two business days after the completion of our sale to you that contains the URL where the Final Offering Circular or the offering statement in which such Final Offering Circular was filed may be obtained.

 

PRELIMINARY OFFERING CIRCULAR

 

 

Up to 307,883 Shares of Common Stock
at $_____ Per Share1

 

We are offering for sale up to 307,883 shares1 of our common stock on a “best efforts” basis and are also distributing, at no charge to our shareholders, transferable subscription rights to purchase all 307,883 of such shares, plus approximately 15,394 “bonus” shares as described further below. We are offering the shares first to our existing shareholders pursuant to the subscription rights, and then (if any shares remain available) to other interested investors on a non-rights basis. While the purchase price in both cases is $_____ per share, persons exercising subscription rights will receive a bonus equal to five percent (5%) of the number of shares purchased pursuant to such rights, for no additional consideration. Subscription rights will be distributed to persons who owned shares of our common stock as of 5:00 p.m., Pacific Time, on [RECORD DATE], the record date for the rights offering. There is no minimum purchase requirement and we are not required to sell any minimum number of shares in this offering. We will not escrow your subscription funds. See “TERMS OF THE OFFERING.”

 

Although our common stock is quoted on the OTC-Pink (symbol “CCBC”), there has been a very limited trading market in our common stock, and it is not anticipated that an active market will develop as a result of this offering. See “RISK FACTORS” and “MARKET INFORMATION AND DIVIDEND POLICY AND RELATED MATTERS.” As of [LATEST PRACTICABLE DATE], the last reported sales price of our common stock was $_____.

 

Investing in our common stock involves risks. See “RISK FACTORS” beginning on page 14.

 

  Per Share1 Total
Offering Price $_______ $________
Underwriting Discounts and Commissions2
Proceeds to Chino Commercial Bancorp $_______ $_______3

 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any states securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this offering circular. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

The shares of common stock offered hereby are not deposits and are not insured by the FDIC or any other governmental agency. The shares of common stock may not be used as collateral to secure a loan from Chino Commercial Bank and loans from Chino Commercial Bank may not be used to purchase this stock.

 

1 We are offering the shares first to our existing shareholders pursuant to subscription rights until [RIGHTS EXPIRATION DATE], and then (if any shares remain available) to other interested investors on a non-rights basis. While the purchase price in both cases is $_______ per share, persons exercising shareholder subscription rights will receive a bonus equal to five percent (5%) of the number of shares purchased pursuant to such rights, for no additional consideration. If all shares offered were purchased on a rights basis, the total number of shares issued would be approximately 323,277. The actual number of shares issued would actually be slightly lower than this figure due to the fact that each shareholder’s bonus shares will be rounded down to the nearest whole number. The per share price is for the purchased shares only and does not include any adjustment to reflect the bonus shares. See “TERMS OF THE OFFERING.”

 

2 This offering is not underwritten. We are offering the shares of common stock directly to the public through our officers and directors without the services of an underwriter or selling agent. However, we may retain the services of a broker or placement agent to assist us on a best efforts basis with the non-rights portion of the offering if circumstances warrant. We are currently unable to estimate the cost of any such services. Our officers and directors are not entitled to receive any discounts or commissions for selling any shares, but may be reimbursed for reasonable expenses they incur, if any.

 

3 Represents the maximum proceeds from the sale of all 307,883 shares at $_______ per share (plus the bonus shares to be issued for no additional consideration) before deduction of estimated offering expenses of $_______.

 

The date of this offering circular is ________________, 2017

 

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ABOUT THIS OFFERING CIRCULAR 1
   
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS 1
   
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS RELATING TO THE OFFERING 2
   
OFFERING CIRCULAR SUMMARY 7
   
SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA 12
   
RISK FACTORS 14
   
TERMS OF THE OFFERING 23
   
USE OF PROCEEDS 26
   
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION 27
   
MARKET INFORMATION AND DIVIDEND POLICY AND RELATED MATTERS 28
   
CAPITALIZATION 30
   
BUSINESS 31
   
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 41
   
DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS 59
   
EXECUTIVE OFFICER AND DIRECTOR COMPENSATION 63
   
RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS 66
   
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT 66
   
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK 66
   
LEGAL MATTERS 67
   
EXPERTS 67
   
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 67

 

 

 

ABOUT THIS OFFERING CIRCULAR

 

You should rely only on the information contained in this offering circular. We have not authorized any person to provide you with different or inconsistent information. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. We are not making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should assume that the information appearing in this offering circular is accurate only as of the date hereof. Chino Commercial Bancorp’s business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

 

The offering statement that contains this offering circular (including the exhibits to the offering statement) contains additional information about us and the securities offered under this offering circular. That offering statement can be read at the Securities and Exchange Commission’s website or at the Securities and Exchange Commission’s offices mentioned under the heading “Where You Can Find More Information.”

 

Unless otherwise indicated or unless the context requires otherwise, all references in this offering circular to “we,” “us,” “our” or similar references mean Chino Commercial Bancorp and its wholly owned subsidiaries.

 

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

Certain of the statements contained in this offering circular may constitute “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 and Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). Forward-looking statements discuss future expectations, describe future plans and strategies, contain projections of results of operations or of financial condition or state other forward-looking information. Forward-looking statements are generally identifiable by the use of forward-looking terminology such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “continue,” “could,” “would,” “endeavor,” “estimate,” “expect,” “forecast,” “goal,” “intend,” “may,” “objective,” “potential,” “plan,” “predict,” “project,” “seek,” “should,” “will” or the negative of such terms and other similar words and expressions of future intent. These forward-looking statements are subject to certain known and unknown risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from our historical experience and our present expectations or projections. Such risks and uncertainties and other factors include, but are not limited to, adverse developments or conditions related to or arising from:

 

significant volatility and deterioration in the credit and financial markets; and adverse changes in general economic conditions;

 

deterioration in our asset or credit quality, including changes in the level and trend of loan delinquencies and write-offs and changes in our allowance for loan losses and provision for loan losses that may be impacted by deterioration in the residential and commercial real estate markets;

 

inflation and changes in the interest rate environment (including changes in the shape of the yield curve) that reduce our margins or the fair value of financial instruments;

 

fluctuations in the demand for loans, the number of unsold homes, land and other properties and fluctuations in real estate values in our market areas;

 

the availability of capital;

 

changes in laws or government regulations affecting financial institutions, including changes in regulatory costs and capital requirements, as well as changes in monetary and fiscal policies;

 

the use of estimates in determining the fair value of certain of our assets, which estimates may prove to be incorrect and result in significant declines in valuation;

 

our ability to attract and retain deposits and loans in view of increased competitive pressures and other factors;

 

further increases in premiums for deposit insurance;

 

our ability to control general operating costs and expenses;

 

the soundness of other financial institutions;

 

 1 

 

 

 

the potential for regulatory action against us or the Bank, which could require us to increase our allowance for loan losses, write down assets, change our regulatory capital position or affect our ability to borrow funds or maintain or increase deposits, which could adversely affect our liquidity and earnings;

 

environmental conditions, including natural disasters, or the impacts of war or terrorist attacks, any of which may disrupt our business, our operations or our borrowers;

 

the failure or security breach of computer systems on which we depend;

 

the effects of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act or other changes in laws, regulations, and accounting rules, or their interpretations;

 

general economic or business conditions in California and other regions where the Bank has operations, including, but not limited to, adverse changes in economic conditions resulting from a prolonged economic downturn;

 

our ability to enter new markets successfully and capitalize on growth opportunities;

 

changes in consumer spending, borrowing and savings habits;

 

changes in accounting policies and practices, as may be adopted by the bank regulatory agencies, taxing authorities and the Financial Accounting Standards Board;

 

other risks that are described in this offering circular under “RISK FACTORS;” and

 

our ability to manage the risks involved in the foregoing.

 

The statements under “RISK FACTORS” and other sections of this offering circular address additional facts that could cause our actual results to differ from those set forth in the forward-looking statements. We caution investors not to place significant reliance on the forward-looking statements contained in this offering circular.

 

Because of these and other uncertainties, our actual future results, performance or achievements, or industry results, may be materially different from the results contemplated by these forward-looking statements. In addition, our past results of operations do not necessarily indicate our future results. Please take into account that forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of, and are based on our beliefs and assumptions as of the date of this offering circular. We do not undertake any obligation to publicly correct or update any forward-looking statement whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. We qualify all of our forward-looking statements by these cautionary statements.

 

QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS RELATING TO THE OFFERING

 

What is the rights portion of the offering?

 

We are distributing at no charge, to holders of our shares of common stock, transferable subscription rights to purchase shares of our common stock at a price of $_____ per share, and to receive certain “bonus” shares as described below. You will receive subscription rights to purchase one share for every four shares of common stock you owned as of 5:00 p.m., Pacific Time, on [RECORD DATE], the record date. The subscription rights entitle the holder to exercise these “basic” subscription rights as well as an over-subscription privilege, both of which are described below.

 

What are the basic subscription rights?

 

The basic subscription rights give our shareholders the right to purchase a specified number of shares of our common stock at a subscription price of $_____ per share, although we reserve the right in our sole discretion not to offer shares to, or honor subscription rights from, any person who is not a resident of California. In addition, persons exercising subscription rights will receive bonus shares equal to five percent (5%) of the number of shares purchased pursuant to such rights, for no additional consideration. We have granted to you, as a shareholder of record as of 5:00 p.m., Pacific Time, on [RECORD DATE], basic subscription rights to purchase one share of our common stock for every four shares of our common stock you owned on that date. We will not issue fractional shares through the exercise of the basic subscription rights, and any fractional share interests resulting from the exercise of the basic subscription rights will be eliminated by rounding down to the nearest whole share. For example, if you owned 80 shares of our common stock on the record date, you would receive basic subscription rights to purchase 20 shares of common stock for $_____ per share, and if you choose to exercise your subscription rights in full, you would receive a total of 21 shares, including the “bonus” shares described above. If you owned 40 shares, you would receive only 10 shares due to rounding down. If you owned fewer than four shares as of the record date, you will not be eligible to participate in the rights offering, though you can purchase shares in the non-rights portion of the offering if you desire. You may exercise all or a portion of your basic subscription rights or you may choose not to exercise any subscription rights at all. However, if you exercise less than your full basic subscription rights, you will not be entitled to purchase any additional shares by using your over-subscription privilege.

 

 2 

 

If you are a “registered” shareholder, i.e., hold your stock directly in certificate or book-entry form, the number of shares you may purchase pursuant to your basic subscription rights is indicated on the enclosed shareholder subscription rights agreement. This shareholder subscription rights agreement is the only legal document you will receive evidencing your subscription rights; however, if you should lose it, we have a record of all subscription rights and can send you a duplicate if time permits. If you hold your shares in the name of a custodian bank, broker, dealer or other nominee, the rights will be issued to the nominee record holder for each share of our common stock that you own at the record date. If you are not contacted by your custodian bank, broker, dealer or other nominee, you should contact your nominee as soon as possible.

 

What is the over-subscription privilege?

 

If you purchase all shares available to you pursuant to your basic subscription rights, you may also choose to purchase, at the same purchase price of $_____ per share, a portion of any shares of our common stock in this offering that are not purchased through the exercise of basic subscription rights. You will also receive bonus shares equal to five percent (5%) of the number of shares purchased pursuant to such over-subscription privilege, for no additional consideration. You should indicate on your shareholder subscription rights agreement how many additional shares you would like to purchase pursuant to your over-subscription privilege.

 

If sufficient shares of common stock are available, we will honor your over-subscription request in full. If, however, over-subscription requests exceed the number of shares available, the available shares of common stock among rights holders who exercise their oversubscription privileges will be allocated by us on a discretionary basis, after giving consideration to both the number of shares each rights holder subscribed for under his or her basic subscription rights and the number of shares requested through the exercise of the over-subscription privilege.

 

In order to properly exercise your over-subscription privilege, you must deliver the subscription payment related to your over-subscription privilege at the time you deliver payment to exercise your basic subscription rights. We will not know the actual number of unsubscribed shares prior to the expiration of the rights offering, so if you wish to maximize the number of shares you purchase pursuant to your over-subscription privilege, you will need to deliver full payment for the maximum number of shares you wish to purchase under your over-subscription privilege.

 

Am I required to exercise all of the subscription rights I receive in the rights offering?

 

No. You may exercise any portion of your subscription rights, or you may choose not to exercise any subscription rights. However, if you do not exercise your basic subscription rights in full, your ownership interest will be diluted as a result of the stock offering.

 

How soon must I act to exercise my subscription rights?

 

In order to exercise any or all of your subscription rights, you must make sure that we receive your completed and signed subscription rights agreement and payment prior to 5:00 p.m., Pacific Time, on [RIGHTS EXPIRATION DATE]. This deadline applies both to your basic subscription rights and to your over-subscription privilege. While you may still purchase shares, if available, after that date on a non-rights basis, the shares will only be available, if at all, on the same basis as for non-rights subscribers, i.e., with no bonus shares attached. If you hold your shares in the name of a custodian bank, broker, dealer or other nominee, your nominee may establish a deadline prior to 5:00 p.m., Pacific Time, on [RIGHTS EXPIRATION DATE], by which you must provide it with your instructions to exercise your subscription rights and payment for your shares. Our board of directors may, in its discretion, extend the rights portion of the offering without notice to subscribers, and may cancel or amend the rights offering at any time. In the event that the rights offering is cancelled, all subscription payments received will be returned promptly, without interest or penalty.  

 

 3 

 

Although we will make reasonable attempts to provide this offering circular to holders of subscription rights, the rights offering and all subscription rights will expire at 5:00 p.m., Pacific Time, on [RIGHTS EXPIRATION DATE] (unless extended), whether or not we have been able to locate each person entitled to subscription rights. 

 

May I transfer my subscription rights?

 

The basic subscription rights are transferable, but the over-subscription privileges are not. Any transferees of basic subscription rights must exercise such rights on or before [RIGHTS EXPIRATION DATE] in the same manner as the original holder as described above. However, we do not intend to make any arrangements for the rights to be authorized for trading on the OTC-Pink; consequently, only private trades of the rights are contemplated, and we do not intend to assist shareholders with the transfer of such rights.

 

In addition, please remember that we reserve the right in our sole discretion not to offer shares to, or to honor subscription rights from, any person, including a transferee of subscription rights, who is not a resident of California.

 

Is there a minimum purchase requirement to participate in the rights offering?

 

No. There is no individual minimum purchase requirement.

 

Are there any limits on the number of shares I may purchase?

 

No. You may subscribe for any number of shares. However, except in connection with the exercise of basic subscription rights, we reserve the right to allocate shares and to accept subscriptions in our sole discretion, and to reject any subscription, in whole or in part.

 

How do I exercise my subscription rights if I am a registered shareholder?

 

If you hold your shares directly in certificate or book-entry form and wish to participate in the rights offering, you must deliver a properly completed and signed shareholder subscription rights agreement, together with payment in full, to us before 5:00 p.m., Pacific Time, on [RIGHTS EXPIRATION DATE]. In certain cases, you may be required to provide additional documentation or signature guarantees.

 

Please follow the delivery instructions on the shareholder subscription rights agreement. You are solely responsible for completing delivery to us of your subscription documents and payment. We urge you to allow sufficient time for delivery of your subscription materials to us so that they are received by us and all funds have cleared by 5:00 p.m., Pacific Time, on [RIGHTS EXPIRATION DATE].

 

If you send a payment that is insufficient to purchase the number of shares you requested, or if the number of shares you requested is not specified in the forms, we will apply your payment to exercise your subscription rights to the fullest extent possible based on the amount of the payment received, subject to the availability of shares under the over-subscription privilege and the elimination of fractional shares. You should also indicate on your shareholder subscription rights agreement how you would like us to handle any funds we receive after [RIGHTS EXPIRATION DATE] which we therefore cannot use to honor any subscription rights. Depending on your instructions, we can apply such funds to the purchase of shares on a non-rights basis at $_____ per share without any bonus shares, or return the excess funds to you, without interest or deduction, as soon as practicable following the expiration of the rights offering.

 

What form of payment is required to purchase the shares?

 

As described in the instructions accompanying the shareholder subscription rights agreement, payments submitted to us must be made in full United States currency by:

 

Certified check, bank check, personal check or money order in U.S. currency payable to “Chino Commercial Bancorp Stock Offering Account.”

 

Wire transfer of immediately available funds to the “Chino Commercial Bancorp Stock Offering Account,” ABA No. 122243062, Account No. 1900141, Attention: Aaron Storm.

 

Please remember that in order for us to accept payments by the expiration date, the funds for such payments must have cleared by that date. If you plan to use a personal check, please bear this in mind and send in your subscription so that we receive it at least five business days prior to the expiration date to allow the funds to clear.

 4 

 

 

What should I do if I want to participate in the rights offering, but my shares are held in the name of a custodian bank, broker, dealer or other nominee?

 

If you hold your shares of common stock through a custodian bank, broker, dealer or other nominee, then your nominee is the record holder of the shares you own. If you are not contacted by your nominee, you should contact your nominee as soon as possible. Your nominee must exercise the subscription rights on your behalf for the shares of common stock you wish to purchase. You will not receive a shareholder subscription rights agreement. Please follow the instructions of your nominee. Your nominee may establish a deadline that may be before the [RIGHTS EXPIRATION DATE] expiration date that we have established for the rights offering.

 

What is the non-rights offering of unsubscribed shares?

 

If shares of common stock remain available for sale after the expiration of the rights offering, we will offer and sell those remaining shares to other interested investors on a non-rights basis at the same purchase price of $_____ per share. However, investors purchasing shares in the non-rights portion of the offering will not receive any “bonus” shares in connection with their purchases. The expiration date for non-rights subscribers is [PUBLIC EXPIRATION DATE], subject to extension without notice to subscribers. If you are a shareholder participating in the rights offering, the only reason for you to participate in the non-rights portion of the offering would be if you were unable to meet the expiration date for the rights offering, or chose after that date to purchase additional shares. In connection with the non-rights portion of the offering, we may retain the services of a broker or placement agent to assist us on a best efforts basis if circumstances warrant. See “PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION.”

 

After I send in my subscription agreement and my payment, may I cancel my subscription or my exercise of subscription rights?

 

No. Once you submit the subscription agreement and your payment, you will not be allowed to revoke your subscription or request a refund of monies paid. All subscriptions, whether they involve the exercise of subscription rights or not, are irrevocable, even if you learn information about us that you consider to be unfavorable. Therefore, you should not submit a subscription agreement unless you are certain that you wish to purchase shares.

 

What fees or charges apply if I purchase shares of the common stock in the rights offering?

 

We are not charging any fee or sales commission to issue subscription rights or shares to you (other than the subscription price). If you exercise your subscription rights or purchase shares through a custodian bank, broker, dealer or other nominee, you are responsible for paying any fees your nominee may charge you.

 

Has our board of directors made a recommendation to our shareholders regarding the rights offering or the purchase of shares in this offering?

 

No. Our board of directors is making no recommendation regarding your exercise of subscription rights or the purchase of shares in the non-rights offering of unsubscribed shares, if any. Persons who exercise subscription rights and those who purchase shares in the public offering of unsubscribed shares risk investment loss on new money invested. We cannot predict the price at which our shares of common stock will trade; therefore, we cannot assure you that the market price for our common stock will be above the subscription price or that anyone purchasing shares at the subscription price will be able to sell those shares in the future at the same price or a higher price. We urge you to make your decision based on your own assessment of our business, the rights offering and any public offering of unsubscribed shares. Please see “RISK FACTORS” for a discussion of some of the risks involved in investing in our common stock.

 

When will I receive my new shares?

 

If you currently hold your stock directly in certificate or book-entry form, we will mail you a stock certificate or a statement of ownership for your book-entry shares as soon as practicable after the close of the offering. If you exercised subscription rights, your shares will be issued as soon as practicable after the [RIGHTS EXPIRATION DATE] rights expiration date, which date may be extended. If you subscribe for additional shares on a non-rights basis, such shares will be issued as soon as practicable after the conclusion of the offering. That date is presently set at [PUBLIC EXPIRATION DATE], but may also be extended. 

 5 

 

If your shares as of [RECORD DATE] were held by a custodian bank, broker, dealer or other nominee, you will not receive stock certificates or statements of ownership from us for your new shares. Instead, your nominee will be credited with the shares of common stock you purchase, according to the same timeframe as described above with respect to stock certificates.

 

Who can help answer my other questions?

 

If you have other questions regarding Chino Commercial Bancorp, the Bank or the stock offering, please contact Dann H. Bowman, President and Chief Executive Officer or Melinda M. Milincu, Chief Financial Officer, at (909) 393-8880 or mmilincu@chinocommercialbank.com.

 

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

 

Chino Commercial Bancorp does not have a class of securities registered under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and it is not subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act. Accordingly, Chino Commercial Bancorp does not file periodic documents and reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The historical financial statements of Chino Commercial Bancorp are included elsewhere in this offering circular and the Offering Statement of which this offering circular is a part was filed electronically with the SEC. You may access the SEC’s web site at http://www.sec.gov. A copy of this offering circular is also available on our website at www.chinocommercialbank.com. Information on our website is not part of this offering circular.

 

Chino Commercial Bank files call reports with the FDIC, all of which are available electronically at the FDIC’s web site at http://www.fdic.gov.

 

Chino Commercial Bancorp’s Proxy Statement for its 2017 Annual Meeting of Shareholders and 2016 Annual Report to Shareholders are available electronically at https://www.chinocommercialbank.com/investor-relations/annual-shareholder-meeting/. You may also request copies of these documents, as well as additional copies of this offering circular, at no cost by contacting us at the following address:

 

 

Chino Commercial Bancorp

14245 Pipeline Avenue

Chino, California 91710

Attention: Melinda M. Milincu

(909) 393-8880

 6 

 

OFFERING CIRCULAR SUMMARY

 

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this offering circular. Because this is a summary, it may not contain all of the information that may be important to you. Therefore, you should carefully read this entire offering circular before making a decision to invest in our common stock, including the risks discussed under the “RISK FACTORS” section and our financial statements and related notes which are included herein.

 

As used in this offering circular, the terms “we,” “us” and “our” refer to Chino Commercial Bancorp and its subsidiaries unless the context indicates another meaning.

 

Who We Are

 

Chino Commercial Bancorp is a bank holding company headquartered in Chino, California. Chino Commercial Bank has been our wholly owned subsidiary since we completed our holding company reorganization and acquired all of its outstanding shares effective July 1, 2006. Our principal offices are located at 14245 Pipeline Avenue, Chino, California 91710. Our telephone number is (909) 393-8880, and our website address is www.chinocommercialbank.com. As of December 31, 2016, we had total assets of $175.1 million; total deposits of $137.6 million; loans, net of unearned fees of $109.2 million; and shareholders’ equity of $13.5 million.

 

Chino Commercial Bank is a national bank headquartered in Chino, California which opened for business in September 2000 and currently operates from three full service locations in Chino, Ontario and Rancho Cucamonga, California. We opened our Ontario branch in January 2006 and our Rancho Cucamonga branch in April 2010. Chino Commercial Bank is a member of both the Federal Reserve System and the Federal Home Loan Bank, and its deposit accounts are insured under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act up to applicable limits thereof.

 

We provide a wide variety of lending products for both businesses and consumers. Commercial loan products include lines of credit, letters of credit, term loans, equipment loans, commercial real estate loans, construction loans, accounts receivable financing, and working capital financing. Financing products for individuals include auto, home equity, overdraft protection lines and MasterCard debit cards. Real estate loan products include construction loans, land loans, mini-perm commercial real estate loans, and home mortgages.

 

As a community-oriented bank, we offer a wide array of personal, consumer and commercial services generally offered by a locally-managed, independently-operated bank. We provide a broad range of deposit instruments and general banking services, including checking, savings accounts (including money market demand accounts), certificates of deposit for both business and personal accounts; internet banking services, such as cash management and Bill Pay; telebanking (banking by phone); courier services and mobile banking.

 

Our Focus and Strategic Plan

 

Chino Commercial Bank is a community-oriented bank focused on small businesses and business owners. We have a history of providing services to the escrow and real estate industries. This specialty has allowed us to accumulate a large percentage of non-interest bearing demand accounts, and thus to enjoy a lower cost of funds than our peer group. Because of our relatively small size, however, our non-interest expenses have been relatively high in relation to total assets.

 

The Bank’s relatively low cost of funds, coupled with higher than average level of fee income derived from serving small business customers, allowed the Bank to achieve profitability relatively quickly after opening, and to achieve sustained profitability for each fiscal year beginning in 2002. That profitability was lower during the fiscal years 2008 through 2010 as economic conditions affecting real estate and small business required the Bank to make significant provisions to the allowance for loan losses. Beginning in 2011 our profitability began to increase again, and our net income has increased in each subsequent year. For the year ended December 31, 2016 we posted income of $1.4 million, and returns on average equity and average assets of 11.28% and 0.85%, respectively.

 7 

 

During 2016 we enjoyed significant increases in deposits and loans without having to raise our average cost of funds, due in part to the closing of a number of local banks and the weakness of other competing banks in the marketplace. Similarly, deposits increased by $7.2 million or 5.5% during 2016 to $137.6 million at year end.

 

While we have not expanded our geographic footprint since 2010 through the establishment of new branches in strategic locations, we will continue to explore attractive opportunities, and to grow our loans and deposits through organic growth in our existing branches. Through technology improvements such as mobile banking, improved online banking services and remote deposit capture, we have been able to further expand our footprint without the added cost of additional physical locations. We believe it is prudent at this time to increase our capital in order to provide an additional capital cushion to support future growth, although we are currently well capitalized at both the bank and holding company levels.

 

Our business strategy over the next several years will be to continue to solidify market share with moderate growth in order to achieve improved efficiency through economies of scale.

 

Our Mission

 

Since inception, our mission has been to be a respected and stable provider of financial services to the Chino Valley and surrounding communities. Our primary objective as a community bank is to serve the financial needs of small businesses and individuals, while remaining focused on three primary principals of safety, efficiency and shareholder value.

 

As an organization, we strive to achieve and maintain an operating performance that places our bank in the top 10% of its peer group, and to create a foundation for the community by providing a safe, stable and healthy environment for our customers, employees and shareholders alike.

 

 8 

 

 

This Offering

 

Securities Offered Up to 307,883 shares1 of common stock on a best efforts basis and transferable subscription rights to shareholders of record as of 5:00 p.m., Pacific Time, on [RECORD DATE].  All 307,883 shares being offered are subject to shareholder subscription rights, which include both basic subscription rights and over-subscription privileges to purchase shares for $_____ per share with certain “bonus” shares attached as discussed below.  After the holders of subscription rights have exercised such rights, any remaining shares will be offered on a non-rights basis to other interested investors at the same purchase price of $_____ per share but without any bonus shares attached.
   
Offering Price Per Share $_____ per share.  Persons exercising shareholder subscription rights (both basic subscription rights and over-subscription privileges) will also receive bonus shares equal to five percent (5%) of the number of shares purchased pursuant to such rights, for no additional consideration.
   
Basic Subscription Rights The basic subscription rights will entitle you to purchase one share of our common stock for every four shares you owned as of the record date, at a subscription price of $_____ per share, and to receive bonus shares equal to five percent (5%) of the number of shares purchased pursuant to such rights, for no additional consideration; however, fractional shares resulting from the exercise of the basic subscription rights will be eliminated by rounding down to the nearest whole share.  You must own at least four shares as of the record date to be eligible to participate in the rights offering.
   
Over-subscription Privilege We do not expect all of the basic subscription rights to be exercised.  If you fully exercise your basic subscription rights, the oversubscription privilege entitles you to subscribe for additional shares of our common stock unclaimed by other holders of rights in this offering at the same subscription price of $_____ per share, and to receive bonus shares equal to five percent (5%) of the number of shares purchased pursuant to such rights, for no additional consideration.  If an insufficient number of shares is available to fully satisfy all over-subscription requests, the available shares will be allocated on a discretionary basis, after giving consideration to both the number of shares each rights holder subscribed for under their basic subscription rights and the number of shares requested through the exercise of his or her over-subscription privilege.

 

 

1 Plus up to approximately 15,394 “bonus” shares as discussed herein.

 

 9 

 

 

Record Date for Subscription Rights 5:00, Pacific Time on [RECORD DATE]
   
Minimum Investment None
   
Common Stock Outstanding As of December 31, 2016 we had 1,231,332 shares of common stock outstanding.  Assuming the sale of all shares offered in the offering, we would have approximately 1,554,609 shares outstanding upon completion of the offering if all shares were sold on a rights basis including bonus shares, and 1,539,215 shares outstanding if all shares were sold on a non-rights basis without bonus shares attached.
   
OTC-Pink Symbol CCBC
   
Plan of Distribution We are offering the shares on a “best efforts” basis through our directors and officers, who will not receive any discounts or commissions for selling such shares.  However, we may retain the services of a broker or placement agent to assist us on a best efforts basis with the non-rights portion of the offering if circumstances warrant.  The shares are being offered first to existing shareholders on a subscription rights basis, and then, to the extent available, to other interested investors on a non-rights basis.
   
Participation of Directors and Executive Officers Our executive officers and directors may purchase shares in the offering in their discretion, but they have made no commitments to do so.  Our board of directors is not making a recommendation regarding your exercise of the subscription rights or purchase of shares in the offering.  You should make your decision to invest based on your assessment of our business and the offering.  Please see “RISK FACTORS” beginning on page 14 for a discussion of some of the risks involved in investing in our common stock.
   
How to Subscribe To subscribe for shares of our common stock, complete the appropriate form of subscription agreement accompanying this offering circular (depending on whether or not you are a shareholder) and deliver it to us on or before the applicable expiration date, together with full payment for all shares subscribed for by certified check, bank check, personal check, wire transfer or money order payable to the order of “Chino Commercial Bancorp Stock Offering Account.”  Once you subscribe, your subscription is irrevocable.
   
Use of Proceeds We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering to increase our capital and for general corporate purposes, including funding for loans and to support future growth, and enabling our subsidiary, Chino Commercial Bank, N.A., to continue to meet the applicable capital requirements.  

 

 10 

 

 

Expiration Dates Subscription rights granted to existing shareholders will expire, if not exercised, by 5:00 p.m., Pacific Time, on [RIGHTS EXPIRATION DATE]; and the offering in its entirety will expire at 5:00 p.m., Pacific Time, on [PUBLIC EXPIRATION DATE]; unless this offering is terminated earlier or either date is extended without notice to subscribers.
   
Dividends We have not historically paid any cash dividends to our shareholders.  Our only source of income for cash dividends is dividends paid by Chino Commercial Bank to us.  We intend to continue our current policy of retaining earnings to increase our net worth and reserves and accordingly do not anticipate paying any cash dividends for the foreseeable future.  The Company paid stock dividends in 2014, 2015 and 2016 of 10%, 12% and 20% respectively.  Though future dividends cannot be guaranteed, the general strategy is to continue paying stock dividends in the future, as the board of directors determines appropriate.  See “MARKET INFORMATION AND DIVIDEND POLICY AND RELATED MATTERS – Dividends.”
   
Best Efforts Offering There is no minimum number of shares that must be sold in order to close this offering and accept your subscription.

 

 

Risk Factors

 

An investment in our common stock involves certain risks. You should carefully consider the risks described under “Risk Factors” beginning on page 14 of this offering circular, as well as other information included in this offering circular, including our financial statements and notes thereto, before making an investment decision.

 

 

 11 

 

 

SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA

 

The following table presents selected historical financial information concerning the Company, which should be read in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements, including the related notes, and “MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS,” included elsewhere herein. The selected financial data as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2016 is derived from our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes which are included in this offering circular. The selected financial data presented for earlier years is derived from our audited financial statements which are not included herein. Throughout this offering circular, information is for the consolidated Company unless otherwise stated.

 

    Years Ended December 31,  
    2016     2015     2014     2013     2012  
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)  
SELECTED BALANCE SHEET DATA:                                        
Total assets   $ 175,092     $ 161,384     $ 130,133     $ 123,126     $ 114,635  
Investment securities held to maturity     18,408       23,100       11,371       3,096       4,607  
Investment securities available for sale     3,924       4,931       1,638       1,887       2,349  
Loans receivable, net1     107,360       91,325       81,714       62,763       60,351  
Allowance for loan losses     (1,845 )     (1,667 )     (1,536 )     (1,497 )     (1,438 )
Total deposits     137,562       130,349       115,441       109,604       102,151  
Non-interest bearing deposits     68,614       74,431       64,657       56,566       48,823  
FHLB advances     20,000       15,000       -       -       -  
Subordinated notes payable to subsidiary trust     3,093       3,093       3,093       3,093       3,093  
Shareholders’ equity     13,536       12,074       10,801       9,676       8,722  
                                         
SELECTED OPERATING DATA:                                        
Interest income     6,179       5,455       4,539       4,402       4,057  
Interest expense     411       316       280       309       403  
Net interest income     5,768       5,139       4,259       4,093       3,654  
Provision for loan losses     200       42       (124 )     1       120  
Net interest income after provision for loan losses     5,568       5,097       4,383       4,092       3,534  
Non-interest income     1,567       1,483       1,605       1,497       1,436  
Non-interest expense     4,755       4,429       4,153       4,082       4,045  
Income tax expense     927       824       695       566       335  
Net income     1,453       1,327       1,140       941       590  
                                         
SHARE DATA:                                        
Basic income per share     1.18       1.08       0.93       0.76       0.49  
Diluted income per share     1.18       1.08       0.93       0.76       0.49  
Book value per share     10.99       9.81       8.77       7.86       7.24  
Cash dividends per share     -       -       -       -       -  
Weighted average common shares outstanding:                                        
Basic     1,231,332       1,231,332       1,231,332       1,231,191       1,204,596  
Diluted     1,231,332       1,231,332       1,231,332       1,231,191       1,211,269  

 

 

1 Net loans represent total loans less the allowance for loan losses and unearned loan fees.

(Table and footnotes continued on following page.)

 12 

 

 

   Years Ended December 31, 
   2016   2015   2014   2013   2012 
   (Dollars in thousands, except per share data) 
PERFORMANCE RATIOS:2                         
Return on average assets3    0.85%   0.88%   0.91%   0.80%   0.53%
Return on average equity4    11.28%   11.54%   11.14%   10.28%   7.07%
Net interest margin5                          
Dividend payout ratio    20.00%   12.00%   10.00%   0.00%   0.00%
Efficiency ratio6    64.82%   66.87%   70.84%   73.02%   80.96%
Average equity to average assets    7.57%   7.67%   8.16%   7.75%   7.52%
Net loans to deposits at period end    78.04%   70.06%   70.78%   57.26%   59.08%
                          
REGULATORY CAPITAL RATIOS:7                         
Tier 1 capital to adjusted average assets (leverage ratio)    10.24%   9.79%   11.18%   10.69%   9.86%
Common equity Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets    15.32%   15.82%   16.01%   17.08%   15.95%
Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets    15.32%   15.82%   16.01%   17.08%   15.95%
Total capital to risk-weighted assets    15.37%   16.15%   16.72%   18.18%   17.50%
                          
ASSET QUALITY RATIOS:2                         
Allowance for loan losses to total loans    1.68%   1.79%   1.84%   2.33%   2.32%
Non-accrual loans to total loans, gross8    0.48%   0.00%   0.00%   0.00%   0.21%

Nonperforming assets to total loans
and other related real estate owned8

   0.48%   0.00%   0.00%   0.00%   0.21%
Allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans    354.00%   0.00%   0.00%   0.00%   1,123.00%
Net loan losses (recoveries) to average loans    0.02%   (0.10%)   (0.24%)   (0.09%)   0.38%

 

 

2 Asset quality ratios are end of period ratios. Performance ratios are based on average daily balances during the periods indicated.

3 Net income divided by average total assets.

4 Net income divided by average shareholders’ equity.

5 Net interest income as a percentage of average interest-earning assets. 

6 Noninterest expense divided by the sum of net interest income before provision for loan losses and total non-interest income excluding securities gains and losses. 

7 For definitions and further information relating to regulatory capital requirements, see “Supervision and Regulation – Capital Adequacy Requirements” herein. 

8 Performing TDRs are not included in nonperforming loans and are therefore not included in the numerators used to calculate these ratios. 

 13 

 

 

RISK FACTORS

 

You should carefully consider the following risk factors and all other information contained in this offering circular before subscribing for shares of our common stock. Investing in our common stock involves risks. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones we face. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently believe are immaterial also may impair our business. If any of the events described in the following risk factors occur, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially adversely affected. In addition, the trading price of our common stock could decline due to any of the events described in these risk factors.

 

Risks Related to This Offering and Our Common Stock

 

We are selling our securities on a “best efforts” basis and there is no minimum aggregate offering amount. The shares are being offered on a “best efforts” basis. There is no requirement that we sell any particular number of shares. If we sell less than the full amount offered, the lesser amount sold would not necessarily help us fully accomplish our goals. See “TERMS OF THE OFFERING” and “USE OF PROCEEDS.”

 

As the offering is not underwritten, no underwriter has conducted an independent review to verify the things we say in this offering circular. Our offering is not underwritten. Thus, there has not been an independent “due diligence” review of matters covered by this offering circular, such as might be conducted by an underwriter had one been affiliated with this offering.

 

The offering price of our stock has been determined independently by us and should not be considered as an indication of our present or future value. The offering price of our common stock has been determined by our board of directors based on our general evaluation of our business and prospects and the current trading market for our common stock. However, we have not conducted a detailed marketing or feasibility study covering the pricing and terms of this offering, nor have we sought an independent third party valuation of our common stock. You should not consider the subscription price for the shares as an indication of our present or future value.

 

You may not be able to sell your shares at the times and in the amounts you want, as the trading market for Chino Commercial Bancorp stock is not active. Shares of Chino Commercial Bancorp common stock are not listed on any exchange or quoted by the Nasdaq® Stock Market, although they are quoted on the OTC-Pink under the ticker symbol “CCBC.” The OTC-Pink is an electronic, screen-based market maintained and operated by the OTC Markets Group, which imposes considerably less stringent listing standards than the Nasdaq. The volume of trading in the common stock of Chino Commercial Bancorp is limited and does not constitute an active trading market, and it is not anticipated that a more active trading market will develop as a result of this stock offering. Chino Commercial Bancorp does not expect to qualify for or seek a listing on any securities exchange in the foreseeable future. There can be no assurance that you will be able to sell your shares of Chino Commercial Bancorp common stock at any time in the future or at all, or that an active trading market will develop in the foreseeable future, if ever. See “MARKET INFORMATION AND DIVIDEND POLICY AND RELATED MATTERS – Trading History.”

 

The price of our common stock may fluctuate significantly, and this may make it difficult for you to sell shares of common stock at times or at prices you find attractive. The trading price of our common stock may fluctuate widely as a result of a number of factors, many of which are outside our control. In addition, the stock market is subject to fluctuations in share prices and trading volumes that affect the market prices of the shares of many companies. These broad market fluctuations could adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

 

Among the factors that could affect our common stock price in the future are:

 

actual or anticipated quarterly fluctuations in our operating results and financial condition;

 

changes in revenue or earnings estimates or publication of research reports and recommendations by financial analysts;

 

speculation in the press or investment community;

 

strategic actions by us or our competitors, such as acquisitions or restructurings;

 

 14 

 

 

actions by shareholders;

 

fluctuations in the stock price, trading volumes, and operating results of our competitors;

 

general market conditions and, in particular, market conditions for the financial services industry;

 

proposed or adopted regulatory changes or developments;

 

regulatory action against us;

 

anticipated or pending investigations, proceedings, or litigation that involve or affect us; and

 

domestic and international economic factors unrelated to our performance.

 

The stock market and, in particular, the market for financial institution stocks, has experienced significant volatility over the past several years. As a result, the market price of our common stock may be volatile. In addition, the trading volume in our common stock may fluctuate more than usual and cause significant price variations to occur. The trading price of the shares of our common stock also depends on many other factors which may change from time to time, including, without limitation, our financial condition, performance, creditworthiness and prospects, future sales of our equity or equity related securities, and other factors identified elsewhere in this offering circular. The capital and credit markets have been experiencing volatility and disruption for several years, at times reaching unprecedented levels. In some cases, the markets have produced downward pressure on stock prices and credit availability for certain issuers without regard to those issuers’ underlying financial strength.

 

Chino Commercial Bancorp has not paid cash dividends in the past and has no specific plans to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Chino Commercial Bancorp has not paid cash dividends in the past and has no specific plans to declare cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any decision to pay cash dividends will be made by the board of directors in its discretion based on a number of factors. See “MARKET INFORMATION AND DIVIDEND POLICY AND RELATED MATTERS – Dividends.”

 

There is limited public information concerning Chino Commercial Bancorp and its business, operations and financial condition. There is limited publicly available information about Chino Commercial Bancorp. Chino Commercial Bancorp’s common stock is not registered, and Chino Commercial Bancorp does not file reports, with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission under the Exchange Act. Chino Commercial Bancorp provides investors with periodic financial and other information, but does not make periodic disclosures of the type that would be available if it were subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act.

 

We rely heavily on the payment of dividends from our subsidiary, Chino Commercial Bank. Other than $274 thousand in cash available at the holding company level at December 31, 2016, our ability to meet debt service requirements and to pay dividends depends on the ability of our banking subsidiary to pay dividends to us, as we have no other source of significant income. However, the Bank is subject to regulations limiting the amount of dividends it may pay. For example, the payment of dividends by the Bank is affected by the requirement to maintain adequate capital pursuant to the capital adequacy guidelines issued by the OCC. If (i) any capital ratio requirements are increased; (ii) the total risk-weighted assets of the Bank increase significantly; and/or (iii) the Bank’s income declines significantly, the Bank’s Board of Directors may decide or be required to retain a greater portion of the Bank’s earnings to achieve and maintain the required capital or asset ratios. This would reduce the amount of funds available for the payment of dividends by the Bank to us. Further, the OCC could prohibit the Bank from paying dividends if, in its view, such payments would constitute unsafe or unsound banking practices. The Bank’s ability to pay dividends to us is also limited by the national banking laws. While we have not historically and have no plans to pay cash dividends to our shareholders in the foreseeable future, whether any such dividends are paid, and the frequency and amount of such dividends will also depend on the financial condition and performance of the Bank and the decision of the Bank’s Board of Directors. Information concerning our dividend policy and historical dividend practices is set forth below under “MARKET INFORMATION AND DIVIDEND POLICY AND RELATED MATTERS – Dividends.”

 

We may pursue additional capital in the future, which may not be available on acceptable terms or at all, could dilute the holders of our outstanding common stock, and may adversely affect the market price of our common stock. In the current economic environment, we believe it is prudent to consider alternatives for raising capital when opportunities to raise capital at relatively attractive prices present themselves, in order to further strengthen our capital and better position ourselves to take advantage of opportunities that may arise in the future. Our ability to raise additional capital, if needed, will depend on, among other things, conditions in the capital markets at the time, which are outside of our control, and our financial performance. We cannot provide any assurance that such capital will be available to us on acceptable terms or at all. Any such capital raising alternatives could dilute the holders of our outstanding common stock, and may adversely affect the market price of our common stock and our performance measures such as earnings per share.

 

 15 

 

 

Your investment may be diluted because of the ability of management to offer stock to others. The shares of our common stock do not have preemptive rights. This means that you may not be entitled to buy additional shares if shares are offered to others in the future. We are authorized to issue 10,000,000 shares of common stock, and as of December 31, 2016 we had 1,231,332 shares of our common stock outstanding. Nothing restricts our ability to offer additional shares of stock for fair value to others in the future. Any issuances of common stock would dilute our shareholders’ ownership interests and may dilute the per share book value of our common stock.

 

Because we have discretion in the use of the proceeds, we may not apply these funds effectively which could have an adverse effect on our business. We cannot specify with certainty the amounts we will spend on particular uses from the net proceeds we will receive from the offering. Our board of directors will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds. Our board of directors currently intends to use the net proceeds as described in “USE OF PROCEEDS.” The failure by our Board of Directors to apply these funds effectively could have an adverse effect on our financial position, liquidity and results of operations by reducing or eliminating our net income from operations.

 

The offering may not be fully subscribed. The rights offering is only being made to existing shareholders, and the –non rights offering is being made to existing shareholders and the public alike. However, there can be no assurance that all or any portion of the shares offered will be sold. To the extent that less than all of the shares offered are sold, we will have fewer funds for the uses described in “USE OF PROCEEDS.”

 

The holders of our debentures have rights that are senior to those of our shareholders. In 2006 we issued $3,093,000 of junior subordinated debt securities due December 15, 2036 in order to raise additional regulatory capital. These debt securities are senior to the shares of our common stock. As a result, we must make interest payments on the debentures before any dividends can be paid on our common stock, and in the event of our bankruptcy, dissolution or liquidation, the holders of the debt securities must be paid in full before any distributions may be made to the holders of our common stock. In addition, we have the right to defer interest payments on the junior subordinated debt securities for up to five years, during which time no dividends may be paid to holders of our common stock. In the event that the Bank is unable to pay dividends to us, then we may be unable to pay the amounts due to the holders of the junior subordinated debt securities and, thus, we would be unable to declare and pay any dividends on our common stock.

 

Our directors and executive officers control a large amount of our stock, and your interests may not always be the same as those of the board and management. As of [RECORD DATE], our directors and executive officers together with their affiliates beneficially owned approximately ___% of the Company’s outstanding voting stock. As a result, if all of these shareholders were to take a common position, they might be able to affect the election of directors as well as the outcome of corporate actions requiring shareholder approval, such as the approval of mergers or other business combinations. Such concentration may also have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control of our company. In some situations, the interests of our directors and executive officers may be different from the shareholders. However, our directors and executive officers have a fiduciary duty to act in the best interest of the shareholders, rather than in their own best interests, when considering a proposed business combination or any of these types of matters.

 

Risks Related to Our Company and the Banking Business

 

Our business has been and may in the future be adversely affected by volatile conditions in the financial markets and unfavorable economic conditions generally. National and global economies are constantly in flux, as evidenced by recent market volatility resulting from, among other things, a new presidential administration and new economic policies associated therewith, the uncertain future relationship of the United Kingdom with the European Union (e.g., Brexit), and the ever-changing landscape of the energy industry. Future economic conditions cannot be predicted, and any renewed deterioration in the economies of the nation as a whole or in our markets could have an adverse effect, which could be material, on its business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects, and could cause the market price of our stock to decline.

 

 16 

 

 

From December 2007 through June 2009, the U.S. economy was officially in recession. Business activity across a wide range of industries and regions in the U.S. was greatly reduced during the recession and for a few years thereafter. The financial markets and the financial services industry in particular suffered unprecedented disruption, causing a large number of institutions to fail or to require government intervention to avoid failure. In our case, the company remained well capitalized throughout the recession, and did not post a loss for any year during that time, or since then. Several loans were negatively impacted by the economic recession; however, loan total aggregate losses did not exceed 1.0% for any year during the recession, or since that time.

 

Since the end of the recession economic conditions in the Inland Empire and the real estate sector have gained momentum in many of our local markets. The national unemployment rate has declined and is currently at 4.7%, GDP has reached an all-time high, personal consumption expenditures, or the consumer portion of the economy is currently at an all-time high level, and the labor participation rate is moving higher. The median price of existing residential real estate in the Inland Empire in Southern California has generally not reached the level attained prior to the recession of 2007-2009.

 

Notwithstanding the current improved economic and market conditions, if the economy again goes into recession the ensuing economic weakness could have one or more of the following undesirable effects on our business:

 

·a lack of demand for loans, or other products and services offered by us;

 

·a decline in the value of our loans or other assets secured by real estate;

 

·a decrease in deposit balances due to increased pressure on the liquidity of our customers;

 

·an impairment of our investment securities; or

 

·an increase in the number of borrowers who become delinquent, file for protection under bankruptcy laws or default on their loans or other obligations to us, which in turn could result in a higher level of nonperforming assets, net charge-offs and provision for credit losses.

 

Concentrations of real estate and real estate secured loans could subject us to increased risks in the event of a prolonged real estate recession or natural disaster. At December 31, 2016, approximately $103 million or 94% of our loan portfolio consisted of loans secured by real property in California, including approximately $85 million in loans secured by commercial real estate, $2 million in loans secured by single family residences, $11 million in loans secured by residential income property, and $5 million in other commercial and industrial loans secured by real estate. Total nonperforming loans and nonperforming assets both increased to $522 thousand at December 31, 2016, compared to $0 at December 31, 2015. One hundred percent of nonperforming assets at December 31, 2016 and 2015 were real estate loans and we had no OREO at either date. Nonperforming assets represented 0.5% and 0% of total loans and other real estate owned at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively.

 

Since the last recession of 2007-2009, the Inland Empire residential real estate market has experienced significant price appreciation and the rate of foreclosures has declined substantially. If residential real estate values were to enter another recessionary decline as before, and/or if this weakness were to further impact commercial real estate, our nonperforming assets could increase from current levels. Such an increase could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations, by reducing our income, increasing our expenses, and leaving less cash available for lending and other activities. As noted above, the primary collateral for many of our loans consists of commercial real estate properties, and a material deterioration in the real estate market in the areas we serve would likely reduce the value of the collateral value for many of our loans and could negatively impact the repayment ability of many of our borrowers. It might also reduce further the amount of loans we make to businesses in the construction and real estate industry, which could negatively impact our organic growth prospects. Similarly, the occurrence of a natural disaster like those California has experienced in the past, including earthquakes, brush fires, and flooding, could impair the value of the collateral we hold for real estate secured loans and negatively impact our results of operations.

 

 17 

 

 

In addition, banking regulators now give commercial real estate or “CRE” loans close scrutiny, due to risks relating to the cyclical nature of the real estate market and the related risks for lenders with high concentrations of such loans. The regulators have required banks with relatively high levels of CRE loans to implement enhanced underwriting standards, internal controls, risk management policies and portfolio stress testing, which has resulted in higher allowances for possible loan losses. Expectations for higher capital levels have also materialized, and the Bank is subject to higher than standard capital requirements.

 

Our concentration of commercial real estate loans exposes us to increased lending risks. Commercial real estate loans, totaling approximately $85 million or 78% of our total loan portfolio as of December 31, 2016, expose us to a greater risk of loss than residential real estate and consumer loans, which were a smaller percentage of our total loan portfolio. Commercial real estate loans typically involve larger loan balances to a borrower or a group of related borrowers compared to residential loans, and an adverse development with respect to a larger commercial loan relationship would expose us to greater risk of loss than an adverse development with respect to a smaller residential mortgage loan.

 

Repayment of our commercial loans is often dependent on the cash flows of the borrowers, which may be unpredictable, and the collateral securing these loans may fluctuate in value. At December 31, 2016, we had $21.8 million or 20% of total loans in commercial loans. Commercial lending involves risks that are different from those associated with real estate lending. Real estate lending is generally considered to be collateral based lending with loan amounts based on predetermined loan to collateral values and liquidation of the underlying real estate collateral being viewed as the primary source of repayment in the event of borrower default. Our commercial loans are primarily made based on the cash flows of the borrowers and secondarily on any underlying collateral provided by the borrowers. A borrower’s cash flows may be unpredictable, and collateral securing those loans may fluctuate in value. Although commercial loans are often collateralized by equipment, inventory, accounts receivable, or other business assets, the liquidation of collateral in the event of default is often an insufficient source of repayment because accounts receivable may be uncollectible and inventories may be obsolete or of limited use, among other things.

 

We may experience loan losses in excess of our allowance for loan and lease losses. We endeavor to limit the risk that borrowers might fail to repay; nevertheless, losses can and do occur. We create an allowance for estimated loan losses in our accounting records, based on estimates of the following:

 

·historical experience with our loans;

 

·evaluation of economic conditions;

 

·regular reviews of the quality mix and size of the overall loan portfolio;

 

·a detailed cash flow analysis for nonperforming loans;

 

·regular reviews of delinquencies; and

 

·the quality of the collateral underlying our loans.

 

We maintain our allowance for loan and lease losses at a level that we believe is adequate to absorb specifically identified probable losses as well as any other losses inherent in our loan portfolio at a given date. While we strive to carefully monitor credit quality and to identify loans that may become nonperforming, at any time there are loans in the portfolio that could result in losses, but that have not been identified as nonperforming or potential problem loans. We cannot be sure that we will be able to identify deteriorating loans before they become nonperforming assets, or that we will be able to limit losses on those loans that have been identified. Changes in economic, operating and other conditions, including changes in interest rates, deteriorating values in underlying collateral (most of which consists of real estate), and the financial condition of borrowers, which are beyond our control, may cause our estimate of probable losses or actual loan losses to exceed our current allowance. In addition, the OCC, as part of its supervisory function, periodically reviews our allowance for loan losses. The OCC may require us to increase our provision for loan losses or to recognize further losses, based on its judgment, which may be different from that of our management. Any increase in the allowance required by the OCC could reduce our earnings.

 

Our use of appraisals in deciding whether to make a loan secured by real property does not ensure the value of the real property collateral. In considering whether to make a loan secured by real property, we generally require an appraisal of the property. However, an appraisal is only an estimate of the value of the property at the time the appraisal is made, and an error in fact or judgment could adversely affect the reliability of an appraisal. In addition, events occurring after the initial appraisal may cause the value of the real estate to decrease. As a result of any of these factors the value of collateral backing a loan may be less than supposed, and if a default occurs we may not recover the outstanding balance of the loan.

 

 18 

 

 

Our expenses could increase as a result of increases in FDIC insurance premiums or other regulatory assessments. The FDIC charges insured financial institutions a premium to maintain the DIF at a certain level. In the event that deteriorating economic conditions increase bank failures, the FDIC ensures payments of deposits up to insured limits from the DIF. In August 2016, the FDIC announced that the DIF reserve ratio had surpassed 1.15% as of June 30, 2016. As a result, beginning in the third quarter of 2016, the range of initial assessment rates for all institutions was adjusted downward, although institutions with $10 billion or more in assets were assessed a quarterly surcharge. The quarterly surcharge, which does not apply to the Bank, will continue to be assessed until such time as the reserve ratio reaches the statutory minimum of 1.35% required by the Dodd-Frank Act. Although the Bank's FDIC insurance assessments have not increased as a result of these changes, there can be no assurance that the FDIC will not increase assessment rates in the future or that the Bank will not be subject to higher assessment rates as a result of a change in its risk category, either of which could have an adverse effect on the Bank’s earnings.

 

Our business has been, and may continue to be, affected by a significant concentration of deposits within one industry, and a significant portion of such deposits are controlled by related parties. As of December 31, 2016, deposits from escrow companies represented $11.8 million, or 8.6% of our total deposits. The five largest escrow depositors accounted for $10.7 million, or 7.7% of total deposits at December 31, 2016. Further, approximately $6.5 million, or 55% of all deposits from escrow companies at December 31, 2016 and representing 4.7% of total deposits at that date, were from escrow companies affiliated with certain of our directors. Historically, escrow deposits had comprised very high percentage of our deposits, but management has made a deliberate effort to diversify the deposit base and grow deposits from other industries.

 

We may not be able to continue to attract and retain banking customers at current levels, and our efforts to compete may reduce our profitability. Competition in the banking industry in the markets we serve may limit our ability to continue to attract and retain banking customers. The banking business in our current and intended future market areas is highly competitive with respect to virtually all products and services. In California generally, and in our service areas specifically, branches of major banks dominate the commercial banking industry. Such banks have substantially greater lending limits than we have, offer certain services we cannot offer directly, and often operate with “economies of scale” that result in lower operating costs than ours on a per loan or per asset basis. We also compete with numerous financial and quasi-financial institutions for deposits and loans, including providers of financial services over the Internet. New technology and other changes are allowing parties to effectuate financial transactions that previously required the involvement of banks. For example, consumers can maintain funds that would have historically been held as bank deposits in brokerage accounts or mutual funds. Consumers can also complete transactions such as paying bills and/or transferring funds directly without the assistance of banks. The process of eliminating banks as intermediaries, known as “disintermediation,” could result in the loss of fee income, as well as the loss of customer deposits and the related income generated from those deposits. The loss of these revenue streams and the lower cost deposits as a source of funds could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

Furthermore, with the large number of bank failures in the past decade, customers have become more concerned about the extent to which their deposits are insured by the FDIC. Customers may withdraw deposits in an effort to ensure that the amount they have on deposit with their bank is fully insured. Decreases in deposits may adversely affect our funding costs and net income. Ultimately, competition can and does increase our cost of funds, reduce loan yields and drive down our net interest margin, thereby reducing profitability. It can also make it more difficult for us to continue to increase the size of our loan portfolio and deposit base, and could cause us to rely more heavily on wholesale borrowings which are generally more expensive than retail deposits.

 

If we are not able to successfully keep pace with technological changes affecting the industry, our business could be hurt. The financial services industry is constantly undergoing technological change with the frequent introduction of new technology-driven products and services. The effective use of technology increases efficiency and enables financial institutions to better service clients and reduce costs. Our future success depends, in part, upon our ability to address the needs of our clients by using technology to provide products and services that will satisfy client demands, as well as create additional efficiencies within our operations. Some of our competitors have substantially greater resources to invest in technological improvements. We may not be able to effectively implement new technology-driven products and services or be successful in marketing these products and services to our clients. Failure to successfully keep pace with technological change in the financial services industry could have a material adverse impact on our business and, in turn, on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

 19 

 

 

Our operations could be adversely impacted if our third-party service providers experience difficulty. We depend on a number of relationships with third-party service providers, including core systems processing and web hosting. These providers are well established vendors that provide these services to a significant number of financial institutions. If these third-party service providers experience difficulty or terminate their services and we are unable to replace them with other providers, our operations could be interrupted which would adversely impact our business.

 

Unauthorized disclosure of sensitive or confidential customer information, whether through a cyber-attack, other breach of our computer systems or any other means, could severely harm our business. In the normal course of business we collect, process and retain sensitive and confidential customer information. Despite the security measures we have in place, our facilities and systems may be vulnerable to cyber-attacks, security breaches, acts of vandalism, computer viruses, misplaced or lost data, programming and/or human errors, or other similar events.

 

In recent periods there has been a rise in fraudulent electronic activity, security breaches, and cyber-attacks within the financial services industry, especially in the banking sector. Some financial institutions have reported breaches of their websites and systems which have involved sophisticated and targeted attacks intended to misappropriate sensitive or confidential information, destroy or corrupt data, disable or degrade service, disrupt operations or sabotage systems. These breaches can remain undetected for an extended period of time. Furthermore, our customers and employees have been, and will continue to be, targeted by parties using fraudulent e-mails and other communications that may appear to be legitimate messages sent by the Bank, in attempts to misappropriate passwords, card numbers, bank account information or other personal information or to introduce viruses or malware to personal computers. Information security risks for financial institutions have increased in part because of new technologies, mobile services and other Internet or web-based products used to conduct financial and other business transactions, and the increased sophistication and activities of organized crime, perpetrators of fraud, hackers, terrorists and others. The secure maintenance and transmission of confidential information, as well as the secure and reliable execution of transactions over our systems, are essential to protect us and our customers and to maintain our customers’ confidence. Despite our efforts to identify, contain and mitigate these threats through detection and response mechanisms, product improvement, the use of encryption and authentication technology, and customer and employee education, such attempted fraudulent activities directed against us, our customers, and third party service providers remain a serious issue. The pervasiveness of cyber security incidents in general and the risks of cyber-crime are complex and continue to evolve.

 

We also face risks related to cyber-attacks and other security breaches in connection with debit card transactions that typically involve the transmission of sensitive information regarding our customers through various third parties. Some of these parties have in the past been the target of security breaches and cyber-attacks, and because the transactions involve third parties and environments that we do not control or secure, future security breaches or cyber-attacks affecting any of these third parties could impact us through no fault of our own, and in some cases we may have exposure and suffer losses for breaches or attacks relating to them. We also rely on third party service providers to conduct certain other aspects of our business operations, and face similar risks relating to them. While we regularly conduct security assessments on these third parties, we cannot be sure that their information security protocols are sufficient to withstand a cyber-attack or security breach.

 

Any cyber-attack or other security breach involving the misappropriation or loss of Company assets or those of its customers, or unauthorized disclosure of confidential customer information, could severely damage our reputation, erode confidence in the security of our systems, products and services, expose us to the risk of litigation and liability, disrupt our operations, and have a material adverse effect on our business.

 

 20 

 

 

If our information systems were to experience a system failure, our business and reputation could suffer. We rely heavily on communications and information systems to conduct our business. The computer systems and network infrastructure we use could be vulnerable to unforeseen problems. Our operations are dependent upon our ability to minimize service disruptions by protecting our computer equipment, systems, and network infrastructure from physical damage due to fire, power loss, telecommunications failure or a similar catastrophic event. We have protective measures in place to prevent or limit the effect of the failure or interruption of our information systems, and will continue to upgrade our security technology and update procedures to help prevent such events. However, if such failures or interruptions were to occur, they could result in damage to our reputation, a loss of customers, increased regulatory scrutiny, or possible exposure to financial liability, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

We are subject to a variety of operational risks, including reputational risk, legal risk and compliance risk, and the risk of fraud or theft by employees or outsiders, which may adversely affect our business and results of operations. We are exposed to many types of operational risks, including reputational risk, legal and compliance risk, the risk of fraud or theft by employees or outsiders, and unauthorized transactions by employees or operational errors, including clerical or record-keeping errors or those resulting from faulty or disabled computer or telecommunications systems.

 

If personal, non-public, confidential or proprietary information of customers in our possession were to be mishandled or misused, we could suffer significant regulatory consequences, reputational damage and financial loss. Such mishandling or misuse could occur, for example, if information were erroneously provided to parties who are not permitted to have the information, either by fault of our systems, employees, or counterparties, or where such information is intercepted or otherwise inappropriately taken by third parties.

 

Because the nature of the financial services business involves a high volume of transactions, certain errors may be repeated or compounded before they are discovered and successfully rectified. Our necessary dependence upon automated systems to record and process transactions may further increase the risk that technical flaws or employee tampering or manipulation of those systems could result in losses that are difficult to detect. We also may be subject to disruptions of our operating systems arising from events that are wholly or partially beyond our control (for example, computer viruses or electrical or telecommunications outages, or natural disasters, disease pandemics or other damage to property or physical assets) which may give rise to disruption of service to customers and to financial loss or liability. We are further exposed to the risk that our external vendors may be unable to fulfill their contractual obligations (or will be subject to the same risk of fraud or operational errors by their respective employees as we are) and to the risk that we (or our vendors’) business continuity and data security systems prove to be inadequate. The occurrence of any of these risks could result in a diminished ability to operate our business (for example, by requiring us to expend significant resources to correct the defect), as well as potential liability to clients, reputational damage and regulatory intervention, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations, perhaps materially.

 

Previously enacted and potential future financial regulatory reforms could have a significant impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Dodd-Frank, which was enacted in 2010, is having a broad impact on the financial services industry, including significant regulatory and compliance changes. Many of the requirements called for in Dodd-Frank will be implemented over time, and most will be facilitated by the enactment of regulations over the course of several years. Given the uncertainty associated with the manner in which the provisions of Dodd-Frank will be implemented, the full extent to which it will impact our operations is unclear. The changes resulting from Dodd-Frank may impact the profitability of business activities, require changes to certain business practices, impose more stringent capital, liquidity and leverage requirements or otherwise adversely affect our business. In particular, the potential impact of Dodd-Frank on our operations and activities, both currently and prospectively, include, among others:

 

·an increase in our cost of operations due to greater regulatory oversight, supervision and examination of banks and bank holding companies, and higher deposit insurance premiums;

 

·the limitation of our ability to expand consumer product and service offerings due to more stringent consumer protection laws and regulations;

 

·a material negative impact on our cost of funds in a rising interest rate environment, since financial institutions can now pay interest on business checking accounts;

 

·a potential reduction in fee income, due to limits on interchange fees applicable to larger institutions which could ultimately lead to a competitive-driven reduction in the fees we receive; and

 

 21 

 

 

·a potential increase in competition due to the elimination of remaining barriers to de novo interstate branching.

 

Further, we may be required to invest significant management attention and resources to evaluate and make any changes necessary to comply with new statutory and regulatory requirements under the Dodd-Frank Act, which could negatively impact results of operations and financial condition. We cannot predict whether there will be additional laws or reforms that would affect the U.S. financial system or financial institutions, when such changes may be adopted, how such changes may be interpreted and enforced or how such changes may affect us. However, the costs of complying with any additional laws or regulations could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

The repeal of the prohibition on payment of interest on business demand deposits could increase our interest expense. Since July 2011, financial institutions have been authorized to offer interest on business demand deposits, as the Dodd-Frank Act repealed federal prohibitions against paying interest on demand deposits. We do not know how competing financial institutions will address this issue, but if we were to offer interest on demand deposits it could negatively impact our net interest income, particularly in a rising interest rate environment.

 

A substantial portion of our non-interest income has historically come from overdraft and NSF fees, generated from commercial and individual checking accounts; such fee income has declined in recent years and is expected to continue to decline. Since 2015, our fee income relating to overdraft and NSF fees has been declining because of decreased use of paper checks by customers in favor of electronic payment methods. The use of electronic payment methods does not allow an overdraft to occur and hence neither overdraft nor NSF fees are generated. Beginning January 1, 2017 our service charges were updated, including an increase in NSF fees from $18.00 per occurrence to $22.00 per occurrence. Despite this increase, aggregate fees relating to overdrafts and returned items are projected to decline further based upon lower volumes of checks being presented. The total reduction of such fee income and the timing of same is difficult to estimate, as the rate of adoption of electronic payment methods by customers is inconsistent and is subject to partial offset by additional new account formations.

 

We depend on our executive officers and key personnel to implement our business strategy and could be harmed by the loss of their services. We believe that our continued growth and success depends in large part upon the skills of our management team and other key personnel. The competition for qualified personnel in the financial services industry is intense, and the loss of key personnel or an inability to continue to attract, retain or motivate key personnel could adversely affect our business. If we are not able to retain our existing key personnel or attract additional qualified personnel, our business operations would be hurt. Only our Chief Executive Officer, who has been with the Company and the Bank since inception, has an employment agreement.

 

We may be adversely affected by the financial stability of other financial institutions. Our ability to engage in routine funding transactions could be adversely affected by the actions and liquidity of other financial institutions. Financial institutions are often interconnected as a result of trading, clearing, counterparty, or other business relationships. We have exposure to many different industries and counterparties, and routinely execute transactions with counterparties in the financial services industry, including commercial banks, brokers and dealers, investment banks, and other institutional clients. Many of these transactions expose us to credit risk in the event of a default by a counterparty or client. Even if the transactions are collateralized, credit risk could exist if the collateral held by us cannot be liquidated at prices sufficient to recover the full amount of the credit or derivative exposure due to us. Any such losses could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

Changes in interest rates could adversely affect our profitability, business and prospects. Net interest income, and therefore earnings, can be adversely affected by differences or changes in the interest rates on, or the re-pricing frequency of, our financial instruments. In addition, fluctuations in interest rates can affect the demand of customers for products and services, and an increase in the general level of interest rates may adversely affect the ability of certain borrowers to make variable-rate loan payments. Accordingly, changes in market interest rates could have a material adverse effect on our asset quality, loan origination volume, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows. This interest rate risk can arise from Federal Reserve Board monetary policies, as well as other economic, regulatory and competitive factors that are beyond our control.

 

 22 

 

 

The value of the securities in our investment portfolio may be negatively affected by market disruptions, adverse credit events or fluctuations in interest rates, which could have a material adverse impact on capital levels. Our available-for-sale investment securities are reported at their estimated fair values, and fluctuations in fair values can result from changes in market interest rates, rating agency actions, issuer defaults, illiquid markets and limited investor demand, among other things. As long as the change in the fair value of a security is not considered to be “other than temporary,” we directly increase or decrease our shareholders’ equity by the amount of the change in fair value, net of the tax effect. Because of the size of our fixed income bond portfolio relative to total assets, a relatively large increase in market interest rates, in particular, could result in a material drop in fair values and, by extension, in our capital. Investment securities that have an amortized cost in excess of their current fair value at the end of a reporting period are also evaluated for other-than-temporary impairment. If such impairment is indicated, the difference between the amortized cost and the fair value of those securities will be recorded as a charge in our income statement, which could also have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and capital levels.

 

We are exposed to risk of environmental liabilities with respect to properties to which we obtain title. Approximately $103 million or 94% of our loan portfolio at December 31, 2016 was secured by real estate. In the normal course of business, we may foreclose and take title to real estate, and could be subject to environmental liabilities with respect to these properties. We may be held liable to a governmental entity or to third parties for property damage, personal injury, investigation and clean-up costs incurred by these parties in connection with environmental contamination, or may be required to investigate or clean up hazardous or toxic substances, or chemical releases at a property. The costs associated with investigation or remediation activities could be substantial. In addition, if we are the owner or former owner of a contaminated site, we may be subject to common law claims by third parties based on damages and costs resulting from environmental contamination emanating from the property. These costs and claims could adversely affect our business and prospects.

 

TERMS OF THE OFFERING

 

General

 

We are offering up to 307,883 shares1 of our common stock, no par value. We are offering the shares first to our existing shareholders on a subscription rights basis, and then (if any shares remain available) to other interested investors on a non-rights basis. While the purchase price in both cases is $_____ per share, persons exercising subscription rights will receive bonus shares equal to 5% of the number of shares purchased pursuant to such rights, for no additional consideration. Shareholders must own at least four shares as of the record date to be eligible to participate in the rights portion of the offering. There is no minimum purchase requirement. Once you subscribe, your subscription is irrevocable.

 

Shareholders and non-shareholders alike may subscribe for any number of shares being offered hereby, but only shareholders of record as of the close of business on [RECORD DATE] are being given transferable subscription rights entitling them to receive certain bonus shares in connection with their investments, as described more fully below. Shares which are not subscribed for pursuant to such rights by [RIGHTS EXPIRATION DATE], will be available to other interested investors at a purchase price of $_____ per share without any bonus shares attached.

 

Except with respect to persons exercising subscription rights, we reserve the right to reject any subscription, in whole or in part, in our sole discretion. In determining which subscriptions to accept, in whole or in part, we may take into account a subscriber's potential to do business with, or to direct customers to, Chino Commercial Bank, and the order in which subscriptions are received.

 

In the event we reject all or a portion of a requested subscription, we will refund to the subscriber all, or the appropriate portion, of the amount remitted with the subscription agreement, without interest or deduction. We will decide which subscriptions to accept, and will mail all appropriate refunds, no later than 30 days after the expiration of the offering, when and as extended.

 

 

1 If all shares offered were purchased on a rights basis as described herein, the total number of shares issued would be approximately 323,277 due to the issuance of bonus shares. The actual number of shares issued would actually be slightly lower than this figure due to the fact that each shareholder's bonus shares will be rounded down to the nearest whole number. 

 23 

 

 

We are not required to secure or accept subscriptions for the maximum number of shares offered, and we can accept aggregate subscriptions for any lesser number of shares at any time. We may also, in our sole discretion, close the offering at any time by accepting all or a portion of the subscriptions then received.

 

Shareholder subscription rights will expire if not exercised by 5:00 p.m., Pacific Time, on [RIGHTS EXPIRATION DATE]; and the offering in its entirety will expire at 5:00 p.m., Pacific Time, on [PUBLIC EXPIRATION DATE]; unless this offering is terminated earlier or either date is extended without notice to subscribers. Except in connection with subscription rights, we may, in our sole discretion, reject any subscriptions, in whole or in part, for any reason whatsoever. With respect to subscription rights exercised by rights holders and received by us no later than 5:00 p.m., Pacific Time, on [RIGHTS EXPIRATION DATE], we agree not to reject any such subscriptions unless we elect to withdraw the offering in its entirety, in which case payments received from holders in connection with the exercise of their subscription rights will be returned in full without interest or deduction. We also reserve the right not to honor subscription rights from any person (including a shareholder) who is not a resident of California.

 

We may cancel this offering at any time, and accepted subscriptions are subject to cancellation in the event that we should elect to terminate the offering in its entirety. Further, except in connection with shareholder subscription rights, we reserve the right to accept subscriptions for any number of shares offered hereby up to the maximum number of shares offered, and may, in our sole discretion, terminate the offering after accepting subscriptions for any lesser number of shares.

 

Plan of Distribution

 

We are offering these shares on a “best efforts” basis through our directors and officers, who will not be compensated in connection with their procurement of subscriptions, but who will be reimbursed for any reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the offering, if any. We do not expect, however, that any such expenses will be significant. We do not presently intend to engage an underwriter or placement agent in connection with this offering. However, we may retain the services of a broker or placement agent to assist us on a best efforts basis with the non-rights portion of the offering if circumstances warrant. We are offering the shares first to existing shareholders on a subscription rights basis, and then, to the extent available, to other interested investors on a non-rights basis. See “PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION” for further details.

 

Subscription Procedure

 

For Existing Registered Shareholders

 

If you wish to exercise your subscription rights in this offering, and you are a “registered” shareholder, i.e., you hold your shares directly in certificate or book-entry form, you must complete the following steps before [RIGHTS EXPIRATION DATE]:

 

·Complete and sign the shareholder subscription rights agreement which accompanies this offering circular;

 

·Make full payment of the entire purchase price for the shares subscribed for in U.S. currency by certified check, bank check, personal check or money order payable to “Chino Commercial Bancorp Stock Offering Account.” You may also wire transfer the funds as set forth below.

 

·Deliver the shareholder subscription rights agreement, together with the payment described above, to Chino Commercial Bancorp at the following address:

 

Chino Commercial Bancorp

8229 Rochester Avenue, #110

Rancho Cucamonga, California 91730

Attention: Trish Bowman

 

·If you wish to wire transfer your funds, you should deliver your shareholder subscription rights agreement as set forth above and wire transfer your funds to the “Chino Commercial Bancorp Stock Offering Account,” ABA No. 122243062, Account No. 1900141, Attention: Aaron Storm.

 

 24 

 

 

The number of shares covered by each shareholder's subscription rights and the aggregate purchase price for the full exercise of such subscription rights are set forth on each shareholder's subscription rights agreement. To exercise your subscription rights, your completed agreement and payment must be received by us by [RIGHTS EXPIRATION DATE], unless such date is extended. If you wish to subscribe for additional shares pursuant to your oversubscription privilege, or if you should miss the deadline for exercising subscription rights and wish to purchase shares in the non-rights portion of the offering, please so indicate on your subscription rights agreement. Any subscriptions for shares which do not involve the exercise of subscription rights must be received by [PUBLIC EXPIRATION DATE], unless such date is extended.

 

Important: The full subscription price for the shares must be remitted with the shareholder subscription rights agreement in order to be valid. Failure to include the full purchase price shall give us the right to reject the subscription. If we do not receive your shareholder subscription rights agreement and payment in full by 5:00 p.m., Pacific Time, on [RIGHTS EXPIRATION DATE], your subscription rights in this offering will be waived, unless such date is extended. However, we will consider any subscriptions received after that date on a non-rights basis, i.e., without entitlement to any bonus shares.

 

The subscription price will be deemed to have been received by us only upon (i) clearance of any uncertified check; (ii) receipt by us of any certified check or cashier’s check or money order; or (iii) receipt of wired funds in the stock offering account designated above. If paying by uncertified personal check, please be aware that funds paid in this manner may take at least five business days to clear. Accordingly, if you wish to pay the subscription price by means of uncertified personal check, we urge you to send in your subscription materials sufficiently in advance of [RIGHTS EXPIRATION DATE] to ensure that such payment is received and clears by that date. We also encourage you to consider paying by means of certified or cashier’s check, money order or wire transfer of funds.

 

If you have questions as to how to complete the shareholder subscription rights agreement, please contact Dann H. Bowman, President and Chief Executive Officer or Melinda M. Milincu, Chief Financial Officer, at (909) 393 8880 or mmilincu@chinocommercialbank.com.

 

For Existing “Street Name” Shareholders

 

If you do not hold your shares directly in certificate or book-entry form, but hold them instead through a custodian bank, broker, dealer or other nominee, then your nominee is the record holder of the shares you own. If you are not contacted by your nominee, you should contact your nominee as soon as possible. Your nominee must exercise the subscription rights on your behalf for the shares of common stock you wish to purchase. You will not receive a shareholder subscription rights agreement. Please follow the instructions of your nominee. Your nominee may establish a deadline that may be before the [RIGHTS EXPIRATION DATE] expiration date that we have established for the rights offering.

 

For Non-Rights Subscribers

 

If you wish to subscribe to purchase shares of our common stock in this offering on a non-rights basis, you must complete the same steps as described above under “Subscription Procedure – For Existing Shareholders” except using the subscription agreement designed for non-rights subscribers rather than a shareholder subscription rights agreement, and you must do so before [PUBLIC EXPIRATION DATE] rather than [RIGHTS EXPIRATION DATE].

 

If you have questions as to how to complete the subscription agreement, please contact Dann H. Bowman, President and Chief Executive Officer or Melinda M. Milincu, Chief Financial Officer, at (909) 393 8880 or mmilincu@chinocommercialbank.com.

 

Expiration Dates

 

The subscription rights granted to shareholders of record as of [RECORD DATE] will expire if not validly exercised by 5:00 p.m., Pacific Time, on [RIGHTS EXPIRATION DATE], unless extended.

 

 25 

 

 

We will accept subscriptions on a non-rights basis until 5:00 p.m., Pacific Time on [PUBLIC EXPIRATION DATE], unless extended, or if we decide to close the offering prior to that date, which we may do without further notice to you. While potential investors may subscribe for shares in the non-rights portion of the offering during the rights offering period, we can only hold, but not accept, subscriptions pending the conclusion of the rights portion of the offering, as we will not know until that time how many shares, if any, will be available in the non-rights portion of the offering. If you have subscribed on a non-rights basis during the rights period, we will let you know as soon as practicable after the conclusion of the rights offering whether your non-rights subscription has been accepted. We may also extend either or both expiration dates without notice to subscribers. Any such extension shall not affect the rights of those who have already subscribed.

 

Closings and Issuance of Shares

 

The rights portion of the offering will close on the [RIGHTS EXPIRATION DATE] rights expiration date, which date may be extended. The offering in its entirety will close on the [PUBLIC EXPIRATION DATE] offering expiration date, but this date may also be extended.

 

If you currently hold your stock directly in certificate or book-entry form, we will mail you a stock certificate or statement of ownership for your book-entry shares as soon as practicable after the close of the offering. If your shares as of [RECORD DATE] were held by a custodian bank, broker, dealer or other nominee, you will not receive stock certificates or statements of ownership from us for your new shares. Instead, your nominee will be credited with the shares of common stock you purchase, according to the same timeframe as described above with respect to stock certificates.

 

Determination of the Offering Price

 

Prior to this offering there has been a very limited trading market in our common stock. See “MARKET INFORMATION AND DIVIDEND POLICY AND RELATED MATTERS – Trading History.” We determined the offering price after analyzing and taking into consideration several factors including, but not limited to, our current financial condition, recent trading prices of our common stock, book value per share, management’s analysis of our growth potential, the prices of shares of common stock of similarly situated independent banks, and our market position in the geographical areas in which we operate. The offering price will not necessarily reflect the market price of our common stock after this offering.

 

No Board Recommendation

 

An investment in the common stock must be made pursuant to each investor's evaluation of such security. Accordingly, neither our board of directors nor management makes any recommendation to potential investors regarding whether they should subscribe for or purchase any shares.

 

USE OF PROCEEDS

 

The net proceeds to us from the sale of the common stock offered in the offering will be approximately $_______, net of offering expenses, assuming the sale of all shares offered hereby. The actual net proceeds to be raised in the offering will depend upon the number of shares sold in the offering and the actual amount of offering expenses incurred, which may differ from the foregoing estimate.

 

We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for general and corporate working capital purposes, including funding for loans and to support future growth, and enabling our subsidiary, Chino Commercial Bank, N.A., to continue to meet applicable capital requirements. Future growth is expected to occur by establishing new branch offices and increasing loans and deposits at existing branches. The amount and timing of the use of proceeds from this offering will depend on our capital needs and local loan demand. No assurance can be given that any new branches will be established in the future or, if established, that the resulting impact on our financial condition will be favorable.

 

 26 

 

 

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

 

General

 

We are offering these shares on a “best efforts” basis through our directors and officers, who will not be entitled to receive any discounts or commissions for selling any shares, but may be reimbursed for any reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the offering, if any. We do not expect, however, that any such expenses will be significant. The offering is not underwritten and we do not presently intend to engage an underwriter or placement agent in connection with this offering. However, we may retain the services of a broker or placement agent to assist us on a best efforts basis with the non-rights portion of the offering if circumstances warrant. If we do so, we do not expect such broker or agent to be obligated to sell or to purchase any of the shares, and we would expect to pay such firm, as compensation for its services on completion of the offering, a placement fee representing a percentage of the dollar amount of shares purchased by investors introduced by such firm, which percentage is not yet known, plus reasonable out-of-pocket expenses.

 

Distribution to Existing Shareholders

 

Shareholders of record of our common stock as of the close of business on [RECORD DATE] are being given transferable subscription rights in this offering. Shareholders will have “basic subscription rights” to purchase one share for every four shares owned of record on that date, at a purchase price of $_____ per share, and an “over-subscription privilege” whereby they may subscribe for additional shares of our common stock unclaimed by other holders of rights in this offering at the same subscription price. In addition, persons exercising subscription rights, including over-subscription privileges, will receive bonus shares equal to _____ percent (__%) of the number of shares purchased pursuant to such rights, for no additional consideration.

 

We believe that it is in our best interests and those of our shareholders to give these subscription rights, although our common stock does not carry any preemptive rights and such subscription rights are therefore not legally required. These subscription rights will enable shareholders to eliminate the potential dilution of their respective percentage ownership of our stock which may occur through this offering. If all shareholder subscription rights are exercised, the aggregate number of shares subscribed for thereby will be approximately 307,8831 or 100% of the maximum number of shares available for sale pursuant to the offering, leaving no shares remaining to be purchased on a non-rights basis.

 

The number of shares for which each shareholder is entitled to subscribe by virtue of these subscription rights, along with the aggregate price required for full exercise of these subscription rights, are set forth in the shareholder subscription rights agreement accompanying this offering circular. If any shareholder loses or misplaces his or her shareholder subscription rights agreement, the number of shares for which each shareholder is entitled to subscribe can be calculated by dividing by four the number of shares owned of record by such shareholder as of [RECORD DATE]. If the resulting number contains a fraction, the fraction should be rounded down to the nearest whole number.

 

Shareholders may also obtain information concerning the number of shares constituting their subscription rights entitlement by contacting Dann H. Bowman, President and Chief Executive Officer or Melinda M. Milincu, Chief Financial Officer, at (909) 393 8880 or mmilincu@chinocommercialbank.com.

 

While the subscription rights given to shareholders have been made transferable or assignable, they may be transferred or assigned to California residents only. In addition, we will not be involved in assisting shareholders in soliciting or locating transferees of such subscription rights. Subscription rights have been made transferable only as an accommodation to our shareholders. The method of transferring subscription rights is described in the instructions to the shareholder subscription rights agreement.

 

 

1 This figure does not include bonus shares.

 

 27 

 

 

Distribution to Non-Shareholders

 

The balance of shares offered hereby which are not subscribed for on a subscription rights basis by [RIGHTS EXPIRATION DATE] (unless extended) will be available to other interested investors on a non-rights basis at a purchase price of $_____ per share without entitlement to any bonus shares. However, it is not possible to determine as of the date of this offering circular the exact number of shares which will be available on this basis. We intend to allocate such shares primarily to our existing and potential customers and members of the communities we serve, including persons who are in business or reside in Chino, Ontario and Rancho Cucamonga, California. However, we reserve the right to sell such shares in any manner as we, in our sole discretion, deem appropriate and we may reject all or any part of any non-rights subscription.

 

MARKET INFORMATION AND DIVIDEND POLICY AND RELATED MATTERS

 

Trading History

 

Our common stock is not listed on any exchange or quoted by the Nasdaq® Stock Market, although they are quoted on the OTC-Pink under the ticker symbol “CCBC.” Trades may also occur in unreported private transactions. The OTC-Pink is an electronic, screen-based market maintained and operated by the OTC Markets Group, which imposes considerably less stringent listing standards than the Nasdaq. The OTC-Pink is a regulated quotation service that displays real-time quotes, last-sale prices and volume information in over-the-counter equity securities.

 

Trading volume in the Company’s stock not been extensive and such trades cannot be characterized as constituting an active trading market. Although the Company’s stock is not subject to any specific restrictions on transfer, there can be no assurance that a more active trading market will develop in the future, or if developed, that it will be maintained. Management is aware of the following securities dealers which make a market in the Company’s common stock: D.A. Davidson & Company, Big Bear Lake, California; and Raymond James and Associates, Inc., San Francisco, California.

 

The information in the following table indicates the high and low sales prices and approximate trading volume for our common stock for each quarterly period since January 1, 2015, and is based upon information provided by Thompson Reuters. The information does not include transactions for which no public records are available.

 

   Sales Prices   Approximate
Number of
 
Calendar Quarter Ended  High   Low   Shares Traded 
             
March 31, 2015   $11.67   $10.23    60,136 
June 30, 2015    10.63    9.58    101,113 
September 30, 2015    12.21    9.71    59,460 
December 31, 2015    12.63    11.88    31,290 
March 31, 2016    12.92    11.67    18,370 
June 30, 2016    15.25    11.47    73,232 
September 31, 2016    16.00    13.81    19,584 
December 31, 2016    15.50    13.95    28,376 
March 31, 2017    17.10    14.00    38,522 

 

 

The “bid” and “asked” quotations on [LATEST PRACTICABLE DATE] were $_____ and $_____, respectively.

 

Holders

 

As of March 10, 2017 there were approximately 564 shareholders of our common stock, including approximately 349 registered holders, and approximately 215 beneficial owners whose shares were held in street name.

 

 28 

 

 

Dividends

 

To date, we have not paid any cash dividends, but we paid stock dividends in 2014 through 2016 and plan to continue paying stock dividends when deemed appropriate by our board of directors based on a number of factors. We have no plans to pay cash dividends at this time; however, if conditions warrant, the board of directors may declare a stock dividend within the next 12 months. Any decision to pay cash or stock dividends will be made by our board of directors in its discretion based on a number of factors including our earnings and financial condition.

 

As a bank holding company which currently has no significant assets other than its equity interest in the Bank, our ability to pay dividends primarily depends upon the dividends we receive from the Bank. The Bank’s dividend practice, like our dividend practice, will depend upon its earnings, financial position, current and anticipated cash requirements and other factors deemed relevant by the Bank’s board of directors at that time. Moreover, during any period in which we have deferred payment of interest otherwise due and payable on our subordinated debt securities, we may not pay any dividends or make any distributions with respect to our capital stock. See Note 8 to the consolidated financial statements contained herein.

 

Shareholders are entitled to receive dividends only when and if declared by our board of directors. To the extent that we receive cash dividends from the Bank, we presently use such funds primarily to service the subordinated debt related to our trust preferred securities (see Note 8 to the consolidated financial statements included herein), as well as to pay our operating expenses. No assurance can be given that our earnings will permit the payment of dividends of any kind in the future.

 

The Bank’s ability to pay cash dividends to us is also subject to certain legal limitations under federal laws and regulations. No national bank may, pursuant to 12 U.S.C. Section 56, pay dividends from its capital; all dividends must be paid out of net profits then on hand, after deducting for expenses including losses and bad debts. The payment of dividends out of net profits of a national bank is further limited by 12 U.S.C. Section 60(a) which prohibits a bank from declaring a dividend on its shares of common stock until the surplus fund equals the amount of capital stock, or if the surplus fund does not equal the amount of capital stock, until one-tenth of the Bank's net profits of the preceding half-year in the case of quarterly or semiannual dividends, or the preceding two consecutive half-year periods are transferred to the surplus fund before each dividend is declared.

 

Pursuant to 12 U.S.C. Section 60(b), the approval of the OCC shall be required if the total of all dividends declared by the Bank in any calendar year shall exceed the total of its net profits for that year combined with its net profits for the two preceding years, less any required transfers to surplus or a fund for the retirement of any preferred stock. The OCC has adopted guidelines, which set forth factors which are to be considered by a national bank in determining the payment of dividends. A national bank, in assessing the payment of dividends, is to evaluate the bank’s capital position, its maintenance of an adequate allowance for loan losses, and the need to review or develop a comprehensive capital plan, complete with financial projections, budgets and dividend guidelines. Therefore, the payment of dividends by Chino Commercial Bank is also governed by its ability to maintain minimum required capital levels and an adequate allowance for loan and lease losses. Additionally, pursuant to 12 U.S.C. Section 1818(b), the OCC may prohibit the payment of any dividend which would constitute an unsafe and unsound banking practice.

 

Our ability to pay dividends is also limited by state corporation law. The California General Corporation Law allows a California corporation to pay dividends if the company’s retained earnings equal at least the amount of the proposed dividend. If such corporation does not have sufficient retained earnings available for the proposed dividend, it may still pay a dividend to its shareholders if immediately after the dividend the sum of the company’s assets (exclusive of goodwill and deferred charges) would be at least equal to 125% of its liabilities (not including deferred taxes, deferred income and other deferred liabilities) and the current assets of the company would be at least equal to its current liabilities, or, if the average of its earnings before taxes on income and before interest expense for the two preceding fiscal years was less than the average of its interest expense for the two preceding fiscal years, at least equal to 125% of its current liabilities. Most bank holding companies cannot meet the second test and therefore are eligible to pay dividends only out of retained earnings. In addition, as noted above, during any period in which we have deferred payment of interest otherwise due and payable on our subordinated debt securities, we may not pay any dividends or make any distributions with respect to our capital stock.

 

 29 

 

 

CAPITALIZATION

 

The following table1 sets forth our capitalization at December 31, 2016, actual and as adjusted to give effect to the sale of all 307,883 shares of common stock offered in this offering, plus related “bonus” shares to be issued pursuant to the exercise of shareholder subscription rights, less estimated expenses, at the offering price of $_____ per share. This table should be read in conjunction with “MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS” and the financial statements and the notes related thereto appearing elsewhere in this offering circular.

 

   December 31, 2016 
   Actual   As Adjusted 
   (Dollars in Thousands, except per share data) 
Long-term debt:          
Trust Preferred Securities   $3,093   $3,093 
Shareholders’ equity:          
Common stock, no par value; authorized 10,000,000 shares;
issued and outstanding 1,231,332 and 1,554,609 shares
as adjusted
   6,089    ____ 
Retained earnings    7,450    ____ 
Accumulated other comprehensive income    (3)   ____ 
Total shareholders’ equity   $13,536   $ ____ 
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity   $175,092   $  
Book value per share2   $10.99   $__.__ 
Capital ratios:3          
Tier 1 leverage ratio    10.24%   __.__%
Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets    15.32%   __.__%
Total capital to risk-weighted assets    15.37%   __.__%

 

 

 

1 This table assumes that all shares sold will be sold pursuant to the exercise of shareholder subscription rights at $____ per share, so that in addition to the 307,883 shares being offered hereby, we would issue bonus shares amounting to an additional 5% of the amount of such shares (15,394 additional shares), for a total of 323,277 shares. If all shares were purchased by non-rights subscribers, the total number of shares would be 307,883. The total net proceeds would not be affected.

2 Actual book value per share equals total stockholders’ equity of $13,536,294, divided by 1,231,332 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2016. Book value per share as adjusted equals total stockholders’ equity of $_______ (assuming net proceeds of this offering of $_______), divided by 1,554,609 shares (assuming issuance and sale of 307,883 shares plus 15,394 bonus shares issued to shareholders exercising subscription rights).

3 For definitions and further information relating to these capital ratios, see “Supervision and Regulation – Capital Adequacy Requirements” herein.

 30 

 

 

BUSINESS

 

General

 

The Company

 

Chino Commercial Bancorp (the “Company”) is a California corporation registered as a bank holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, and is headquartered in Chino, California. The Company was incorporated on March 2, 2006 and acquired all of the outstanding shares of Chino Commercial Bank, N.A. (the “Bank”) effective July 1, 2006. The Company’s principal subsidiary is the Bank, and the Company exists primarily for the purpose of holding the stock of the Bank and of such other subsidiaries it may acquire or establish. The Company’s only other direct subsidiary is Chino Statutory Trust I, which was formed on October 25, 2006 solely to facilitate the issuance of capital trust pass-through securities. Pursuant to Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 810-10 (formerly Interpretation No. 46, Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities), Chino Statutory Trust I is not reflected on a consolidated basis in the financial statements of the Company. References herein to the “Company” include Chino Commercial Bancorp and its consolidated subsidiary, the Bank, unless the context indicates otherwise.

 

The Company’s principal source of income has historically been dividends from the Bank. The Company may also explore supplementary sources of income in the future. The expenditures of the Company, include (but are not limited to) the payment of dividends to shareholders, if and when declared by the Board of Directors, the cost of servicing debt, legal fees, audit fees, and shareholder costs will generally be paid from dividends paid to the Company by the Bank.

 

At December 31, 2016, the Company had consolidated assets of $175.1 million, deposits of $137.6 million and shareholders’ equity of $13.5 million. The Company’s liabilities include $3.1 million in debt obligations due to Chino Statutory Trust I, related to capital trust pass-through securities issued by that entity.

 

The Company’s administrative offices are located at 14245 Pipeline Avenue, Chino California 91710 and the telephone number is (909) 393-8880.

 

The Bank

 

The Bank is a national bank which was organized under the laws of the United States in December 1999 and commenced operations on September 1, 2000. The Bank operates three full-service banking offices. The Bank’s main branch office and administrative offices are located at 14245 Pipeline Avenue, Chino, California. In January 2006 the Bank opened its Ontario branch located at 1551 South Grove Avenue, Ontario, California. In April 2010, the Bank opened its Rancho Cucamonga branch located at 8229 Rochester Avenue, Rancho Cucamonga, California.

 

The Bank’s deposit accounts are insured under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act up to the maximum amounts allowable by law. The Bank is subject to periodic examinations of its operations and compliance by the office of the Comptroller of the Currency (“Comptroller”). The Bank is a member of the Federal Reserve System (FRS) and a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank. See “Supervision and Regulation.”

 

The Bank provides a wide variety of lending products for both businesses and consumers. Commercial loan products include lines of credit, letters of credit, term loans, equipment loans, commercial real estate loans, construction loans, accounts receivable financing, working capital financing. Financing products for individuals include auto, home equity, overdraft protection lines and, through a third party provider, MasterCard debit cards. Real estate loan products include construction loans, land loans, mini-perm commercial real estate loans, and home mortgages. As of December 31, 2016, the Company had total assets of $175.1 million and net loans of $107.4 million. The Company’s lending activity is concentrated primarily in real estate loans, which constituted 80% of the Company’s loan portfolio as of December 31, 2016; and commercial loans, which constituted 20%, of the Company’s loan portfolio as of December 31, 2016.

 

 31 

 

 

As a community-oriented bank, the Bank offers a wide array of personal, consumer and commercial services generally offered by a locally-managed, independently-operated bank. The Bank provides a broad range of deposit instruments and general banking services, including checking, savings accounts (including money market demand accounts), certificates of deposit for both business and personal accounts; internet banking services, such as cash management and Bill Pay; mobile banking services, including mobile capture, POP Money electronic payments, External Transfers, from other banks; debit card payment systems; telebanking (banking by phone); and courier services. The $137.6 million in deposits at December 31, 2016 included $68.6 million in non-interest bearing deposits and $68.9 million in interest-bearing deposits, representing 50% and 50%, respectively, of total deposits.

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

Information on recent accounting pronouncements is contained in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements included herein.

 

Market Area and Competition

 

The banking business in California tends to be highly competitive, including in our specific market areas. Continued consolidation within the banking industry has contributed to the competitive environment in recent periods, following on the heels of a relatively large number of FDIC-assisted takeovers of failed banks and other acquisitions of troubled financial institutions in the aftermath of the Great Recession. There are also a number of unregulated companies competing for business in our markets with financial products targeted at profitable customer segments. Many of those companies are able to compete across geographic boundaries and provide meaningful alternatives to significant banking products and services. These competitive trends are likely to continue.

 

With respect to commercial bank competitors, the business is dominated by a relatively small number of major banks that operate a large number of offices within our geographic footprint. These banks have, among other advantages, the ability to finance businesses and geographic area with effective advertising campaigns and to allocate their investment resources to regions of highest yield and demand. Many of the major banks operating in the area offer certain services, that the Company does not offer directly (but some of which the Company offers through correspondent institutions). By virtue of their greater total capitalization, such banks also have substantially higher lending limits than the Company.

 

In addition to other banks, our competitors include savings institutions, credit unions, and numerous non-banking institutions such as finance companies, leasing companies, insurance companies, brokerage firms, asset management groups, mortgage banking firms and internet-based companies. Technological innovations have lowered traditional barriers of entry and enabled many of these companies to offer services that previously were considered traditional banking products, and we have witnessed increased competition from specialized companies, including those that circumvent the banking system by facilitating payments via the internet, wireless devices, prepaid cards, or other means.

 

Strong competition for deposits and loans among financial institutions and non-banks alike affects interest rates and other terms on which financial products are offered to customers. Mergers between financial institutions have created additional pressures within the financial services industry to streamline operations, reduce expenses, and increase revenues in order to remain competitive. Competition is also impacted by federal and state interstate banking laws which permit banking organizations to expand into other states. The relatively large California market has been particularly attractive to out-of-state institutions.

 

In an effort to compete effectively, the Company provides quality, personalized service with prompt, local decision-making, which cannot always be matched by major banks. The Company relies on local promotional activities, personal relationships established by the Company’s officers, directors, and employees with the Company’s customers, and specialized services tailored to meet the needs of the Company’s primary service area.

 

The Company’s primary geographic service area consists of the western portion of San Bernardino County, with a particular emphasis on Chino, Chino Hills, Ontario and Rancho Cucamonga. This primary service area is currently served by approximately 20 competing banks represented by 60 full service branches. The Company competes in its service area by using to the fullest extent possible the flexibility that its independent status and strong community ties permit. This status includes an emphasis on specialized services, local promotional activity, and personal contacts by the Company's officers, directors, organizers and employees. Programs have and will continue to be developed which are specifically addressed to the needs of small businesses, professionals and consumers. If our customers’ loan demands exceed the Company's lending limit, the Company is able to arrange for such loans on a participation basis with other financial institutions and intermediaries. The Company can also assist those customers requiring other services not offered by the Company to obtain such services from its correspondent banks.

 

 32 

 

 

Employees

 

As of December 31, 2016, the Company had 37 full-time and two part-time employees. Of these individuals, 13 were officers of the Bank holding titles of Assistant Vice President or above.

 

Properties

 

The Bank's main office and administrative headquarters as well as the Company’s principal offices are located at 14245 Pipeline Avenue, Chino, California. The Company purchased this property on July 1, 2010 at a purchase price of $2,202,421. Building improvements were completed in December 2010 and the cost of construction was $802,968. The two-story building consists of approximately 17,500 square feet of space. The office has a vault, teller windows, customer parking and one automated teller machine located on the exterior of the building. The Company and the Bank moved into these new facilities on January 6, 2011.

 

On January 5, 2006 the Bank opened its second branch facility at 1551 South Grove Avenue, Ontario, California. The initial land purchase was finalized in June 2005 for $639,150 and construction of the 6,390 square foot Bank premises was completed in late 2005. The final cost of construction and equipment totaled $1,287,208. This single story building has a vault, teller windows, customer parking and one automated teller machine located on the exterior of the building.

 

On December 30, 2009 the Bank purchased property to open a third branch facility at 8229 Rochester Avenue, Rancho Cucamonga, California. The purchase price was $1,263,420. The cost of construction and equipment was $572,279 and was opened April 5, 2010. This single story building has a vault, teller windows, customer parking and one automated teller machine located on the exterior of the building.

 

In the opinion of Management, the Company’s properties are adequately covered by insurance.

 

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

 

At a meeting on March 26, 2015, the Audit Committee dismissed Hutchinson as the Company’s principal independent auditors. At the same meeting, the Audit Committee selected the accounting firm of Vavrinek, Trine, Day & Co., LLP as the independent auditors for the Company’s 2015 fiscal year.

 

Hutchinson audited the Company’s consolidated financial statements for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013. Hutchinson’s report on the Company’s financial statements for 2014 and 2013 did not contain an adverse opinion or disclaimer of opinion, nor were such reports qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope or accounting principles.

 

During the subsequent interim period from January 1, 2015 through March 26, 2015 and for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, there were no disagreements between Hutchinson and the Company on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure, or auditing scope or procedure, which disagreements, if not resolved to the satisfaction of Hutchinson, would have caused it to make reference to the subject matter of the disagreements in connection with its reports.

 

Legal Proceedings

 

From time to time, Chino Commercial Bancorp or Chino Commercial Bank may be involved in litigation relating to claims arising out of its normal course of business. As of the date of this offering circular, we did not have any material pending legal matters or litigation for either entity.

 

 33 

 

 

Supervision and Regulation

 

Banks and bank holding companies are heavily regulated by federal and state laws and regulations. Most banking regulations are intended primarily for the protection of depositors and the deposit insurance fund and not for the benefit of shareholders. The following is a summary of certain statutes, regulations and regulatory guidance affecting the Company and the Bank. This summary is not intended to be a complete explanation of such statutes, regulations and guidance, all of which are subject to change in the future, nor does it fully address their effects and potential effects on the Company and the Bank.

 

Regulation of the Company Generally

 

The Company is a legal entity separate and distinct from the Bank and its other subsidiaries. The Company is a bank holding company within the meaning of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (the “BHC Act”) and is registered as such with the Federal Reserve. The Company is subject to supervision, regulation and inspection by the Federal Reserve and is required to file annual reports and other information with the Federal Reserve regarding its business operations and those of its subsidiaries. In general, the BHC Act limits the business of bank holding companies to banking, managing or controlling banks and other activities that the Federal Reserve has determined to be so closely related to banking as to be a proper incident thereto, including securities brokerage services, investment advisory services, fiduciary services, and management advisory and data processing services, among others. A bank holding company that also qualifies as and elects to become a “financial holding company” may engage in a broader range of activities that are financial in nature or complementary to a financial activity (as determined by the Federal Reserve or Treasury regulations), such as securities underwriting and dealing, insurance underwriting and agency, and making merchant banking investments. The Company has not elected to become a financial holding company but may do so at some point in the future if deemed appropriate in view of opportunities or circumstances at the time.

 

The BHC Act requires the prior approval of the FRB for the direct or indirect acquisition of more than five percent of the voting shares of a commercial bank or its parent holding company. Acquisitions by the Bank are subject instead to the Bank Merger Act, which requires the prior approval of an acquiring bank’s primary federal regulator for any merger with or acquisition of another bank.

 

The Company and the Bank are deemed to be “affiliates” of each other and thus are subject to Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act as well as related Federal Reserve Regulation W which impose both quantitative and qualitative restrictions and limitations on transactions between affiliates. The Bank is also subject to laws and regulations requiring that all loans and extensions of credit to our executive officers, directors, principal shareholders and related parties must, among other things, be made on substantially the same terms and follow credit underwriting procedures no less stringent than those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with persons not related to the Bank.

 

Under certain conditions, the Federal Reserve has the authority to restrict the payment of cash dividends by a bank holding company as an unsafe and unsound banking practice, and may require a bank holding company to obtain the prior approval of the Federal Reserve prior to purchasing or redeeming its own equity securities, unless certain conditions are met. The Federal Reserve also has the authority to regulate the debt of bank holding companies.

 

A bank holding company is required to act as a source of financial and managerial strength for its subsidiary banks and must commit resources as necessary to support such subsidiaries. In this connection, the Federal Reserve may require a bank holding company to contribute additional capital to an undercapitalized subsidiary bank and may disapprove of the payment of dividends to the shareholders if the Federal Reserve Board believes the payment of such dividends would be an unsafe or unsound practice.

 

Regulation of the Bank Generally

 

As a national banking association, the Bank is subject to regulation, supervision and examination by the Comptroller, and is also a member of the FRS, and as such, is subject to applicable provisions of the Federal Reserve Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System ("FRB"). Furthermore, the deposits of the Bank are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) to the maximum limits thereof. For this protection, the Bank pays a quarterly assessment to the FDIC and is subject to the rules and regulations of the FDIC pertaining to deposit insurance and other matters. The regulations of those agencies govern most aspects of the Bank's business, including the making of periodic reports by the Bank, and the Bank's activities relating to dividends, investments, loans, borrowings, capital requirements, certain check-clearing activities, branching, mergers and acquisitions, reserves against deposits, the issuance of securities and numerous other areas. The Bank is also subject to requirements and restrictions of various consumer laws and regulations, as well as, applicable provisions of California law, insofar as they do not conflict with, or are not preempted by, federal banking laws. Supervision, legal action and examination by the regulatory agencies are generally intended to protect depositors and are not intended for the protection of shareholders.

 

 34 

 

 

Capital Adequacy Requirements

 

The Company and the Bank are subject to the regulations of the FRB and the Comptroller, respectively, governing capital adequacy. However, the Company is currently a “small bank holding company” under the FRB’s guidelines, and thus qualifies for an exemption from the consolidated risk-based and leverage capital adequacy guidelines applicable to bank holding companies with assets of $1 billion or more. Each of the federal regulators has adopted risk-based capital guidelines to provide a systematic analytical framework which makes regulatory capital requirements sensitive to differences in risk profiles among banking organizations, considers off-balance sheet exposures in evaluating capital adequacy, and minimizes disincentives to holding liquid, low-risk assets. Capital levels, as measured by these standards, are also used to categorize financial institutions for purposes of certain prompt corrective action regulatory provisions.

 

Prior to January 1, 2015, the guidelines included a minimum required ratio of qualifying Tier 1 plus Tier 2 capital to total risk weighted assets of 8% (“Total Risk-Based Capital Ratio” or “Total RBC Ratio”), and a minimum required ratio of Tier 1 capital to total risk weighted assets of 4% (“Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital Ratio” or “Tier 1 RBC Ratio”). The guidelines also provided for a minimum Leverage Ratio, which is defined as Tier 1 capital to adjusted average assets (quarterly average assets less the disallowed capital items discussed below). The minimum Leverage Ratio is 3% for institutions having the highest regulatory rating, and 4% for all other institutions. Tier 1 capital is generally defined as the sum of core capital elements, less goodwill and other intangible assets, accumulated other comprehensive income, disallowed deferred tax assets, and certain other deductions. The following items are defined as core capital elements: (i) common shareholders’ equity; (ii) qualifying non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock and related surplus (and, in the case of holding companies, senior perpetual preferred stock issued to the U.S. Treasury Department pursuant to the Troubled Asset Relief Program); (iii) minority interests in the equity accounts of consolidated subsidiaries; and (iv) “restricted” core capital elements (which include qualifying trust preferred securities) up to 25% of all core capital elements. Tier 2 capital includes the following supplemental capital elements: (i) allowance for loan and lease losses (but not more than 1.25% of an institution’s risk-weighted assets); (ii) perpetual preferred stock and related surplus not qualifying as core capital; (iii) hybrid capital instruments, perpetual debt and mandatory convertible debt instruments; and, (iv) term subordinated debt and intermediate-term preferred stock and related surplus. The maximum amount of Tier 2 capital is capped at 100% of Tier 1 capital.

 

Effective January 1, 2015, a new capital class known as Common Equity Tier 1 capital was added, and most financial institutions were given the option of a one-time election to continue to exclude accumulated other comprehensive income (“AOCI”) from regulatory capital. Since the Bank exercised its option to exclude AOCI with its first regulatory filings for 2015, our Common Equity Tier 1 capital includes common stock, additional paid-in capital, and retained earnings, less the following: disallowed goodwill and intangibles, disallowed deferred tax assets, and any insufficient additional capital to cover the deductions. The definitions of Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital are essentially unchanged, although disallowed amounts increased with the new rules. The final rules include new regulatory minimums of 4.5% for the common equity Tier 1 capital to total risk weighted assets ratio (“Common Equity Tier 1 RBC Ratio”), 6.0% for the Tier 1 RBC Ratio, 8.0% for the Total RBC Ratio, and 4.0% for the Leverage Ratio. The final rules also require a Common Equity Tier 1 capital conservation buffer of 2.5% of risk-weighted assets which is in addition to the other minimum risk-based capital standards in the rule. The capital buffer requirement will be phased in over three years beginning in 2016, and will effectively raise the minimum required Common Equity Tier 1 RBC Ratio to 7.0%, the Tier 1 RBC Ratio to 8.5%, and the Total RBC Ratio to 10.5% on a fully phased-in basis. Institutions that do not maintain the required capital buffer will become subject to progressively more stringent limitations on the percentage of earnings that can be paid out in dividends or used for stock repurchases, and on the payment of discretionary bonuses to executive management.

 

 35 

 

 

The final rules also increase the required capital for certain categories of assets, including higher-risk construction and real estate loans, certain past-due or nonaccrual loans, and certain exposures related to securitizations. The new minimum capital ratios became effective for us on January 1, 2015, and the capital buffers will be fully phased in by January 1, 2019. Based on our capital levels at December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Bank would have met all capital adequacy requirements under the Basel III Capital Rules on a fully phased-in basis.

 

For more information on the Company’s capital, see “ Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation – Capital Resources.” Risk-based capital ratio (“RBC”) requirements are discussed in greater detail in the following section.

 

Prompt Corrective Action Provisions

 

Federal law requires each federal banking agency to take prompt corrective action to resolve the problems of insured financial institutions, including but not limited to those that fall below one or more prescribed minimum capital ratios. The federal banking agencies have by regulation defined the following five capital categories: “well capitalized” (Total RBC Ratio of 10%; Tier 1 RBC Ratio of 8%; Common Equity Tier 1 RBC Ratio of 6.5%; and Leverage Ratio of 5%); “adequately capitalized” (Total RBC Ratio of 8%; Tier 1 RBC Ratio of 6%; Common Equity Tier 1 RBC Ratio of 4.5%; and Leverage Ratio of 4%); “undercapitalized” (Total RBC Ratio of less than 8%; Tier 1 RBC Ratio of less than 6%; Common Equity Tier 1 RBC Ratio of less than 4.5%; or Leverage Ratio of less than 4%); “significantly undercapitalized” (Total RBC Ratio of less than 6%; Tier 1 RBC Ratio of less than 4%; Common Equity Tier 1 RBC Ratio of less than 3%; or Leverage Ratio less than 3%); and “critically undercapitalized” (tangible equity to total assets less than or equal to 2%). A bank may be treated as though it were in the next lower capital category if, after notice and the opportunity for a hearing, the appropriate federal agency finds an unsafe or unsound condition or practice so warrants, but no bank may be treated as “critically undercapitalized” unless its actual capital ratio warrants such treatment. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, both the Company and the Bank were deemed to be well capitalized for regulatory capital purposes.

 

At each successively lower capital category, an insured bank is subject to increased restrictions on its operations. For example, a bank is generally prohibited from paying management fees to any controlling persons or from making capital distributions if to do so would make the bank “undercapitalized.” Asset growth and branching restrictions apply to undercapitalized banks, which are required to submit written capital restoration plans meeting specified requirements (including a guarantee by the parent holding company, if any). “Significantly undercapitalized” banks are subject to broad regulatory authority, including among other things capital directives, forced mergers, restrictions on the rates of interest they may pay on deposits, restrictions on asset growth and activities, and prohibitions on paying bonuses or increasing compensation to senior executive officers without FDIC approval. Even more severe restrictions apply to “critically undercapitalized” banks. Most importantly, except under limited circumstances, not later than 90 days after an insured bank becomes critically undercapitalized the appropriate federal banking agency is required to appoint a conservator or receiver for the bank.

 

In addition to measures taken under the prompt corrective action provisions, insured banks may be subject to potential actions by the federal regulators for unsafe or unsound practices in conducting their businesses or for violations of any law, rule, regulation or any condition imposed in writing by the agency or any written agreement with the agency. Enforcement actions may include the issuance of cease and desist orders, termination of insurance on deposits (in the case of a bank), the imposition of civil money penalties, the issuance of directives to increase capital, formal and informal agreements, or removal and prohibition orders against “institution-affiliated” parties.

 

Safety and Soundness Standards

 

The federal banking agencies have also adopted guidelines establishing safety and soundness standards for all insured depository institutions. Those guidelines relate to internal controls, information systems, internal audit systems, loan underwriting and documentation, compensation, and liquidity and interest rate exposure. In general, the standards are designed to assist the federal banking agencies in identifying and addressing problems at insured depository institutions before capital becomes impaired. If an institution fails to meet the requisite standards, the appropriate federal banking agency may require the institution to submit a compliance plan and could institute enforcement proceedings if an acceptable compliance plan is not submitted or adhered to.

 

 36 

 

 

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act

 

Legislation and regulations enacted and implemented since 2008 in response to the U.S. economic downturn and financial industry instability continue to impact most institutions in the banking sector. Certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (“Dodd-Frank”), which was enacted in 2010, are now effective and have been fully implemented, including revisions in the deposit insurance assessment base for FDIC insurance and a permanent increase in coverage to $250,000; the permissibility of paying interest on business checking accounts; the removal of barriers to interstate branching; and, required disclosures and shareholder advisory votes on executive compensation. Additional actions taken to implement Dodd-Frank provisions include (i) final capital rules, (ii) a final rule to implement the so called Volcker rule restrictions on certain proprietary trading and investment activities, and (iii) final rules and increased enforcement action by the Consumer Finance Protection Bureau (discussed further below in connection with consumer protection).

 

Some aspects of Dodd-Frank are still subject to rulemaking, making it difficult to anticipate the ultimate financial impact on the Company, its customers or the financial services industry more generally. However, certain provisions of Dodd-Frank are already affecting our operations and expenses, including but not limited to changes in FDIC assessments, the permitted payment of interest on demand deposits, and enhanced compliance requirements. Some of the rules and regulations promulgated or yet to be promulgated under Dodd-Frank will apply directly only to institutions much larger than ours, but could indirectly impact smaller banks, either due to competitive influences or because certain required practices for larger institutions may subsequently become expected “best practices” for smaller institutions. We expect to see continued attention and resources devoted by the Company to ensure compliance with the statutory and regulatory requirements engendered by Dodd-Frank.

 

Deposit Insurance

 

The Bank’s deposits are insured up to maximum applicable limits under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, and the Bank is subject to deposit insurance assessments to maintain the FDIC’s Deposit Insurance Fund (the “DIF”). In October 2010, the FDIC adopted a revised restoration plan to ensure that the DIF’s designated reserve ratio (“DRR”) reaches 1.35% of insured deposits by September 30, 2020, the deadline mandated by the Dodd-Frank Act. In August 2016 the FDIC announced that the DIF reserve ratio had surpassed 1.15% as of June 30, 2016, so institutions with $10 billion or more in assets are now being assessed a quarterly surcharge which will continue until the reserve ratio reaches the statutory minimum of 1.35%. However, financial institutions like Chino Commercial Bank with assets of less than $10 billion are exempted from the cost of this surcharge. Furthermore, the restoration plan proposed an increase in the DRR to 2% of estimated insured deposits as a long-term goal for the fund. The FDIC also proposed future assessment rate reductions in lieu of dividends, when the DRR reaches 1.5% or greater.

 

As noted above, the Dodd-Frank Act provided for a permanent increase in FDIC deposit insurance per depositor from $100,000 to $250,000 retroactive to January 1, 2008. Furthermore, effective in the second quarter of 2011, FDIC deposit insurance premium assessment rates were adjusted, and the assessment base was established as an institution’s total assets less tangible equity. We are generally unable to control the amount of premiums that we are required to pay for FDIC deposit insurance. If there are additional bank or financial institution failures or if the FDIC otherwise determines, we may be required to pay higher FDIC premiums, which could have a material adverse effect on our earnings and/or on the value of, or market for, our common stock.

 

In addition to DIF assessments, banks must pay quarterly assessments that are applied to the retirement of Financing Corporation bonds issued in the 1980’s to assist in the recovery of the savings and loan industry. The assessment amount can fluctuate, but was 0.56 basis points of insured deposits for the fourth quarter of 2016. Those assessments will continue until the Financing Corporation bonds mature in 2019.

 

 37 

 

 

Community Reinvestment Act

 

The Bank is subject to certain requirements and reporting obligations involving Community Reinvestment Act (“CRA”) activities. The CRA generally requires federal banking agencies to evaluate the record of a financial institution in meeting the credit needs of its local communities, including low and moderate income neighborhoods. The CRA further requires the agencies to consider a financial institution’s efforts in meeting its community credit needs when evaluating applications for, among other things, domestic branches, mergers or acquisitions, or the formation of holding companies. In measuring a bank’s compliance with its CRA obligations, the regulators utilize a performance-based evaluation system under which CRA ratings are determined by the bank’s actual lending, service, and investment performance, rather than on the extent to which the institution conducts needs assessments, documents community outreach activities or complies with other procedural requirements. In connection with its assessment of CRA performance, the FDIC assigns a rating of “outstanding,” “satisfactory,” “needs to improve” or “substantial noncompliance.” The Bank most recently received a “satisfactory” CRA assessment rating in 2012.

 

Privacy and Data Security

 

The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, also known as the Financial Modernization Act of 1999 (the “Financial Modernization Act”), imposed requirements on financial institutions with respect to consumer privacy. Financial institutions, however, are required to comply with state law if it is more protective of consumer privacy than the Financial Modernization Act. The Financial Modernization Act generally prohibits disclosure of consumer information to non-affiliated third parties unless the consumer has been given the opportunity to object and has not objected to such disclosure. The statute also directed federal regulators, including the Federal Reserve and the FDIC, to establish standards for the security of consumer information, and requires financial institutions to disclose their privacy policies to consumers annually.

 

Overdrafts

 

The Electronic Funds Transfer Act, as implemented by the Federal Reserve’s Regulation E, governs transfers initiated through automated teller machines (“ATMs”), point-of-sale terminals, and other electronic banking services. Regulation E prohibits financial institutions from assessing an overdraft fee for paying ATM and one-time point-of-sale debit card transactions, unless the customer affirmatively opts in to the overdraft service for those types of transactions. The opt-in provision establishes requirements for clear disclosure of fees and terms of overdraft services for ATM and one-time debit card transactions. The rule does not apply to other types of transactions, such as check, automated clearinghouse (“ACH”) and recurring debit card transactions. Additionally, in November 2010 the FDIC issued its Overdraft Guidance on automated overdraft service programs, to ensure that a bank mitigates the risks associated with offering automated overdraft payment programs and complies with all consumer protection laws and regulations. We do not offer an automated overdraft payment program and were therefore not affected by this change.

 

Consumer Financial Protection and Financial Privacy

 

Dodd-Frank created the Consumer Finance Protection Bureau (the “CFPB”) as an independent entity with broad rulemaking, supervisory and enforcement authority over consumer financial products and services including deposit products, residential mortgages, home-equity loans and credit cards. The CFPB’s functions include investigating consumer complaints, conducting market research, rulemaking, supervising and examining bank consumer transactions, and enforcing rules related to consumer financial products and services. CFPB regulations and guidance apply to all financial institutions, including the Bank, although only banks with $10 billion or more in assets are subject to examination by the CFPB. Banks with less than $10 billion in assets, including the Bank, are examined for compliance by their primary federal banking agency.

 

In January 2013, the CFPB issued final regulations governing primarily consumer mortgage lending. Certain rules which became effective in January 2014 impose additional requirements on lenders, including the directive that lenders need to ensure the ability of their borrowers to repay mortgages. The CFPB also finalized a rule on escrow accounts for higher priced mortgage loans and a rule expanding the scope of the high-cost mortgage provision in the Truth in Lending Act. The CFPB also issued final rules implementing provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act that relate to mortgage servicing. In November 2013 the CFPB issued a final rule on integrated and simplified mortgage disclosures under the Truth in Lending Act and the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, which became effective in October 2015.

 

 38 

 

 

The CFPB has broad rulemaking authority for a wide range of consumer financial laws that apply to all banks, including, among other things, the authority to prohibit “unfair, deceptive or abusive” acts and practices. Abusive acts or practices are defined as those that materially interfere with a consumer’s ability to understand a term or condition of a consumer financial product or service or take unreasonable advantage of a consumer’s: (i) lack of financial savvy, (ii) inability to protect himself in the selection or use of consumer financial products or services, or (iii) reasonable reliance on a covered entity to act in the consumer’s interests.

 

The Bank continues to be subject to numerous other federal and state consumer protection laws that extensively govern its relationship with its customers. Those laws include the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act, the Truth in Lending Act, the Truth in Savings Act, the Electronic Fund Transfer Act, the Expedited Funds Availability Act, the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, the Fair Housing Act, the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act, the Right to Financial Privacy Act, the Service Members Civil Relief Act, and respective state-law counterparts to these laws, as well as state usury laws and laws regarding unfair and deceptive acts and practices. These and other laws require disclosures including the cost of credit and terms of deposit accounts, provide substantive consumer rights, prohibit discrimination in credit transactions, regulate the use of credit report information, provide financial privacy protections, prohibit unfair, deceptive and abusive practices, restrict the Company’s ability to raise interest rates and subject the Company to substantial regulatory oversight.

 

In addition, as is the case with all financial institutions, the Bank is required to maintain the privacy of its customers’ non-public, personal information. Such privacy requirements direct financial institutions to: (i) provide notice to customers regarding privacy policies and practices; (ii) inform customers regarding the conditions under which their non-public personal information may be disclosed to non-affiliated third parties; and (iii) give customers an option to prevent disclosure of such information to non-affiliated third parties.

 

Interstate Banking and Branching

 

The Riegle-Neal Interstate Banking and Branching Efficiency Act of 1994 (the “Interstate Act”), together with Dodd-Frank, relaxed prior interstate branching restrictions under federal law by permitting, subject to regulatory approval, state and federally chartered commercial banks to establish branches in states where the laws permit banks chartered in such states to establish branches. The Interstate Act requires regulators to consult with community organizations before permitting an interstate institution to close a branch in a low-income area. Federal banking agency regulations prohibit banks from using their interstate branches primarily for deposit production and the federal banking agencies have implemented a loan-to-deposit ratio screen to ensure compliance with this prohibition. Dodd-Frank effectively eliminated the prohibition under California law against interstate branching through de novo establishment of California branches. Interstate branches are subject to certain laws of the states in which they are located. The Bank presently does not have any interstate branches.

 

USA Patriot Act of 2001

 

The impact of the USA Patriot Act of 2001 (the “Patriot Act”) on financial institutions of all kinds has been significant and wide ranging. The Patriot Act substantially enhanced anti-money laundering and financial transparency laws, and required certain regulatory authorities to adopt rules that promote cooperation among financial institutions, regulators, and law enforcement entities in identifying parties that may be involved in terrorism or money laundering. Under the Patriot Act, financial institutions are subject to prohibitions regarding specified financial transactions and account relationships, as well as enhanced due diligence and “know your customer” standards in their dealings with foreign financial institutions and foreign customers. The Patriot Act also requires all financial institutions to establish anti-money laundering programs. The Bank expanded its Bank Secrecy Act compliance staff and intensified due diligence procedures concerning the opening of new accounts to fulfill the anti-money laundering requirements of the Patriot Act, and also implemented systems and procedures to identify suspicious banking activity and report any such activity to the Financial Crimes Enforcement Network.

 

 39 

 

 

Commercial Real Estate Lending Concentrations

 

As a part of their regulatory oversight, the federal regulators have issued guidelines on sound risk management practices with respect to a financial institution’s concentrations in commercial real estate (“CRE”) lending activities. These guidelines were issued in response to the agencies’ concerns that rising CRE concentrations might expose institutions to unanticipated earnings and capital volatility in the event of adverse changes in the commercial real estate market. The guidelines identify certain concentration levels that, if exceeded, will expose the institution to additional supervisory analysis with regard to the institution’s CRE concentration risk. The guidelines are designed to promote appropriate levels of capital and sound loan and risk management practices for institutions with a concentration of CRE loans. In general, the guidelines establish the following supervisory criteria as preliminary indications of possible CRE concentration risk: (1) the institution’s total construction, land development and other land loans represent 100% or more of total risk-based capital; or (2) total CRE loans as defined in the regulatory guidelines represent 300% or more of total risk-based capital, and the institution’s CRE loan portfolio has increased by 50% or more during the prior 36 month period. The Bank believes that the guidelines are applicable to it, as it has a relatively high concentration in CRE loans. The Bank and its board of directors have discussed the guidelines and believe that the Bank’s underwriting policies, management information systems, independent credit administration process, and monitoring of real estate loan concentrations are sufficient to address the guidelines.

 

Other Pending and Proposed Legislation

 

Other legislative and regulatory initiatives which could affect the Company, the Bank and the banking industry in general are pending, and additional initiatives may be proposed or introduced before the United States Congress, the California legislature and other governmental bodies in the future. Such proposals, if enacted, may further alter the structure, regulation and competitive relationship among financial institutions, and may subject the Bank to increased regulation, disclosure and reporting requirements. In addition, the various banking regulatory agencies often adopt new rules and regulations to implement and enforce existing legislation. It cannot be predicted whether, or in what form, any such legislation or regulations may be enacted or the extent to which the business of the Company or the Bank would be affected thereby.

 

 40 

 

 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

This discussion presents management’s analysis of the Company’s financial condition and results of operations as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and for each of the years in the two year period ended December 31, 2016, and includes the statistical disclosures required by SEC Guide 3 (“Statistical Disclosure by Bank Holding Companies”). The discussion should be read in conjunction with the Company’s financial statements and the notes related thereto which appear elsewhere in this offering circular. This discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements that involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward looking statements as a result of many factors, including those set forth under “RISK FACTORS” in this offering circular.

 

Critical Accounting Policies

 

The preparation of financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make a number of judgments, estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amount of assets, liabilities, income and expenses in the Company’s financial statements and accompanying notes. Management believes that the judgments, estimates and assumptions used in preparation of the Company’s financial statements are appropriate given the factual circumstances as of December 31, 2016.

 

Various elements of the Company’s accounting policies, by their nature, are inherently subject to estimation techniques, valuation assumptions and other subjective assessments. Critical accounting policies are those that involve the most complex and subjective decisions and assessments and have the greatest potential impact on the Company’s results of operation. In particular, management has identified one accounting policy that, due to judgments, estimates and assumptions inherent in this policy, and the sensitivity of the Company’s financial statements to those judgments, estimates and assumptions, are critical to an understanding of the Company’s financial statements. This policy relates to the methodology that determines the allowance for loan losses. Management has discussed the development and selection of this critical accounting policy with the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors. Although Management believes the level of the allowance at December 31, 2016 was adequate to absorb losses inherent in the loan portfolio, a further decline in the regional economy may result in increasing losses that cannot reasonably be predicted at this time with any degree of certainty. For detailed information regarding the allowance for loan losses see “Financial Condition — Allowance for Loan Losses,” and Note 5 to the consolidated financial statements included herein.

 

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

 

Refer to Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements contained herein for discussion of the recently issued accounting standards.

 

Summary of Performance

 

The Company recognized net after tax income of $1.453 million in 2016, as compared with $1.327 million in 2015. Net income per diluted share was $1.18 in 2016, as compared to $1.08 in 2015. The Company’s return on average assets and return on average equity were 0.85% and 11.28%, respectively in 2016, as compared to 0.88% and 11.54%, respectively in 2015. The Company’s financial performance improved in 2016, as compared with 2015, due in part to increase lending which was enhanced by low relative loan loss provisions during the year; and increased low cost core deposit accumulation. Those conditions have incrementally improved year over year since 2010.

 

The following are some of the major factors impacting the Company’s results of operations for the years presented in the consolidated financial statements.

 

·Net Interest Income: Net interest income increased by 12.3% in 2016, as compared with 20.7% in 2015. The increase was due to a combination of an increase of $16.3 million or 17.5% in gross loans which was partially funded by an increase of 5.5% or $7.2 million in deposits. Interest income from funds on deposit with the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco increased by $81.6 thousand or 168.9% in 2016 compared to 2015 due to higher invested balances and a 50 basis points increase in the fed funds rate. The positive impact of asset growth was partially offset by a seven basis point drop in the net interest margin during 2016, resulting in part from lower average yields on loans.

 

 41 

 

 

·Increased Loan Loss Provision: The gains in revenue were partially offset by a $200.0 thousand loan loss provision in 2016, an increase of $158 thousand over the $42.3 thousand provision in 2015. The increased provision was made to support the $16.3 million increase in gross loans during the year.

 

·Non-interest Income: Non-interest income increased by $83.3 thousand, or 5.6%, to $1.57 million in 2016 compared to $1.48 million in 2015. Non-interest income was favorably impacted by extraordinary cash dividends received from restricted stock, including the Federal Home Loan Bank, which added $66.9 thousand to dividend income in 2016, a 50.4% increase over 2015. This increase in revenue was partially offset by a decline in service charge income of $85.9 thousand, which was caused by a reduction in the number of NSF charges being collected because of lower volumes of checks being issued by the Bank’s customers.

 

·Operating Expense: Non-interest expenses increased by $325.9 thousand or 7.36% to $4.75 million in 2016, as compared with an increase of $276.0 thousand or 6.65% in 2015. Seventy-five per cent of the increase in in 2016 was due to the increase in salaries and benefit expense of $227.5 thousand or 8.60% because of a higher number of full time equivalent employees in addition to cost of living and promotional salary increases for existing employees, slightly offset by capitalized loan origination which were $2.5 thousand lower in 2016 than in 2015. Audit and legal expenses were also up $26.3 thousand or 16.6% in 2016 compared with 2015, due to increases in work performed by third party auditors and legal fees associated with several loan collection actions.

 

·Income Tax: The Company had tax provisions of $927.9 million or 39.0% of pre-tax income in 2016 as compared with a tax provision of $824.4 thousand or 38.4% of pre-tax income in 2015. The tax provisioning rate has been increasing due to higher taxable income and a declining level of available tax credits, including those generated by our investments including municipal bonds.

 

The Company’s assets totaled $175.1 million at December 31, 2016, compared to $161.3 million at December 31, 2015. Total liabilities were $161.5 million at December 31, 2016 compared to $149.3 million at December 31, 2015; and shareholders’ equity totaled $13.5 million at December 31, 2016 compared to $12.1 million at December 31, 2015.

 

The following is a summary of key balance sheet changes during 2016.

 

·Total Assets: Total assets increased by $13.7 million, or 8.5%. The increase resulted primarily from growth in performing loans that was partially offset by a reduction in cash and investment balances.

 

·Loans: Gross loans increased by $16.3 million, or 17.5% during 2016. Loan growth was favorably impacted by a $14.5 million increase in commercial real estate loans outstanding, and $1.8 million in commercial term loans. The loan-to-deposit ratio increased from 71.5% to 79.6% from December 31, 2015 to December 31, 2016.

 

·Nonperforming Assets: Nonperforming assets were $521.7 thousand at December 31, 2016, compared to zero at December 31, 2015. The entire balance of nonperforming assets at December 31, 2016 consisted of one loan collateralized by an owner occupied single family residence in Rancho Cucamonga, which is listed for sale at an amount which is expected to repay all principal, interest and accrued costs of collection.

 

·Allowance for Loan Losses: The allowance for loan losses totaled $1.8 million as of December 31, 2016, an increase of $178.2 thousand or 10.7%, relative to year-end 2015. The increase in 2016 was due to an increase in the total gross loans outstanding during the year, which increased by $16.3 million or 17.5%. The allowance declined to 1.68% of total loans at December 31, 2016 from 1.79% of total loans at December 31, 2015, due to loan growth in portfolio segments with low historical loss rates and credit quality improvement in the loan portfolio.

 

 42 

 

 

·Deposits: Deposits increased by $7.2 million, or 5.5%, during 2016 due primarily to organic growth in core non-maturity deposits. Non-interest bearing demand accounts declined by $5.8 million or 7.8% to $68.6 million at December 31, 2016, as compared with total non-interest bearing demand accounts of $74.4 million at December 31, 2015. This reduction resulted from customers shifting from non-interest bearing accounts to interest bearing accounts as interest rates began to rise during the year. Interest bearing NOW and Money Market accounts increased by 29.0% or $11.9 million to $52.9 million at December 31, 2016, as compared with $40.9 million at December 31, 2015. Large CDs (over $250,000) increased during 2016 by $524.6 thousand or 13.4%. Alternatively, CDs below $250,000 increased by $263.1 thousand or 4.24%. Savings accounts increased by $350.5 thousand or 7.3% during 2016.

 

·Capital: Total capital increased by $1.5 million, or 12.1% during 2016, to $13.5 million at December 31, 2016. The increase in capital resulted almost entirely from the retention of earnings during the year, less nominal cash paid in lieu of fractions for a stock dividend and a nominal drop in accumulated other comprehensive income. At December 31, 2016, the consolidated Company’s Common Equity Tier 1 Capital Ratio was 15.32%, its Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital Ratio was 15.32%, Total Risk-Based Capital Ratio was 15.37%, and Tier 1 Leverage Ratio was 10.24%.

 

Results of Operations

 

The Company earns income from two primary sources: the first is net interest income, which is interest income generated by earning assets less interest expense on interest-bearing liabilities; the second is non-interest income, which primarily consists of customer service charges and fees but also comes from non-customer sources such as bank-owned life insurance and dividends on correspondent bank restricted stock. The majority of the Company’s non-interest expenses are operating costs that relate to providing a full range of banking services to the Bank’s customers.

 

Net Interest Income and Net Interest Margin

 

Net interest income was $5.768 million in 2016, compared to $5.139 million in 2015. This equates to an increase of 12.25% in 2016. The level of net interest income the Company recognizes in any given period depends on a combination of factors including the average volume and yield for interest-earning assets, the average volume and cost of interest-bearing liabilities, and the mix of products which comprise the Company’s earning assets, deposits, and other interest-bearing liabilities. Net interest income is also impacted by the reversal of interest for loans placed on non-accrual status during the reporting period, and the recovery of interest on loans that had been on non-accrual and were paid off, sold or returned to accrual status.

 

The following Distribution, Rate and Yield table shows, for each of the past two years, the average balance for each principal balance sheet category, and the amount of interest income or interest expense associated with that category. This table also shows the calculated yields on each major component of the Company’s investment and loan portfolio, the average rates paid on each key segment of the Company’s interest bearing liabilities, and our net interest margin.

 

 43 

 

 

Distribution, Rate and Yield

 

   Years Ended December 31, 
   2016   2015 
   Average
Balance
   Interest
Income/
Expense
   Average
Rate/Yield1
   Average
Balance
   Interest
Income/
Expense
   Average
Rate/Yield1
 
   (Dollars in thousands) 
                         
Assets:                              
Interest-earning assets:                              
Loans, held for investment, net2   $101,710   $5,466    5.37%  $87,066   $4,879    5.60%
U.S. government agencies securities    4,759    61    1.28%   3,635    67    1.84%
Mortgage-backed securities    19,656    446    2.27%   15,344    338    2.20%
Other securities    644    38    5.90%   945    41    4.34%
Due from banks time    3,912    39    1.00%   11,006    81    0.74%
Interest-bearing deposits in other banks    25,038    129    0.52%   18,235    48    0.26%
Total interest-earning assets    155,719    6,179    3.97%   136,231    5,454    4.00%
Noninterest-earning assets    14,433              13,773           
Total assets   $170,152             $150,004           
                               
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity:                              
Interest-bearing liabilities:                              
Money market and NOW deposits   $45,194    199    0.44%  $39,674    164    0.41%
Savings    4,870    12    0.25%   4,221    10    0.24%
Time deposits under $250,000    6,324    23    0.36%   4,091    23    0.56%
Time deposits $250,000 and over    3,954    34    0.86%   6,556    36    0.55%
Other borrowings    16,825    71    0.42%   11,896    23    0.19%
Subordinated debenture    3,093    72    2.33%   3,093    60    1.94%
Total interest-bearing liabilities   80,260    411    0.51%   69,531    316    0.45%
Non-interest bearing deposits    76,093              68,149           
Non-interest bearing liabilities    258              820           
Shareholders’ equity    13,541              11,504           
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity   $170,152             $150,004           
Net interest income        $5,768             $5,138      
Net interest spread3              3.46%             3.55%
Net interest margin4              3.70%             3.77%

 

 

Rate/Volume Analysis

 

The following table sets forth the dollar difference in interest earned and paid for each major category of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities for the noted periods, and the amount of each change attributable to changes in average balances (volume) or changes in average interest rates. Volume variances are equal to the increase or decrease in the average balance multiplied by the prior period rate, and rate variances are equal to the increase or decrease in the average rate times the prior period average balances. Variances attributable to both rate and volume changes are equal to the change in rate times the change in average balance, and have been allocated to the rate and volume variance proportionately.

 

 

1 Average Rate/Yield is based upon actual days on 365 and 366 day count. Yields and net interest margin have not been computed on a tax equivalent basis because the tax impact on yields is nominal.

2 Loan fees (costs) have been included in the calculation of interest income. Loan fees were approximately $171,116 and $151,568 for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Loans are net of deferred fees and related direct costs.

3 Represents the weighted average yield on interest-earning assets less the weighted average cost of interest-bearing liabilities.

4 Represents net interest income (after provision for loan losses) as a percentage of average interest-earning assets.

 

 44 

 

 

   Years Ended December 31, 
   2016 vs. 2015 
   Increase (Decrease) 
   Due to Change In 
   Volume   Rate   Total 
   (Dollars in thousands) 
Interest-earning Assets:               
Loans   $795   $(205)  $587 
Securities of U.S. government agencies    (6)   -    (6)
Mortgage-backed securities    99    9    108 
Other securities    (15)   12    (3)
Due from banks time    (64)   22    (42)
Interest-bearing deposits in other banks    23    58    81 
Total interest-earning assets    832    (104)   725 
                
Interest-bearing Liabilities:               
Money market and NOW    26    9    35 
Savings    2    -    2 
Time deposits under $250,000    11    (11)   - 
Time deposits $250,000 and over    (17)   15    (2)
Other borrowed funds    12    36    48 
Subordinated debenture    -    12    12 
Total interest-bearing liabilities    34    61    95 
                
Change in net interest income   $798   $(165)  $630 

 

 

The volume variance calculated for 2016 over 2015 was a favorable $795 thousand, due primarily to a $19.4 million increase in the average balance of interest-earning assets from organic growth. The volume variance was enhanced by the fact that the average total loans outstanding grew by 16.9% relative to a 25.5% growth in the average balance of lower-yielding investments, which was partially offset by a shift within investments portfolio into lower-yielding balances held at the Federal Reserve Bank.

 

The impact of interest rate changes resulted in an unfavorable rate variance of $164 million in net interest income for 2016 relative to 2015.

 

The Company’s net interest margin, which is net interest income expressed as a percentage of average interest-earning assets, is affected by the same factors discussed above relative to rate and volume variances. Our net interest margin was 3.70% in 2016, a drop of only 7 basis points relative to 2015. The principal developments impacting our net interest margin in 2016 include lower yields on loans and investments, and a shift within loans to lower-yielding loan segments.

 

Provision for Loan Losses

 

Credit risk is inherent in the business of making loans. The Company sets aside an allowance or reserve for loan losses through charges to earnings, which are shown in the income statement as the provision for loan losses. Specifically identifiable and quantifiable losses are immediately charged off against the allowance. The loan loss provision is determined by conducting a quarterly evaluation of the adequacy of the Company’s allowance for loan and lease losses, and charging the shortfall, if any, to the current quarter’s expense. This has the effect of creating variability in the amount and frequency of charges to the Company’s earnings. The procedures for monitoring the adequacy of the allowance, as well as detailed information concerning the allowance itself, are included below under “Allowance for Loan Losses.”

 

Provisions to the allowance for loan losses are made quarterly or more frequently if needed, in anticipation of future probable loan losses. The quarterly provision is calculated on a predetermined formula to ensure adequacy as the portfolio grows. The formula is composed of various components which include economic forecasts on a local and national level. Allowance factors are utilized in estimating the allowance for loan losses. The allowance is determined by assigned quantitative and qualitative factors for all loans. As higher allowance levels become necessary as a result of this analysis, the allowance for loan losses will be increased through the provision for loan losses.

 

 45 

 

 

During 2016 the Company made periodic provisions to the allowance totaling $200 thousand, compared to $42 thousand during 2015. The allowance as a percent of total outstanding loans at December 31, 2016 was 1.68%, compared to 1.79% at December 31, 2015. (See “Allowance for Loan Losses” below).

 

Non-interest Income

 

The following table sets forth the various components of non-interest income for the years indicated:

 

   Years Ended December 31, 
   2016   2015 
   Amount   Percent of
Total
   Amount   Percent of
Total
 
   (Dollars in thousands) 
Service charge on deposit accounts   $1,063    67.84%  $1,149    77.43%
Gain on sale of foreclosed assets    -    n/a    -    n/a 
Other miscellaneous income    180    11.49%   82    5.52%
Dividend income from restricted stock    221    14.10%   151    10.18%
Income from bank owned life insurance    103    6.57%   102    6.87%
                     
Total non-interest income   $1,567    100.00%  $1,484    100.00%

 

 

Non-interest income increased by $83.3 thousand, or 5.6%, to $1.567 million in 2016 compared to $1.483 million in 2015. Non-interest income was favorably impacted by extraordinary cash dividends received from restricted stock, including the Federal Home Loan Bank, which added $66 thousand to income in 2016 bringing to the total up to $221 thousand, or a 46.3% increase as compared with $151 thousand 2015. This increase in revenue was partially offset by a decline in service charge income of $86 thousand, which was caused by a reduction in the number of NSF charges being collected because of lower volumes of checks being issued by the Bank’s customers. The Company’s income from its holdings of bank-owned life insurance (“BOLI”) remained relatively unchanged in 2016 at $102 thousand.

 

Non-interest Expense

 

The following table sets forth the non-interest expenses for the years indicated:

 

   Years Ended December 31, 
   2016   2015 
   Amount   Percent of
Total
   Amount   Percent of
Total
 
   (Dollars in thousands) 
Salaries and employee benefits   $2,883    60.63%  $2,655    59.95%
Occupancy and equipment    417    8.77%   425    9.60%
Data and item processing    381    8.01%   380    8.58%
Deposit products and services    114    2.40%   105    2.37%
Legal and other professional fees    185    3.89%   159    3.50%
Regulatory assessments    141    2.97%   127    2.87%
Advertising and marketing    76    1.60%   56    1.26%
Directors’ fees and expenses    108    2.27%   107    2.42%
Printing and supplies    87    1.83%   87    2.96%
Telephone    91    1.91%   90    2.03%
Insurance    34    0.72%   33    0.75%
Reserve for undisbursed lines of credit    2    0.04%   8    0.18%
Other expenses    236    4.96%   197    4.54%
Total non-interest expenses   $4,755    100.00%  $4,429    100.00%
Non-interest expense as a percentage
of average earning assets
        3.05%        3.25%
Core efficiency ratio         64.82%        66.87%

 

 46 

 

 

Non-interest expenses increased by $326 thousand or 7.36% to $4.75 million in 2016, as compared with an increase of $276 thousand or 6.65% in 2015. The majority (or 75%) of the increase in non-interest expenses in 2016 was an escalation of salaries and benefit expense, which rose by $228 thousand or 8.59% to $2.88 million as compared with $2.65 million in 2015. Salaries and benefits expense was higher in 2016 because of a higher number of full time equivalent employees in addition to cost of living and promotional salary increases for existing employees. Net salary and benefit expenses were partially offset by capitalized loan origination expenses totaling $140 thousand in 2016, which was $2 thousand lower than in 2015. This capitalization of loan origination costs reduced the salary and benefit expense in 2016. Audit and Legal expenses were also up $26.3 thousand or 16.6% to $185 thousand in 2016, as compared with $159 thousand in 2015. The causes for this increase includes higher costs for audit work performed by third party auditors, as well as higher costs for legal services associated with several loan collection actions. Data processing expenses were also up $1 thousand in 2016 which resulted from the Company’s conversion of Core Data processing services from Fidelity Information Services to Fiserv. This conversion is anticipated to result in moderate cost savings going forward, with realized savings being dependent upon the volume of transactions and future growth rate if any. Total non-interest expenses of $4.75 million in 2016 resulted in an efficiency ratio of 64.8% in 2016 as compared with total non-interest expenses in 2015 of $4.42 million or an efficiency ratio of 66.9%.

 

Provision for Income Taxes

 

Our income tax provision was $928 thousand or 39.0% of pre-tax income in 2016, compared to $824 thousand, or 38.4% of pre-tax income in 2015. Higher taxable income and a declining level of available tax credits were the primary factors impacting the increase in our tax accrual rate in 2016.

 

The Company sets aside a provision for income taxes on a monthly basis. The amount of that provision is deter-mined by first applying the Company’s statutory income tax rates to estimated taxable income, which is pre-tax book income adjusted for permanent differences, and then subtracting available tax credits. Permanent differences include but are not limited to tax-exempt interest income, BOLI income, and certain book expenses that are not allowed as tax deductions. The Company’s investments in municipal bonds provided $29 thousand in federal tax-exempt income in 2016, $41 thousand in 2015. Our bank-owned life insurance also generated $102 thousand in tax-exempt income in 2016, and 2015, respectively.

 

Financial Condition

 

Assets totaled $175 million at the end of 2016, reflecting an increase of $13.7 million, or 8.5%, for the year due to growth in loans and slightly higher cash balances. Total deposits experienced an increase of 5.5% in 2016 as a result of continued core deposit growth in our branches, and non-deposit borrowings were also increased to support our strong loan growth. Total Capital was up $1.5 million or 12% in 2016 over 2015. The Company maintained high capital levels in 2016 as well as throughout the recession period attributed to increases from retained earnings in the normal course of business. Furthermore, our liquidity position has been exceptionally strong for the past few years due to growth in customer deposits and high levels of funds availability from the Federal Home Loan Bank. Our healthy capital position and access to liquidity resources position us to take advantage of potential growth opportunities, although no assurance can be provided in that regard. The major components of the Company’s balance sheet are individually analyzed below, along with information on off-balance sheet activities and exposure.

 

Loan Portfolio Composition

 

The Company’s loan portfolio represents the single largest portion of invested assets, substantially greater than the investment portfolio or any other asset category, and the quality and diversification of the loan portfolio are important considerations when reviewing the Company’s financial condition. The Company is not involved with chemicals or toxins that might have an adverse effect on the environment, thus its primary exposure to environmental legislation is through its lending activities. The Company’s lending procedures include steps to identify and monitor this exposure in an effort to avoid any related loss or liability.

 

The Selected Financial Data table reflects the amount of loans outstanding at December 31st for each year from 2012 through 2016, net of the allowance for loan losses and unearned loan fees. The following table sets forth by major category the composition of the Company’s loan portfolio before the allowance for loan losses, both in dollar amount and percentage of the portfolio at the dates indicated:

 

 47 

 

 

Distribution of Loans and Percentage Composition

   

   Amount Outstanding as of
Years Ended December 31,
 
   2016   2015 
   Amount   Percentage
of Total
   Amount   Percentage
of Total
 
   (Dollars in thousands) 
Real estate loans, commercial   $85,135    77.71%  $71,259    76.42%
Real estate loans, consumer    2,171    1.98%   1,497    1.61%
Commercial loans    21,817    19.92%   20,050    21.50%
Other    430    0.39%   438    0.47%
Total    109,553    100.00%   93,244    100.00%
                     
Allowance for loan losses    (1,845)        (1,667)     
Unearned income and deferred loan fees, net    (348)        (252)     
                     
Total Net Loans   $107,360        $91,325      

 

 

The Company provides credit primarily to small businesses and consumers. Because many small businesses lack sufficient internal controls and recordkeeping needed to support and monitor unsecured commercial lines of credit or term loans, the Company enhances these loans by taking a collateral position against the borrower’s commercial real estate. This process of taking additional collateral results in many loans being categorized as commercial real estate loans. The Company’s investment in commercial real estate loans increased by approximately $13.8 million during 2016, and the percentage of the total rose from 76.4% to 77.7%. Because this lending practice typically results in relatively low net credit losses, it will continue to be used in future periods and both nominal dollar amounts and percentages are anticipated to increase.

 

The following table shows the maturity distribution and repricing intervals of the Company’s outstanding loans at December 31, 2016. Balances of fixed rate loans are displayed in the column representative of the loan’s stated maturity date. Balances for variable rate loans are displayed in the column representative of the loan’s next interest rate change. Variable rate loans that are currently at their minimum rates are displayed at the loan’s stated maturity date.

 

Loan Maturities and Repricing Schedule

         

 

   Within
One Year
   After One
By Within
Five Years
   After
Five Years
   Total 
   (Dollars in Thousands) 
                 
Real estate loans, commercial   $3,515   $6,060   $75,560   $85,135 
Real estate loans, consumer1    729    93    827    1,649 
Commercial loans    9,034    1,299    11,484    21,817 
Other    18    228    184    430 
Total   $13,296   $7,680   $88,055   $109,031 
                     
Loans with variable
(floating) interest rates
  $7,149   $6,556   $88,055   $101,760 
Loans with predetermined
(fixed) interest rates
  $6,148   $1,124   $-   $7,272 

 

 

Nonperforming Assets

 

Nonperforming assets are comprised of loans for which the Company is no longer accruing interest, and foreclosed assets or “other real estate owned” referred to as “OREO.” If the Company grants a concession to a borrower in financial difficulty, the loan falls into the category of a troubled debt restructuring (“TDR”), which may be classified as either nonperforming or performing depending on the loan’s accrual status. Loans are generally placed on non-accrual status when they become 90 days past due unless Management believes the loan is adequately collateralized and in the process of collection. Loans may be restructured by Management when a borrower has experienced some change in financial status, causing an inability to meet the original repayment terms, and where the Company believes the borrower will eventually overcome those circumstances and repay the loan in full. OREO consists of properties acquired by foreclosure or similar means that Management intends to offer for sale.

 

 

1 Excludes non-accrual loans.

 48 

 

 

Management’s classification of a loan as non-accrual is an indication that there is a reasonable doubt as to the full collectability of principal or interest on the loan; at this point, the Company stops recognizing income from the interest on the loan and may reserve any uncollected interest that had been accrued but unpaid if it is determined uncollectible or the collateral is inadequate to support such accrued interest amount. These loans may or may not be collateralized, but collection efforts are continuously pursued.

 

On occasion, a well collateralized loan will be downgraded to nonaccrual status or classified as nonperforming because of the borrower’s apparent inability to continue to make payments as called for, based upon tax returns or financial statements. These downgrades can be made despite the fact that the borrower continues to make all payments as agreed.

 

At December 31, 2016 the Company had one loan classified at nonperforming (nonaccrual) in the amount of $522 thousand. The loan is collateralized by an owner occupied single family residence in Rancho Cucamonga, California. A non-judicial foreclosure process has been initiated against the collateral and the borrower has listed the property for sale at an amount which is expected to repay all principal, interest and accrued costs of collection.

 

The following table provides information with respect to the components of the Company’s nonperforming assets as of the dates indicated:

 

Nonperforming Assets and Performing TDRs

       

 

   Years Ended December 31, 
   2016   2015 
   (Dollars in thousands) 
Non-accrual Loans:1         
Real estate loans, commercial   $-   $- 
Real estate loans, consumer   $522    - 
Commercial loans    -    - 
Other    -    - 
Total  $522    - 
Loans 90 days or more past due (as to
principal or interest) and still accruing
   -    - 
Total   $522    - 
           
Total nonperforming loans    522    - 
Other real estate owned    -    - 
Total nonperforming assets    522    - 
Performing TDRs2   $1,461   $1,849 

Nonperforming loans as a
percentage of total loans3

   0.48%   n/a 
Nonperforming assets as a percentage of
total loans and other real estate owned
   0.48%   n/a 
Allowance for loan losses to
nonperforming loans
   353.74%   n/a 

 

 

 

1 During the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, approximately $11,546 and $0, respectively, of interest income related to these loans was included in net income. Additional interest income of approximately $27,257 and $0 would have been recorded for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 if these loans had been paid in accordance with their original terms and had been outstanding throughout the applicable period then ended or, if not outstanding throughout the applicable period then ended, since origination.

2 A TDR, or troubled debt restructuring, is a loan for which the original terms were renegotiated to provide a reduction or deferral of interest or principal because of deterioration in the financial position of the borrower. Performing TDRs are not included in nonperforming loans above, nor are they included in the numerators used to calculate this ratio.

3 Total loans are gross of the allowance for loan losses, and net of deferred fees and discounts on SBA loans.

 49 

 

 

Allowance for Loan Losses

 

The Company maintains an allowance for loan losses at a level Management considers adequate to cover the inherent risk of loss associated with its loan portfolio under prevailing and anticipated economic conditions. In determining the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses, Management takes into consideration growth trends in the portfolio, examination by financial institution supervisory authorities, prior loan loss history, concentrations of credit risk, delinquency trends, general economic conditions, the interest rate environment, and internal and external credit reviews.

 

The Company formally assesses the adequacy of the allowance on a quarterly basis. This assessment is comprised of: (i) reviewing the adversely graded, delinquent or otherwise questionable loans; (ii) generating an estimate of the loss potential in each loan; (iii) adding a risk factor for industry, economic or other external factors; and (iv) evaluating the present status of each loan and the impact of potential future events.

 

Allowance factors are utilized in the analysis of the allowance for loan losses. Allowance factors ranging from 1.00% to 2.60% are applied to disbursed loans that are unclassified and uncriticized. Allowance factors averaging approximately 0.30% are applied to undisbursed loans. Allowance factors are not applied either to loans secured neither by bank deposits nor to loans held for sale, which are recorded at the lower of cost or market. Allowance factors include qualitative factors for Pass loans other that deposit collateralized loans. The provision factor for undisbursed loans is approximately 0.25%.

 

The process of providing for loan losses involves judgmental discretion, and eventual losses may therefore differ from even the most recent estimates. Due to these limitations, the Company assumes that there are losses inherent in the current loan portfolio, which may have been sustained, but have not yet been identified; therefore, the Company attempts to maintain the allowance at an amount sufficient to cover such unknown but inherent losses.

 

There can be no assurance that future economic or other factors will not adversely affect the Company’s borrowers, or that the Company’s asset quality may not deteriorate through rapid growth, failure to identify and monitor potential problem loans or for other reasons, thereby causing loan losses to exceed the current allowance.

 

The Company continues to collect on loans previously charged or fractionally charged off. In 2016 total recoveries were $42, thousand, as compared with recoveries of $88.7 thousand in 2015. In the absence of these collections, the provisions to the allowance would have been greater and net earnings before tax reduced by a similar amount. Continued collection of previously charged off balances cannot be assured, and may not happen in future periods.

 

During 2016 only one loan was charged-off for a total of $63.8 thousand. This loan was advanced in order to collect on an overdrawn deposit account. The loan was charged-off immediately upon boarding the loan because of the borrower’s apparent inability to make timely payments as called for under the promissory note, and therefore represented an un-bankable asset. At December 31, 2016 the borrower has continued to make all payments of principal and interest within the terms of the agreement. Total recovery under this note in 2016 was $4.7 thousand in 2016.

 

The table below summarizes, for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, the loan balances at the end of the period and the daily average loan balances during the period; changes in the allowance for loan losses arising from loan charge offs, recoveries on loans previously charged off, and additions to the allowance which have been charged against earnings, and certain ratios related to the allowance for loan losses.

 

 50 

 

 

Allowance for Loan Losses

    

   Years Ended December 31, 
   2016   2015 
   (Dollars in thousands) 
Balances:        
Average total loans outstanding during period   $102,053   $87,322 
Total loans outstanding at end of period    109,554    93,244 
Allowance for Loan Losses:          
Balance at beginning of period    1,667    1,536 
Provision charged to expense    -    - 
Balance at beginning of period    1,667    1,536 
Charge-offs:          
Real estate loans, commercial    -    - 
Real estate loans, consumer    -    - 
Commercial loans    64    - 
Other    -    - 
Total charge-offs    64    - 
Recoveries:          
Real estate loans, commercial    15    16 
Real estate loans, consumer    -    - 
Commercial loans    24    73 
Other    3    - 
Total recoveries    42    89 
Net loan charge-offs (recoveries)    22    (89)
Provision for loan losses    200    42 
Balance at end of period   $1,845   $1,667 
Ratios:          
Net loan charge-offs to average
total loans
   0.02%   n/a 
Provision for loan losses to
average total loans
   0.20%   0.05%
Allowance for loan losses to
to gross loans at end of period
   1.68%   1.79%

Allowance for loan losses to total
nonperforming loans1

   353.74%   n/a 
Net loan charge-offs to allowance for
loan losses at end of period
   1.19%   n/a 
Net loan charge-offs to provision
for loan losses
   11.00%   n/a 

 

 

The Company concentrates the majority of its earning assets in loans where there are inherent risks. The Company anticipates continuing concentrating the preponderance of its loan portfolio in both commercial and real estate loans. A smaller part of the loan portfolio is represented by installment loans.

 

While the Company believes that its underwriting criteria are prudent, outside factors, such as the recession or a natural disaster in Southern California could adversely impact credit quality. The Company attempts to mitigate collection problems by supporting its loans with collateral. The Company also utilizes an outside credit review firm in an effort to verify and maintain loan quality. The firm reviews a sample of loans over $100,000 semi-annually with new loans and those that are delinquent receiving special attention. The use of this outside service provides the Company with an independent look at its lending activities. In addition to the Company’s internal grading system, loans criticized by this outside review may be downgraded, with appropriate reserves added if required.

 

As indicated above, the Company formally assesses the adequacy of the allowance on a quarterly basis by (i) reviewing the adversely graded, delinquent or otherwise questionable loans; (ii) generating an estimate of the loss potential in each loan; (iii) adding a risk factor for industry, economic or other external factors; and (iv) evaluating the present status of each loan type and the impact of potential future events. Although Management believes the allowance is adequate to absorb losses as they arise, no assurances can be given that the Company will not sustain losses in any given period, which could be substantial in relation to the size of the allowance.

 

 

1 Performing TDRs are not included in nonperforming loans and are therefore not included in the numerators used to calculate this ratio.

 51 

 

 

Allocation of Allowance for Loan Losses

 

The following table provides a breakdown of the allowance for loan losses by categories as of the dates indicated:

 

   Years Ended December 31, 
   2016   2015 
Balances at End of Period Applicable to:  Amount   Percentage of
Loans in
Category to
Total Loans
   Amount   Percentage of
Loans in
Category to
Total Loans
 
   (Dollars in thousands) 
                 
Real estate loans, commercial   $1,451    77.71%  $1,321    76.42%
Real estate loans, consumer    24    1.98%   13    1.61%
Commercial loans    361    19.92%   324    21.50%
Other    9    0.39%   9    0.47%
Total   $1,845    100.00%  $1,667    100.00%

 

 

Investment Portfolio

 

The Company’s investment policy, as established by the Board of Directors, attempts to provide and maintain adequate liquidity and a high quality portfolio that complements the Company’s lending activities and generates a favorable return on investments without incurring undue interest rate or credit risk. The Company’s existing investment security portfolio consists of U.S. government agency securities, mortgaged-backed securities, municipal bonds and corporate bonds. Investment securities held to maturity are carried at cost, which equates to the unpaid principal balances adjusted for amortization of premium and accretion of discounts. Investment securities available for sale are carried at fair value. Excluded from the components of the Company’s investment portfolio are restricted stock investments in the Federal Reserve Bank, the Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco (“FHLB”), and Pacific Coast Bankers’ Bank (“PCBB”). Restricted stock investments totaled $1,935,300 and $1,766,500 at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, and are carried at cost.

 

We had no fed funds sold at December 31, 2016 or 2015, but interest-bearing balances held at other banks decreased, to $2.4 million at December 31, 2016, due to low interest rates offered by other banks for time certificates of deposits in comparison to the overnight fed funds rate paid on our FRB account. The Company’s investment portfolio reflects a reduction of $5.7 million, or 20%, during 2016, ending the period with a book balance of $22.3 million. The Company carries available for sale investments at their fair market values and held to maturity investments at amortized cost. We currently have the intent and ability to hold our investment securities to maturity. The available for sale investments allow maximum flexibility with regard to interest rate risk and liquidity management. The expected weighted average life for all bonds in our investment portfolio was 4.3 years and their average effective duration was 3.9 years as of December 31, 2016, both up slightly relative to year-end 2015.

 

The following table summarizes the amortized cost, fair value and the distribution of the Company’s investment securities as of the dates indicated:

 

Investment Portfolio

   

   As of December 31, 
   2016   2015 
   Amortized
Cost
   Fair
Value
   Amortized
Cost
   Fair
Value
 
   (Dollars in thousands) 
             
Securities Available-for-Sale:                    
Municipal bonds    -    -   $400   $406 
Mortgage-backed securities   $3,929   $3,924    4,559    4,525 
                     
Securities Held-to-Maturity:                    
Municipal bonds    330    331    330    331 
Federal agency    2,976    2,922    4,454    4,463 
Mortgage-backed securities    15,102    14,987    18,316    18,320 
Total investment securities   $22,337   $22,164   $28,059   $28,045 

 

 52 

 

 

The following table summarizes contractual maturities for the Company’s investment securities and their weighted average yields at December 31, 2016. The actual timing of principal payments may differ from remaining contractual maturities, because obligors may have the right to prepay certain obligations. The table excludes mortgage-backed securities for which the Company receives monthly principal and interest payments.

 

Investment Maturities and Repricing Schedule

                               

 

   Within One Year   After One But
Within Five Years
   After Five But
Within Ten Years
   After Ten Years   Total 
   Amortized
Cost
   Yield   Amortized
Cost
   Yield   Amortized
Cost
   Yield   Amortized
Cost
   Yield   Amortized
Cost
   Yield 
   (Dollars in thousands) 
                                         
Securities Held-to-Maturity:                                                  
Municipal bonds    -    n/a   $330    4.85%   -    n/a    -    n/a   $330    4.85%
Federal agency    -    n/a    964    2.50%  $2,012    2.10%   -    n/a    2,976    2.30%
Other    -    n/a    -    n/a    -    n/a    -    n/a    -    n/a 
Total investment securities    -        $1,294        $2,012         -        $3,306      

 

 

Deposits

 

Total deposits at December 31, 2016 and 2015 were $137.6 million and $130.3 million, respectively. Deposits are the Company’s primary source of funds. As the Company’s need for lendable funds grows, dependence on deposits increases. Deposits are another key balance sheet component impacting the Company’s net interest margin and other profitability metrics. Deposits provide liquidity to fund growth in earning assets, and the Company’s net interest margin is improved to the extent that growth in deposits is concentrated in less volatile and typically less costly non-maturity deposits such as demand deposit accounts, NOW accounts, savings accounts, and money market demand accounts. Information concerning average balances and rates paid by deposit type for the past two fiscal years is contained in the Distribution, Rate, and Yield table located in the previous section under “Results of Operations – Net Interest Income and Net Interest Margin.”

 

A comparative distribution of the Company’s deposits at December 31, 2016 and 2015, by outstanding balance as well as by percentage of total deposits, is presented in the following table:

 

Deposit Distribution and Percentage Composition

         

   December 31, 2016   December 31, 2015 
   Amount   Percentage   Amount   Percentage 
   (Dollars in thousands) 
Demand, non-interest-bearing   $68,614    49.88%  $74,431    57.10%
NOW    4,894    3.56%   1,558    1.20%
Savings    5,166    3.75%   4,816    3.69%
Money market    47,979    34.88%   39,422    30.24%
Time deposits under $100,000    3,424    2.49%   3,527    2.71%
Time deposits $100,000 and over    7,485    5.44%   6,595    5.06%
                     
Total deposits   $137,562    100.00%  $130,349    100.00%

 

 

Total deposit balances increased by $7.2 million, or 5.5%, during 2016 due to organic growth within the Company’s three branches. Non-maturity deposits declined by $5.8 million, or 7.8%, during the year as depositors sought to take advantage of generally rising interest rates by moving deposits into other interest bearing accounts. Interest bearing deposit accounts such as NOW and Money Market accounts increased by $11.9 million or 29%. Deposits into Savings accounts also increased by $350 thousand or 7.28%. Deposits into Certificates of Deposit also increased, but not equally. CD deposits less than FDIC insured limits of $250 thousand increased by $263 thousand or 4.2%, while CDs over FDIC insured limits increased by $525 thousand or 13.4%. Management is of the opinion that a relatively high level of core customer deposits is one of the Company’s key strengths and we continue to strive for deposit retention and growth, although no assurance can be provided with regard to future core deposit increases or runoff.

 

 53 

 

 

Looking forward, the Company will be making a concerted effort to increase total deposits in order to accommodate anticipated future loan demand. And while historically the Company has enjoyed a very high percentage of non-interest bearing demand accounts, that percentage may continue to decline as depositors seek to earn interest. These factors in addition to market competition may cause the cost of funds to increase and thereby affect the net interest margin in the future.

 

The scheduled maturity distribution of the Company’s time deposits at December 31, 2016 was as follows:

 

 Maturity of Time
Certificates of Deposit
 
 (Dollars in thousands) 
Three months or less   $2,970 
Over three months through six months    3,527 
Over six months through 12 months    4,401 
Over 12 months    12 
Total   $10,910 

 

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

During the ordinary course of business, the Company provides various forms of credit lines to meet the financing needs of its customers. These commitments to provide credit represent obligations of the Company to its customers, which are not represented in any form within the balance sheets of the Company. At December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company had $10.1 million and $10.0 million, respectively, of off-balance sheet commitments to extend credit. These commitments are the result of existing undisbursed lines of credit and unfunded loan commitments which represent a credit risk to the Company. At December 31, 2016 and 2015 the Company had established a reserve for unfunded commitments of $27,200 and $24,740, respectively.

 

Standby and commercial letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Company to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loans to customers. There were no standby letters of credit at December 31, 2016 and 2015.

 

The effect on the Company’s revenues, expenses, cash flows and liquidity from the unused portion of the commitments to provide credit cannot be reasonably predicted with any degree of certainty because there is no guarantee that the lines of credit will ever be used.

 

For more information regarding the Company’s off-balance sheet arrangements, see Note 13 to the audited consolidated financial statements contained herein.

 

Federal Home Loan Advances

 

The Company utilizes FHLB advances as alternative sources of funds to supplement customer deposits. These borrowings are collateralized by securities and secondarily by the Company’s investment in capital stock of the FHLB. The FHLB provides advances pursuant to several different credit programs, each of which has its own interest rate, range of maturities, and collateralization requirements. The maximum amount that the FHLB will advance to member institutions, including the Company, fluctuates from time to time in accordance with policies of the FHLB and changes in the Company’s borrowing base.

 

 54 

 

 

The details of the Company’s short-term borrowings are presented in the table below, for the years noted:

 

Short-term Borrowings  2016   2015 
         
FHLB advances          
Balance at December 31  $20,000   $15,000 
Average amount outstanding   16,825    11,894 
Maximum amount outstanding at any month-end   20,000    16,000 
Average interest rate for the year   0.42%   0.19%
           

 

 

Interest Rate Risk Management

 

The principal objective of interest rate risk management (often referred to as “asset/liability management”) is to manage the financial components of the Company’s balance sheet so as to optimize the risk/reward equation for earnings and capital in relation to changing interest rates. In order to identify areas of potential exposure to rate changes, the Company calculates its repricing gap on a quarterly basis. It also performs an earnings simulation analysis and market value of portfolio equity calculation on a quarterly basis to identify more dynamic interest rate exposures than those apparent in standard repricing gap analyses.

 

The Company manages the balance between rate-sensitive assets and rate-sensitive liabilities being repriced in any given period with the objective of stabilizing net interest income during periods of fluctuating interest rates. Rate sensitive assets either contain a provision to adjust the interest rate periodically or they mature within one year. Those assets include certain loans, certain investment securities and federal funds sold. Rate sensitive liabilities allow for periodic interest rate changes and include time certificates, certain savings and interest-bearing demand deposits. The difference between the aggregate amount of assets and liabilities that are repricing at various time frames is called the interest rate sensitivity “gap.” Generally, if repricing assets exceed repricing liabilities in any given time period, the Company would be deemed to be “asset-sensitive” for that period, and if reprising liabilities exceed repricing assets in any given period the Company would be deemed to be “liability-sensitive” for that period. The Company seeks to maintain a balanced position over the period of one year in which it has no significant asset or liability sensitivity, to ensure net interest margin stability in times of volatile interest rates. This is accomplished by maintaining a significant level of loans and deposits available for repricing within one year.

 

The Company is generally asset sensitive, meaning that, in most cases, net interest income tends to rise as interest rates rise and decline as interest rates fall. However, as explained further on, declines in interest rates would cause a slight increase in net interest income because over 59% of the Company’s variable rate loans are at their floor with a weighted average yield of 6.57%. At December 2016, approximately 88% of loans have terms that incorporate variable interest rates. Most variable rate loans are indexed to the Bank’s prime rate and changes occur as the prime rate changes. Approximately 38% of all fixed rate loans at December 31, 2016 mature within twelve months.

 

Regarding the investment portfolio, a preponderance of the portfolio consists of fixed rate products with typical average lives of between three and five years. The mortgage-backed security portfolio receives monthly principal repayments which has the effect of reducing the securities’ average lives as principal repayment levels may exceed expected levels. Additionally, agency securities contain options by the agency to call the security, which would cause repayment prior to scheduled maturity.

 

Liability costs are generally based upon, but not limited to, U.S. Treasury interest rates and movements and rates paid by local competitors for similar products.

 

The change in net interest income may not always follow the general expectations of an “asset-sensitive” or “liability-sensitive” balance sheet during periods of changing interest rates. This possibility results from interest rates earned or paid changing by differing increments and at different time intervals for each type of interest-sensitive asset and liability. Interest rate gaps arise when assets are funded with liabilities having different repricing intervals. Since these gaps are actively managed and change daily as adjustments are made in interest rate views and market outlook, positions at the end of any period may not reflect the Company’s interest rate sensitivity in subsequent periods. The Company attempts to balance longer-term economic views against prospects for short-term interest rate changes in all repricing intervals.

 

 55 

 

 

The table below shows the estimated impact of changes in interest rates on our net interest income as of December 31, 2016, assuming a parallel shift of 100 to 300 basis points in both directions:

 

Immediate Change in Rate

 

   -300 bp   -200 bp   -100 bp   +100 bp   +200 bp   +300 bp 
                         
Change in net interest income (in $000s)    (736)   (501)   (251)   244    449    677 
Percentage change    (12.7)%   (8.22)%   (4.11)%   4%   7.36%   11.11%

 

 

The Company uses Risk Monitor software for asset/liability management in order to simulate the effects of potential interest rate changes on the Company’s net interest margin. These simulations provide static information on the projected fair market value of the Company’s financial instruments under differing interest rate assumptions. The simulation program utilizes specific loan and deposit maturities, embedded options, rates and re-pricing characteristics to determine the effects of a given interest rate change on the Company’s interest income and interest expense. Rate scenarios consisting of key rate and yield curve projections are run against the Company’s investment, loan, deposit and borrowed fund portfolios. The rate projections can be shocked (an immediate and sustained change in rates, up or down). The Company typically uses standard interest rate scenarios in conducting the simulation of upward and downward shocks of 100 to 300 basis points (“bp”).

 

If rates were at higher levels, we would likely see minimal fluctuations in either declining or rising rate scenarios. However, net interest income increases slightly as rates decline because over 59% of the Company’s variable rate loans are at their floor with a weighted average yield of 6.57%. Rates will continue to slowly decrease in deposits while a majority of the loan portfolio will remain at its floor. Prepayments on fixed-rate loans tend to increase as rates decline, although our model assumptions for declining rate scenarios include a presumed floor for the Bank’s prime lending rate that partially offsets other negative pressures.

 

The economic (or “fair”) value of financial instruments on the Company’s balance sheet will also vary under the interest rate scenarios previously discussed. This is measured by simulating changes in the Company’s economic value of equity (EVE), which is calculated by subtracting the estimated fair value of liabilities from the estimated fair value of assets. Fair values for financial instruments are estimated by discounting projected cash flows (principal and interest) at current replacement rates for each account type, while fair values of non-financial assets and liabilities are assumed to equal book value and do not vary with interest rate fluctuations. An economic value simulation is a static measure for balance sheet accounts at a given point in time, but this measurement can change substantially over time as the characteristics of the Company’s balance sheet evolve and as interest rate and yield curve assumptions are updated.

 

The amount of change in economic value under different interest rate scenarios depends on the characteristics of each class of financial instrument, including the stated interest rate or spread relative to current market rates or spreads, the likelihood of prepayment, whether the rate is fixed or floating, and the maturity date of the instrument. As a general rule, fixed-rate financial assets become more valuable in declining rate scenarios and less valuable in rising rate scenarios, while fixed-rate financial liabilities gain in value as interest rates rise and lose value as interest rates decline. The longer the duration of the financial instrument, the greater the impact a rate change will have on its value. In our economic value simulations, estimated prepayments are factored in for financial instruments with stated maturity dates, and decay rates for non-maturity deposits are projected based on management’s best estimates. We have found that model results are highly sensitive to changes in the assumed decay rate for non-maturity deposits, in particular. If a higher deposit decay rate is used the decline in EVE becomes more severe, while the slope of the EVE simulations conforms more closely to that of our net interest income simulations if non-maturity deposits do not run off. This is because our net interest income simulations incorporate growth rather than runoff for aggregate non-maturity deposits.

 

 56 

 

 

The table below shows estimated changes in the Company’s EVE as December 31, 2016, under different interest rate scenarios relative to a base case of current interest rates:

 

Immediate Change in Rate

 

   -300 bp   -200 bp   -100 bp   +100 bp   +200 bp   +300 bp 
                         
Changes in EVE (in $000s)    (2,675)   (1,333)   (331)   (43)   219    317 
Percentage change    (11.3)%   (5.6)%   (1.4)%   (0.2)%   0.9%   1.3%

 

 

The table shows a substantial increase in EVE as interest rates decline, and a corresponding decline as interest rates increase. Changes in EVE under varying interest rate scenarios are substantially different than changes in the Company’s net interest income simulations, due primarily to runoff assumptions in non-maturity deposits.

 

Capital Resources

 

At December 31, 2016, the Company had total shareholders’ equity of $13.5 million, comprised of common stock, retained earnings, and accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). Total shareholders’ equity at December 31, 2015 was $12.1 million. The increase of $1.46 million, or 12.1%, in shareholders’ equity during 2016 was due almost entirely to retained earnings, slightly offset by cash paid in lieu of fractional shares in connection with the stock dividend in 2016 and accumulated other comprehensive loss, both of which were nominal.

 

The Bank is subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can trigger mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by the regulators that, if undertaken, could have a material effect on the Bank’s financial statements and operations. Under capital adequacy guidelines and regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Bank’s assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accepted accounting practices. The Bank’s capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk-weightings, and other factors.

 

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Bank to maintain the following minimum ratios: Total risk-based capital ratio of at least 8%, Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of at least 6%, common equity Tier 1 capital to total risk weighted assets ratio of 4.5%, a leverage ratio of at least 4%, and an additional common equity Tier 1 capital conservation buffer of 2.5% of risk-weighted assets to be phased in over three years beginning in 2016. For more information see “BUSINESS – “Supervision and Regulation – Capital Adequacy Guidelines” herein. Total capital is classified into two components: Tier 1 (common shareholders equity, qualifying perpetual preferred stock to certain limits, minority interests in equity accounts of consolidated subsidiary and trust preferred securities to certain limits, less goodwill and other intangibles) and Tier 2 (supplementary capital including allowance for possible credit losses to certain limits, certain preferred stock, eligible subordinated debt, and other qualifying instruments).

 

Under the FRB’s guidelines, Chino Commercial Bancorp is a “small bank holding company,” and thus qualifies for an exemption from the consolidated risk-based and leverage capital adequacy guidelines applicable to bank holding companies with assets of $1 billion or more. However, while not required to do so under the FRB’s capital adequacy guidelines, the Company still maintains levels of capital on a consolidated basis which qualify it as “well capitalized.”

 

As noted previously, the Company’s subordinated note represents $3.1 million in borrowings from its unconsolidated trust subsidiary incurred in connection with the trust’s issuance of trust preferred securities (“TRUPS”) in 2006. Such subordinated notes currently qualify for inclusion as Tier 1 capital for regulatory purposes to the extent that they do not exceed 25% of total Tier 1 capital, but are classified as long-term debt in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. In March 2005, the Federal Reserve Board adopted a final rule allowing bank holding companies to continue to include the subordinated debt related to trust preferred securities in their Tier 1 capital. The amount that can be included is limited to 25% of core capital elements, net of goodwill less any associated deferred tax liability. Excess amounts are generally included in Tier 2 capital. As of December 31, 2016, TRUPS related debt made up 22.2% of the Company’s Tier 1 capital. In addition, since the Company had less than $15 billion in assets at December 31, 2009, under the Dodd Frank Act the Company can continue to include this debt in Tier 1 capital to the extent permitted by FRB guidelines.

 

 57 

 

 

The Company uses a variety of measures to evaluate its capital adequacy, including risk-based capital and leverage ratios that are calculated separately for the Company and the Bank. Management reviews these capital measurements on a quarterly basis and takes appropriate action to help ensure that they meet or surpass established internal and external guidelines. As permitted by the regulators for financial institutions that are not deemed to be “advanced approaches” institutions, the Company has elected to opt out of the Basel III requirement to include accumulated other comprehensive income in risk-based capital. The following table sets forth the Company’s and the Bank’s regulatory capital ratios as of the dates indicated:

 

   Years Ended December 31, 
   2016   2015 
Chino Commercial Bancorp          
Common equity to Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets    15.32%   15.82%
Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets    15.32%   15.82%
Total capital to risk-weighted assets    15.37%   16.15%
Tier 1 capital to adjusted average assets (“Leverage Ratio”)    10.24%   9.79%
           
Chino Commercial Bank, N.A.          
Common equity to Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets    13.80%   14.60%
Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets    13.80%   14.60%
Total capital to risk-weighted assets    15.05%   15.85%
Tier 1 capital to adjusted average assets (“Leverage Ratio”)    9.22%   9.03%

 

 

Impact of Inflation and Seasonality

 

The primary impact of inflation on the Company is its effect on interest rates. The Company’s primary source of income is net interest income, which is affected by changes in interest rates. The Company attempts to limit the impact of inflation on its net interest margin through management of rate sensitive assets and liabilities and the analysis of interest rate sensitivity. The effect of inflation on premises and equipment as well as non-interest expenses has not been significant since the Company’s inception. The Company’s business is generally not seasonal.

 

 

 58 

 

 

DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

 

The following table sets forth certain information as of [RECORD DATE] with respect to (i) each of our directors and executive officers, and (ii) our directors and executive officers as a group:

 

            Common Stock
Beneficially Owned on
March 27, 2017
 

Name, Address and
Offices Held with Company1

  Principal Occupation
for the Past Five Years
  Age  Director
Since
  Number
of Shares2
   Percentage
of Shares
Outstanding
 
Dann H. Bowman3
President, Chief Executive
Officer and Director
  President and
Chief Executive Officer,
Chino Commercial Bancorp and
Chino Commercial Bank, N.A.
  58 

2006

(2000)4

   157,1435, 6   12.76%
Julio Cardenas
Director
  Broker/Owner
Majestic One Properties Inc.
dba Century 21 King
(Rancho Cucamonga)
  50  2017   442    0.04%
Linda M. Cooper3
Director
  President,
Inland Empire Escrow, Inc.
  70 

2006

(2000)4

   30,6427   2.49%

Michael A. Di Pietro8

Director

 

Owner,

Michael Di Pietro, C.P.A.8

  62 

2012

(2012)4

   280    0.02%

 

 

 

1 All offices held apply to both Chino Commercial Bancorp and Chino Commercial Bank, N.A. (the “Bank”) unless otherwise indicated. The business address of each of the directors and executive officers is 14245 Pipeline Avenue, Chino, California 91710.

2 Except as otherwise noted, may include shares held by or with such person’s spouse (except where legally separated) and minor children; shares held by any other relative of such person who has the same home; shares held by a family trust as to which such person is a trustee and primary beneficiary with sole voting and investment power (or shared power with a spouse); shares held in “street name” for the benefit of such person; or shares held in an Individual Retirement Account or pension plan as to which such person is the sole beneficiary and has pass-through voting rights and investment power.

3 In 2012, all of the Bank’s directors (including the President) and its Chief Credit Officer entered into stipulations with the OCC, neither admitting nor denying allegations that (i) the Board approved, and two directors received, loans which violated certain provisions of Federal Reserve Regulation O, (ii) the President approved numerous impermissible overdrafts involving a former director, and (iii) proper oversight was not exercised to prevent insider lending violations. Directors Kindsvater, Malooly and Wolfswinkel paid civil monetary penalties of $500 each; director Cooper paid $1,000; director Young paid $750; the Chief Credit Officer paid $2,500, and the President paid $7,500. With respect to the overdraft activity, the Bank suffered no loss or harm and did not waive or charge off any overdrafts or related fees. Safeguards have since been implemented to prevent any future violations.

4 Year first elected or appointed a director of Chino Commercial Bank, N.A.

5 Includes 40,547, 12,214 and 579 shares allocated to the accounts of Messrs. Bowman and Caberto and Mrs. Milincu, respectively, pursuant to the Company’s 401(k) Plan, as to which shares these individuals have pass-through voting rights and investment power.

6 Includes 18,923 shares held by Mr. Bowman’s spouse in an IRA or 401(k) plan account, as to which shares Mr. Bowman has neither voting nor investment power.

7 Includes 7,761 shares held by the Inland Empire Escrow, Inc. 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan and Trust of which Mrs. Cooper is the trustee; and 1,550 shares held by Mrs. Cooper as trustee for seven grandchildren; as to all of which shares Mrs. Cooper has sole voting and investment power.

 

(Table and footnotes continued on following page.)

 59 

 

  

            Common Stock
Beneficially Owned on
March 27, 2017
 

Name, Address and
Offices Held with Company1

  Principal Occupation
for the Past Five Years
  Age  Director
Since
  Number
of Shares2
   Percentage
of Shares
Outstanding
 
H. H. Corky Kindsvater3
Vice Chairman of the Board
  Retired (formerly
Chief Executive Officer,
Hillview Acres Foster Home)
  79 

2006

(2000)4

   10,817    0.88%
Richard G. Malooly3
Director
  Owner, Re/Max Realty 100
(Diamond Bar)
  78 

2006

(2000)4 

   26,472    2.15%
Bernard J. Wolfswinkel3
Chairman of the Board
  Retired (formerly
Sales Manager and Public
Relations Representative,
Western Waste Industries)
  84 

2006

(2000)4

   42,5279   3.45%
Thomas A. Woodbury, D.O.3
Director
  Family Practice Physician
and Surgeon
(Inland’s Physician Service)
  58 

2006

(2000)4

   99,07910   8.05%

Jeanette L. Young3
Director and

Corporate Secretary

  Realtor,
King Realty Group
(formerly Windermere KRG)
  65 

2006

(2000)4

   16,135    1.31%

Roger Caberto3
Senior Vice President
and Chief Credit Officer,

Chino Commercial Bank, N.A.

  Senior Vice President
and Chief Credit Officer,
Chino Commercial Bank, N.A.
  71  n/a   13,2785   1.08%
Melinda M. Milincu
Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer
 

Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer,

Chino Commercial Bancorp and
Chino Commercial Bank, N.A.11

  37  n/a   1,8205   0.15%
Directors and
Executive Officers
as a Group (11 persons)
            398,3655   32.37%

 

 

(Certain footnotes appear on previous page.)

8 Mr. Di Pietro is also part owner of a financial services firm in connection with which he provided registered investment advisory services until October 2014, when FINRA suspended Mr. Di Pietro's investment licenses because he refused to indemnify and pay a judgment resulting from broker dealer's negligence involving a client. The judgment is on appeal and Mr. Di Pietro was not accused of any wrongdoing. The only basis for the suspension was a failure to indemnify the broker-dealer pursuant to general registered investment advisor rules, which rule Mr. Di Pietro believes are inapplicable in view of the wrongdoing on the part of the broker-dealer. 

9 Includes 110 shares held by Mr. Wolfswinkel as trustee for his grandchildren, as to which shares Mr. Wolfswinkel has sole voting and investment power. 

10 Includes 7,317 shares held by Inland Physician’s Services, Inc., of which Dr. Woodbury is a 50% owner, as to which shares he has shared voting and investment power; 7,954 shares held in a profit sharing fund for which Dr. Woodbury is trustee and has sole voting and investment power; 2,957 shares held by the Vibeke Woodbury Trust of which Dr. Woodbury is a co-trustee and beneficiary, as to which shares he has shared voting and investment power; 9,600 shares held in a margin account by Dr. Woodbury together with his adult son, as to which shares Dr. Woodbury has shared voting and investment power; and 13,000 shares held in a margin account by Dr. Woodbury individually. There is no current balance on either margin account. 

11 Prior to joining the Bank and the Company on December 1, 2014, Mrs. Milincu, CPA served as a Senior Accountant of Security Bank of California in Riverside, California from July 2013 to November 2014; as Senior Accountant with Mellon Johnson & Reardon CPA’s in Ontario, California from January to July 2013; and a Senior Auditor with Vavrinek, Trine, Day & Co., LLP in Rancho Cucamonga, California from 2003 to October 2009.

 

 60 

 

 

Principal Occupations and Other Information Concerning Executive Officers and Directors

 

The following provides information on the principal occupation or employment for each of our executive officers and directors during at least the past five years as well as certain additional biographical information concerning these individuals:

 

Dann H. Bowman has served as President, Chief Executive Officer and a director of Chino Commercial Bank and of Chino Commercial Bancorp since their formations in 2000 and 2006, respectively. He is also Chairman of the Asset-Liability and Risk Management Committee, the Loan Committee, the CRA Planning Committee, and the Executive Committee. Mr. Bowman has been a commercial banker since 1983. As an active member of the local community, he has been a member of the Kiwanis Club for over 25 years and served on the Board of Trustees of San Antonio Community Hospital in Upland, California from 2008 through the end of 2013. Mr. Bowman also served on the Board of Directors of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco from 2007 to 2011. He was previously an active member of the Inland Empire Chapter of the Risk Management Association (“RMA”), formerly known as the Robert Morris Associates, an organization dedicated to the enhancement of the banking and thrift industry through the provision of education, financial analysis and networking opportunities to its members. Mr. Bowman served on the Board of the local RMA for five years and is a past Chairman of the American Red Cross, Inland Valley Chapter. He is a graduate of California State University, San Bernardino.

 

Julio Cardenas was appointed as a director of Chino Commercial Bank and of Chino Commercial Bancorp on March 16, 2017. He is a resident of Alta Loma, California and has been a real estate broker and owner of Century 21 King with offices in Rancho Cucamonga and Ontario since 2008. Mr. Cardenas was licensed by the California Department of Real Estate in 1987 after studying Real Estate Finance at Rio Hondo community college in Whittier, California. He served as a director at the Hillside Community Church for six years and on the National Brokers Communication’s Council for Century 21 Corporation for four years. Mr. Cardenas is currently a member of the National Association of Realtors, the California Association of Realtors, the Citrus Valley Association of Realtors, the National Association of Hispanic Real Estate Professionals, and the Asian Real Estate Association of America.

 

Linda Cooper is a long time resident of Chino, California, and has been a director of Chino Commercial Bank and of Chino Commercial Bancorp since their formations in 2000 and 2006, respectively. She also serves on the Audit/Compliance Committee (the “Audit Committee”) and the CRA Planning Committee. Mrs. Cooper is the owner and President of Inland Empire Escrow, a Chino based escrow company which is the longest operating escrow company in Chino, processing all types of escrows for the Inland Empire. She has been the owner of Inland Empire Escrow since 1987. Prior to establishing Inland Empire Escrow, Mrs. Cooper was an employee with Spring Mountain Escrow and Bank of America. Her commitment to the community is shown through her dedication of time and donations to many civic organizations and causes throughout our community. Through that dedication and her ownership of a Chino based business, Mrs. Cooper is well known in the community and is a valuable member of the Board of Directors.

 

Michael A. Di Pietro, C.P.A. has served as a director of Chino Commercial Bank and of Chino Commercial Bancorp since 2012. He is the owner of Michael Di Pietro, C.P.A., an auditing firm which provides a wide variety of services to business and individuals, including accounting and taxation, small business tax planning, estates and trusts, and real estate and business sales. Mr. Di Pietro is also part owner of a financial services firm, in connection with which he provided investment advisory services until late 2014. His practice covers Pasadena, Monrovia and the Inland Empire, and he brings extensive auditing experience and professional qualifications to the Board of Directors. Mr. Di Pietro received two consecutive Quantum Leap awards for growth in his industry. He has considerable experience as a board member with civic organizations as well as professional associations and trade groups. Mr. Di Pietro also serves as treasurer for other non-profit organizations such as the Right to Life League of Southern California, and Nutrition and Education International (a humanitarian outreach organization operating out of Afghanistan).

 

 61 

 

 

H. H. Corky Kindsvater has been a director of Chino Commercial Bank and of Chino Commercial Bancorp since their formations in 2000 and 2006, respectively. Mr. Kindsvater has served as the Chairman of the Audit Committee since 2000 and also serves on the Compensation Committee, the Asset-Liability and Risk Management Committee, the Loan Committee, and the Executive Committee. He is currently retired, and previously served as Chief Executive Officer and director of Hillview Acres in Chino, a treatment program for severely abused children, from 1977 to 2004. During his 27 year tenure at Hillview Acres, Mr. Kindsvater also worked as the Chief Executive Officer of the Christian Adoption and Family Services in Los Angeles and as Vice President of Human Services Insurance in Upland, California. He is a charter member and founding President of the New Mexico Association of Homes for Children, and was an instructor of Research Design and Program Evaluation for the California Christian Institute. Mr. Kindsvater graduated from the University of New Mexico with a Bachelor’s degree in Social Work, and received a Master’s degree in Marriage, Child and Family Counseling and a Master’s degree in Social Work from the California Christian Institute. Currently he provides training for various children’s services agencies, and he has made numerous presentations at national conferences on child welfare topics. In March, 2014, he received a Lifetime Achievement Award from the Christian Child and Family Services Association for 35 years of service to children’s agencies.

 

Richard G. Malooly is a long time resident of Diamond Bar, California, a community adjacent to Chino, and has been a director of Chino Commercial Bank and of Chino Commercial Bancorp since their formations in 2000 and 2006, respectively.  Mr. Malooly has served on the Audit Committee and the Directors’ Loan Committee since 2000, and on the Compensation Committee since 2008.  He has been the owner of Re/Max Reality 100 in Diamond Bar since 1984, and of Platinum Hills Escrow, also in Diamond Bar, since 2005.  Mr. Malooly also served as Chief Executive Officer of Heritage Mortgage, a mortgage brokerage operation, from 1992 to 2001.  He obtained his real estate broker’s license in 1974 and has been active in the real estate industry since that time.  Previously, he spent eight years operating the Diamond Bar Golf Course Restaurant and Banquet facility. In 1988 he earned the Graduate Realtors Institute (GRI) designation and in 1999 he earned the Certified Residential Specialist (CRS) designation.  He has served as President of the Hacienda Rowland Diamond Bar Board of Realtors, a realty board with over 1,000 members, and is a past President and board member of the Diamond Bar Chamber of Commerce.  In 2005 he became President of the Tri-Counties Association of Realtors and he currently serves on its Professional Standards Committee.  Mr. Malooly was bestowed an Honorary Life Member award by the Hacienda Rowland Diamond Bar Board of Realtors in 1995.

 

Bernard J. (Bernie) Wolfswinkel is a resident of Ontario, California. Mr. Wolfswinkel has served as Chairman of the Board of Chino Commercial Bank and of Chino Commercial Bancorp since their formations in 2000 and 2006, respectively. As Chairman of the Board, he is also a member of all Board Committees, including the Audit Committee, the Compensation Committee and the Directors’ Loan Committee. Mr. Wolfswinkel brings a high degree of professionalism to the position of Chairman, and has the full support of the Board and Management. Having retired as sales manager for Western Waste Industries, he is well known and respected within the Chino and Ontario communities. Being retired, Mr. Wolfswinkel is able to devote significant amounts of time to the Company’s affairs, both in the attending and chairing of meetings, as well as meeting with Management to discuss topics requiring attention. He has been active in community service activities throughout his life, including volunteering for many years with the Chino Medical Center. Mr. Wolfswinkel has been involved with the Kiwanis organization since 1967 and the Chino Kiwanis Club where he served as Secretary in 1981-82, President in 1986-87, and Lieutenant Governor of Division 15 in 1998-99. He served as chairman of the Kiwanis annual fund raiser for over 15 years and was named Kiwanian of the Year by Division 15 in 1991 and received life membership from the local club at the District and International levels. Mr. Wolfswinkel was nominated for the California Parks and Recreation Society Layman’s Award in 1992. He co-chaired a major fund raising effort to establish the Chino Community Theater and has served as chairman for Salem Christian Home “Country Faire.” In 1998, Mr. Wolfswinkel received the prestigious Dunlap Foundation Award, the Hixon Award and Tablet of Honor in Kiwanis International. These foundations support Kiwanis programs throughout the world.

 

Thomas A. Woodbury, D.O. is a resident of Rancho Cucamonga, California and has been a director of Chino Commercial Bank and of Chino Commercial Bancorp since their formations in 2000 and 2006, respectively. In addition, Dr. Woodbury serves on the Audit Committee, and is Chairman of the Compensation Committee. Dr. Woodbury is a Physician and Surgeon licensed by the Osteopathic Medical Board of California. He became licensed as an osteopathic physician in 1990. He is a Family Practice Physician with a specialty in geriatric medicine. Dr. Woodbury has been associated with the Inland Physician Service since 1993 as a physician and a 50% owner. He is also a physician and 50% owner of Physician Management Services and Inland Region Medical Group. Dr. Woodbury obtained a Bachelor of Science degree from Brigham Young University in Provo, Utah and received a Doctor of Osteopathy (D.O.) degree from the College of Osteopathic Medicine of the Pacific in Pomona, California.

 

 62 

 

 

Jeanette L. Young is a resident of Chino Hills, California, and has been a director of Chino Commercial Bank and of Chino Commercial Bancorp since their formations in 2000 and 2006, respectively. Mrs. Young has served as the Bank’s Corporate Secretary since 2003, and as Corporate Secretary of the Company since 2006. She also serves on the Audit Committee and the CRA Planning Committee. She was raised in Chino and has been a real estate agent in Chino since 1982. Mrs. Young has been a realtor with King Realty Group (formerly Windermere Real Estate KRG) in Chino Hills since October 2010, and was previously a realtor with Century 21 King in Chino. She obtained her real estate license in 1982 from the State of California, Bureau of Real Estate. As a Realtor in the Chino Valley since 1982, Mrs. Young is well known and respected in the community and the local real estate industry. She serves on the board of the Chino Kiwanis Club as well as on the board of the Let It Be Foundation and is an active member of other volunteer organizations. In addition to her knowledge of the real estate business, Mrs. Young provides insight as to the condition of the real estate market in general, as well as additional input regarding specific areas or properties. She has been instrumental in referring a number of new customers to the Bank, and is an excellent ambassador of the Bank to the community.

 

EXECUTIVE OFFICER AND DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

 

Summary Executive Compensation Information

 

The following table sets forth certain summary compensation information with respect to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and its only other executive officers whose total compensation for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016 exceeded $100,000 (the “Named Executive Officers”):

 

 63 

 

 

Summary Executive Compensation

 

Name and Principal Position  Year  Salary1   Bonus  

Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation2

   All Other
Compensation3
   Total 
Dann H. Bowman  2016  $168,000       $82,304   $32,397   $282,701 
President and Chief Executive Officer  2015   168,000        74,596    30,568    264,053 
Roger Caberto  2016   118,000   $7,256        12,424    137,680 
Senior Vice President and Chief Credit Officer  2015   118,000    6,500        12,135    136,635 
Melinda Milincu  2016   95,727    4,950        4,372    105,049 
Vice President and Chief Financial Officer  2015   90,000    4,500        1,980    96,480 

 

 

Employment Agreement

 

The Company entered into an Employment Agreement (the “Agreement”) with Dann H. Bowman for a term of three years commencing July 1, 2015, to replace his previous employment agreement which expired on that date. The terms of the new employment agreement are substantially similar to those of the previous contract, and specify an annual base salary of $176,000 for the first year, $185,000 for the second year and $194,400 for the third year of the term. However, Mr. Bowman has voluntarily elected since the inception of that agreement to continue to receive his then existing salary of $168,000 per year despite the increase reflected in the Agreement, and this lower amount is still currently in effect. Under the Agreement, Mr. Bowman is also entitled to an incentive bonus equal to 5% of the Company’s after-tax profits, discretionary bonuses, use of a company automobile, expense reimbursement, and customary medical insurance coverage. In the event Mr. Bowman’s employment is terminated without cause, the Agreement provides for a lump sum payment equal to the lesser of eighteen months’ severance pay or the balance due under the Agreement, but in no event less than six months’ salary; plus continuation of insurance benefits for up to 90 days following termination; and if such termination occurs within 60 days of the end of a fiscal year, the Board must consider payment of a pro rata bonus. If Mr. Bowman is actually or constructively terminated in connection with or following a merger or change in control as defined in the Agreement, he will be entitled to the same benefits as in the case of actual termination without cause described above.

 

 

 

1 Salary figures include amounts deferred pursuant to the Company’s 401(k) Plan (the “401(k) Plan”). The 401(k) Plan permits participants to contribute a portion of their annual compensation on a pre-tax basis (subject to a statutory maximum), which contributions vest immediately when made. The Company’s policy, for employees with more than 1,040 hours of service per year, is to match 100% of employee contributions which do not exceed 3% of such employee’s annual compensation, and 50% of employee contributions which exceed 3% but do not exceed 5% of such employee’s annual compensation, which contributions also vest immediately when made. Participants have discretion to invest their 401(k) account funds in a variety of investment alternatives, including shares of the Company’s common stock.

2 The non-equity incentive plan compensation for Mr. Bowman was based on the formula in his employment agreement (see “Employment Agreement”).

3 Consists of employer contributions to these individuals’ accounts pursuant to the 401(k) Plan; salary continuation agreement accruals (which include split dollar benefit accruals) expensed by the Company for Messrs. Bowman and Caberto (see “Salary Continuation Agreements”); and an automobile allowance or the taxable benefit value of the use of a Company-owned automobile for Mr. Bowman. Salary continuation agreement accruals for Messrs. Bowman and Caberto were $24,167 and $7,377 for Messrs. Bowman and Caberto, respectively for 2016; and $22,164 and $7,155, respectively for 2015. Mr. Caberto reached his retirement age in November 2010 and began receiving payments under his salary continuation agreement in April 2011 (retroactive to November 2010), which payments totaled $32,000 in both 2016 and 2015. No amount is shown in the table for such payments in order to avoid double-entering benefits under this agreement. All amounts paid were previously accrued for and the accruals have been reflected in the Company’s summary compensation tables for the appropriate years. All other amounts described herein were less than $10,000 per individual per year.

 

 64 

 

 

Salary Continuation Agreements

 

The Company entered into a salary continuation agreement with Mr. Bowman in 2004 which provides an annual benefit of $44,000 per year for ten years commencing at age 65, provided he remains employed by the Company until that time. The agreement was amended effective December 31, 2008 to comply with the provisions of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code. In the event of death prior to retirement while still employed by the Company, his beneficiary will receive a lump sum death benefit in the amount of approximately $318,000. All benefits would cease in the event of termination for cause, and if Mr. Bowman’s employment were to end for any other reason, including disability, voluntary termination or termination without cause, he would receive his full annual retirement benefit as he has been fully vested under the terms of his salary continuation agreement since February 2017. Since such benefits are fully vested, a change in control of the Company would have no effect on Mr. Bowman’s salary continuation agreement. In addition, in accordance with a split dollar agreement entered into simultaneously with the salary continuation agreement, in the event of death after retirement, Mr. Bowman’s beneficiary would still receive the full lump sum death benefit in addition to all retirement benefits paid at the time of death.

 

The Company also entered into a salary continuation agreement and split dollar agreement with Roger Caberto in 2004, containing the same material terms as Mr. Bowman’s salary continuation agreement, except that (i) the amount of the annual benefits for Mr. Caberto is $32,000; and (ii) the amount of the lump sum death benefit (subject to adjustment as described above) will be approximately $231,000. Mr. Caberto was fully vested in October 2010 due to reaching his retirement age, and began receiving benefits under his agreement in April 2011 (retroactive to November 1, 2010) even though still employed. Mr. Caberto’s agreement was also amended effective December 31, 2008 to comply with the provisions of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code.

 

The Company accrues monthly for the post-retirement benefit obligations under the salary continuation agreements in a systematic and orderly way using an appropriate discount rate. The Company also purchased single premium life insurance policies when the salary continuation agreements were originally established, in part to provide tax advantaged income to offset the annual cost of the accruals. These policies name the Bank as beneficiary, and the proceeds or cash surrender value of the policies will ultimately reimburse the Company for its original investments in the policies, as well as for payments made under the salary continuation agreements. The amounts expensed for the Named Executive Officers for the salary continuation agreements in 2016 and 2015, which are set forth in the Summary Compensation Table in “Summary Executive Compensation Information” above, were more than offset by income from the Company-owned life insurance policies.

 

Compensation of Directors

 

Non-employee directors receive $900 per month, and the Chairman, Vice Chairman and Secretary of the Board receive $1,250, $1,150 and $1,000 per month, respectively, for their service on the Board of Directors. In addition, all non-employee directors receive $120 per Board meeting attended, plus $120 per meeting for attendance at each meeting of a Board committee of which they are a member.

 

The table below summarizes the compensation paid by the Company for the year ended December 31, 2016 to each person who served as a non-employee director during 2016. Compensation paid to Mr. Bowman, who is also a Named Executive Officer, is set forth above in the various sections concerning compensation paid to Named Executive Officers.

 

 65 

 

 

Summary Director Compensation

 

Name  Total1 
     
Linda M. Cooper  $12,480 
Michael A. Di Pietro   14,160 
H. H. Corky Kindsvater   17,760 
Richard G. Malooly   14,160 
Bernard J. Wolfswinkel   19,800 
Thomas A Woodbury, M.D.   12,600 
Jeanette L. Young   13,920 

 

 

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

Certain of the Company’s executive officers and directors and the companies with which they are associated have been customers of, and have had banking transactions with Chino Commercial Bank, N.A. (the “Bank”) in the ordinary course of the Bank’s business since January 1, 2016 and the Bank expects to continue to have such banking transactions in the future. All loans and commitments to lend included in such transactions were made in the ordinary course of business and were made on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable loans with other persons not related to the Bank, and in the opinion of the Board of Directors, did not involve more than the normal risk of repayment or present any other unfavorable features.

 

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

 

Management knows of no person who owned beneficially more than 5% of the Company’s outstanding common stock as of [RECORD DATE], except for Dann H. Bowman and Thomas A. Woodbury, D.O., each of whom is a member of the Board of Directors. Information concerning the stock ownership of the Company’s executive officers and directors is set forth above under “DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS.”

 

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

 

General

 

Our authorized capital stock consists of 10,000,000 shares of common stock, no par value. No shares of preferred stock are authorized. As of [LATEST PRACTICABLE DATE] we had 1,231,332 shares of our common stock issued and outstanding. If the offering is fully subscribed, we will issue between 307,883 and 323,277 additional shares of our common stock, depending upon the number of shares purchased pursuant to subscription rights versus on a non-rights basis, resulting in a total of between 1,539,215 and 1,552,609 outstanding shares at the close of the offering. Shareholders purchasing shares on a rights basis will receive additional bonus shares equal to 5% of the number of shares purchased, at no additional consideration. Both the rights and the bonus share amounts are approximate due to rounding factors.

 

Common Stock

 

Voting Rights. The holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote, in person or by proxy, per share, on any matter requiring shareholder action, except that in connection with the election of directors, shares are entitled to be voted cumulatively if a candidate’s name has been placed properly in nomination prior to the voting and a shareholder present at the meeting gives notice of his or her intention to vote cumulatively. Cumulative voting entitles a shareholder to give one nominee as many votes as is equal to the number of directors to be elected multiplied by the number of shares owned by such shareholder, or to distribute his or her votes on the same principle between or among two or more nominees as he or she deems appropriate. The candidates receiving the highest number of votes, up to the number of directors to be elected, will be elected under cumulative voting. All of our directors are elected annually.

 

 

1 Consists entirely of fees earned or paid in cash.

 

 66 

 

 

Dividends. Shareholders are entitled to receive dividends only when and if declared by our Board of Directors. Prior to the holding company reorganization effective July 1, 2006, Chino Commercial Bank had not paid any cash dividends. We have not paid any cash dividends since July 1, 2006, and we do not intend to pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. In 2014, 2015 and 2016 we paid stock dividends of 10%, 12% and 20%, respectively, and we intend to continue paying stock dividends in the future if the Board determines it advisable based on a number of factors. To the extent that we receive cash dividends from the Bank, we presently use such funds primarily to service subordinated debt related to our trust preferred securities, as well as to pay our operating expenses. No assurance can be given that our earnings will permit the payment of dividends of any kind in the future. For additional information concerning the Company's and the Bank's dividend practices and related requirements and restrictions, see “MARKET INFORMATION AND DIVIDEND POLICY AND RELATED MATTERS – Dividends.”

 

Miscellaneous. The holders of common stock have no preemptive or other subscription rights and there are no redemption, sinking fund or conversion privileges applicable to our common stock. Upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, holders of common stock are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment of liabilities.

 

Transfer Agent

 

We currently act as our own transfer agent.

 

LEGAL MATTERS

 

The validity of the common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by King, Holmes, Paterno & Soriano, LLP, Los Angeles, California.

 

EXPERTS

 

The consolidated financial statements of Chino Commercial Bancorp as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2016 included in this offering circular, have been so included in reliance on the report of Vavrinek, Trine, Day & Co., LLP, an independent public accounting firm, given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

 

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements of Chino Commercial Bancorp
as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the Two Years Ended December 31, 2016
Page
   
Independent Auditor’s Report F-1
Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 F-2
Consolidated Statements of Net Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 F-3

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income
for the Years Ended December 31, 2016 and 2015

F-4

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Shareholders' Equity
for the Years Ended December 31, 2016 and 2015

F-5
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 F-6
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements F-7 to F-39

 

 67 

 

 

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR'S REPORT

 

Board of Directors and Stockholders of

Chino Commercial Bancorp

Chino, California

 

We have audited the accompanying financial statements of Chino Commercial Bancorp and Subsidiary (the Company), which are comprised of the consolidated statements of financial condition as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the related consolidated statements of net income, comprehensive income, changes in shareholders' equity, and cash flows for the years then ended, and the related notes to the financial statements.

 

Management's Responsibility for the Financial Statements

 

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these consolidated financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America; this includes the design, implementation, and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

 

Auditor's Responsibility

 

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free from material misstatement.

 

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. The procedures selected depend on the auditor's judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant to the entity's preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the entity's internal control. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements.

 

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.

 

Opinion

 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Chino Commercial Bancorp and Subsidiary as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

/s/ Vavrinek, Trine, Day & Co., LLP

 

Rancho Cucamonga, California

March 8, 2017

 

 F-1 

 

 

CHINO COMMERCIAL BANCORP

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND 2015

 

   2016   2015 
ASSETS          
Cash and due from banks  $30,498,888   $24,898,140 
Interest-bearing deposits in other banks   2,480,000    4,960,000 
Investment securities available for sale (Note 3)   3,924,102    4,931,068 
Investment securities held-to-maturity (fair value approximates  $18,240,000 in 2016 and $23,115,000 in 2015) (Note 3)   18,407,741    23,100,106 
Loans held for investment, net of allowance for loan losses of  $1,845,447 in 2016, and $1,667,204 in 2015 (Note 5)   107,359,980    91,324,964 
Fixed assets, net (Note 6)   6,000,404    6,021,446 
Accrued interest receivable   295,102    395,685 
Stock investments, restricted, at cost (Note 4)   1,935,300    1,766,500 
Bank owned life insurance   3,285,963    3,183,247 
Other assets   904,338    803,048 
Total Assets  $175,091,818   $161,384,204 
           
LIABILITIES          
Deposits          
Noninterest-bearing  $68,613,998   $74,431,378 
Interest-bearing   68,948,250    55,917,343 
Total Deposits   137,562,248    130,348,721 
           
Federal Home Loan Bank advances   20,000,000    15,000,000 
Subordinated notes payable to subsidiary trust (Note 8)   3,093,000    3,093,000 
Accrued interest payable   27,902    25,229 
Other liabilities   872,374    843,691 
Total Liabilities   161,555,524    149,310,641 
           
Commitments and Contingent Liabilities (Notes 13 and 14)          
           
SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY          
Common stock, no par value, 10,000,000 shares authorized, 1,231,332  and 1,026,349 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2016  and December 31, 2015, respectively   6,089,466    6,089,466 
Retained earnings   7,449,608    6,000,577 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss   (2,780)   (16,480)
Total Shareholders' Equity   13,536,294    12,073,563 
Total Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity  $175,091,818   $161,384,204 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

 F-2 

 

 

CHINO COMMERCIAL BANCORP

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF NET INCOME

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND 2015

 

   2016   2015 
INTEREST INCOME          
Interest and fees on loans  $5,465,664   $4,879,254 
Interest on federal funds sold and FRB deposits   129,875    48,306 
Interest on time deposits in other financial institutions   38,596    81,249 
Interest on investment securities   545,109    445,896 
Total Interest Income   6,179,244    5,454,705 
           
INTEREST EXPENSE          
Interest on deposits   268,336    232,831 
Interest on borrowings   142,676    83,064 
Total Interest Expense   411,012    315,895 
           
Net interest income   5,768,232    5,138,810 
Provision for loan losses (Note 5)   199,950    42,288 
Net interest income after provision for loan losses   5,568,282    5,096,522 
           
NONINTEREST INCOME          
Service charges on deposit accounts   1,062,812    1,148,730 
Other miscellaneous income   180,347    81,433 
Dividend income from restricted stock   221,499    151,381 
Income from bank-owned life insurance   102,716    102,453 
Total Noninterest Income   1,567,374    1,483,997 
           
NONINTEREST EXPENSE          
Salaries and employee benefits   2,882,535    2,655,057 
Occupancy and equipment   416,781    424,715 
Other expenses   1,455,299    1,348,916 
Total Noninterest Expense   4,754,615    4,428,688 
           
Income before income tax expense   2,381,041    2,151,831 
Provision for income taxes   927,938    824,461 
Net Income  $1,453,103   $1,327,370 
Basic earnings per share  $1.18   $1.08 
Diluted earnings per share  $1.18   $1.08 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

 F-3 

 

 

CHINO COMMERCIAL BANCORP

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND 2015

 

   2016   2015 
         
Net income  $1,453,103   $1,327,370 
           
Other Comprehensive Income (Loss), Net of Tax Effects          
Net unrealized holding income (loss) on securities available-for-sale during the period (tax effects of $(9,578) and $36,403)   13,700    (52,062)
           
Total Comprehensive Income  $1,466,803   $1,275,308 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

 F-4 

 

 

CHINO COMMERCIAL BANCORP

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND 2015

 

               Accumulated     
               Other     
   Number of   Common   Retained   Comprehensive     
   Shares   Stock   Earnings   Income (Loss)   Total 
Balance at December 31, 2014   916,550   $4,579,730   $6,185,281   $35,582   $10,800,593 
                          
Net income   -    -    1,327,370    -    1,327,370 
                          
Change in unrealized gain  on securities available for sale, net of tax   -    -    -    (52,062)   (52,062)
                          
Cash in lieu of fractional  stock dividends (Note 20)   -    -    (2,338)   -    (2,338)
                          
Stock dividend (Note 20)   109,799    1,509,736    (1,509,736)   -    - 
                          
Balance at December 31, 2015   1,026,349    6,089,466    6,000,577    (16,480)   12,073,563 
                          
Net income   -    -    1,453,103    -    1,453,103 
                          
Change in unrealized gain  on securities available  for sale, net of tax   -    -    -    13,700    13,700 
                          
Cash in lieu of fractional  stock dividends (Note 20)   -    -    (4,072)   -    (4,072)
                          
Stock dividends (Note 20)   204,983    -    -    -    - 
                          
Balance at December 31, 2016   1,231,332   $6,089,466   $7,449,608   $(2,780)  $13,536,294 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

 F-5 

 

 

CHINO COMMERCIAL BANCORP

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND 2015

 

   2016   2015 
Cash Flows from Operating Activities          
Net income  $1,453,103   $1,327,370 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash  provided by operating activities:          
Provision for loan losses   199,950    42,288 
Depreciation and amortization   213,059    197,261 
Loss on disposition of fixed assets   -    61 
Amortization of deferred loan fees   119,776    (95,557)
Net accretion of discount and amortization of premium on securities available-for-sale   40,120    45,249 
Income from bank-owned life insurance   (102,716)   (102,453)
Deferred income tax   (80,232)   152,175 
Net changes in:          
Accrued interest receivable   100,583    (83,177)
Other assets   (30,636)   (167,353)
Accrued interest payable   2,673    (837)
Other liabilities   28,683    71,557 
Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities   1,944,363    1,386,584 
           
Cash Flows from Investing Activities          
Net change in interest-bearing deposits in banks   2,480,000    14,088,000 
Loan originations and principal collections, net   (16,354,742)   (9,558,117)
Purchase of fixed assets   (192,017)   (247,444)
Proceeds from principal payments received and  maturities of available-for-sale securities   1,024,017    625,024 
Purchase of securities available-for-sale   -    (4,008,931)
Purchase of securities held-to-maturity   (6,012,500)   (16,287,633)
Proceeds from principal payments received and  maturities of securities held-to-maturity   10,670,972    4,515,045 
Purchases of stock investments, restricted   (168,800)   (1,049,800)
Net Cash Used in Investing Activities   (8,553,070)   (11,923,856)
           
Cash Flows from Financing Activities          
Net increase in deposits   7,213,527    14,907,787 
Proceeds from Federal Home Loan Bank advances   5,000,000    15,000,000 
Cash paid in lieu of fractional stock dividends   (4,072)   (2,338)
Net Cash Provided by Financing Activities   12,209,455    29,905,449 
           
Net Increase in Cash and Cash Equivalents   5,600,748    19,368,177 
Cash and Cash Equivalents at Beginning of Period   24,898,140    5,529,963 
Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Period  $30,498,888   $24,898,140 
           
Supplemental Information          
Interest paid  $408,339   $316,732 
Income taxes paid  $745,000   $855,000 
           
Supplemental Disclosures of Noncash Investing and Financing Activities          
Stock dividends issued  $2,931,257   $1,509,736 
Change in unrealized gain on securities available-for-sale  $23,278   $(88,465)

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

 F-6 

 

 

CHINO COMMERCIAL BANCORP

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND 2015

 

Note 1 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

 

Nature of Operations

 

Chino Commercial Bank, N.A. (the Bank), a nationally chartered bank, was incorporated on December 8, 1999, and began operations on September 1, 2000, with the opening of its office in Chino, California. The Bank opened a branch office in Ontario, California in January 2006, and opened a branch office in Rancho Cucamonga, California in April 2010.

 

The Bank provides a variety of commercial banking services to individuals and small businesses primarily in the Inland Empire region of Southern California. Its primary lending products are real estate and commercial loans. Its primary deposit products are non-interest bearing deposits and money market accounts.

 

Chino Commercial Bancorp (the Company) is a California corporation registered as a bank holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, and is headquartered in Chino, California. The Company was incorporated on March 2, 2006, and acquired all of the outstanding shares of Chino Commercial Bank, N.A. effective July 1, 2006. The Company's principal subsidiary is the Bank, and the Company exists primarily for the purpose of holding the stock of the Bank and of such other subsidiaries it may acquire or establish. The Company's only other direct subsidiary is Chino Statutory Trust I, which was formed on October 25, 2006, solely to facilitate the issuance of capital trust pass-through securities. Chino Commercial Bancorp and the Bank are collectively referred to herein as the Company unless otherwise indicated.

 

Basis of Presentation and Consolidation

 

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Chino Commercial Bancorp and its subsidiary, Chino Commercial Bank. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. The accounting and financial reporting policies the Company follows conform, in all material respects, to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and to general practices within the financial services industry. In consolidating, the Company determines whether it has a controlling financial interest in an entity by first evaluating whether the entity is a voting interest entity or a variable interest entity under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. Voting interest entities are entities in which the total equity investment at risk is sufficient to enable the entity to finance itself independently and provides the equity holders with the obligation to absorb losses, the right to receive residual returns, and the right to make decisions about the entity's activities. The Company consolidates voting interest entities in which it has all, or at least a majority of, the voting interest. As defined in applicable accounting standards, variable interest entities (VIEs) are entities that lack one or more of the characteristics of a voting interest entity. A controlling financial interest in an entity is present when an enterprise has a variable interest, or a combination of variable interests, that will absorb a majority of the entity's expected losses, receive a majority of the entity's expected residual returns, or both. The enterprise with a controlling financial interest, known as the primary beneficiary, consolidates the VIE. The Company's wholly-owned subsidiary, Chino Statutory Trust I, is a VIE for which the Company is not the primary beneficiary. Accordingly, the accounts of this entity are not included in the Company's consolidated financial statements.

 

 F-7 

 

 

CHINO COMMERCIAL BANCORP

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND 2015

 

Note 1 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Continued

 

Use of Estimates

 

In preparing financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, management is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as of the date of the statement of financial condition and reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change in the near term relate to the determination of the allowance for loan losses and the valuation of the deferred tax asset.

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

For purposes of reporting cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash, amounts due from banks and Federal funds sold on a daily basis.

 

Interest-Bearing Deposits in Other Banks

 

Interest-bearing deposits in other banks mature in less than two years and are carried at cost.

 

Investment Securities

 

In accordance with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP), investment securities are classified in three categories and accounted for as follows: debt and equity that the Company has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity are classified as held-to-maturity and are measured at amortized cost; debt and equity securities bought and held principally for the purpose of selling in the near term are classified as trading securities and are measured at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses included in earnings; debt and equity securities not classified as either held-to-maturity or trading securities are deemed as available-for-sale and are measured at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses, net of applicable taxes, reported in a separate component of stockholders' equity. Gains or losses on sales of investment securities are determined on the specific identification method. Premiums and discounts are amortized or accreted using the interest method over the expected lives of the related securities.

 

Debt securities that management has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity are classified as "held to maturity" and recorded at amortized cost. Securities not classified as held to maturity or trading, including equity securities with readily determinable fair values, are classified as "available for sale" and recorded at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses excluded from earnings and reported in other comprehensive income.

 

Purchase premiums and discounts are recognized in interest income using methods approximating the interest method over the terms of the securities. Gains and losses on the sale of securities are recorded on the trade date and are determined using the specific identification method.

 

 F-8 

 

 

CHINO COMMERCIAL BANCORP

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND 2015

 

Note 1 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Continued

 

Declines in the fair value of "held-to-maturity" and "available-for-sale" securities below their cost that are deemed to be other-than-temporary are reflected in earnings as realized losses. In estimating other-than-temporary impairment losses, management considers (1) the length of time and extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, (2) the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, and (3) the intent and ability of the Company to retain its investment in the issuer for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value.

 

Loans Held for Sale

 

Loans originated and intended for sale in the secondary market are carried at the lower of cost or estimated fair value in the aggregate. Fair value is based on commitments on hand from investors or prevailing market prices. Net unrealized losses, if any, are recognized through a valuation allowance by charges to income. There were no loans held for sale at December 31, 2016 and 2015.

 

Loans

 

The Company grants real estate, commercial and consumer loans to customers. A substantial portion of the loan portfolio is represented by real estate loans in the Inland Empire area. The ability of the Company's debtors to honor their contracts is dependent upon the general economic conditions in this area.

 

Loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or pay-off generally are reported at their outstanding unpaid principal balances.

 

Loans, as reported, have been reduced by unfunded loan commitments, net deferred loan fees, and the allowance for loan losses.

 

Interest income is accrued daily, as earned, on all loans, except that interest is not accrued on loans that are generally 90 days or more past due. Loans are placed on non-accrual or charged off at an earlier date if collection of principal or interest is considered doubtful. Interest income previously accrued on non-accrual loans is reversed against current period interest income. Interest income on non-accrual loans may be recognized only if the loan is deemed to be fully collectible, and only to the extent of interest payments received. Otherwise, any interest payments received are applied against the loan balance. Loans are returned to accrual status after the borrower's financial condition has improved, when all the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and future payments are reasonably assured. Interest recognition policies apply to all loans.

 

Loan origination fees and costs are deferred and amortized as an adjustment of the loan's yield over the life of the loan using the interest method.

 

 F-9 

 

 

CHINO COMMERCIAL BANCORP

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND 2015

 

Note 1 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Continued

 

Allowance for Loan Losses

 

The allowance for loan losses is established as losses are estimated to have occurred through a provision for loan losses charged to expense. Loan losses are charged against the allowance when management believes the collectability of the loan balance is unlikely. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance.

 

The allowance for loan losses is evaluated on a regular basis by management and is based on management's periodic review of the collectability of the loans in light of historical experience, the nature, and volume of the loan portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the borrower's ability to repay, estimated value of any underlying collateral and prevailing economic conditions. This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available.

 

The allowance consists of specific and general components. The specific component relates to loans that are individually evaluated for impairment. For impaired loans, an allowance is established when the discounted cash flows (or collateral value or observable market price) of the impaired loan is lower than the carrying value of that loan. The general component covers unimpaired loans and is based on historical loss experience adjusted for qualitative factors.

 

A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value, and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. Management determines the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower's prior payment record, and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed. Impairment is measured on a loan-by-loan basis by either the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan's effective interest rate, the loan's obtainable market price, or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral-dependent.

 

Troubled Debt Restructuring

 

A troubled debt restructuring is a loan which the Company, for reasons related to a borrower's financial difficulties, grants a concession to a borrower that the Company would not otherwise consider. A loan restructuring may take the form of a reduction in the stated interest rate, an extension of the maturity at an interest rate below market, or a reduction in the face amount of the debt or accrued interest, among others. Loans that are renewed at below-market terms are considered to be troubled debt restructurings if the below-market terms represent a concession due to the borrower's troubled financial condition. Troubled debt restructurings are classified as impaired loans and are measured at the present value of estimated future cash flows using the loan's effective rate at inception of the loan. If the loan is considered to be collateral dependent, impairment is measured based on the fair value of the collateral.

 

 F-10 

 

 

CHINO COMMERCIAL BANCORP

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND 2015

 

Note 1 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Continued

 

Loan Portfolio Segments

 

Management segregates the loan portfolio into portfolio segments for purposes of developing and documenting a systematic method for determining its allowance for loan losses. The portfolio segments are segregated based on loan types and the underlying risk factors present in each loan type. Such risk factors are periodically reviewed by management and revised as deemed appropriate.

 

The Company's loan portfolio is segregated into the following portfolio segments.

 

One-to-Four Family Residential

 

This portfolio segment consists of the origination of first mortgage loans and home equity second mortgage loans secured by one-to-four-family owner occupied residential properties located in the Company's market area. The Company has experienced no foreclosures on its owner occupied loan portfolio during recent periods and believes this is due mainly to its conservative lending strategies including its non-participation in "interest only", "Option ARM", "sub-prime" or "Alt-A" loans.

 

Residential Income

 

This portfolio segment consists of the origination of first mortgage loans secured by non-owner occupied residential properties in its market area. Such lending involves additional risks arising from the use of the properties by non-owners.

 

Commercial Real Estate Loans

 

This portfolio segment includes loans secured by commercial real estate, including multi-family dwellings. Loans secured by commercial real estate generally have larger loan balances and more credit risk than one-to-four-family mortgage loans. The increased risk is the result of several factors, including the concentration of principal in a limited number of loans and borrowers, the impact of local and general economic conditions on the borrower's ability to repay the loan, and the increased difficulty of evaluating and monitoring these types of loans.

 

Commercial and Industrial Loans

 

This portfolio segment includes commercial business loans secured by assignments of corporate assets and personal guarantees of the business owners. Commercial business loans generally have higher interest rates and shorter terms than one-to-four-family residential loans, but they also may involve higher average balances, increased difficulty of loan monitoring and a higher risk of default since their repayment generally depends on the successful operation of the borrower's business.

 

 F-11 

 

 

CHINO COMMERCIAL BANCORP

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND 2015

 

Note 1 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Continued

 

Other Loans

 

This portfolio segment includes loans to individuals for personal purposes, including but not limited to automobile loans. This portfolio segment also includes loans to individuals for overdraft protection and personal lines of credit.

 

Credit Quality Indicators

 

The Company's policies, consistent with regulatory guidelines, provide for the classification of loans and other assets that are considered to be of lesser quality as substandard, doubtful, or loss assets. An asset is considered substandard if it is inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. Substandard assets include those assets characterized by the distinct possibility that the Company will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected. Assets classified as doubtful have all of the weaknesses inherent in those classified substandard with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full highly questionable and improbable, based on currently existing facts, conditions, and values. Assets (or portions of assets) classified as loss are those considered uncollectible and of such little value that their continuation as assets is not warranted. Assets that do not expose the Company to risk sufficient to warrant classification in one of the aforementioned categories, but which possess potential weaknesses that deserve close attention, are required to be designated as special mention.

 

When assets are classified as special mention, substandard or doubtful, the Company allocates a portion of the related general loss allowances to such assets as the Company deems prudent. Determinations as to the classification of assets and the amount of loss allowances are subject to review by regulatory agencies, which can require that we establish additional loss allowances. Management regularly reviews the asset portfolio to determine whether any assets require classification in accordance with applicable regulations.

 

Transfer of Financial Assets

 

Transfers of financial assets are accounted for as sales when control over the assets has been surrendered. Control over transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when: 1) the assets have been isolated from the Company, 2) the transferee obtains the right (free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that right) to pledge or exchange the transferred assets, and 3) the Company does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets through an agreement to repurchase them before their maturity.

 

Foreclosed Assets

 

Assets acquired through, or in lieu of, loan foreclosure are held for sale and are initially recorded at fair value less cost to sell at the date of foreclosure, establishing a new cost basis. Subsequent to foreclosure, valuations are periodically performed by management and the assets are carried at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less cost to sell. Revenue and expenses from operations and changes in the valuation allowance are included in net expenses from foreclosed assets.

 

 F-12 

 

 

CHINO COMMERCIAL BANCORP

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND 2015

 

Note 1 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Continued

 

Company Premises and Equipment

 

Company premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation is provided for in amounts sufficient to relate the cost of depreciable assets to operations over their estimated service lives. Building improvements are amortized over 39 years or the service lives of the improvements, whichever is shorter. The straight-line method of depreciation is followed for financial reporting purposes, while both accelerated and straight-line methods are followed for income tax purposes.

 

Bank Owned Life Insurance

 

The Company has purchased life insurance policies on certain officers. Company-owned life insurance is recorded at its cash surrender value (or the amount that can be realized).

 

Income Taxes

 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for estimated future tax effects attributable to temporary differences between the book bases and tax bases of various assets and liabilities. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce the deferred tax asset to the amount expected to be realized. The current and deferred taxes are based on the provisions of currently enacted tax laws and rates. As changes in tax laws are enacted, deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted accordingly through the provision for income taxes.

 

The Company uses a recognition threshold and a measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. Benefits from tax positions are recognized in the financial statements only when it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained upon examination by the appropriate taxing authority that would have full knowledge of all relevant information. A tax position that meets the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold is measured at the largest amount of benefit that is greater than 50 percent likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement. Tax positions that previously failed to meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold are recognized in the first subsequent financial reporting period in which that threshold is met. Previously recognized tax positions that no longer meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold are derecognized in the first subsequent financial reporting period in which that threshold is no longer met. Interest and penalties associated with uncertain tax positions are classified as income tax expense. At December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company did not have a tax position that failed to meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold.

 

Comprehensive Income

 

Accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America require that recognized revenue, expenses, gains, and losses be included in net income. Although certain changes in assets and liabilities, such as unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities, are reported as a separate component of the equity section of the statement of financial condition, such items, along with net income, are components of comprehensive income.

 

 F-13 

 

 

CHINO COMMERCIAL BANCORP

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND 2015

 

Note 1 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Continued

 

Recent Accounting Guidance Not Yet Effective

 

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606). This Update requires an entity to recognize revenue as performance obligations are met, in order to reflect the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration the entity is entitled to receive for those goods or services. The following steps are applied in the updated guidance: (1) identify the contract(s) with a customer; (2) identify the performance obligations in the contract; (3) determine the transaction price; (4) allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and (5) recognize revenue when, or as, the entity satisfies a performance obligation. These amendments are effective for public business entities for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within that reporting period and one year later for nonpublic business entities. Early adoption is permitted only as of annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim reporting periods within that period. The Company is currently evaluating the effects of ASU 2014-09 on its consolidated financial statements and disclosures, if any.

 

In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-01, Financial Instruments-Overall: Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities (Subtopic 825-10). Changes made to the current measurement model primarily affect the accounting for equity securities and readily determinable fair values, where changes in fair value will impact earnings instead of other comprehensive income. The accounting for other financial instruments, such as loans, investments in debt securities, and financial liabilities is largely unchanged. The Update also changes the presentation and disclosure requirements for financial instruments including a requirement that public business entities use exit price when measuring the fair value of financial instruments measured at amortized cost for disclosure purposes. This Update is generally effective for public business entities in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those fiscal years and one year later for nonpublic business entities. The Company is currently evaluating the effects of ASU 2016-01 on its consolidated financial statements and disclosures.

 

In February 2016, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842). The most significant change for lessees is the requirement under the new guidance to recognize right-of-use assets and lease liabilities for all leases not considered short-term leases, which is generally defined as a lease term of less than 12 months. This change will result in lessees recognizing right-of-use assets and lease liabilities for most leases currently accounted for as operating leases under current lease accounting guidance. The amendments in this Update are effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018, for public business entities and one year later for all other entities. The Company is currently evaluating the effects of ASU 2016-02 on its consolidated financial statements and disclosures.

 

 F-14 

 

 

CHINO COMMERCIAL BANCORP

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND 2015

 

Note 1 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Continued

 

Recent Accounting Guidance Not Yet Effective, Continued

 

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-09, Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting (Topic 718.) ASU 2016-09 includes provisions intended to simplify various aspects related to how share-based payments are accounted for and presented in the financial statements. Under ASU 2016-09, excess tax benefits and certain tax deficiencies will no longer be recorded in additional paid-in capital ("APIC"). Instead, they will record all excess tax benefits and tax deficiencies as income tax expense or benefit in the income statement, and APIC pools will be eliminated. In addition, the guidance requires excess tax benefits be presented as an operating activity on the statement of cash flows rather than as a financing activity. ASU 2016-09 also permits an accounting policy election for the impact of forfeitures on the recognition of expense for share-based payment awards. Forfeitures can be estimated, as required today, or recognized when they occur. This guidance is effective for public business entities for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, and for nonpublic business entities annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within the reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018. Early adoption is permitted, but all of the guidance must be adopted in the same period. The Company is currently evaluating the provisions of ASU 2016-09 to determine the potential impact on its consolidated financial statements and disclosures.

 

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments (Topic 326). This ASU significantly changes how entities will measure credit losses for most financial assets and certain other instruments that aren't measured at fair value through net income. In issuing the standard, the FASB is responding to criticism that today's guidance delays recognition of credit losses. The standard will replace today's "incurred loss" approach with an "expected loss" model. The new model, referred to as the current expected credit loss ("CECL") model, will apply to: (1) financial assets subject to credit losses and measured at amortized cost, and (2) certain off-balance sheet credit exposures. This includes, but is not limited to, loans, leases, held-to-maturity securities, loan commitments, and financial guarantees. The CECL model does not apply to available-for-sale ("AFS") debt securities. For AFS debt securities with unrealized losses, entities will measure credit losses in a manner similar to what they do today, except that the losses will be recognized as allowances rather than reductions in the amortized cost of the securities. As a result, entities will recognize improvements to estimated credit losses immediately in earnings rather than as interest income over time, as they do today. The ASU also simplifies the accounting model for purchased credit-impaired debt securities and loans. ASU 2016-13 also expands the disclosure requirements regarding an entity's assumptions, models, and methods for estimating the allowance for loan and lease losses.  In addition, public business entities will need to disclose the amortized cost balance for each class of financial asset by credit quality indicator, disaggregated by the year of origination. ASU No. 2016-13 is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019, for SEC filers, one year later for non SEC filing public business entities and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2020, for nonpublic business entities and interim periods within the reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2021. Early adoption is permitted for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018. Entities will apply the standard's provisions as a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings as of the beginning of the first reporting period in which the guidance is effective (i.e., modified retrospective approach). The Company is currently evaluating the provisions of ASU No. 2016-13 for potential impact on its consolidated financial statements and disclosures.

 

 F-15 

 

 

CHINO COMMERCIAL BANCORP

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND 2015

 

Note 1 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Continued

 

Subsequent Events

 

Subsequent events are events or transactions that occur after the balance sheet date but before financial statements are issued or are available to be issued. The Company recognizes in the financial statements the effects of all subsequent events that provide additional evidence about conditions that existed at the date of the balance sheet, including the estimates inherent in the process of preparing the financial statements. The Company's financial statements do not reflect subsequent events that provide evidence about conditions that did not exist at the date of the balance sheet but arose after the balance sheet date and before financial statements are issued or are available to be issued.

 

The Company has evaluated subsequent events through March 8, 2017, which is the date the financial statements were issued or the date the financial statements were available to be issued.

 

Note 2 - RESTRICTIONS ON CASH AND AMOUNTS DUE FROM BANKS

 

The Company is required to maintain average cash balances on hand or balances with the Federal Reserve Bank for balances in transaction accounts. The Company was able to maintain sufficient average cash balances to avoid the requirement for a reserve balance with the Federal Reserve Bank at December 31, 2016 and 2015.

 

The Company maintains cash that may exceed the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) insured limits. The Company does not expect to incur losses in its cash accounts.

 

 F-16 

 

 

CHINO COMMERCIAL BANCORP

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND 2015

 

Note 3 - Investment Securities

 

The amortized cost and fair values of securities with gross unrealized gains and losses at December 31 are as follows:

 

       Gross   Gross     
   Amortized   Unrealized   Unrealized   Fair 
December 31, 2016  Cost   Gains   Losses   Value 
Securities available-for-sale:                    
Mortgage-backed securities  $3,928,827   $20,611   $(25,336)  $3,924,102 
                     
Securities held-to-maturity:                    
Municipal bonds  $330,000   $865   $-   $330,865 
Federal agency   2,976,202    21,716    (75,994)   2,921,924 
Mortgage-backed securities   15,101,539    43,470    (157,596)   14,987,413 
   $18,407,741   $66,051   $(233,590)  $18,240,202 
                     
December 31, 2015                    
Securities available-for-sale:                    
Municipal bonds  $400,000   $6,032   $-   $406,032 
Mortgage-backed securities   4,559,071    24,241    (58,276)   4,525,036 
   $4,959,071   $30,273   $(58,276)  $4,931,068 
                     
Securities held-to-maturity:                    
Municipal bonds  $330,000   $1,102   $-   $331,102 
Federal agency   4,454,495    28,241    (19,473)   4,463,263 
Mortgage-backed securities   18,315,611    88,178    (83,586)   18,320,203 
   $23,100,106   $117,521   $(103,059)  $23,114,568 

 

 F-17 

 

 

CHINO COMMERCIAL BANCORP

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND 2015

 

Note 3 - Investment Securities, Continued

 

Unrealized losses and fair values, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous loss position, are summarized as follows as of December 31:

 

   Less than 12 Months   Over 12 Months 
       Gross       Gross 
   Fair   Unrealized   Fair   Unrealized 
December 31, 2016  Value   Losses   Value   Losses 
Securities available-for-sale                    
Mortgage-backed securities  $-   $-   $1,787,089   $(25,336)
                     
Securities held to maturity                    
Federal agency  $1,936,124   $(75,994)  $-   $- 
Mortgage-backed securities   11,179,167    (157,590)   2,123    (6)
   $13,115,291   $(233,584)  $2,123   $(6)
                     
December 31, 2015                    
Securities available-for-sale                    
Mortgage-backed securities  $3,849,257   $(58,163)  $5,803   $(113)
                     
Securities held to maturity                    
Federal agency  $3,479,760   $(19,473)  $-   $- 
Mortgage-backed securities   9,342,262    (83,586)   -    - 
   $12,822,022   $(103,059)  $-   $- 

 

At December 31, 2016, the Company did not have any available-for-sale (AFS) mortgage-backed securities (MBS) with losses less than 12 months in 2016, and two MBS with a loss greater than 12 months. Also in 2016, the Company held one security held-to-maturity (HTM) federal agency securities and nine HTM MBS with losses less than 12 months. In addition, in 2016 the Company had one HTM MBS with a loss greater than 12 months. In 2015, the Company held two available-for-sale (AFS) mortgage-backed securities (MBS) with losses less than 12 months in 2015, and one MBS with a loss greater than 12 months. Also in 2015, the Company held three securities held-to-maturity (HTM) federal agency securities and seven HTM MBS with losses less than 12 months.

 

Management evaluates securities for other-than-temporary impairment at least on a quarterly basis, and more frequently when economic or market concerns warrant such evaluation. Consideration is given to (1) the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, (2) the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, and (3) the intent and ability of the Company to retain its investment in the issuer for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value.

 

 F-18 

 

 

CHINO COMMERCIAL BANCORP

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND 2015

 

Note 3 - Investment Securities, Continued

 

The unrealized losses at December 31, 2016 and 2015, are attributable to changes in interest rates and not credit quality. The Company has the ability to hold these investments until a recovery of fair value, which may be maturity. Thus, the Company does not consider these investments to be other-than-temporarily impaired as of December 31, 2016 and 2015.

 

The amortized cost and fair value of investment securities as of December 31, 2016, by contractual maturity are shown below:

 

   Available-for-Sale   Held-to-Maturity 
   Amortized   Fair   Amortized   Fair 
   Cost   Value   Cost   Value 
                 
Within 1 year  $-   $-   $-   $- 
After 1 year through 5 years   -    -    1,294,084    1,316,665 
After 5 years through 10 years   -    -    2,012,118    1,936,124 
After 10 years through 17 years   -    -    -    - 
Mortgage-backed securities   3,928,827    3,924,102    15,101,539    14,987,413 
   $3,928,827   $3,924,102   $18,407,741   $18,240,202 

 

Investment securities with amortized cost totaling $18,804,043 and estimated fair values totaling $18,669,944 were pledged to secure borrowings with the Federal Home Loan Bank at December 31, 2016. Investment securities with amortized cost totaling $16,152,216 and estimated fair values totaling $16,111,240 were pledged to secure borrowings with the Federal Home Loan Bank at December 31, 2015.

 

Note 4 - Stock investments, restricted

 

Restricted stock investments include the following at December 31 and are recorded at cost:

 

   2016   2015 
Federal Reserve Bank stock  $165,400   $165,400 
Federal Home Loan (FHLB) stock   1,719,900    1,551,100 
Pacific Coast Banker's Bank stock   50,000    50,000 
   $1,935,300   $1,766,500 

 

As a member of the FHLB system, the Company is required to maintain an investment in FHLB stock in an amount equal to the greater of one percent of its outstanding mortgage loans or 2.7 percent of advances from the FHLB (See Note 10). No ready market exists for FHLB stock, and it has no quoted market value.

 

All restricted stock is evaluated for impairment based on an estimate of the ultimate recoverability of par value.

 

 F-19 

 

 

CHINO COMMERCIAL BANCORP

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND 2015

 

Note 5 - LOANS AND Allowance for loan Losses

 

The composition of the Company's loans held for investment at December 31 is as follows:

 

   2016   2015 
Real estate loans, commercial  $85,135,319   $71,259,362 
Real estate loans, consumer   2,171,308    1,497,047 
Commercial loans   21,816,870    20,049,819 
Other loans   430,289    437,851 
Total Gross Loans   109,553,786    93,244,079 
           
Allowance for loan losses   (1,845,447)   (1,667,204)
Unearned income and deferred loan fees, net   (348,359)   (251,911)
Loans Held for Investment, Net  $107,359,980   $91,324,964 

 

Changes in the allowance for loan losses by loan portfolio segment for the year ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, are summarized as follows:

 

               Commercial         
   One-to-Four   Residential   Commercial   and         
   Residential   Income   Real Estate   Industrial   Other   Total 
Beginning Balance, January 1, 2016  $13,144   $206,552   $1,321,303   $117,545   $8,660   $1,667,204 
                               
Provision (credit) for loan losses   11,325    (18,687)   114,185    96,191    (3,064)   199,950 
                               
Loans charged off   -    -    -    (63,830)   -    (63,830)
                               
Recoveries   -    -    15,361    23,657    3,105    42,123 
                               
Ending Balance, December 31, 2016  $24,469   $187,865   $1,450,849   $173,563   $8,701   $1,845,447 
                               
Beginning Balance, January 1, 2015  $18,561   $181,286   $1,218,060   $109,951   $8,383   $1,536,241 
                               
Provision (credit) for loan losses   (5,417)   25,266    87,624    (65,462)   277    42,288 
                               
Recoveries   -    -    15,619    73,056    -    88,675 
                               
Ending Balance, December 31, 2015  $13,144   $206,552   $1,321,303   $117,545   $8,660   $1,667,204 

 

 F-20 

 

 

CHINO COMMERCIAL BANCORP

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND 2015

 

Note 5 - LOANS AND Allowance for loan Losses, Continued

 

The following tables present loans and the allowance for loan losses by segment as of December 31:

 

               Commercial         
   One-to-Four   Residential   Commercial   and         
December 31, 2016  Residential   Income   Real Estate   Industrial   Other   Total 
Loans                              
Collectively evaluated  for impairment  $1,649,612   $11,054,996   $83,674,796   $10,761,874   $430,289   $107,571,567 
                               
Individually evaluated  for impairment   521,696    -    1,460,523    -    -    1,982,219 
Balance  $2,171,308   $11,054,996   $85,135,319   $10,761,874   $430,289   $109,553,786 
                               
Allowance for Loan Losses                              
Collectively evaluated  for impairment  $14,818   $187,865   $1,426,285   $173,563   $8,701   $1,811,232 
                               
Individually evaluated  for impairment   9,651    -    24,564    -    -    34,215 
Balance  $24,469   $187,865   $1,450,849   $173,563   $8,701   $1,845,447 
                               
December 31, 2015                              
Loans                              
Collectively evaluated  for impairment  $1,001,880   $12,283,138   $69,905,171   $7,766,681   $437,851   $91,394,721 
                               
Individually evaluated  for impairment   495,167    -    1,354,191    -    -    1,849,358 
Balance  $1,497,047   $12,283,138   $71,259,362   $7,766,681   $437,851   $93,244,079 
                               
Allowance for Loan Losses                              
Collectively evaluated  for impairment  $9,975   $206,552   $1,299,694   $117,545   $8,660   $1,642,426 
                               
Individually evaluated  for impairment   3,169    -    21,609    -    -    24,778 
Balance  $13,144   $206,552   $1,321,303   $117,545   $8,660   $1,667,204 

 

 F-21 

 

 

CHINO COMMERCIAL BANCORP

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND 2015

 

Note 5 - LOANS AND Allowance for loan Losses, Continued

 

The following tables summarize the loan portfolio at December 31, 2016 and 2015, by credit risk profiles based on internally assigned grades. Information has been updated for each credit quality indicator as of December 31, 2016 and 2015:

 

   Grade 
       Special             
December 31, 2016  Pass   Mention   Substandard   Doubtful   Total 
Residential One-to-Four  $1,649,612   $-   $521,696   $-   $2,171,308 
Residential income   11,054,996    -    -    -    11,054,996 
Commercial real estate   83,339,873    -    1,795,446    -    85,135,319 
Commercial and industrial   10,761,874    -    -    -    10,761,874 
Other   430,289    -    -    -    430,289 
   $107,236,644   $-   $2,317,142   $-   $109,553,786 
                          
December 31, 2015                         
Residential One-to-Four  $1,497,047   $-   $-   $-   $1,497,047 
Residential income   12,283,138    -    -    -    12,283,138 
Commercial real estate   68,984,489    -    2,274,873    -    71,259,362 
Commercial and industrial   7,761,752    -    4,929    -    7,766,681 
Other   437,851    -    -    -    437,851 
   $90,964,277   $-   $2,279,802   $-   $93,244,079 

 

 F-22 

 

 

CHINO COMMERCIAL BANCORP

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND 2015

 

Note 5 - LOANS AND Allowance for loan Losses, Continued

 

The following tables set forth certain information with respect to the Company's portfolio delinquencies by loan class and amount at December 31, 2016 and 2015:

 

Age Analysis of Past Due Loans (by Class)

 

                           Recorded 
                           Investment 
   30-59   60-89   Greater               90 Days or 
   Days   Days   Than   Total       Total   More and 
December 31, 2016  Past Due   Past Due   90-Days   Past Due   Current   Loans   Accruing 
Residential One-to-Four  $-   $-   $521,696   $521,696   $1,649,612   $2,171,308   $- 
Residential income   -    -    -    -    11,054,996    11,054,996    - 
Commercial real estate   -    262,433    -    262,433    84,872,886    85,135,319    - 
Commercial and industrial   -    -    -    -    10,761,874    10,761,874    - 
Other   -    -    -    -    430,289    430,289    - 
   $-   $262,433   $521,696   $784,129   $108,769,657   $109,553,786   $- 
                                    
December 31, 2015                                   
Residential One-to-Four  $-   $495,167   $-   $495,167   $1,001,880   $1,497,047   $- 
Residential income   -    -    -    -    12,283,138    12,283,138    - 
Commercial real estate   -    -    -    -    71,259,362    71,259,362    - 
Commercial and industrial   -    -    -    -    7,766,681    7,766,681    - 
Other   -    -    -    -    437,851    437,851    - 
   $-   $495,167   $-   $495,167   $92,748,912   $93,244,079   $- 

 

 F-23 

 

 

CHINO COMMERCIAL BANCORP

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND 2015

 

Note 5 - LOANS AND Allowance for loan Losses, Continued

 

The following tables are summaries of impaired loans by loan class at December 31, 2016 and 2015:

 

Impaired Loans (by Class)

 

       Unpaid       Average   Interest 
   Recorded   Principal   Related   Recorded   Income 
December 31, 2016  Investment   Balance   Allowance   Investment   Recognized 
With an Allowance Recorded:                         
Residential One-to-Four  $521,696   $521,696   $9,651   $529,812   $11,546 
Commercial real estate   1,460,523    1,460,523    24,564    1,464,317    90,792 
   $1,982,219   $1,982,219   $34,215   $1,994,129   $102,338 
                          
December 31, 2015                         
With an Allowance Recorded:                         
Residential One-to-Four  $495,167   $495,167   $3,169   $498,980   $30,169 
Commercial real estate   1,354,191    1,354,191    21,609    1,368,662    94,768 
   $1,849,358   $1,849,358   $24,778   $1,867,642   $124,937 

 

At December 31, 2016, the Company had one loan on non-accrual status, and there were no non-accrual loans as of December 31, 2015.

 

There were no loans serviced for others at December 31, 2016 and 2015.

 

Certain loans are pledged as collateral for available borrowings with the FHLB. Pledged loans totaled $64,994,997 and $55,004,683 at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

 

Troubled Debt Restructurings

 

No loans were modified in troubled debt restructuring during the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015.

 

 F-24 

 

 

CHINO COMMERCIAL BANCORP

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND 2015

 

Note 6 - FIXED ASSETS

 

Company premises and equipment consisted of the following at December 31:

 

   2016   2015 
Land  $1,868,422   $1,868,422 
Building   3,212,729    3,212,729 
Furniture, fixture and equipment   1,374,717    1,185,960 
Building and leasehold improvements   1,423,981    1,423,981 
Automobile   39,544    39,544 
    7,919,393    7,730,636 
           
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization   1,918,989    1,709,190 
           
Total premises and equipment  $6,000,404   $6,021,446 

 

Depreciation and amortization expense for years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, amounted to $213,059 and $197,261, respectively.

 

Note 7 - deposits

 

Interest-bearing and noninterest-bearing deposits consist of the following:

 

   2016   2015 
NOW accounts  $4,894,404   $1,558,900 
Savings and money market   53,144,332    44,236,716 
Time certificate of deposit accounts under $250,000   6,471,260    6,208,083 
Time certificate of deposit accounts over $250,000   4,438,254    3,913,644 
Total interest-bearing deposits   68,948,250    55,917,343 
Total noninterest-bearing deposits   68,613,998    74,431,378 
Total Deposits  $137,562,248   $130,348,721 

 

At December 31, 2016, the scheduled maturities of time deposits were as follows:

 

   2016 
Within 1 year  $10,897,918 
After 1 year through 3 years   11,596 
   $10,909,514 

 

 F-25 

 

 

CHINO COMMERCIAL BANCORP

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND 2015

 

Note 8 - SUBORDINATED NOTES PAYABLE TO SUBSIDIARY TRUST

 

On October 25, 2006, Chino Statutory Trust I (the Trust), a newly formed Connecticut statutory business trust and a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, issued an aggregate of $3.0 million of principal amount of Capital Securities (the Trust Preferred Securities) and $93,000 in Common Securities. The securities issued by the Trust are fully guaranteed by the Company with respect to distributions and amounts payable upon liquidation, redemption, or repayment. The entire proceeds to the Trust from the sale of the Trust Preferred Securities were used by the Trust to purchase $3,000,000 in principal amount of the Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debentures due December 15, 2036 issued by the Company (the Subordinated Debt Securities). The Company issued an additional $93,000 in principal amount of the Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debentures due December 15, 2036, in exchange for its investment in the Trust's Common Securities. During 2006 and 2007 the Company used approximately $522,000 and $2,478,000, respectively, from the proceeds of $3.0 million to repurchase and retire Company stock. There was no cost to the Trust associated with the issuance.

 

The Subordinated Debt Securities bear interest equal to LIBOR (adjusted quarterly) plus 1.68 percent. At December 15, 2016, LIBOR rate was 0.96344 percent, resulting in an interest rate of 2.643 percent from December 15, 2016 to March 14, 2017. At December 31, 2015, LIBOR rate was 0.512 percent, resulting in an interest rate of 2.912 percent.

 

As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, accrued interest payable to the Trust amounted to $3,525 and $2,923, respectively. Interest expense for Trust Preferred Securities amounted to $72,035 and $59,936, for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

 

Note 9 - RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

In the ordinary course of business, the Company has granted loans to certain officers, directors and companies with which it is associated. All such loans and commitments to lend were made under terms that are consistent with the Company's normal lending policies.

 

Aggregate related party loan transactions were as follows as of and for the years ended December 31:

 

   2016   2015 
Balance, January 1  $861,243   $922,708 
Advances   164,228    58,637 
Repayments, net of borrowings   (890,773)   (120,102)
Balance as of December 31  $134,698   $861,243 

 

Deposits from related parties held by the Company at December 31, 2016 and 2015, amounted to $7,906,510 and $6,397,423, respectively.

 

 F-26 

 

 

CHINO COMMERCIAL BANCORP

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND 2015

 

Note 10 - federal home loan bank borrowings

 

As a member of the FHLB, the Company may borrow funds collateralized by securities or qualified loans up to 35 percent of its asset base. The Company has a line of credit of $43,755,300 and $42,446,200 at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Total FHLB advances outstanding at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 were $20,000,000 and $15,000,000, respectively.

 

Note 11 - federal funds line of credit

 

The Company had a total of $5.5 million in Federal funds lines of credit with various banks at December 31, 2016 and 2015. There were no borrowings outstanding at December 31, 2016 and 2015.

 

Note 12 - income taxes

 

The following is a summary of the provision for income taxes for the years ended December 31:

 

   2016   2015 
Current Tax Position          
Federal  $747,311   $479,981 
State   260,859    192,305 
    1,008,170    672,286 
           
Deferred Tax Position          
Federal   (65,531)   157,641 
State   (14,701)   (5,466)
    (80,232)   152,175 
   $927,938   $824,461 
           
   2016   2015 
Statutory Federal tax rate   34.0%   34.0%
Increase (Decrease) Resulting From:          
State taxes, net of Federal tax benefit   7.2    7.2 
Tax-exempt earnings on life insurance policies   (1.5)   (1.6)
Tax-exempt interest from municipal bonds   (0.4)   (0.7)
Other, net   (0.3)   (0.5)
Effective Tax Rate   39.0%   38.4%

 

 F-27 

 

 

CHINO COMMERCIAL BANCORP

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND 2015

 

Note 12 - income taxes, Continued

 

The components of the net deferred tax asset, included in other assets on the statements of financial condition, were as follows at December 31:

 

   2016   2015 
Deferred tax assets          
Allowance for loan losses  $512,096   $429,808 
Start-up expense   3,359    4,105 
State tax   91,646    68,369 
Deferred compensation and benefits   190,658    191,256 
Nonaccrual interest   12,411    - 
Off balance sheet reserve   11,194    10,182 
Unrealized loss on securities available for sale   1,924    11,503 
    823,288    715,223 
           
Deferred tax liabilities          
FHLB stock dividends   (25,645)   (25,645)
Depreciation and amortization   (132,822)   (141,828)
Deferred loan costs   (104,465)   (95,357)
Other   (114,633)   (77,323)
    (377,565)   (340,153)
   $445,723   $375,070 

 

Tax years ended December 31, 2013 through December 31, 2015; remain subject to examination by the Internal Revenue Service. Tax years ended December 31, 2012 through December 31, 2015, remain subject to examination by the California Franchise Tax Board.

 

Note 13 - OFF BALANCE SHEET ACTIVITIES

 

Credit-Related Financial Instruments

 

The Company is a party to credit-related financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to grant loans, undisbursed lines of credit, standby letters of credit, and commercial letters of credit. Such commitments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the balance sheet.

 

 F-28 

 

 

CHINO COMMERCIAL BANCORP

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND 2015

 

Note 13 - OFF BALANCE SHEET ACTIVITIES, Continued

 

The Company's exposure to credit loss is represented by the contractual amount of these commitments. The Company uses the same credit policies in making commitments as it does for on-balance-sheet instruments. At December 31, 2016 and 2015, the following financial instruments were outstanding:

 

   2016   2015 
Undisbursed loans  $10,073,137   $9,952,257 

 

Commitments to grant loans are agreements to lend to customers as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since some of the commitments may expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. Included in undisbursed commitments at December 31, 2016, was $4,746,652 of commitments at fixed rates. The Company evaluates each customer's creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by the Company upon extension of credit, is based on management's credit evaluation of the customer. Collateral held varies but may include accounts receivable, inventory, equipment, income-producing commercial properties, residential properties, and properties under construction.

 

Undisbursed lines of credit are commitments for possible future extensions of credit to existing customers. These lines of credit are sometimes unsecured and may not necessarily be drawn upon to the total extent to which the Company is committed.

 

Standby and commercial letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Company to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loans to customers. There were no standby letters of credit at December 31, 2016 and 2015.

 

Note 14 - OTHER COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

 

Operating Lease Commitments

 

The Company has no non-cancellable lease agreements on its premises, as all promises are owned.

 

Employment Agreement

 

The Company entered into a three-year employment agreement with a key officer expiring on June 30, 2018. The agreement provides for an annual base salary plus an incentive bonus equal to 5 percent of the Bank's net income. In addition, the key officer may receive a discretionary bonus determined by the Board of Directors. Employment may be terminated for cause, as defined, without incurring obligations. In the event of termination without cause, the key officer is entitled to severance compensation equal to at least six months' salary.

 

 F-29 

 

 

CHINO COMMERCIAL BANCORP

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND 2015

 

Note 15 - CONCENTRATION RISK

 

The Company grants commercial, real estate and installment loans to businesses and individuals primarily in the Inland Empire area. Most loans are secured by business assets, and commercial and residential real estate. Real estate and construction loans held for investment represented 94 percent and 91 percent of total loans held for investment at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The Company has no concentration of loans with any one customer or industry.

 

Deposits from escrow companies represented 9 percent and 8 percent of total deposits on December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Five escrow companies accounted for 8 percent and 8 percent of total deposits for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

 

Note 16 - EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN

 

On January 1, 2001, the Bank began a 401(k) savings and retirement plan (the Plan) that includes substantially all employees. Employees may contribute up to 100 percent of their compensation subject to certain limits based on Federal tax law. The Company has implemented the Plan based on safe harbor provisions. Under the Plan, the Company will match 100 percent of an employee's contribution up to the first 3 percent of compensation, and 50 percent of an employee's contribution up to the next 2 percent of compensation. Matching contributions will immediately be 100 percent vested. For the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company matching contributions attributable to the Plan amounted to $69,951 and $63,161, respectively.

 

Note 17 - SALARY CONTINUATION AGREEMENTS

 

The Company has entered into salary continuation agreements, which provide for payments to certain officers at the age of retirement. At December 31, 2016 and 2015, $347,795 and $348,248, respectively, of deferred compensation related to these agreements were included in other liabilities.

 

The plans are funded through life insurance policies that generate a cash surrender value to fund the future benefits.

 

 F-30 

 

 

CHINO COMMERCIAL BANCORP

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND 2015

 

Note 18 - REGULATORY MATTERS

 

Minimum Regulatory Requirements - The Company is subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the Federal banking regulators. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company's financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Company's assets, liabilities and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The final rules implementing Basel Committee on Banking Supervision's capital guidelines for U.S. banks (Basel III rules) became effective for the Company on January 1, 2015, with full compliance with all of the requirements being phased in over a multi-year schedule, and fully phased in by January 1, 2019. Under the Basel III rules, the Company must hold a capital conservation buffer above the adequately capitalized risk-based capital ratios. The capital conservation buffer is being phased in from 0.0 percent for 2015 to 2.50 percent by 2019. The capital conservation buffer for 2016 is 0.625 percent. The net unrealized gain or loss on available for sale securities is not included in computing regulatory capital.

 

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company to maintain minimum capital ratios as set forth in the following table. The Company's actual capital amounts and ratios as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, are also presented in the table. Management believes, as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, that the Company met all capital adequacy requirements to which it is subject.

 

As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the most recent notification from the OCC categorized the Company as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well capitalized, the Company must maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based, and Tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in the following table.

 

There are no conditions or events since notification that management believes have changed the Company's category.

 

Federal and State banking regulations place certain restrictions on dividends and other capital distributions paid to shareholders. The total amount of dividends that may be paid at any date is generally limited to the lesser of the Bank's retained earnings or net income for the last three years, subject to minimum capital requirements.

 

 F-31 

 

 

CHINO COMMERCIAL BANCORP

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND 2015

 

Note 18 - REGULATORY MATTERS, Continued

 

Capital ratios for December 31, 2016 and 2015, are set forth below:

 

                   Minimum To Be 
                   Well Capitalized Under 
           Minimum Capital   Prompt Corrective 
   Actual   Requirement   Action Provisions 
   Amount   Ratio   Amount   Ratio   Amount   Ratio 
   (Dollars in Thousands) 
As of December 31, 2016:                              
Total Capital to Total Risk-Weighted Assets:                              
Consolidated  $18,110    15.37%  $9,427    8.00%  $11,784    10.00%
Bank   17,722    15.05%   9,419    8.00%   11,773    10.00%
Tier 1 Capital to Total Risk-Weighted Assets:                              
Consolidated  $18,052    15.32%  $7,070    6.00%  $9,427    8.00%
Bank   16,245    13.80%   7,064    6.00%   9,419    8.00%
Common Tier 1 (CET1)                              
Consolidated  $18,052    15.32%  $5,303    4.50%  $7,659    6.50%
Bank   16,245    13.80%   5,298    4.50%   7,653    6.50%
Tier 1 Capital to Average Assets:                              
Consolidated  $18,052    10.24%  $7,049    4.00%  $8,811    5.00%
Bank   16,245    9.22%   7,045    4.00%   8,806    5.00%
                               
As of December 31, 2015:                              
Total Capital to Total Risk-Weighted Assets:                              
Consolidated  $16,462    16.15%  $8,152    8.0%  $10,190    10.0%
Bank   16,129    15.85%   8,139    8.0%   10,174    10.0%
Tier 1 Capital to Total Risk-Weighted Assets:                              
Consolidated  $16,120    15.82%  $6,114    6.0%  $8,152    8.0%
Bank   14,853    14.60%   6,104    6.0%   8,139    8.0%
Common Tier 1 (CET1)                              
Consolidated  $16,120    15.82%  $4,586    4.5%  $6,624    6.5%
Bank   14,853    14.60%   4,578    4.5%   6,613    6.5%
Tier 1 Capital to Average Assets:                              
Consolidated  $16,120    9.79%  $6,585    4.0%  $8,232    5.0%
Bank   14,853    9.03%   6,579    4.0%   8,224    5.0%

 

 F-32 

 

 

CHINO COMMERCIAL BANCORP

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND 2015

 

Note 19 - EARNINGS PER SHARE

 

Basic earnings per share represent income available to common shareholders divided by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share reflect additional common shares that would have been outstanding if dilutive potential common shares had been issued, as well as any adjustment to income that would result from the assumed issuance. Potential common shares that may be issued by the Company relate solely to outstanding stock options, and are determined using the treasury stock method. There were no common stock equivalents that are dilutive at December 31, 2016 and 2015. The weighted-average number of shares for basic and diluted earnings was 1,231,332 in 2016 and 2015.

 

Note 20 - DIVIDENDS

 

During 2016, the Board of Directors declared and the Company issued a 20 percent stock dividend to shareholders of record on June 6, 2016. As a matter of accommodation, cash dividends were issued to holders of fractional shares. The stock dividend consisted of 204,983 shares of stock issued on June 27, 2016, at which time the trading price was $14.20 per share. The 20 percent stock dividend was treated as a split for reporting purposes.

 

During 2015, the Board of Directors declared and the Company issued a 12 percent stock dividend to shareholders of record on February 19, 2015. As a matter of accommodation, cash dividends were issued to holders of fractional shares. The stock dividend consisted of 109,799 shares of stock issued on March 27, 2015, at which time the trading price was $13.75 per share.

 

The Company's ability to declare dividends depends primarily upon dividends it receives from the Company, as a bank holding company that currently has no significant assets other than its equity interest in the Company. The Company's dividend practices in turn depend upon legal restrictions, the Company's earnings, financial position, current and anticipated capital requirements, and other factors deemed relevant by the Company's Board of Directors at that time.

 

 F-33 

 

 

CHINO COMMERCIAL BANCORP

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND 2015

 

Note 21 - OTHER OPERATING EXPENSES

 

The following sets forth the breakdown of other operating expenses for the years ended December 31:

 

   2016   2015 
Data processing fees  $381,321   $379,973 
Deposit products and services   114,279    104,585 
Professional fees   184,900    158,540 
Regulatory assessments   141,000    126,580 
Advertising and marketing   76,074    56,437 
Directors' fees and expenses   108,013    107,310 
Other expenses   449,712    415,491 
Total Non-Interest Expenses  $1,455,299   $1,348,916 

 

Note 22 - FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

 

Fair Value Measurements Using Fair Value Hierarchy - Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The tables below present information about the Company's assets measured at fair value on a recurring and non-recurring basis as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and indicate the fair value hierarchy of the valuation techniques utilized by the Company to determine such fair value. No liabilities were measured at fair value at December 31, 2016 and 2015.

 

The fair value hierarchy is as follows:

 

Level 1 Inputs - Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the reporting entity has the ability to access at the measurement date.

 

Level 2 Inputs - Quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, and inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the financial instrument.

 

Level 3 Inputs - Unobservable inputs for determining the fair values of assets or liabilities that reflect an entity's own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the assets or liabilities.

 

The following section describes the valuation methodologies used for assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis, as well as the general classification of such instruments pursuant to the valuation hierarchy.

 

 F-34 

 

 

CHINO COMMERCIAL BANCORP

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND 2015

 

Note 22 - FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS, Continued

 

Financial assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis include the following:

 

Securities Available for Sale - The securities classified as available for sale are reported at fair value utilizing Level 2 inputs. For these securities, the Company obtains fair value measurements from an independent pricing service. The fair value measurements consider observable data that may include dealer quotes, market spreads, cash flows, the U.S. Treasury yield curve, live trading levels, trade execution data, market consensus prepayment speeds, credit information and the bond's terms and conditions, among other things.

 

The table below presents the balance of investment securities available for sale at December 31, 2016 and 2015, the fair value of which is measured on a recurring basis:

 

   Fair Value Measurements Using     
   Quoted Prices   Significant         
   in Active   Other   Significant     
   Markets for   Observable   Unobservable     
   Identical Assets   Inputs   Inputs     
December 31, 2016  (Level 1)   (Level 2)   (Level 3)   Total 
Securities Available-for-Sale                    
Mortgage-backed securities  $-   $3,924,102   $-   $3,924,102 
                     
December 31, 2015                    
Securities Available-for-Sale                    
Municipal bonds  $-   $406,032   $-   $406,032 
Mortgage-backed securities   -    4,525,036    -    4,525,036 
Total  $-   $4,931,068   $-   $4,931,068 

 

Certain assets are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis; that is, the assets are not measured at fair value on an ongoing basis but are subject to fair value adjustments in certain circumstances (for example, when there is evidence of impairment). There were no assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis as of December 31, 2016.

 

Impaired Loans - Collateral-dependent impaired loans are carried at the fair value of the collateral less estimated costs to sell. The fair value of collateral is determined based on appraisals. In some cases, adjustments are made to the appraised values for various factors including age of the appraisal, age of comparables included in the appraisal, and known changes in the market and in the collateral. When significant adjustments were based on unobservable inputs, the resulting fair value measurement has been categorized as a Level 3 measurement. Otherwise, collateral-dependent impaired loans are categorized under Level 2.

 

 F-35 

 

 

CHINO COMMERCIAL BANCORP

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND 2015

 

Note 22 - FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS, Continued

 

There were no collateral dependent impaired loans at December 31, 2016 and 2015.

 

Impaired loans that are not collateral-dependent are carried at the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan's effective interest rate. Troubled debt restructurings are also carried at the present value of expected future cash flows. However, expected cash flows for troubled debt restructurings are discounted using the loan's original effective interest rate rather than the modified interest rate. Since cash flows are not discounted to present value using a market interest rate, the measurement of impairment for these loans is not a fair value measurement.

 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments - The fair value of a financial instrument is the current amount that would be exchanged between willing parties, other than in a forced liquidation. Fair value is best determined based upon quoted market prices. However, in many instances, there are no quoted market prices for the Company's various financial instruments. In cases where quoted market prices are not available, fair value is based on estimates using present value or other valuation techniques. Those techniques are significantly affected by the assumptions used, including the discount rate and estimates of future cash flows. Discount rates on loans can vary significantly depending on the risk profile of the loan and the borrower's deposit relationship with the Company. Accordingly, the fair value estimates may not be realized in the immediate settlement of the instrument. Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 825, Financial Instruments, excludes certain financial instruments and all non-financial instruments from its disclosure requirements. Accordingly, the aggregate fair value amounts presented may not necessarily represent the underlying fair value of the Company.

 

The following methods and assumptions were used by the Company in estimating fair value disclosures for financial instruments:

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents - The carrying amounts reported in the balance sheet for cash and short-term instruments approximate their fair values.

 

Interest-Bearing Deposits in Other Banks - The fair value of interest-bearing deposits in other banks is estimated by discounting future cash flows using current offering rates for deposits with similar characteristics.

 

Investment Securities - Fair values for investment securities are based on quoted market prices.

 

Stock Investments - The carrying values of stock investments approximate fair value based on the redemption provisions of the stock.

 

Loans - The fair value of performing fixed rate loans is estimated by discounting future cash flows using the Company's current offering rate for loans with similar characteristics. The fair value of performing adjustable rate loans is considered to be the same as book value. The fair value of non-performing loans is estimated at the fair value of the related collateral or, when, in management's opinion, foreclosure upon the collateral is unlikely, by discounting future cash flows using rates that take into account management's estimate of excess credit risk.

 

Bank Owned Life Insurance - The fair values are based on current cash surrender values at each reporting date provided by the insurers.

 

 F-36 

 

 

CHINO COMMERCIAL BANCORP

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND 2015

 

Note 22 - FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS, Continued

 

Trups Common Securities - Included in other assets are certain long-term investments carried at cost, which approximates estimated fair value, unless an impairment analysis indicates the need for adjustments.

 

Commitments to Extend Credit and Standby Letters of Credit - The Company does not generally enter into long-term fixed rate commitments or letters of credit. These commitments are generally at prices that are at currently prevailing rates. These rates are generally variable and, therefore, there is no interest rate risk exposure. Accordingly, the fair market value of these instruments is equal to the carrying amount of their net deferred fees. The net deferred fees associated with these instruments are not material. The Company has no unusual credit risk associated with these instruments.

 

Deposits - The fair value of deposits is determined as follows: (i) for saving accounts, money market accounts and other deposits with no defined maturity, fair value is the amount payable on demand; (ii) for variable-rate term deposits, fair value is considered to be the same as book value; and (iii) for fixed-rate term deposits, fair value is estimated by discounting future cash flows using current offering rates for deposits with similar characteristics.

 

FHLB Advances - The fair value of long-term debt is based on rates currently available to the Bank for debt with similar terms and remaining maturities.

 

Accrued Interest - The carrying amounts of accrued interest approximate fair value.

 

Subordinated Debentures - The fair values of subordinated debentures are determined based on the current market value for like instruments of a similar maturity and structure.

 

 F-37 

 

 

CHINO COMMERCIAL BANCORP

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND 2015

 

Note 22 - FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS, Continued

 

The estimated fair values and related carrying amounts of the Company's financial instruments at December 31, 2016, are as follows:

 

       Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2016 
       Quoted Prices   Significant         
       in Active   Other   Significant     
       Markets for   Observable   Unobservable     
   Carrying   Identical Assets   Inputs   Inputs     
   Value   (Level 1)   (Level 2)   (Level 3)   Total 
Financial Assets:                         
Cash and cash equivalents  $30,498,888   $30,498,888   $-   $-   $30,498,888 
Interest-bearing deposits with other banks   2,480,000    -    2,480,000    -    2,480,000 
Investment securities available-for-sale   3,924,102    -    3,924,102    -    3,924,102 
Investment securities held-to-maturity   18,407,741    -    18,240,202    -    18,240,202 
Stock investments   1,935,300    -    -    1,935,300    1,935,300 
Loans, net   107,359,980    -    -    107,643,553    107,643,553 
Accrued interest receivable   295,102    -    295,102    -    295,102 
Bank owned life insurance   3,285,963    -    3,285,963    -    3,285,963 
Trups common securities   93,000    -    93,000    -    93,000 
                          
Financial Liabilities:                         
Deposits                         
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits  $68,613,998   $68,613,998   $-   $-   $68,613,998 
Interest-bearing deposits   68,948,250    -    63,780,000    -    63,780,000 
FHLB advances   20,000,000    -    20,000,000    -    20,000,000 
Accrued interest payable   27,902    -    27,902    -    27,902 
Subordinated notes payable   3,093,000    -    3,093,000    -    3,093,000 

 

 F-38 

 

 

CHINO COMMERCIAL BANCORP

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND 2015

 

Note 22 - FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS, Continued

 

The estimated fair values and related carrying amounts of the Company's financial instruments at December 31, 2015, are as follows:

 

       Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2015 
       Quoted Prices   Significant         
       in Active   Other   Significant     
       Markets for   Observable   Unobservable     
   Carrying   Identical Assets   Inputs   Inputs     
   Value   (Level 1)   (Level 2)   (Level 3)   Total 
Financial Assets:                         
Cash and cash equivalents  $24,898,140   $24,898,140   $-   $-   $24,898,140 
Interest-bearing deposits with other banks   4,960,000    -    4,960,000    -    4,960,000 
Investment securities available-for-sale   4,931,068    -    4,931,068    -    4,931,068 
Investment securities held-to-maturity   23,100,106    -    23,114,568    -    23,114,568 
Stock investments   1,766,500    -    -    1,766,500    1,766,500 
Loans, net   91,324,964    -    -    91,845,000    91,845,000 
Accrued interest receivable   395,685    -    395,685    -    395,685 
Bank owned life insurance   3,183,247    -    3,183,247    -    3,183,247 
Trups common securities   93,000    -    93,000    -    93,000 
                          
Financial Liabilities:                         
Deposits                         
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits  $74,431,378   $74,431,378   $-   $-   $74,431,378 
Interest-bearing deposits   55,917,343    -    52,777,000    -    52,777,000 
FHLB advances   15,000,000    -    15,000,000    -    15,000,000 
Accrued interest payable   25,229    -    25,229    -    25,229 
Subordinated notes payable   3,093,000    -    3,093,000    -    3,093,000 

 

 F-39 

 

 

PART III — INDEX TO EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit No.

Description of Exhibit 

   
2.1 Articles of Incorporation of Chino Commercial Bancorp
2.2 Bylaws of Chino Commercial Bancorp
3.1 Form of Shareholder Subscription Rights Agreement
3.2 Form of Subscription Agreement for Non-Rights Subscribers
6.1 Chino Commercial Bank, N.A. Salary Continuation Plan
6.2 Salary Continuation and Split Dollar Agreements for Dann H. Bowman
6.3 Salary Continuation and Split Dollar Agreements for Roger Caberto
6.4

Indenture dated as of October 27, 2006 between U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee and Chino Commercial Bancorp as Issuer

6.5

Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust of Chino Statutory Trust I, dated as of October 27, 2006

6.6

Guarantee Agreement between Chino commercial Bancorp and U.S. Bank National Association dated as of October 27, 2006

6.7 Amendment to Salary Continuation Agreement for Dann H. Bowman
6.8 Amendment to Salary Continuation Agreement for Roger Caberto
6.9 Employment Agreement for Dann H. Bowman
9.1 Consent of Vavrinek, Trine, Day & Co., LLP
9.2 Consent of King, Holmes, Paterno & Soriano (included in Exhibit 12.1)
10.1 Power of attorney (contained in signature page)
12.1 Opinion of King, Holmes, Paterno & Soriano

 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Regulation A, the issuer certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 1-A, and hereby has duly caused this Offering Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Chino, State of California on April 14, 2017.

 

  CHINO COMMERCIAL BANCORP
     
  By: /s/ Dann H. Bowman
    Dann H. Bowman
    President and Chief Executive Officer

 

POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Dann H. Bowman or Melinda M. Milincu, and each of them (with full power to act alone), as his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full powers of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this Regulation A Offering Statement on Form 1-A, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite or necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-law and agents, or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

 

 

 

 

 

In accordance with the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Offering Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates stated.

 

Signature   Title Date
     
/s/ Dann H. Bowman   President, Chief Executive Officer April 14, 2017
Dann H. Bowman   and Director  
       
/s/ Bernard J. Wolfswinkel   Chairman of the Board April 14, 2017
Bernard J. Wolfswinkel      
       
/s/ H. H. Corky Kindsvater   Vice Chairman of the Board April 14, 2017
H. H. Corky Kindsvater      
       
/s/ Julio Cardenas   Director April 14, 2017
Julio Cardenas      
       
/s/ Linda M. Cooper   Director April 14, 2017
Linda M. Cooper      
       
/s/ Michael A. Di Pietro   Director April 14, 2017
Michael A. Di Pietro      
       
/s/ Richard G. Malooly   Director April 14, 2017
Richard G. Malooly      
       
/s/ Thomas A. Woodbury   Director April 14, 2017
Thomas A. Woodbury      
       
/s/ Jeanette L. Young   Director April 14, 2017
Jeanette L. Young      
       
/s/ Melinda M. Milincu   Vice President and Chief Financial April 14, 2017
Melinda M. Milincu   Officer (Principal Financial and  
    Principal Accounting Officer)  

 

 

EX1A-2A CHARTER 3 v463400_ex2-1.htm EXHIBIT 2.1

Exhibit 2.1

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

OF

CHINO COMMERCIAL BANCORP

 

ARTICLE ONE. The name of this corporation is:

CHINO COMMERCIAL BANCORP

ARTICLE TWO. The purpose of this corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the General Corporation Law of California other than the banking business, the trust company business or the practice of a profession permitted to be incorporated by the California Corporations Code.

ARTICLE THREE. The name and address in this State of the corporation’s initial agent for service of process is Nikki Wolontis, King, Holmes, Paterno & Berliner, LLP, 1900 Avenue of the Stars, 25th Floor, Los Angeles, California 90067.

ARTICLE FOUR. The corporation is authorized to issue only one (1) class of shares; and the total number of shares which the corporation shall have authority to issue is Ten Million (10,000,000).

ARTICLE FIVE. The liability of the directors of this corporation for monetary damages shall be eliminated to the fullest extent permissible under California law.

ARTICLE SIX. The corporation is authorized to provide indemnification of agents (as defined in Section 317 of the California Corporations Code) through bylaw provisions, agreements with agents, vote of shareholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, in excess of the indemnification otherwise permitted by Section 317 of the California Corporations Code, subject only to the applicable limits set forth in Section 204 of the California Corporations Code with respect to actions for breach of duty to the corporation and its shareholders.

 

Dated: March 2, 2006

/s/ Nikki Wolontis

 

Nikki Wolontis, Incorporator

 

I hereby declare that I am the person who executed the foregoing Articles of Incorporation, which execution is my act and deed.

Dated: March 2, 2006

/s/ Nikki Wolontis

 

Nikki Wolontis, Incorporator

 

 

EX1A-2B BYLAWS 4 v463400_ex2-2.htm EXHIBIT 2.2

 

Exhibit 2.2

 

 

 

BYLAWS OF

 

CHINO COMMERCIAL BANCORP
(A California Corporation)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ADOPTED MARCH 16, 2006

 

1

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE I  
Section 1.1 PRINCIPAL OFFICES.
Section 1.2 CHANGE IN LOCATION OR NUMBER OF OFFICES.
ARTICLE II  
Section 2.1 PLACE OF MEETINGS.
Section 2.2 ANNUAL MEETINGS.
Section 2.3 NOMINATIONS FOR DIRECTOR.
Section 2.4 SPECIAL MEETINGS.
Section 2.5 QUORUM.
Section 2.6 ADJOURNED MEETING AND NOTICE THEREOF.
Section 2.7 VOTING.
Section 2.8 VALIDATION OF DEFECTIVELY CALLED OR NOTICED MEETINGS.
Section 2.9 ACTION WITHOUT MEETING.
Section 2.10 PROXIES.
Section 2.11 INSPECTORS OF ELECTION.
ARTICLE III  
Section 3.1 POWERS.
Section 3.2 NUMBER OF DIRECTORS.
Section 3.3 ELECTION AND TERM OF OFFICE.
Section 3.4 VACANCIES.
Section 3.5 REMOVAL.
Section 3.6 RESIGNATION.
Section 3.7 FEES AND COMPENSATION.
Section 3.8 INDEMNIFICATION OF CORPORATE AGENTS.
Section 3.9 TRANSACTIONS BETWEEN THE CORPORATION AND ITS DIRECTORS.
ARTICLE IV  
Section 4.1 DESIGNATION OF COMMITTEES.
Section 4.2 POWERS OF COMMITTEES.

 

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)

 

ARTICLE V  
Section 5.1 PLACE OF MEETINGS.
Section 5.2 ORGANIZATION MEETING.
Section 5.3 SPECIAL MEETINGS.
Section 5.4 ACTION WITHOUT MEETING.
Section 5.5 ACTION AT A MEETING; QUORUM AND REQUIRED VOTE.
Section 5.6 VALIDATION OF DEFECTIVELY CALLED OR NOTICED MEETINGS.
Section 5.7 WAIVER OF NOTICE BY ATTENDANCE.
Section 5.8 ADJOURNMENT.
Section 5.9 NOTICE OF ADJOURNMENT.
ARTICLE VI  
Section 6.1 OFFICERS.
Section 6.2 ELECTION.
Section 6.3 SUBORDINATE OFFICERS, ETC.
Section 6.4 REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION.
Section 6.5 VACANCIES.
Section 6.6 CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD.
Section 6.7 VICE CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD.
Section 6.8 PRESIDENT.
Section 6.9 VICE PRESIDENTS.
Section 6.10 SECRETARY.
Section 6.11 CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER.
ARTICLE VII  
Section 7.1 MINUTE BOOK.
Section 7.2 SHARE REGISTER.
Section 7.3 BOOKS AND RECORDS OF ACCOUNT.
Section 7.4 BYLAWS.
Section 7.5 INSPECTION OF CORPORATE RECORDS.
Section 7.6 ANNUAL REPORTS TO SHAREHOLDERS.

 

ii

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)

 

ARTICLE VIII  
Section 8.1 RECORD DATE.
Section 8.2 CHECKS, DRAFTS, ETC.
Section 8.3 CONTRACTS, ETC., HOW EXECUTED.
Section 8.4 ISSUANCE AND RECORDATION OF SHARES.
Section 8.5 STATEMENTS ON CERTIFICATE FOR SHARES.
Section 8.6 LOST, STOLEN OR DESTROYED CERTIFICATES.
Section 8.7 REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS.
Section 8.8 CONSTRUCTION AND DEFINITIONS.
Section 8.9 PURCHASE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE.
ARTICLE IX  
Section 9.1 POWER OF SHAREHOLDERS.
Section 9.2 POWER OF DIRECTORS.

 

 

iii

 

 

 

 

BYLAWS

 

OF

 

CHINO COMMERCIAL BANCORP
(A California Corporation)

 

 

 

ARTICLE I

 

OFFICES

 

Section 1.1   PRINCIPAL OFFICES. The Board of Directors shall fix the location of the principal executive office (the “Head Office”) of the Corporation at any place within or outside the State of California. If the Head Office is located outside this state, and the Corporation has one or more business offices in this state, the Board of Directors shall designate a principal business office in the State of California.

 

Section 1.2   CHANGE IN LOCATION OR NUMBER OF OFFICES. The Board of Directors may change any office from one location to another or establish or eliminate any office or offices.

 

ARTICLE II

 

MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS

 

Section 2.1   PLACE OF MEETINGS. Meetings of the shareholders shall be held at any place within or without the State of California designated by the Board of Directors, or, in the absence of such designation, at the Head Office of the Corporation. If authorized by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion, and subject to the requirement of consent  as described below and those guidelines and procedures as the Board of Directors may adopt, shareholders not physically present in person or by proxy at a meeting of shareholders may, by “electronic transmission by and to the Corporation” as defined below, or by electronic video screen communication, participate in a meeting of shareholders, be deemed present in person or by proxy, and vote at a meeting of shareholders whether that meeting is to be held at a designated place or in whole or in part by means of electronic transmission by and to the Corporation or by electronic video screen communication.

 

“Electronic transmission by the Corporation” means (i) a facsimile  telecommunication or electronic mail when directed to the facsimile number or electronic mail address, respectively, for that recipient on record with the Corporation, (ii) posting on an electronic message board or network which the Corporation has designated for those communications, together with a separate notice to the recipient of the posting, which transmission shall be validly delivered upon the later of the posting or delivery of the separate notice thereof, or (iii) other means of electronic communication. In all cases of electronic transmissions, the recipient must have provided an unrevoked consent to the use of those means of transmission for such communications, and the means of transmission must create a record that is capable of retention, retrieval, and review, and

 

1

 

 

 

that may thereafter be rendered into clearly legible tangible form. However, an electronic transmission to an individual shareholder is not authorized unless, in addition to satisfying the requirements of this section, the transmission satisfies the requirements applicable to consumer consent to electronic records as set forth in the Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act (15 U.S.C. Sec. 7001(c)(1)).

 

“Electronic transmission to the Corporation” means (i) a facsimile telecommunication or electronic mail when directed to the facsimile number or electronic mail address, respectively, which the Corporation has provided from time to time to shareholders for sending communications to the corporation, (ii) posting on an electronic message board or network which the Corporation has designated for those communications, and which transmission shall be validly delivered upon the posting, or (iii) other means of electronic communication. In all cases of electronic transmissions to the Corporation, the Corporation must have placed in effect reasonable measures to verify that the sender is the shareholder (in person or by proxy) purporting to send the transmission, and the means of transmission must create a record that is capable of retention, retrieval, and review, and that may thereafter be rendered into clearly legible tangible form.

 

A meeting of the shareholders may be conducted, in whole or in part, by electronic transmission by and to the Corporation as defined above or by electronic video screen communication if (i) the Corporation implements reasonable measures to provide shareholders (in person or by proxy) a reasonable opportunity to participate in the meeting and to vote on matters submitted to the shareholders, including an opportunity to read or hear the proceedings of the meeting concurrently with those proceedings; and (ii) if any shareholder votes or takes other action at the meeting by means of electronic transmission to the Corporation or electronic video screen communication, a record of that vote or action is maintained by the Corporation. Any request by a Corporation to a shareholder for consent to conduct a meeting of shareholders by electronic transmission shall include a notice that absent consent of the shareholder, the meeting shall be held at a physical location in accordance with the first paragraph of this Section 2.1.

 

Section 2.2   ANNUAL MEETINGS.

 

(a)           Date and Time. The Annual Meeting of Shareholders shall be held each year on a date and at a time designated by the Board of Directors. The date so designated shall be within fifteen (15) months after incorporation or after the last Annual Meeting.

 

(b)           Business to be Transacted. At the Annual Meeting, directors shall be elected, reports of the affairs of the Corporation shall be considered, and any other business may be transacted which is within the powers of the shareholders.

 

(c)           Notice, Means. Notice of each Annual Meeting shall be given to each shareholder entitled to vote, either personally, by electronic transmission by the Corporation as defined in Section 2.1 above, or by first-class mail, charges prepaid, addressed to such shareholder at his address appearing on the books of the Corporation or given by him to the Corporation for the purpose of notice. If a shareholder gives no address, notice shall be deemed to have been given him if sent by mail or other means of written communication addressed to the

 

2

 

 

 

place where the Head Office of the Corporation is situated, or if published at least once in some newspaper of general circulation in the county in which the Head Office is located. An affidavit of the mailing or other means of giving any notice of any Annual Meeting shall be executed by the Secretary, Assistant Secretary, or any transfer agent of the Corporation giving the notice, and shall be filed and maintained in the minute book of the Corporation.

 

If any notice or report addressed to the shareholder at the address of such shareholder appearing on the books of the Corporation is returned to the Corporation by the United States Postal Service marked to indicate that the United States Postal Service is unable to deliver the notice or report to the shareholder at such address, all future notices or reports shall be deemed to have been duly given without further mailing if the same shall be available for the shareholder upon written demand of the shareholder at the Head Office of the Corporation for a period of one year from the date of the giving of the notice or report to all other shareholders. Notice given by electronic transmission by the Corporation under this subdivision shall be valid only if it complies with the requirements set forth in Section 2.1 above. Notwithstanding the foregoing, notice shall not be given by electronic transmission by the Corporation under this subdivision after either of the following: (i) the Corporation is unable to deliver two consecutive notices to the shareholder by that means; or (ii) the inability to so deliver the notices to the shareholder becomes known to the secretary, any assistant secretary, the transfer agent, or other person responsible for the giving of the notice.

 

(d)           Notice, Time and Content. All notices referred to in subsection (c) above shall be given to each shareholder entitled thereto by electronic transmission as defined in Section 2.1 above, or first-class mail not less than ten (10) days nor more than sixty (60) days before each Annual Meeting. Any such notice shall be deemed to have been given at the time when delivered personally or deposited in the mail or sent by other means of written communication.

 

Such notices shall specify:

 

(i)            the place, the date, and the hour of such meeting;

 

(ii)           the means of electronic transmission by and to the corporation or electronic video screen communication, if any, by which shareholders may participate in that meeting,

 

(iii)          those matters which the Board, at the time of the mailing of the notice, intends to present for action by the shareholders;

 

(iv)          if directors are to be elected, the names of nominees intended at the time of the notice to be presented by management for election;

 

(v)           the general nature of a proposal, if any, to take action with respect to approval of, (a) a contract or other transaction with an interested director, (b) amendment of the Articles of Incorporation, (c) a reorganization of the Corporation as defined in Section 181 of the General Corporation Law, (d) voluntary dissolution of the Corporation, or (e) a distribution in dissolution other than in accordance with the rights of outstanding preferred shares, if any; and

 

3

 

 

 

(vi)          such other matters, if any, as may be expressly required by statute.

 

Section 2.3   NOMINATIONS FOR DIRECTOR. Nominations for election of members of the Board of Directors may be made by the Board of Directors or by any shareholder of any outstanding class of voting stock of the Corporation entitled to vote for the election of directors. Notice of intention to make any nominations, other than by the Board of Directors, shall be made in writing and shall be received by the President of the Corporation no more than 60 days prior to any meeting of shareholders called for the election of directors, and no more than 10 days after the date the notice of such meeting is sent to shareholders pursuant to Section 2.2(d) of these Bylaws; provided, however, that if only 10 days’ notice of the meeting is given to shareholders, such notice of intention to nominate shall be received by the President of the Corporation not later than the time fixed in the notice of the meeting for the opening of the meeting. Such notification shall contain the following information to the extent known to the notifying shareholder:  (A) the name and address of each proposed nominee; (B) the principal occupation of each proposed nominee; (C) the number of shares of voting stock of the Corporation owned by each proposed nominee; (D) the name and residence address of the notifying shareholder; and (E) the number of shares of voting stock of the Corporation owned by the notifying shareholder. Nominations not made in accordance herewith shall be disregarded by the chairman of the meeting, and the inspectors of election shall then disregard all votes cast for each such nominee.

 

The first paragraph of this Section 2.3 shall be set forth in any notice of a shareholders’ meeting, whether pursuant to Section 2.2 or Section 2.4 of these Bylaws, at which meeting the election of directors is to be considered.

 

Section 2.4   SPECIAL MEETINGS.

 

(a)           Calling of. Special meetings of the shareholders, for the purpose of taking any action permitted by the shareholders under the General Corporation Law and the Articles of Incorporation of this Corporation, may be called at any time by the Chairman of the Board, the President, the Board of Directors, or by one or more shareholders holding not less than ten percent (10%) of the outstanding shares entitled to vote.

 

(b)           Time and Notice of. Upon receipt of a request in writing that a special meeting of shareholders be called for any proper purpose, directed to the Chairman of the Board, President, Vice President or Secretary by any person (other than the Board) entitled to call a special meeting of shareholders, then such officer shall forthwith cause notice to be given to shareholders entitled to vote that a meeting will be held at a time requested by the person or persons calling the meeting, which time shall be not less than thirty-five (35) nor more than sixty (60) days after receipt of the request. If such notice is not given within twenty (20) days after receipt of such request, the persons calling for the meeting may give notice thereof in the manner provided by these Bylaws or apply to the Superior Court for an order requiring the giving of such notice, as provided in the General Corporation Law. Except in special cases where other express provision is made by statute, notice of such special meetings shall be given in the same manner as for Annual Meetings of Shareholders. In addition to the matters required by item (d)(i) and, if applicable, item (d)(iii) of Section 2.2 of these Bylaws, notice of any special meeting shall

 

4

 

 

 

specify the general nature of the business to be transacted, and no other business may be transacted at such meeting.

 

Section 2.5   QUORUM. A majority of the shares entitled to vote, represented in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of shareholders. The shareholders present at a duly called or held meeting at which a quorum is present may continue to do business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough shareholders to leave less than a quorum, if any action taken (other than adjournment) is approved by at least a majority of the shares required to constitute a quorum.

 

Section 2.6   ADJOURNED MEETING AND NOTICE THEREOF. Any shareholders’ meeting, annual or special, whether or not a quorum is present, may be adjourned from time to time by the vote of a majority of the shares, the holders of which are either present in person or represented by proxy thereat, but in the absence of a quorum no other business may be transacted at such meeting, except as provided in Section 2.5 above. When any shareholders’ meeting, either annual or special, is adjourned for forty-five (45) days or more, or if after adjournment, a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given as in the case of an original meeting. Except as provided above, it shall not be necessary to give any notice of the time and place of the adjourned meeting or of the business to be transacted thereat, other than by announcement of the time and place thereof at the meeting at which such adjournment is taken.

 

Section 2.7   VOTING.

 

(a)           Record Date. Unless a record date for voting purposes is fixed as provided in Section 8.1 of these Bylaws then, subject to the provisions of the General Corporation Law (relating to voting of shares held by a fiduciary, in the name of a corporation, or in joint ownership), only persons in whose names shares entitled to vote stand on the stock records of the Corporation at the close of business on the business day next preceding the day on which notice of the meeting is given or if such notice is waived, at the close of business on the business day next preceding the day on which the meeting of shareholders is held, shall be entitled to vote at such meeting, and such day shall be the record date for such meeting.

 

(b)           Ballot. Voting may be oral or by written ballot; provided, however, all elections for directors must be by ballot if demand for election by ballot is made by a shareholder at the meeting and before the voting begins. If a quorum is present, except with respect to election of directors, the affirmative vote of the majority of the shares represented at the meeting and entitled to vote on any matter shall be the act of the shareholders, unless the vote of a greater number or voting by classes is required by the General Corporation Law or the Articles of Incorporation.

 

(c)           Cumulative Voting for Election of Directors. Subject to the requirements contained in this subsection, every shareholder entitled to vote at any election for directors shall have the right to cumulate his votes and give one candidate a number of votes equal to the number of directors to be elected multiplied by the number of votes to which his shares are normally entitled, or to distribute his votes on the same principle among as many candidates as he shall deem appropriate. No shareholder shall be entitled to cumulate his votes

 

5

 

 

 

unless the name of the candidate or candidates for whom such votes would be cast has been placed in nomination in accordance with the provisions of these Bylaws and any shareholder has given notice at the meeting prior to the voting of such shareholder’s intent to cumulate his votes. The candidates receiving the highest number of votes of shares entitled to be voted for them, up to the number of directors to be elected, shall be elected.

 

Section 2.8   VALIDATION OF DEFECTIVELY CALLED OR NOTICED MEETINGS. The transactions of any meeting of shareholders, either annual or special, however called and noticed, and wherever held, shall be as valid as though had at a meeting duly held after regular call and notice, if a quorum be present either in person or by proxy, and if, either before or after the meeting, each of the persons entitled to vote, who was not present in person or by proxy, signs a written waiver of notice or a consent to a holding of the meeting, or an approval of the minutes. The waiver of notice, consent or approval need not specify either the business to be transacted or the purpose of any annual or special meeting of shareholders, except that if action is taken or proposed to be taken for approval of any of those matters specified in Section 2.2(d)(v), the waiver of notice, consent or approval shall state the general nature of the proposal. All such waivers, consents or approvals shall be filed with the corporate records or made a part of the minutes of the meeting.

 

Attendance by a person at a meeting shall also constitute a waiver of notice of and presence at that meeting, except when the person objects, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened, and except that attendance at a meeting is not a waiver of any right to object to the consideration of matters not included in the notice of the meeting if that objection is expressly made at the meeting.

 

Section 2.9   ACTION WITHOUT MEETING.

 

(a)           Election of Directors. Directors may be elected without a meeting by a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, signed by all of the persons who would be entitled to vote for the election of directors, provided that, without notice except as hereinafter set forth, a director may be elected at any time to fill a vacancy not filled by the directors by the written consent of persons holding a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote for the election of directors.

 

(b)           Other Action. Unless otherwise provided for in the Articles of Incorporation, any action which, under any provision of the General Corporation Law may be taken at a meeting of the shareholders, may be taken without a meeting, and without notice except as hereinafter set forth, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is signed by the holders of outstanding shares having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.

 

Unless the consents of all shareholders entitled to vote have been solicited in writing: (i) notice of any proposed shareholder approval of (a) a contract or other transaction with an interested director, (b) indemnification of an agent of the Corporation as authorized by Section 3.8 of these Bylaws, (c) a reorganization of the Corporation as defined in the General Corporation Law, or (d) a distribution in dissolution other than in accordance with the rights of

 

6

 

 

 

outstanding preferred shares, if any, without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent, shall be given at least ten (10) days before the consummation of the action authorized by such approval; and, (ii) prompt notice shall be given of the taking of any other corporate action approved by shareholders without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent, to those shareholders entitled to vote who have not consented in writing. Such notices shall be given in the manner and shall be deemed to have been given as provided in Section 2.2 of these Bylaws.

 

Unless, as provided in Section 8.1 of these Bylaws, the Board of Directors has fixed a record date for the determination of shareholders entitled to notice of and to give such written consent, the record date for such determination shall be the day on which the first written consent is given. All such written consents shall be filed with the Secretary of the Corporation.

 

Any shareholder giving a written consent, or the shareholder’s proxyholders, or a transferee of the shares or a personal representative of the shareholder or their respective proxyholders, may revoke the consent by a writing received by the Corporation prior to the time that written consents of the number of shares required to authorize the proposed action have been filed with the Secretary of the Corporation, but may not do so thereafter. Such revocation is effective upon its receipt by the Secretary of the Corporation.

 

Section 2.10   PROXIES. Every person entitled to vote or execute consents shall have the right to do so either in person or by one or more agents authorized by a written proxy executed by such person or his duly authorized agent and filed with the Secretary of the Corporation. Any proxy duly executed is not revoked and continues in full force and effect until (i) an instrument revoking it or a proxy bearing a later date executed by the person executing the prior proxy is presented to the meeting, (ii) the person executing the proxy attends the meeting and votes in person, or (iii) written notice of the death or incapacity of the maker of such proxy is received by the Corporation before said proxy is voted and counted; provided that no such proxy shall be valid after the expiration of eleven (11) months from the date of its execution, unless otherwise provided in the proxy.

 

Section 2.11   INSPECTORS OF ELECTION.

 

(a)           Appointment, Number. In advance of any meeting of shareholders, the Board of Directors may appoint any persons, other than nominees for office, as inspectors of election to act at such meeting or any adjournment thereof. If inspectors of election are not so appointed, or if any person so appointed fails to appear or refuses to act, the chairman of any such meeting may, and on the request of any shareholder or his proxy shall, make such appointment at the meeting as provided in the General Corporation Law. The number of inspectors shall be either one (1) or three (3). If appointed at a meeting on the request of one or more shareholders or proxies, the majority of shares represented in person or by proxy shall determine whether one (1) or three (3) inspectors are to be appointed.

 

(b)           Duties. The duties of such inspectors shall be as prescribed by the General Corporation Law and shall include:  determining the number of shares outstanding and the voting power of each; the shares represented at the meeting; the existence of a quorum; the authenticity, validity and effect of proxies; receiving votes, ballots or consents; hearing and determining all challenges and questions in any way arising in connection with the right to vote;

 

7

 

 

 

counting and tabulating all votes or consents; determining when the polls shall close; determining the result; and such acts as may be proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all shareholders. In the determination of the validity and effect of proxies, the dates contained on the forms of proxy shall presumptively determine the order of execution of the proxies, regardless of the postmark dates on the envelopes in which they are mailed. The inspectors of election shall perform their duties impartially, in good faith, to the best of their ability and as expeditiously as is practical. If there are three (3) inspectors of election, the decision, act or certificate of a majority is effective in all respects as the decision, act or certificate of all. Any report or certificate made by the inspectors of election is prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

 

ARTICLE III

 

DIRECTORS

 

Section 3.1   POWERS. Subject to any limitations of the Articles of Incorporation and of the General Corporation Law to action to be authorized or approved by the shareholders and subject to the duties of directors as prescribed by these Bylaws, all corporate powers shall be exercised by or under the authority of, and the business and affairs of the Corporation shall be controlled by, the Board of Directors. Without prejudice to such general powers, but subject to the same limitations, it is hereby expressly declared that the directors shall have the following powers:

 

First — To select and remove all the officers, agents and employees of the Corporation, prescribe such powers and duties for them as may not be inconsistent with law, with the Articles of Incorporation or these Bylaws, fix their compensation and require from them security for faithful service.

 

Second — To direct and control the affairs and business of the Corporation, and to make such rules, policies and regulations therefor not inconsistent with law, or with the Articles of Incorporation or the Bylaws, as they may deem best.

 

Third — To change the Head Office of the Corporation from one location to another as provided in Section 1.1 of these Bylaws; to fix and locate from time to time one or more offices of the Corporation, as provided in Section 1.2 of these Bylaws; to designate any place within the State of California for the holding of any shareholders’ meeting or meetings; and to adopt, make and use a corporate seal, and to prescribe the forms of certificates of stock, and to alter the form of such seal and of such certificates from time to time, as in their judgment they may deem best, provided such seal and such certificates shall at all times comply with the provisions of law.

 

Fourth — To authorize the issue of shares of stock for the Corporation from time to time, upon such terms as may be lawful.

 

Fifth — To borrow money and incur indebtedness for the purposes of the Corporation, and to cause to be executed and delivered therefor, in the corporate name, promissory notes, bonds, capital notes, debentures, deeds of trust, mortgages, pledges, hypothecations or other evidences of debt and securities therefor, to the extent permitted by law.

 

8

 

 

 

Sixth — By resolution adopted by a majority of the authorized number of directors, to appoint committees as described in Section 4.1 of these Bylaws.

 

Section 3.2   NUMBER OF DIRECTORS. The authorized number of Directors shall be not less than seven (7) nor more than thirteen (13) unless changed by amendment of the Articles or by a Bylaw duly adopted by the vote or written consent of holders of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote. The exact number of directors shall be fixed, within the limits specified by this Section, by a bylaw or amendment thereof or by a resolution duly adopted by a vote of a majority of the shares entitled to vote represented at a duly held meeting at which a quorum is present, or by the written consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote, or by a resolution duly adopted by the Board of Directors.

 

Subject to the foregoing provisions for changing the number of directors, the number of directors of this Corporation has been fixed at ten (10).

 

Section 3.3   ELECTION AND TERM OF OFFICE. The directors shall be elected at each Annual Meeting of Shareholders but, if any such Annual Meeting is not held or the directors are not elected thereat, the directors may be elected at any special meeting of shareholders held for that purpose. All directors shall hold office until the next Annual Meeting of Shareholders and until his successor is elected and qualified, subject to the General Corporation Law and the provisions of these Bylaws with respect to vacancies on the Board.

 

Section 3.4   VACANCIES.

 

(a)           A vacancy in the Board of Directors exists whenever any authorized position of director is not then filled by a duly elected director, whether caused by death, resignation, removal, change in the authorized number of directors, or otherwise.

 

(b)           Subject to the right of the holders of any class or series of Preferred Stock, except for a vacancy created by the removal of a director, vacancies on the Board of Directors may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, whether or not less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. A vacancy created by the removal of a director shall be filled only by a person elected by a majority of the shareholders entitled to vote at a duly held meeting at which there is a quorum present or by the unanimous written consent of the holders of the outstanding shares entitled to vote at such a meeting.

 

(c)           The shareholders may elect a director at any time to fill any vacancy not filled by the directors.

 

Section 3.5   REMOVAL.

 

(a)           The Board of Directors may declare vacant the office of a director who has been declared of unsound mind by an order of court or convicted of a felony.

 

(b)           Any or all of the directors may be removed without cause if such removal is approved by a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote; provided, however, that no director may be removed (unless the entire Board of Directors is removed) if whenever the votes cast against his removal, or not consenting in writing to such removal, would be sufficient to

 

9

 

 

 

elect such director if voted cumulatively at an election at which the same total number of votes were cast (or, if such action is taken by written consent, all shares entitled to vote were voted) and the entire number of directors authorized at the time of his most recent election were then being elected.

 

(c)           Any reduction of the authorized number of directors does not remove any director prior to the expiration of his term of office.

 

Section 3.6   RESIGNATION. Any director may resign effective upon giving written notice to the Chairman of the Board, the President, the Secretary or the Board of Directors of the Corporation, unless the notice specifies a later time for the effectiveness of such resignation. If the resignation is effective at a future time, a successor may be elected to take office when the resignation becomes effective.

 

Section 3.7   FEES AND COMPENSATION. Directors may be paid for their services in such capacity a sum in such amounts, at such times and upon such conditions as may be determined from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors and may be reimbursed for their expenses, if any, for attendance at each meeting of the Board. No such payments shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation in any manner therefor.

 

Section 3.8   INDEMNIFICATION OF CORPORATE AGENTS. The Corporation may indemnify each of its agents against expenses, judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts, actually and reasonably incurred by such person having been made or having been threatened to be made a party to a proceeding to the fullest extent possible by the provisions of the General Corporation Law and the Corporation may advance the expenses reasonably expected to be incurred by such agent in defending any such proceeding upon receipt of the undertaking required by the General Corporation Law. The terms “agent,” “proceeding” and “expense” made in this Section 3.8 shall have the same meaning as such terms in said Section 317 of the General Corporation Law, as amended.

 

Section 3.9   TRANSACTIONS BETWEEN THE CORPORATION AND ITS DIRECTORS.

 

(a)           Corporation and Directors. No contract or other transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its directors, or between the Corporation and any corporation, firm or association in which one or more of its directors has a material financial interest (a mere common directorship shall not constitute a material financial interest), is either void or voidable because such director or directors or such other corporation, firm or association are parties or because such director or directors are present at the meeting of the board or a committee thereof which authorizes, approves or ratifies the contract or transaction, if:

 

(i)            the material facts as to the transaction and as to such director’s interest are fully disclosed or known to the shareholders, and such contract or transaction is approved in good faith by the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares entitled to vote, represented at a duly held meeting at which a quorum is present or by the written consent of

 

10

 

 

 

shareholders, with the shares owned by the interested director or directors not being entitled to vote thereon; or

 

(ii)           the material facts as to the transaction and as to such director’s interest are fully disclosed or known to the Board or committee, and the Board or committee authorizes, approves or ratifies the contract or transaction in good faith by a vote sufficient without counting the vote of the interested director or directors, and the contract or transaction is just and reasonable as to the Corporation at the time it is authorized, approved or ratified; or

 

(iii)          as to contracts or transactions not approved as provided in paragraph (1) or (2) of this subdivision, the person asserting the validity of the contract or transaction sustains the burden of proving that the contract or transaction was just and reasonable as to the Corporation at the time it was authorized, approved or ratified.

 

(b)           Corporations Having Interrelated Directors. No contract or other transaction between the Corporation and any corporation or association of which one or more of its directors are directors is either void or voidable because such director or directors are present at the meeting of the Board or a committee thereof which authorizes, approves or ratifies the contract or transaction, if:

 

(i)            The material facts as to the transaction and as to such director’s other directorship are fully disclosed or known to the Board or committee, and the Board or committee authorizes, approves or ratifies the contract or transaction in good faith by a vote sufficient without counting the vote of the common director or directors, or the contract or transaction is approved by the shareholders in good faith; or

 

(ii)           As to contracts or other transactions not approved as provided in paragraph (1) of this subdivision, the contract or transaction is just and reasonable as to the Corporation at the time it is authorized, approved or ratified.

 

This subsection (b) does not apply to contracts or transactions covered by subsection (a).

 

(c)           Interested Directors. Interested or common directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board or a committee thereof which authorizes, approves or ratifies a contract or transaction.

 

(d)           Loans and Extensions of Credit. For purposes of this Section 3.9, the term “transaction” does not include loans or extensions of credit in the ordinary course of business.

 

ARTICLE IV
COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

Section 4.1   DESIGNATION OF COMMITTEES. The Board of Directors may, by resolution adopted by a majority of the authorized number of directors, designate (i) one or more committees, each consisting of two or more directors, and (ii) one or more directors as alternate

 

11

 

 

 

members of any committee, who may replace any absent member at any meeting thereof. Any member or alternate member of a committee shall serve at the pleasure of the Board.

 

Section 4.2   POWERS OF COMMITTEES. Any committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors designating such committee, shall have all the authority of the Board, except with respect to:

 

(a)           The approval of any action for which the General Corporation Law of California also requires any action by the shareholders;

 

(b)           The filling of vacancies on the Board or in any committee thereof;

 

(c)           The fixing of compensation of the directors for serving on the Board or on any committee thereof;

 

(d)           The amendment or repeal of these Bylaws or the adoption of new bylaws;

 

(e)           The amendment or repeal of any resolution of the Board which by its express terms is not so amendable or repealable;

 

(f)            A distribution to the shareholders of the Corporation, except at a rate or in a periodic amount or within a price range determined by the Board of Directors; or

 

(g)           The appointment of other committees of the Board or the members thereof.

 

ARTICLE V
MEETINGS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND COMMITTEES THEREOF

 

Section 5.1   PLACE OF MEETINGS. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at any place within or without the State of California which has been designated from time to time by the Board or, in the absence of such designation, at the Head Office of the Corporation. Special meetings of the Board shall be held either at any place within or without the State of California which has been designated in the notice of meeting or, if not stated in the notice or if there is no notice, at the Head Office of the Corporation.

 

Section 5.2   ORGANIZATION MEETING. Immediately following each annual meeting of the shareholders the Board of Directors shall hold a regular meeting for the purpose of organization and the transaction of other business. Notice of any such meeting is not required.

 

Section 5.3   SPECIAL MEETINGS. Special meetings of the Board of Directors for any purpose or purposes shall be called at any time by the Chairman of the Board, the Vice Chairman of the Board, the President or by any two (2) directors. Notice of the time and place of special meetings shall be delivered personally to each director or communicated to each director by telephone, including a voice messaging system, or by a qualified means of electronic transmission as described below, addressed to him or her at the address shown upon the records of the Corporation or, if it is not so shown on such records or if not readily ascertainable, at the

 

12

 

 

 

place at which the meetings of the directors are regularly held. A “qualified means of electronic transmission” includes i) a facsimile  telecommunication or electronic mail when directed to the facsimile number or electronic mail address,  respectively, for that recipient on record with the Corporation, (ii) posting on an electronic message board or network which the Corporation has designated for those communications, together with a separate notice to the recipient of the posting, which transmission shall be validly delivered upon the later of the posting or delivery of the separate notice thereof, or (iii) other means of electronic communication. In all cases of electronic transmissions, the recipient must have provided an unrevoked consent to the use of those means of transmission for such communications, and the means of transmission must create a record that is capable of retention, retrieval, and review, and that may thereafter be rendered into clearly legible tangible form. In case such notice is mailed, it shall be deposited in the United States mail in the place in which the Head Office of the Corporation is located at least two (2) days prior to the time of the holding of the meeting. In case such notice is delivered, personally or by telephone or other electronic means, as provided above, it shall be so delivered at least twenty four (24) hours prior to the time of the holding of the meeting. Such mailing or delivery, personally or by telephone or other electronic means, as provided above, shall constitute due, legal and personal notice to such director. Any notice shall state the date, place and hour of the meeting but need not state the purpose of the meeting.

 

Section 5.4   ACTION WITHOUT MEETING. Any action by the Board of Directors may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board shall individually or collectively consent in writing to such action. Such written consent or consents shall be filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the Board and shall have the same force and effect as a unanimous vote of such directors.

 

Section 5.5   ACTION AT A MEETING; QUORUM AND REQUIRED VOTE. A majority of the authorized number of directors then holding office constitutes a quorum of the Board for the transaction of business. Members of the Board may participate in a meeting through use of conference telephone, electronic video screen communication, or similar communications equipment, so long as all members participating in such meeting can hear one another. Participation in a meeting as permitted in the preceding sentence constitutes presence in person at such meeting. Every act or decision done or made by a majority of the directors present at a meeting duly held at which a quorum is present shall be regarded as the act of the Board of Directors, unless a greater number, or the same number after disqualifying one or more directors from voting, is required by law, by the Articles of Incorporation, or by these Bylaws. A meeting at which a quorum is initially present may continue to transact business notwithstanding the withdrawal of a director, provided that any action taken is approved by at least a majority of the required quorum for such meeting.

 

Section 5.6   VALIDATION OF DEFECTIVELY CALLED OR NOTICED MEETINGS. The transactions of any meeting of the Board of Directors, however called and noticed or wherever held, shall be as valid as though had at a meeting duly held after regular call and notice, if a quorum is present and if, either before or after the meeting, each of the directors not present or who, though present, has prior to the meeting or at its commencement, protested the lack of proper notice to him, signs a written waiver of notice or a consent to holding such meeting or an approval of the minutes thereof. All such waivers, consents or approvals shall be filed with the corporate records or made a part of the minutes of the meeting.

 

13

 

 

 

Section 5.7   WAIVER OF NOTICE BY ATTENDANCE. Attendance by a director at any meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, unless a director attends for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called, noticed, or convened; provided, however, if after stating his objection, the objecting director continues to attend and by his attendance participates in any matters other than those to which he objected, he shall be deemed to have waived notice of such meeting and withdrawn his objections.

 

Section 5.8   ADJOURNMENT. A majority of the directors present, whether or not a quorum is present, may adjourn any meeting to another time and place.

 

Section 5.9   NOTICE OF ADJOURNMENT. If the meeting is adjourned for more than twenty-four (24) hours, notice of any adjournment to another time or place shall be given prior to the time of the adjourned meeting to the directors who were not present at the time of adjournment. Otherwise notice of the time and place of holding an adjourned meeting need not be given to absent directors if the time and place be fixed at the meeting adjourned.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

OFFICERS

 

Section 6.1   OFFICERS. The officers of the Corporation shall be a President, a Secretary and a Chief Financial Officer. The Corporation may also have, at the discretion of the Board of Directors, a Chairman of the Board of Directors, a Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors, one or more Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Secretaries, one or more Assistant Treasurers and such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.3.

 

Section 6.2   ELECTION. The officers of the Corporation, except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.3 or Section 6.5, shall be chosen annually by the Board of Directors, and each shall hold his office until he shall resign or shall be removed or otherwise disqualified to serve, or his successor shall be elected and qualified.

 

Section 6.3   SUBORDINATE OFFICERS, ETC. The Board of Directors may appoint by resolution, and may empower the Chairman of the Board, if there be such an officer, or the President, to appoint such other officers as the business of the Corporation may require, each of whom shall hold office for such period, have such authority and perform such duties as are determined from time to time by resolution of the Board or, in the absence of any such determination, as are provided in these Bylaws. Any appointment of an officer shall be evidenced by a written instrument filed with the Secretary of the Corporation and maintained with the corporate records.

 

Section 6.4   REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION.

 

(a)           Subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment, any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by the Board of Directors or, except in case of any officer chosen by the Board, by any officer upon whom such power of removal may be conferred by resolution of the Board.

 

14

 

 

 

(b)           Subject to the rights, if any, of the Corporation under any contract of employment, any officer may resign at any time effective upon giving written notice to the Chairman of the Board, President, any Vice President or Secretary of the Corporation, unless the notice specifies a later time for the effectiveness of such resignation.

 

Section 6.5   VACANCIES. A vacancy in any office because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification or any other cause shall be filled in the manner prescribed in these Bylaws for regular appointments to such office.

 

Section 6.6   CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD. The Board of Directors may appoint one of its members to be the Chairman of the Board. He shall, if present, preside at all meetings of the shareholders and at all meetings of the Board of Directors and exercise and perform such other powers and duties as may be from time to time assigned to him by the Board of Directors or prescribed in the Bylaws.

 

Section 6.7   VICE CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD. The Board of Directors may appoint one of its members to be the Vice Chairman of the Board. He shall preside at all meetings of the shareholders and all meetings of the Board of Directors in the absence of the Chairman of the Board, and shall exercise and perform such other powers and duties as may be from time to time assigned to him by the Board of Directors or prescribed in the Bylaws.

 

Section 6.8   PRESIDENT. Subject to such supervisory powers, if any as may be given by these Bylaws or the Board of Directors to the Chairman of the Board, if there be such an officer, the President may be the chief executive officer and general manager of the Corporation and shall, subject to the control of the Board, have general supervision, direction and control of the business and affairs of the Corporation. He shall preside at all meetings of the shareholders and, in the absence of the Chairman of the Board, or if there be none, at all meetings of the Board. He shall have the general powers and duties of management usually vested in the office of president of a corporation, and shall have such other powers and duties as may be prescribed from time to time by resolution of the Board.

 

Section 6.9   VICE PRESIDENTS. In the absence or disability of the President, the Vice Presidents in order of their rank as fixed by the Board of Directors, or, if not ranked, the Vice President designated by the Board, shall perform all the duties of the President, and when so acting shall have all the powers of, and be subject to all the restrictions upon, the President. The Vice Presidents shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as from time to time may be prescribed for them respectively by the Board or as the President may from time to time delegate.

 

Section 6.10   SECRETARY.

 

(a)           Book of Minutes. The Secretary shall record or cause to be recorded, and shall keep or cause to be kept, at the Head Office and at such other place as the Board of Directors may order, a book of minutes of actions taken at all meetings of directors and shareholders. The minutes shall include the time and place of the meeting, whether it is regular or special, and, if special, how authorized, the notice thereof given, the names of those present at

 

15

 

 

 

directors’ meetings, the number of shares present or represented at shareholders’ meetings, and the proceedings thereof.

 

(b)           Share Register. The Secretary shall keep, or cause to be kept, at the Head Office or at the office of the Corporation’s transfer agent, a share register, or a duplicate share register, showing the names of the shareholders and their addresses, the number and classes of shares held by each, the number and date of certificates (if any) issued for the same, and the number and date of cancellation of every certificate surrendered for cancellation.

 

(c)           Other Duties. The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all the meetings of the shareholders and of the Board of Directors required by law or by the Bylaws to be given, and the Secretary shall keep the seal of the Corporation, if any, in safe custody, and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or by the Bylaws.

 

Section 6.11   CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER.

 

(a)           Books of Account. The Offices of Chief Financial Officer and Cashier may be held by the same person, and any Assistant Cashier shall be deemed the Assistant Treasurer of the Corporation. The Chief Financial Officer of the Corporation shall keep and maintain, or cause to be kept and maintained, adequate and correct accounts of the properties and business transactions of the Corporation, and shall send or cause to be sent to the shareholders of the Corporation such financial statements and reports as are required to be sent to them by law or these Bylaws. The books of account shall be open to inspection by any director at all reasonable times.

 

(b)           Other Duties. The Chief Financial Officer shall deposit, or cause to be deposited, all moneys and other valuables in the name and to the credit of the Corporation, with such depositaries as may be designated by the Board of Directors. The Chief Financial Officer shall disburse, or cause to be disbursed, such funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors; shall render to the Chairman of the Board, the President and directors, upon their request, an account of all of his transactions as Chief Financial Officer and of the financial condition of the Corporation; and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the President or these Bylaws.

 

ARTICLE VII
RECORDS AND REPORTS

 

Section 7.1   MINUTE BOOK. The Corporation shall keep or cause to be kept in written form at its Head Office or such other place as the Board of Directors may order, a minute book which shall contain a record of all actions by its shareholders, Board or committees of the Board including the time, date and place of each meeting; whether a meeting is regular or special and, if special, how called; the manner of giving notice of each meeting and a copy thereof; the names of those present at each meeting of the Board or committees thereof; the number of shares present or represented at each meeting of the shareholders; the proceedings of all meetings; any written waivers of notice, consents to the holding of a meeting or approvals of the minutes thereof; and written consents for action without a meeting.

 

16

 

 

 

Section 7.2   SHARE REGISTER. The Corporation shall keep or cause to be kept at its Head Office or, if so provided by resolution of the Board of Directors, at the Corporation’s transfer agent or registrar, a share register, or a duplicate share register, which shall contain the names of the shareholders and their addresses, the number and classes of shares held by each, the number and date of certificates issued for the same and the number and date of cancellation of every certificate surrendered for cancellation.

 

Section 7.3   BOOKS AND RECORDS OF ACCOUNT. The Corporation shall keep or cause to be kept at its Head Office or such other place as the Board of Directors may order, adequate and correct books and records of account.

 

Section 7.4   BYLAWS. The Corporation shall keep at its Head Office or, in the absence of such office in the State of California, at its principal business office in the state, the original or a copy of the Bylaws as amended to date.

 

Section 7.5   INSPECTION OF CORPORATE RECORDS.

 

(a)           By Shareholders. The accounting books and records, the record of shareholders, and minutes of proceedings of the shareholders and the Board and committees of the Board of this Corporation and any subsidiary of this Corporation shall be open to inspection upon the written demand on the Corporation by any shareholder or holder of a voting trust certificate at any reasonable time during usual business hours, for a purpose reasonably related to such holder’s interests as a shareholder or as the holder of such voting trust certificate. Such inspection by a shareholder or holder of a voting trust certificate may be made in person or by agent or attorney, and the right of inspection includes the right to copy and make extracts.

 

A shareholder or shareholders holding at least five percent (5%) in the aggregate of the outstanding voting shares of the Corporation, or, in the event the Corporation is subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, a shareholder or shareholders who hold at least one percent (1%) of such voting shares and have filed a Form F-6 with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation relating to the election of directors of the Corporation, shall have (in person or by agent or attorney) the absolute right:  (1) to inspect and copy the record of shareholders’ names and addresses and shareholdings during usual business hours upon five (5) business days’ prior written demand upon the Corporation and; (2) to obtain from the transfer agent for the Corporation, upon written demand and upon the tender of its usual charges, a list of the shareholders’ names and addresses, who are entitled to vote for the election of directors, and their shareholdings, as of the most recent record date for which it has been compiled or as of a date specified by the shareholder subsequent to the date of demand. The list shall be made available on or before the later of five (5) business days after the demand is received or the date specified therein as the date as of which the list is to be compiled.

 

(b)           By Directors. Every director shall have the absolute right at any reasonable time to inspect and copy all books, records and documents of every kind and to inspect the physical properties of the Corporation. Such inspection by a director may be made in person or by agent or attorney and the right of inspection includes the right to copy and make extracts.

 

17

 

 

 

Section 7.6   ANNUAL REPORTS TO SHAREHOLDERS. The Board of Directors of the Corporation shall cause an annual report to be sent by first-class mail to the shareholders at least fifteen (15) days prior to the Annual Meeting of Shareholders but not later than one hundred twenty (120) days after the close of the fiscal year in accordance with the provisions of the General Corporation Law.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

GENERAL CORPORATE MATTERS

 

Section 8.1   RECORD DATE. The Board of Directors may fix a time in the future as a record date for the determination of the shareholders entitled to notice of and to vote at any meeting of shareholders or entitled to give consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, to receive any report, to receive any dividend or distribution or any allotment of rights, or to exercise rights in respect to any change, conversion, or exchange of shares. The record date so fixed shall be not more than sixty (60) days nor less than ten (10) days prior to the date of any meeting, nor more than sixty (60) days prior to any other event for the purposes of which it is fixed. When a record date is so fixed, only shareholders of record on that date are entitled to notice of and to vote at any such meeting, to give consent without a meeting, to receive any report, to receive a dividend, distribution, or allotment of rights, or to exercise the rights, as the case may be, notwithstanding any transfer of any shares on the books of the Corporation after the record date, except as otherwise provided in the Articles of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

 

Section 8.2   CHECKS, DRAFTS, ETC. All checks, drafts or other orders for payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness, issued in the name of or payable to the Corporation, shall be signed or endorsed by such person or persons and in such manner as, from time to time, shall be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors.

 

Section 8.3   CONTRACTS, ETC., HOW EXECUTED. The Board of Directors, except as otherwise provided in these Bylaws, may authorize any officer or officers, agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation, and such authority may be general or confined to specific instances; and, unless so authorized or ratified by the Board of Directors or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the Corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or to any amount. However, any contract or other instrument in writing executed or entered into between the Corporation and any other person, when signed by (i) the Chairman of the Board, the President or any Vice President, and (ii) the Secretary, any Assistant Secretary, the Chief Financial Officer or any Assistant Treasurer, is not invalid as to the corporation by any lack of authority of the signing officers in the absence of actual knowledge on the part of the other person that the signing officers had no authority to execute such contract or other instrument.

 

Section 8.4   ISSUANCE AND RECORDATION OF SHARES.

 

(a)           Certificates for Shares. Except as provided in subsection (b) below, every holder of shares in the Corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate signed in the name of the Corporation by the Chairman of the Board, Vice Chairman of the Board, President or a

 

18

 

 

 

Vice President; and by the Chief Financial Officer or an Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary; certifying the number of shares and the class or series of shares owned by the shareholder. Any of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such person were an officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

 

(b)           Electronic Issuance and Recordation. Notwithstanding subsection (a) above, the Corporation may adopt a system of issuance, recordation and transfer of its shares by electronic or other means not involving any issuance of certificates, including provisions for notice to purchasers in substitution for the required statements on certificates as set forth in Section 8.5 below, which system (i) has been approved by the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, (ii) is authorized in any statute of the United States, or (iii) is in accordance with Division 8 (commencing with Section 8101) of the California Commercial Code. Any system so adopted shall not become effective as to issued and outstanding certificated securities until the certificates therefor have been surrendered to the Corporation.

 

Section 8.5   STATEMENTS ON CERTIFICATE FOR SHARES. Any certificates issued in accordance with Section 8.4(a) above shall also contain such legend or other statement as may be required by law, by these Bylaws or by any agreement between the Corporation and the issuee thereof.

 

Section 8.6   LOST, STOLEN OR DESTROYED CERTIFICATES. No new certificates for shares shall be issued to replace an old certificate unless the latter is surrendered and cancelled at the same time; provided, however, that the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the President may, in case any certificate for shares is lost, stolen, mutilated or destroyed, authorize the issuance of a new certificate in lieu thereof, upon such terms and conditions, including reasonable indemnification of the Corporation, as the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the President shall determine. In the event of the issuance of a new certificate, the rights and liabilities of the Corporation, and of the holders of the old and new certificates, shall be governed by the relevant provisions of the California Commercial Code.

 

Section 8.7   REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS. Any person designated by resolution of the Board of Directors or, in the absence of such designation, the Chairman of the Board, the President or any Vice President or the Secretary, or any other person authorized by any of the foregoing, is authorized to vote on behalf of the Corporation any and all shares of any other corporation or corporations, foreign or domestic, owned by the Corporation.

 

Section 8.8   CONSTRUCTION AND DEFINITIONS. Unless the context otherwise requires, the general provisions, rules of construction and definitions contained in the General Corporation Law shall govern the construction of these Bylaws.

 

Section 8.9   PURCHASE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE. The Corporation may, if and to the extent the Board of Directors so determines by resolution, purchase and maintain insurance in an amount and on behalf of such agents of the Corporation as the Board may specify

 

19

 

 

 

in such resolution against any liability asserted against or incurred by the agent in such capacity or arising out of the agent’s status as such whether or not the Corporation would have the capacity to indemnify the agent against such liability under the provisions of this Section 8.9.

 

ARTICLE IX

 

AMENDMENTS

 

Section 9.1   POWER OF SHAREHOLDERS. New Bylaws may be adopted or these Bylaws may be amended or repealed by the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote, or by the written consent of the shareholders entitled to vote such shares, except as otherwise provided by law or by the Articles of Incorporation.

 

Section 9.2   POWER OF DIRECTORS. Subject to the right of shareholders (as provided in Section 9.1) to adopt, amend or repeal Bylaws, these Bylaws may be adopted, amended or repealed by the Board of Directors; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may adopt a bylaw or amendment thereof changing the authorized number of directors only for the purpose of fixing the exact number of directors within the limits specified in Section 3.2 of Article III of these Bylaws.

 

20

 

 

 

CERTIFICATE OF SECRETARY

 

I, the undersigned, do hereby certify:

 

1.             That I am the duly elected and acting Secretary of Chino Commercial Bancorp, a California corporation; and

 

2.             That the foregoing Bylaws, comprising twenty (20) pages, constitute the Bylaws of said Corporation as duly adopted by action of the Board of Directors of the Corporation duly taken on March 16, 2006.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto subscribed my name this 16th day of March, 2006.

 

 

 

  /s/ Jeanette L. Young
  Jeanette L. Young
Corporate Secretary

 

 

21

 

EX1A-3 HLDRS RTS 5 v463400_ex3-1.htm EXHIBIT 3.1

 

Exhibit 3.1

CHINO COMMERCIAL BANCORP

 

SHAREHOLDER SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

Name(s):     Number of Shares Covered by Basic Subscription Rights   Aggregate Price of
FULL Exercise
of Basic
Subscription Rights
Address:    
       
           

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

The undersigned, having received and read your offering circular dated __________, 2017 (the “Offering Circular”), understand that as shareholders of Chino Commercial Bancorp (the “Company”) as of [RECORD DATE], they are being given basic subscription rights entitling them to subscribe for up to the number of shares of the Company’s common stock shown above, at a subscription price of $_____ per share. Persons exercising these subscription rights will also receive bonus shares equal to five percent (5%) of the number of shares purchased pursuant to such rights, for no additional consideration. The undersigned further understand that if and only if they fully exercise their basic subscription rights, they are also being given an over-subscription privilege allowing them to subscribe for an unlimited number of additional shares (up to the total number of shares offered) on the same basis (i.e., with the bonus shares attached), subject to availability. The precise number of shares subject to the over-subscription privilege cannot be determined until it is known how many shares remain available after the exercise of all shareholders’ basic subscription rights. If sufficient shares of common stock are available, over-subscription requests will be honored in full. If over-subscription requests exceed the number of shares available, the available shares of common stock among rights holders who exercise their over-subscription privileges will be allocated by the Company on a discretionary basis as described in the Offering Circular. The basic subscription rights and the over-subscription privilege are referred to collectively as the “subscription rights.” For more information concerning the subscription rights, please refer to the Offering Circular.

 

In addition, the undersigned understand that they may subscribe for any number of shares being offered on a non-rights basis, at the same subscription price of $_____ per share. However, investors purchasing shares in the non-rights portion of the offering will not receive any “bonus” shares in connection with their purchases. Management of the Company, in its sole discretion, may elect not to offer shares in connection with this offering to any person (including a shareholder) who is not a resident of California.

 

Upon the terms and subject to the conditions specified in the Offering Circular, the undersigned hereby subscribe(s) for the following shares of the Company’s common stock. (Note: Please refer to the accompanying Shareholder Subscription Rights Instruction Sheet for further explanation of how to complete this subscription form):

 

1. Basic Subscription Rights – FULL Exercise   A
  Subscription is hereby made for ALL of the shares covered by the basic subscription rights as set forth above.    
       
     

Only one of Box A or

Box B may be checked

       
       
2. Basic Subscription Rights – PARTIAL Exercise   B
  Subscription is hereby made for FEWER THAN ALL of the shares covered by the basic subscription rights.    
       
  If Box B is checked, please complete the following two items:    
  Number of shares subscribed for:    
  Subscription Price ($_____ multiplied by the number of shares subscribed for): $  
       
       
3. Over-subscription Privilege   C
  Subscription is hereby made in addition to the shares covered by the basic subscription rights.  Note:  In order to be eligible to purchase shares pursuant to the over-subscription privilege, you must have checked Box A above for the exercise of your FULL basic subscription rights.    
       
  If Box C is checked, please complete the following two items:    
  Number of shares subscribed for:    
  Subscription Price ($_____ multiplied by the number of shares subscribed for): $  
       

 

 

 

 

IMPORTANT: In order to exercise your subscription rights, in whole or in part, this Agreement, signed and accompanied by payment in full for the shares subscribed for thereby, must be received by Chino Commercial Bancorp, 8229 Rochester Avenue, #110, Rancho Cucamonga, CA 91730 , Attention: Trish Bowman, by 5:00 p.m., Pacific Time, on [RIGHTS EXPIRATION DATE], unless extended. Payment may only be made (a) by certified check, bank check, personal check or money order payable to “Chino Commercial Bancorp Stock Offering Account” or (b) by wire transfer of funds to the “Chino Commercial Bancorp Stock Offering Account,” ABA No. 122243062, Account No. 1900141, Attention: Aaron Storm. The subscription price will be deemed to have been received by the Company only upon (i) clearance of any uncertified check; (ii) receipt by the Company of any certified check, or cashier’s check or money order; or (iii) receipt of wired funds in the stock offering account designated above.

 

4. Non-rights Subscription   D
  Subscription is hereby made for shares in lieu of the subscription rights shares.    
       
  If Box D is checked, please complete the following two items:    
  Number of shares subscribed for:    
  Subscription Price ($10.50 multiplied by the number of shares subscribed for): $  

 

IMPORTANT: This Agreement must be signed, accompanied by payment in full for all shares subscribed for pursuant to the non-rights portion of the offering and received by Chino Commercial Bancorp, 8229 Rochester Avenue, #110, Rancho Cucamonga, CA 91730 , Attention: Trish Bowman, by 5:00 p.m., Pacific Time, on [PUBLIC EXPIRATION DATE], unless extended. Payment may only be made as specified in the previous section. In the event the Company rejects all or a portion of your subscription, the Company will refund to you all, or the appropriate portion, of the amount remitted with the subscription agreement, without interest or deduction. The Company will decide which subscriptions to accept, and will mail all appropriate refunds, no later than 30 days after the expiration of the offering, when and as extended.

 

Regardless of which box(es) was (were) checked above, please sign and date this Agreement below prior to delivering it to the Company together with your completed W-9 form. While we suggest that you make a copy of your completed Agreement for your records before you send it in, we will mail you a copy of your Agreement with an acknowledgement of receipt, promptly after we receive it.

 

Date:     Date:  
     
     
Signature (Subscriber)   Signature (Subscriber)
     

Please print title or capacity

(if other than individual shareholder)

 

Please print title or capacity

(if other than individual shareholder)

 

Unless indicated otherwise below, shares will be registered in the same manner as set forth at the top of this Agreement. If you wish shares to be registered differently, please complete the following:

 

Name in Which Shares are to be Registered   Number of Shares
     
(Please Print)    
     
(Please Print)    

 

If shares being subscribed for are to be delivered to an address other than as shown at the top portion of this Agreement, please complete the following:

 

 
Mailing Address
 
City State Zip Code Telephone

 

 2 

 

 

ASSIGNMENT OF SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS

 

(To be signed only upon the assignment of basic subscription rights)

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto:

 

 
Name of Transferee (Please Print) Mailing Address
 
 
City State Zip Code Telephone
         

Subscription rights to purchase up to __________ shares of Common Stock of Chino Commercial Bancorp pursuant to such shareholder’s basic subscription rights, representing all or a portion of the subscription rights covered by this Shareholder Subscription Rights Agreement, and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint ______________ Attorney to transfer said subscription rights on the books of the Company, with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

The undersigned further requests and directs the Company, as soon as possible, to issue a new Shareholder Subscription Rights Agreement to the Transferee named above, evidencing the transferred subscription rights.

 

Dated: ____________________________, 2017   Dated: ____________________________, 2017
     

 

MEDALLION GUARANTEE   MEDALLION GUARANTEE
OF SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS HOLDER SIGNATURE   OF SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS HOLDER SIGNATURE
     
Signature Guaranteed:     Signature Guaranteed:  
  (Name of Bank or Firm)     (Name of Bank or Firm)
     
By:     By:  
(Signature of Officer)   (Signature of Officer)
             

 IMPORTANT: The signature(s) should be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution (bank, stock broker, savings and loan association or credit union) with membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program.

 

(If your shares are held in joint ownership, all joint owners should sign this Assignment.)

 

 

 

  For transfers of partial subscription rights only:
  Check here if you would like to receive a new Shareholder Subscription Rights Agreement evidencing the balance of your subscription rights.

 

 3 

 

EX1A-3 HLDRS RTS 6 v463400_ex3-2.htm EXHIBIT 3.2

 

Exhibit 3.2

 

CHINO COMMERCIAL BANCORP

 

SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

The undersigned, having received and read your offering circular dated __________, 2017 (the “Offering Circular”), do(es) hereby subscribe(s) for the number of shares of Common Stock of Chino Commercial Bancorp (the “Company”) set forth in the space below, upon the terms and subject to the conditions specified in the Offering Circular, at a purchase price of $____ per share.

 

NUMBER OF SHARES SUBSCRIBED FOR:    
   
PURCHASE PRICE ($         times the number of shares)    

 

IMPORTANT: This Subscription Agreement, completed and signed, and accompanied by payment in full for all shares subscribed for, must be received by Chino Commercial Bancorp, 8229 Rochester Avenue, #110, Rancho Cucamonga, CA 91730, Attention: Trish Bowman by 5:00 P.M. Pacific Time on [PUBLIC EXPIRATION DATE], subject to extension by the Company without notice to subscribers. Payment may only be made (a) by certified check, bank check, personal check or money order payable to “Chino Commercial Bancorp Stock Offering Account” or (b) by wire transfer of funds to the “Chino Commercial Bancorp Stock Offering Account,” ABA No. 122243062, Account No. 1900141, Attention: Aaron Storm. Payment will be deemed to have been received by the Company only upon (i) clearance of any uncertified check, (ii) receipt by the Company of any certified check or cashier's check or money order, or (iii) receipt of wired funds in the stock offering account designated above. If paying by uncertified personal check, please be aware that funds paid in this manner may take at least three business days to clear. Accordingly, if you wish to pay the subscription price by means of uncertified personal check, we urge you to send in your subscription materials sufficiently in advance of [PUBLIC EXPIRATION DATE] to ensure that such payment is received and clears by that date. We also encourage you to consider paying by means of certified or cashier’s check, money order or wire transfer of funds.

 

If we do not accept, in whole or in part, your subscription for shares, we will mail you a refund in an amount equal to the subscription price for the shares as to which such subscription is not accepted, without interest or deduction. We will decide which subscriptions to accept, and will mail all appropriate refunds, no later than 30 days after the expiration of the offering, when and as extended.

 

Subscription Agreements are irrevocable once delivered to the Company and may not be withdrawn without the consent of the Company.

 

Management of the Company, in its sole discretion, may elect not to offer shares in connection with this Offering to any person (including a shareholder) who is not a resident of the State of California.

 

Upon the terms and subject to the conditions specified in the Offering Circular, the undersigned hereby subscribe(s) for the following shares of the Company's Common Stock.

 

Shares purchased by the undersigned shall be registered as listed below. If shares are to be issued in more than one name, please specify whether ownership is to be as tenants in common, joint tenants, etc.

 

Name in which Shares are to be Registered
(Please print)
Number of Shares
           
           

 

It is agreed that by executing this Subscription Agreement, the undersigned acknowledge(s) and agree(s) to all of the terms and conditions of the offering as contained in the Offering Circular. The undersigned acknowledge(s) that the Company reserves the right to accept or reject this subscription, in whole or in part, and to reduce the number of shares subscribed for hereunder.

 

 1 

 

 

Please sign and date this Agreement below prior to delivering to the Company together with your completed W-9 form. While we suggest that you make a copy of your completed Agreement for your records before you send it in, we will mail you a copy of your Agreement with an acknowledgement of receipt, promptly after we receive it.

 

We understand that all information submitted on this Agreement will be treated confidentially by the Company.

 

     
Signature (Subscriber) Date   Signature (Subscriber) Date
     
     
Please print title or capacity   Please print title or capacity
(if other than as individual shareholder)   (if other than as individual shareholder)
     
     
Street Address   Street Address
     
     
City, State, Zip Code   City, State, Zip Code
     
     
Telephone   Telephone
     
     
Social Security Number or Taxpayer I.D. Number   Social Security Number or Taxpayer I.D. Number

 

IF YOUR SHARES ARE TO BE HELD IN JOINT OWNERSHIP, ALL JOINT OWNERS SHOULD SIGN THIS AGREEMENT.

 

Broker-Dealer: If shares are purchased through, or upon the recommendation of, a broker-dealer, please indicate in the space provided the name of the broker-dealer:

 

         
Firm   Account Executive   Office

 

 2 

 

EX1A-6 MAT CTRCT 7 v463400_ex6-1.htm EXHIBIT 6.1

Exhibit 6.1

CHINO COMMERCIAL BANK, N.A.

SALARY CONTINUATION PLAN

1.                                       Purpose.

The purpose of this Salary Continuation Plan (the “Plan”) is to provide to those individuals upon whom responsibilities for the successful administration and management of the Bank rest, and whose past and future contributions to the Bank are recognized as critical to the continued success of the Bank, certain additional benefits in consideration of such contributions to the Bank. The term “Bank” as used in the Plan, shall mean and include Chino Commercial Bank, N.A., a national banking association, any bank holding company affiliate thereof and any consolidated subsidiary corporations and successors.

2.                                       Administration.

2.1           General. The Plan shall be administered by the Board of Directors of Chino Commercial Bank, N.A. (the “Board of Directors”) unless and until the Board of Directors delegates administration to a committee (the “Compensation Committee”), as provided in Section 2.3 below. Any action by the Board of Directors with respect to administration of the Plan shall be taken pursuant to a majority vote by its members; provided, however, that with respect to any action taken by the Board of Directors in connection with the grant of any benefits under the Plan to an individual director, such action must be authorized by the required number of directors without counting the interested director, who shall abstain from any vote regarding benefits which may be granted to him or her under the Plan and the determination, construction or interpretation of any of the terms and conditions of his or her Salary Continuation Agreement (as defined in Section 3 below). An interested director may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board of Directors where such action will be taken.

2.2           Powers. The Board of Directors shall have the power, subject to, and within the limitations of, the express provisions of the Plan:

a.             To determine from time to time which of the persons who are eligible to receive benefits under the Plan will be granted such benefits and how and when such benefits will be granted;

b.             To construe and interpret the Plan and any benefits granted pursuant to the Plan; to establish, amend or rescind rules and regulations for the Plan’s administration; to determine, construe and interpret any and all of the terms and conditions of any Salary Continuation Agreement (as defined in Section 3 below); and to correct any defect, supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or in any Salary Continuation Agreement in a manner and to the extent it shall deem necessary or expedient to make the Plan fully effective; and

 

 

c.             To exercise such other powers and to perform such other acts as it deems necessary or expedient to administer the Plan and otherwise promote the best interests of the Bank.

2.3           Compensation Committee. The Board of Directors may delegate administration of the Plan to a Compensation Committee appointed by the Board of Directors and composed of not fewer than three (3) members of the Board of Directors. All members of the Compensation Committee shall be members of the Board of Directors. Each member of the Compensation Committee shall serve on such committee until removed by the Board of Directors or until such member otherwise vacates such position. The Compensation Committee shall have, in connection with administration of the Plan, the powers theretofore possessed by the Board of Directors as set forth in Section 2.2 hereof, subject, however, to such resolutions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as may be adopted from time to time by the Board of Directors. Any action of the Compensation Committee with respect to administration of the Plan shall be taken pursuant to a majority vote or to the unanimous written consent of its members. The Board of Directors may abolish the Compensation Committee at any time and revest in the Board of Directors the administration of the Plan.

3.                                       Eligibility.

All salaried officers and other key employees of the Bank may, upon action by the Board of Directors, be eligible to receive benefits under the Plan. Members of the Board of Directors of the Bank, who are not salaried officers or otherwise key employees of the Bank, shall not be eligible to receive benefits under the Plan.

Each individual who is granted benefits under the Plan (collectively, the “Participants”) shall enter into a Salary Continuation Agreement with the Bank (“Salary Continuation Agreement” or “Agreement”), the terms and conditions of which will be determined by the Board of Directors or the Compensation Committee, as the case may be. The terms and conditions of each Salary Continuation Agreement need not be identical. No rights to receive benefits shall exist in the absence of a duly executed Salary Continuation Agreement.

4.                                       Funding; Limitation on Bank’s Obligations.

The Bank shall have the right, but not the obligation, to earmark or segregate any funds or other assets to be used for payment of any benefits granted under the Plan. Under no circumstances shall any act by the Bank, the Board of Directors or the Compensation Committee, if any, be considered as evidence of the creation of a trust fund, an escrow, or any other segregation of assets for the benefit of any Participant in the Plan, or the benefit of any beneficiary of a Participant. If at any time the Bank, in its sole discretion, shall earmark or set aside any cash funds or other assets to pay benefits under this Plan, the same shall, nevertheless, remain and be regarded as part of the general assets of the Bank subject to the claims of its general creditors.

The Bank’s obligation to make payments described in the Plan is an unfunded and unsecured contractual obligation only; and in the event any insurance company issuing a life insurance or annuity policy or other investment instrument purchased by the Bank to fund any

2

 

 

Salary Continuation Agreement hereunder shall fail or be in imminent danger thereof, the Bank shall have the right to take immediate action to recoup so much of its investment as possible, and shall have no obligation to fund any Agreement hereunder or portion thereof to the extent that such Agreement was intended to be funded by the proceeds of such policy, annuity or other investment. Neither the Participants nor their beneficiaries shall have any beneficial or preferred interest by way of trust, escrow, lien or otherwise, in any specific assets or funds of the Bank, including any insurance or annuity contracts or the proceeds therefrom, as described below. Participants and their beneficiaries shall look solely to the general credit of the Bank for satisfaction of any current or future obligation due under this Plan.

No life insurance or annuity policy purchased by the Bank in connection with the Plan shall in any way be considered to be security for the performance of the Bank’s obligations under the Plan. The Bank shall be the owner and beneficiary of such policy(ies) and any such policy shall be, and remain, a general unpledged, unrestricted asset of the Bank. However, the Bank may, in its discretion, elect to pay death benefits to participants in the Plan by means of Split Dollar life insurance policies. In such event, the Bank would still be the sole owner of the policies and have the right to exercise all incidents of ownership, and would be the beneficiary of the remaining death proceeds of the Policy after the interests of the Participants’ had been paid. If death benefits are to be paid in this manner, the Bank shall enter into Split Dollar Agreements with applicable Participants, specifying the benefits to be paid and related matters.

Nothing contained in the Plan, and no action taken by the Board of Directors or the Compensation Committee, as the case may be, in connection with the administration of the Plan, shall create or be construed to create a trust of any kind, or a fiduciary relationship between the Bank and the Participants, their designated beneficiaries or any other person.

5.                                       Calculation of Benefits Payable to Participants.

The specific amount of benefits paid to Participants will vary depending on such factors as, but not limited to, an individual Participant’s age at the time of entry into the Plan and the number of remaining years prior to his or her stated retirement date. Upon acceptance of a salaried officer or other key employee of the Bank into the Plan, the Bank shall determine the specific amount of benefits to be granted such Participant and shall delineate such benefits in such Participant’s Salary Continuation Agreement and Split Dollar Agreement if applicable.

For purposes of this Section 5, a Participant will be deemed to have been “continuously employed” by the Bank if he or she has performed his or her duties as an employee of the Bank on a full-time basis without any material break in employment. A “material break in employment” shall be defined as (i) voluntary termination by a Participant of his or her employment or termination by the Bank without cause of a Participant’s employment for a period of ninety (90) consecutive days, (ii) termination by the Bank with cause, or (iii) a cumulative period of time totaling one hundred eighty (180) days during any calendar year, during which time the Participant has ceased to perform his or her duties as an employee of the Bank on a full-time basis; provided, however, that a material break in employment shall not include any military leave, sick leave or other bona fide leave of absence (to be determined by the Board of Directors or the Compensation Committee, as the case may be) of the Participant. For purposes of determining the amount of benefits to be paid to a Participant in accordance with his or her

3

 

 

Salary Continuation Agreement, commencing upon the effective date of a Participant’s Agreement, each twelve-month period in which a Participant has been continuously employed by the Bank shall be deemed a “Full Year of Employment With the Bank Completed.”

5.1           Retirement. When a Participant reaches the retirement date as set forth in such Participant’s Salary Continuation Agreement, the Bank shall pay retirement benefits to such Participant in the amounts set forth in his or her Agreement. Such benefits shall be payable in equal monthly installments to such Participant for a period of ten (10) consecutive years commencing on the first business day of the month following the stated retirement date and continuing on the first business day of each month thereafter for one hundred twenty (120) consecutive months until the specified number of installments have been paid in full. The Bank shall have no obligation under this Section 5.1 to any Participant who was not continuously employed by the Bank during the period from the date of execution of such Participant’s Salary Continuation Agreement until such Participant’s stated retirement date as set forth in his or her Agreement; provided, however, that such Participant may be entitled to receive a certain percentage of such retirement benefits as provided for in subsections 5.3.b through 5.3.d herein.

5.2           Death Prior to Retirement. In the event a Participant dies after acceptance into the Plan but prior to the retirement date set forth in such Participant’s Salary Continuation Agreement, and the Bank has entered into a Split Dollar Agreement with such Participant, then the Bank shall pay to the beneficiary designated by the Participant, the Participant’s surviving spouse, if any, or to the Personal Representative of the Participant’s estate, as the case may be (as more fully described in Section 7 hereof), a lump sum benefit as specified in the Participant’s Split Dollar Agreement, or as otherwise specified in the applicable life insurance policy or policies. If no Split Dollar Agreement has been entered into, then the Bank shall pay to such beneficiary the benefits upon death prior to retirement that are delineated in such Participant’s Salary Continuation Agreement. Payment of such benefits shall be made in equal monthly installments commencing on the first business day of the month following the Participant’s death and shall continue on the first business day of each month thereafter for one hundred twenty (120) consecutive months until all of the specified number of installments have been paid in full. However, the Bank shall have no obligation to pay any such benefits if the cause of death is one for which coverage is excluded under the applicable life insurance policy or policies.

5.3           Termination of Employment.

a.             Termination for Cause. In the event the Bank terminates a Participant’s employment with the Bank for cause, the Bank shall have no obligation to pay any benefits under the Plan to such Participant or any beneficiary thereof. If a Participant has entered into a written employment agreement with the Bank, then, solely for the purpose of determining benefits to be paid under the Plan, “cause” shall have the same definition as that set forth in such employment agreement. If a Participant has not entered into a written employment agreement with the Bank, then, solely for the purpose of determining benefits to be paid under the Plan, “cause” shall be defined as: (i) failure to perform or habitual neglect of the duties which a Participant is required to perform as an employee of the Bank, (ii) a Participant’s suspension or removal from office by the Comptroller of the Currency, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other regulatory agency having appropriate jurisdiction, (iii) engagement in illegal activity which materially adversely affects the Bank’s reputation in the community or

4

 

 

which evidences the lack of the Participant’s fitness or ability to perform his or her duties as an employee of the Bank as determined by the Board of Directors in good faith, or (iv) the commission by the Participant of any act which would cause termination of coverage under the Bank’s Bankers’ Blanket Bond as to the Participant (as distinguished from termination of coverage as to the Bank as a whole).

Notwithstanding any other provision of this subsection 5.4(a), termination of a Participant’s employment with the Bank as a result of such Participant’s death or “total disability” (as defined in subsection 5.4(d) hereof) will not be deemed to be termination for “cause” for the purpose of determining benefits to be paid under the Plan.

b.             Termination without Cause. In the event the Bank terminates a Participant’s employment with the Bank without cause prior to the Participant’s stated retirement date, such Participant shall receive an annual retirement benefit equal to the percentage of total retirement benefits (which would otherwise have been payable to a Participant upon retirement pursuant to Section 5.1 hereof) which have vested as of the date of termination as determined by the vesting schedule for “Benefits Upon Termination by the Bank Without Cause” set forth in such Participant’s Salary Continuation Agreement. Such benefits shall be payable by the Bank for ten (10) consecutive years in one hundred twenty (120) equal monthly installments commencing on the first business day of the month following a Participant’s retirement date as set forth in his or her respective Salary Continuation Agreement and continuing on the first business day of each month thereafter until all of the specified number of installments have been paid in full. Solely for the purpose of determining benefits to be paid under the Plan, termination “without cause” shall mean termination of a Participant’s employment with the Bank for any reason whatsoever; provided, however, that termination “without cause” shall not include any termination of Participant’s employment with the Bank for “cause,” or as a result of a Participant’s voluntary termination of his or her employment with the Bank, a Participant’s death or total disability, as a result of any Reorganization (as defined in Section 6 hereof) or any other exclusion from such definition as may be set forth in a Participant’s Salary Continuation Agreement.

c.             Voluntary Termination. In the event a Participant voluntarily terminates his or her employment with the Bank, such Participant shall receive an annual retirement benefit equal to the percentage of total retirement benefits (which would otherwise have been payable to a Participant upon retirement pursuant to Section 5.1 hereof) which have vested as determined by the vesting schedule for benefits upon voluntary termination set forth in such Participant’s Salary Continuation Agreement. However, in order to qualify for any benefits in the event of voluntary termination, the Participant must refrain from engaging in the business of banking within a twenty-five (25) mile radius of the Bank’s main office, or any branch office, or of any location for which the Bank has applied for a branch office. Such benefits shall be payable by the Bank for ten (10) consecutive years in one hundred twenty (120) equal monthly installments commencing upon the first business day of the month following Participant’s retirement date as set forth in his or her respective Agreement and continuing on the first business day of each month thereafter until all of the specified number of installments have been paid in full.

d.             Total Disability. In the event a Participant suffers a total disability after acceptance into the Plan but prior to retirement, such Participant shall receive an annual

5

 

 

retirement benefit equal to the percentage of total retirement benefits (which would otherwise have been payable to a Participant upon retirement pursuant to Section 5.1 hereof) which have vested as determined by the vesting schedule for benefits upon disability set forth in such Participant’s Salary Continuation Agreement. Such benefits shall be payable by the Bank for ten (10) consecutive years in one hundred twenty (120) equal monthly installments commencing upon the first business day of the month following Participant’s retirement date as set forth in his or her respective Agreement and continuing on the first business day of each month thereafter until all of the specified number of installments have been paid in full. In the event a Participant has entered into a written employment agreement with the Bank, then, solely for the purpose of determining benefits to be paid under the Plan, “total disability” shall have the same definition as that set forth in such employment agreement, if any. If a Participant has not entered into a written employment agreement with the Bank (or if “total disability” is not defined in such employment agreement), then, solely for the purpose of determining benefits to be paid under the Plan, “total disability” shall be defined as the inability of a Participant to engage in his or her regular duties as an employee of the Bank by reason of any medically determined physical or mental impairment for a period of ninety (90) consecutive days or a cumulative period of one hundred eighty (180) days during any one calendar year.

5.4           Death Subsequent to Retirement, Disability or Other Termination of Employment. In the event a Participant dies subsequent to the retirement date set forth in his or her Salary Continuation Agreement or subsequent to the date of his or her termination of employment by the Bank as a result of any Reorganization of the Bank, and such Participant has entered into a Split Dollar Agreement with the Bank, then the Bank (or successor entity if applicable) shall immediately cease paying any retirements benefits under such Salary Continuation Agreement, and shall instead pay a lump sum death benefit to the Participant’s beneficiary as specified in the Participant’s Split Dollar Agreement or as otherwise specified in the applicable life insurance policy or policies. In the event a Participant dies subsequent the termination of his or her employment by the Bank without cause, voluntary termination of employment, or termination of employment due to total disability, as described in subsections 5.3.b through 5.3.d hereof, then the amount of benefits due under the Participant’s Split Dollar Agreement shall be proportional to the amount of the Participant’s benefits which were vested pursuant to the Participant’s Salary Continuation Agreement at the time of such termination. No deductions shall be made from the death benefit for any payments previously made under this Salary Continuation Agreement.

If a Participant has not entered into a Split Dollar Agreement with the Bank, then all of the retirement benefits (or the remaining retirement benefits, as the case may be) which are due the Participant pursuant to Section 5.1, 5.3.b through 5.3.d or Section 6 hereof, and in accordance with his or her Salary Continuation Agreement, shall be payable by the Bank to the appropriate beneficiary in such installments and on such dates as were payable to the Participant prior to his or her death. However, the Bank shall have no obligation to pay or continue to pay (as applicable) any such benefits if the cause of death is one for which coverage is excluded under the applicable life insurance policy or policies.

5.5           Early or Late Retirement. In connection with benefits to be paid under the Plan, any Participant may apply directly to the Board of Directors for an early or late retirement. In the event the Board of Directors accepts the Participant’s application for early or late retirement,

6

 

 

such Participant’s Salary Continuation Agreement shall be amended to reflect the revised terms of such Participant’s retirement date and amount of retirement benefits. Such revised benefits shall be payable by the Bank pursuant to this Section 5.5 only to the extent that the Participant was continuously employed by the Bank during the period from the date of execution of such Participant’s Agreement until the date of such Participant’s revised retirement date. To the extent that the Participant was not continuously employed by the Bank during such period, the Participant’s benefits under the Plan, if any, will be covered by either Section 5.3 or Section 6 herein. Retirement benefits under this Section 5.5 shall be payable in equal monthly installments for a period of ten (10) consecutive years commencing on the first business day of the month following the Participant’s revised retirement date and continuing on the first business day of each month thereafter for one hundred twenty (120) consecutive months until all of the specified installments have been paid in full. In the event such Participant dies subsequent to his or her revised retirement date set forth in his or her amended Salary Continuation Agreement, and has not entered into a Split Dollar Agreement with the Bank, then all of the retirement benefits (or remaining retirement benefits, as the case may be) which are due such Participant under his or her Agreement shall be payable by the Bank to the beneficiary designated by such Participant, to the Participant’s surviving spouse, if any, or to the Participant’s estate, as the case may be (as more fully described in Section 7 herein), in such installments and on such dates as were payable to the Participant prior to his or her death. If the Bank has entered into a Split Dollar Agreement with a Participant, then payment of death benefits shall be in a lump sum as specified in such Participant’s Split Dollar Agreement or as otherwise specified in the applicable life insurance policy or policies. However, the Bank shall have no obligation to pay or continue to pay (as applicable) such benefits if the cause of death is one for which coverage is excluded under the applicable life insurance policy or policies.

6.                                       Reorganization.

For purposes of this Plan, a “Reorganization” shall include: (i) a reorganization, merger, or consolidation of the Bank with one or more corporations as a result of which the Bank will not be the surviving entity, (ii) a sale of substantially all the assets and property of the Bank to another person, corporation or entity, or (iii) a “change in control”, i.e., any other single transaction involving the Bank (such as a tender offer) where there is a change in ownership of at least twenty-five percent (25%) of the Bank’s outstanding shares, unless such change in ownership results from (i) a transfer of shares to another corporation in exchange for at least eighty percent (80%) control of that corporation, or (ii) the issuance of additional shares of stock by the Bank in a secondary stock offering, private placement or similar transaction. In the event of any reorganization, this Plan shall not be terminated, and the surviving or resulting corporation, or the transferee of the Bank’s assets or stock, whichever may apply, shall be bound by and shall have the benefits of the Plan and each Salary Continuation Agreement then in effect. The Bank shall take all actions necessary to ensure that such corporation or transferee is bound by all of the provisions of the Plan. In the event that the employment of any Participant is terminated (or “constructively terminated”) in connection with or within one (1) year following a Reorganization, the Participant shall be one hundred percent (100%) vested in the total benefit as described in subsection 1(a) of this Agreement. For purposes of this Plan, “constructive termination” shall include: (i) any decrease in salary or benefits below those in effect for the Participant immediately prior to the Reorganization or (ii) any relocation of the Participant more

7

 

 

than twenty-five (25) miles from his or her principal place of business immediately prior to the Reorganization.

Notwithstanding the prior paragraph, no payment shall be made to any Participant any Salary Continuation Agreement to the extent that such payment, when aggregated with all other payments considered for purposes of calculating a parachute payment, would result in an excess parachute payment as defined under Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and each Participant’s Salary Continuation Agreement shall contain a provision to such effect.

7.                                       Beneficiaries.

A Participant may designate one or more primary or contingent beneficiaries to receive all or any specified portion of any benefits under the Plan which, at the time of such Participant’s death, remain payable by the Bank to such Participant. Such Participant may designate such beneficiary(ies) on Exhibit A to his or her Salary Continuation Agreement. The designation of any such beneficiaries may be changed or revoked at any time prior to a Participant’s death by giving the Bank three (3) days’ written notice of such change or revocation in the manner provided in Section 12 of the Plan.

In the event a Participant shall fail to designate a beneficiary prior to his or her death or designates a beneficiary and thereafter revokes such designation without naming another beneficiary, or designates one or more beneficiaries and all such beneficiaries so designated shall fail to survive the Participant, any payments of benefits under the Plan shall be made to the Participant’s surviving spouse, if any, or otherwise to the Personal Representative of the Participant’s estate.

Unless a Participant has specified otherwise in the beneficiary designation, the beneficiary or beneficiaries designated by the Participant shall become fixed as of the Participant’s death so that, if a beneficiary survives a Participant but dies prior to the receipt of all payments due such beneficiary, such remaining payments shall be payable to the Personal Representative of such beneficiary’s estate.

Participants and their beneficiaries shall not have any assignable interest in the future payments due under the Plan, nor any right to anticipate, dispose of, pledge or encumber the same prior to actual receipt thereof, nor shall the same be subject to attachment, garnishment, or execution following judgment or other legal process instituted by a Participant’s creditors or any such beneficiary; provided, however, that the balance of a Participant’s benefit payments shall at all times be subject to offset for debts owed by such Participant to the Bank.

8.                                       Withholding Taxes.

The Bank may withhold from any payment made under the Plan (and remit to the proper taxing authority) such amounts as it may be required to withhold under any applicable federal, state, local or foreign law.

8

 

 

9.                                       Effect on Employment Rights and Other Benefit Programs.

Nothing in the Plan, in any Salary Continuation Agreement or in any Split Dollar Agreement shall be deemed to give any Participant any right to remain in the employ of the Bank nor to affect the right of the Bank to terminate the employment of any Participant at any time, with or without cause, which right is hereby reserved. This Plan shall not be considered a supplement to any contract of employment, either oral or written, between any Participant and the Bank.

The Plan is in addition to, and not in lieu of, any benefit plan or program in which a Participant may be or become eligible to participate by reason of his or her association with the Bank.

10.                                 Binding Effect of Salary Continuation Agreements.

Subject to the provisions hereof, the agreements created by this Plan shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, the successors and assigns of the Bank, and the Participants’ beneficiaries, personal representatives, and heirs.

11.                                 Amendment and Termination.

The Board of Directors or the Compensation Committee, as the case may be, may terminate the Plan, or make such changes in it and additions to it as it shall deem advisable; provided, however, that no termination or amendment of the Plan may, without the consent of a Participant, terminate such Participant’s benefits under the Plan or materially and adversely affect the Participant’s rights under the Plan, except in the event of certain changes in the law described in the sentence immediately following. The Bank reserves the right to terminate or modify a Participant’s outstanding agreement or benefits in the event of (i) any changes in federal tax laws which would limit the Bank’s available tax deductions in connection with the funding of any Agreements hereunder; or (ii) any changes in applicable laws, regulations or regulatory policies which would cause the Plan or Agreements to be legally impermissible or would subject the Bank to criticism by a bank regulatory agency.

12.                                 Notices.

All notices or other communications required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given, upon personal delivery (professional courier acceptable) or three (3) business days following deposit with the United States Postal Service, by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, with return receipt requested, to the following addresses: (a) if to the Bank, to its principal place of business, and (b) if to a Participant, to his or her address set forth on the signature page of his or her respective Salary Continuation Agreement. Such persons or addresses may change from time to time by notice given pursuant to the provisions of this Section.

13.                                 Governing Law.

Except to the extent governed by the laws of the United States, this Plan shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California.

9

 

 

14.                                 Effective Date of Plan.

The Plan was adopted by the Bank on February 19, 2004 and the first year of the Plan shall be the fiscal year ending December 31, 2004.

 

10

 

EX1A-6 MAT CTRCT 8 v463400_ex6-2.htm EXHIBIT 6.2

Exhibit 6.2

CHINO COMMERCIAL BANK, N.A.

SALARY CONTINUATION AGREEMENT

This Salary Continuation Agreement (the “Agreement”) is entered into effective the 1st day of June, 2004, by and between Chino Commercial Bank, N.A., a national banking association (the “Bank”), and Dann H. Bowman (the “Participant”), pursuant to the Salary Continuation Plan of the Bank (the “Plan”), a copy of which is attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference. All capitalized terms not herein defined shall have the same meaning ascribed to them as in the Plan.

1.             Grant of Salary Continuation Benefits. Pursuant to the action of the Board of Directors or the Compensation Committee, as the case may be, the Bank hereby grants to the Participant the salary continuation benefits set forth in subsections 1(a) through (g) hereof. For purposes of this Agreement, “Full Years of Employment With the Bank Completed” shall have the same meaning as set forth in the Plan.

(a)           Benefits Upon Retirement. The Bank shall pay to the Participant an annual retirement benefit of Forty-four Thousand Dollars ($44,000) per year for ten (10) consecutive years. Such payments shall be made in one hundred twenty (120) equal monthly installments commencing on the first business day of the month following the Participant’s retirement date (as set forth below) and continuing on the first business day of each month thereafter until the specified number of installments have been paid in full. The Bank shall have no obligation under this subsection 1(a), except as provided in subsection 1(c) through (f) herein, if the Participant was not continuously employed (as defined in Section 5 of the Plan) by the Bank during the period from the date of execution of this Agreement until the Participant’s retirement date set forth below. For purposes of this Agreement and the Plan, the Participant’s retirement date shall be the first day of the calendar month following the Participant’s sixty-fifth (65th) birthday.

(b)           Benefits Upon Death Prior to Retirement. In the event the Participant dies prior to retirement while still employed by the Bank, the Bank shall pay to the beneficiary designated by the Participant, the Participant’s surviving spouse, if any, or to the Personal Representative of the Participant’s estate, as the case may be (as more fully described in Section 6 hereof), a lump sum benefit as specified in the Participant’s Split Dollar Agreement, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit “A,” or as otherwise specified in the applicable life insurance policy or policies.

(c)           Benefits Upon Termination of Employment by the Bank Without Cause. In the event the Bank terminates the Participant’s employment with the Bank without cause (as defined in Section 5.4 of the Plan), the Bank shall pay to the Participant a certain percentage of the retirement benefits granted by the Bank in subsection 1(a) of this Agreement. The annual retirement benefit payable by the Bank to the Participant pursuant to this subsection

 

 

1(c) shall be equal to the amount which corresponds to the percentage of such retirement benefits which have vested as determined by the following vesting schedule:

Full Years of
Employment with the
Bank Completed
1

 

Percent of
Retirem ent Benefits
Vested

 

Full Years of
Employment with the
Bank Completed

 

Percent of Retirement
Benefits Vested

 

 

1

 

 

 

14

%

 

 

5

 

 

 

70

%

 

 

2

 

 

 

28

%

 

 

6

 

 

 

84

%

 

 

3

 

 

 

42

%

 

 

7

 

 

 

100

%

 

 

4

 

 

 

56

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Such retirement payments shall be payable by the Bank for ten (10) consecutive years in one hundred twenty (120) equal monthly installments commencing upon the first business day of the month following the Participant’s retirement date (as set forth in subsection 1(a) hereof) and continuing on the first business day of each month thereafter until the specified number of installments have been paid in full.

(d)           Benefits Upon Voluntary Termination of Employment by Participant. In the event the Participant voluntarily terminates his employment with the Bank, the Bank shall pay to the Participant a certain percentage of the retirement benefits granted by the Bank in subsection 1(a) of this Agreement. However, in order to qualify for any benefits in the event of voluntary termination, the Participant must refrain from engaging in the business of banking within a twenty-five (25) mile radius of the Bank’s main office, or any branch office, or of any location for which the Bank has applied for a branch office. The annual retirement benefit payable by the Bank to the Participant pursuant to this subsection 1(d) shall be equal to the amount which corresponds to the percentage of such retirement benefits which have vested as determined by the following vesting schedule:

Full Years of
Employment with the
Bank Completed
1

 

Percent of
Retirem ent Benefits
Vested

 

Full Years of
Employment with the
Bank Completed

 

Percent of Retirement
Benefits Vested

 

 

1

 

 

 

0

%

 

 

7

 

 

 

28

%

 

 

2

 

 

 

0

%

 

 

8

 

 

 

42

%

 

 

3

 

 

 

0

%

 

 

9

 

 

 

56

%

 

 

4

 

 

 

0

%

 

 

10

 

 

 

70

%

 

 

5

 

 

 

0

%

 

 

11

 

 

 

84

%

 

 

6

 

 

 

14

%

 

 

12

 

 

 

100

%

 

 

Such retirement payments shall be payable by the Bank for ten (10) consecutive years in one hundred twenty (120) equal monthly installments commencing upon the first business day of the month following the Participant’s retirement date (as set forth in subsection 1(a) hereof) with the Bank and continuing on the first business day of each month thereafter until the specified number of installments have been paid in full.

(e)           Benefits Upon Termination of Employment Due to Total Disability. In the event the Participant’s employment with the Bank is terminated due to “total disability” (as


1 Commencing on the effective date of this Agreement.

 

2

 

 

defined in Section 5.4 of the Plan), the Bank shall pay to the Participant a certain percentage of the retirement benefits granted by the Bank in subsection 1(a) of this Agreement. The amount of the annual retirement benefit payable by the Bank to the Participant pursuant to this subsection 1(e) shall be identical to that specified in the vesting schedule set forth in subsection 1(c) above concerning termination without cause.

2.             Death Subsequent to Retirement, Disability or Other Termination of Employment. In the event the Participant dies subsequent to the retirement date set forth in subsection 1(a), or as contemplated by Section 4, or subsequent to the date of his termination of employment by the Bank as a result of any Reorganization of the Bank as described in Section 5 below, the Bank (or successor entity if applicable) shall immediately cease paying any retirements benefits under this Agreement, and shall instead pay a lump sum death benefit to the Participant’s beneficiary as specified in the Participant’s Split Dollar Agreement or as otherwise specified in the applicable life insurance policy or policies. In the event the Participant dies subsequent the termination of his employment by the Bank without cause, voluntary termination of employment, or termination of employment due to total disability, as described in subsections 1(c) through (e) hereof, then the amount of benefits due under the Participant’s Split Dollar Agreement shall be proportional to the amount of the Participant’s benefits which were vested pursuant to the Participant’s Salary Continuation Agreement at the time of such termination. No deductions shall be made from the death benefit for any payments previously made under this Salary Continuation Agreement.

3.             Termination of Employment For Cause. In the event the Bank terminates the Participant’s employment with the Bank for “cause” (as defined in the Plan), the Bank shall have no obligation to pay any benefits under the Plan, this Agreement or the Participant’s Split Dollar Agreement to the Participant or any beneficiary thereof.

4.             Early or Late Retirement. The Participant may apply to the Board of Directors for an early or late retirement. The decision whether to accept or reject such an application shall be in the sole discretion of the Board of Directors, and the Board shall have no obligation whatsoever to accept any such application. In the event the Board of Directors accepts the Participant’s application for early or late retirement, this Agreement shall be amended to reflect the revised terms of the Participant’s retirement date and amount of such retirement benefits. Such revised benefits shall be payable by the Bank pursuant to this Section 4 only to the extent that the Participant was continuously employed by the Bank during the period from the date of execution of this Agreement until the date of the Participant’s revised retirement date. Retirement benefits under this Section 4 shall be payable in equal monthly installments for a period of ten (10) consecutive years commencing on the first business day of the month following the Participant’s revised retirement date and continuing on the first business day of each month thereafter for one hundred twenty (120) consecutive months until all of the specified installments have been paid in full.

5.             Reorganization. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Reorganization” shall include: (i) a reorganiza­tion, merger, or consolidation of the Bank with one or more corporations as a result of which the Bank will not be the surviving entity, (ii) a sale of substantially all the assets and property of the Bank to another person, corporation or entity, or (iii) a Achange in control,@ i.e., any other single transaction involving the Bank (such as a tender offer) where

3

 

 

there is a change in ownership of at least twenty-five percent (25%) of the Bank’s outstanding shares, unless such change in ownership results from (i) a transfer of shares to another corporation in exchange for at least eighty percent (80%) control of that corporation, or (ii) the issuance of additional shares of stock by the Bank in a secondary stock offering, private placement or similar transaction. In the event of any Reorganization, the surviving or resulting corporation, or the transferee of the Bank’s assets or stock, whichever  may apply, shall be bound by and shall have the benefits of the Plan and this Agreement. The Bank shall take all actions necessary to ensure that such corporation or transferee is bound by the provisions of the Plan and this Agreement.

In the event that the Participant’s employment is terminated (or “constructively terminated”) in connection with or within one (1) year following a Reorganization, the Participant shall be one hundred percent (100%) vested in the total benefit as described in subsection 1(a) of this Agreement. For purposes of this Agreement, “constructive termination” shall include: (i) any decrease in salary or benefits below those in effect for the Participant immediately prior to the Reorganization or (ii) any relocation of the Participant more than twenty-five (25) miles from his principal place of business immediately prior to the Reorganization.

Notwithstanding the prior paragraph, no payment shall be made to the Participant under this Salary Continuation Agreement to the extent that such payment, when aggregated with all other payments considered for purposes of calculating a parachute payment, would result in an excess parachute payment as defined under Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).

6.             Beneficiaries. The Participant may designate one or more primary or contingent beneficiaries to receive all or any specified portion of any benefits under the Plan which, at the time of the Participant’s death remain payable by the Bank to the Participant. The Participant may designate such beneficiary(ies) on Exhibit A attached hereto. The designation of any such beneficiaries may be changed or revoked at any time prior to the Participant’s death by giving the Bank three (3) days’ written notice of such change or revocation in the manner provided in Section 9 of this Agreement.

In the event the Participant shall fail to designate a beneficiary prior to his death or designates a beneficiary and thereafter revokes such designation without naming another beneficiary, or designates one or more beneficiaries and all such beneficiaries so designated shall fail to survive the Participant, any payments of benefits under the Plan and this Agreement shall be made to the Participant’s surviving spouse, if any, or otherwise to the Personal Representative of the Participant’s estate.

Unless the Participant has otherwise specified in the beneficiary designation, the beneficiary or beneficiaries designated by the Participant shall become fixed as of the Participant’s death so that, if a beneficiary survives the Participant but dies prior to the receipt of all payments due such beneficiary, such remaining payments shall be payable to the Personal Representative of such beneficiary’s estate.

4

 

 

The Participant and his beneficiaries shall not have any assignable interest in the future payments due under the Plan or this Agreement, nor any right to anticipate, dispose of, pledge or encumber the same prior to actual receipt thereof, nor shall the same be subject to attachment, garnishment, or execution following judgment or other legal process instituted by the Participant’s creditors or any such beneficiary; provided, however, that the balance of the Participant’s benefit payments shall at all times be subject to offset for debts owed by the Participant to the Bank.

7.             Effect on Employment Rights. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to give the Participant any right to remain in the employ of the Bank nor to affect the right of the Bank to terminate the employment of the Participant at any time, with or without cause, which right is hereby reserved. This Agreement shall not be considered a supplement or amendment to any contract of employment, either oral or written, between the Participant and the Bank.

8.             Limitation on the Bank’s Obligation to Fund Agreement. The Bank’s obligation to make payments hereunder is an unfunded and unsecured contractual obligation only; and in the event any insurance company or other obligor issuing a life insurance or annuity policy or other investment instrument purchased by the Bank to fund this Agreement shall fail or be in imminent danger thereof, the Bank shall have the right to take immediate action to recoup so much of its investment as possible, and shall have no obligation to fund this Agreement or portion thereof to the extent that this Agreement was intended to be funded by the proceeds of such policy, annuity or other investment. Neither the Participant nor his beneficiaries shall have any beneficial or preferred interest by way of trust, escrow, lien or otherwise, in any specific assets or funds of the Bank, including any insurance or annuity contracts or the proceeds therefrom, as described below.

No life insurance or annuity policy or other investment instrument purchased by the Bank in connection with this Agreement shall in any way be considered to be security for the performance of the Bank’s obligations hereunder. The Bank shall be the owner and beneficiary of such policy(ies) and any such policy shall be, and remain, a general unpledged, unrestricted asset of the Bank.

9.             Notices. All notices or other communications required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given, upon personal delivery (professional courier acceptable) or three (3) business days following deposit with the United States Postal Service, by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, with return receipt requested, to the following addresses: (a) if to the Bank, to its principal place of business, and (b) if to the Participant, to his address set forth on the signature page hereof. Such persons or addresses may change from time to time by notice given pursuant to the provisions of this Section.

10.           Governing Law. Except to the extent governed by the laws of the United States, this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California.

11.           Plan Provisions. This Agreement is subject to all of the provisions of the Plan, all of the terms and conditions of which have been incorporated herein by reference, and is

5

 

 

further subject to all interpretations, amendments, rules and regulations which may from time to time be promulgated and adopted pursuant to the Plan. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and those of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan shall control. No termination or amendment of the Plan may, without the consent of the Participant, terminate the Participant’s benefits under this Agreement or materially and adversely affect the Participant’s rights under this Agreement, except in the event of certain changes in laws or regulations described in the sentence immediately following. The Bank reserves the right to terminate or modify a Participant’s outstanding agreement or benefits in the event of (i) any changes in federal tax laws which would limit the Bank’s available tax deductions in connection with the funding this Agreement; or (ii) any changes in applicable laws, regulations or regulatory policies which would cause this Agreement to be legally impermissible or would subject the Bank to criticism by a bank regulatory agency.

12.           Legal and Tax Advice; Review by Counsel. The Bank has not provided the Participant with advice, warranties or representations regarding any of the legal or tax effects to the Participant with respect to the grant of benefits herein. By accepting this grant and by signing this Agreement, the Participant acknowledges that he is familiar with the terms of the Plan and this Agreement, that he has been encouraged by the Bank to discuss the Plan and this Agreement with his own legal and tax advisers, and that he agrees to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement. The Participant represents and warrants to the Bank that he has had this Agreement reviewed by independent legal counsel of his choice, or if he has not, that he has had the opportunity to do so, and hereby waives any claim, objection or defense on the grounds that this Agreement has not been reviewed by legal counsel of his choice.

 

CHINO COMMERCIAL BANK, N.A.
a national banking association

 

 

 

 

 

By

 /s/ Pollyanna Franks

 

By

 

 

PARTICIPANT

Dann H. Bowman

President and Chief Executive Officer

/s/ Dann H. Bowman

 

DANN H. BOWMAN

Participant’s Address:

[Intentionally Omitted]

6

 

 

EXHIBIT A

DESIGNATION OF BENEFICIARIES

Pursuant to the terms of a Salary Continuation Agreement, effective June 1, 2004, between Chino Commercial Bank, N.A. (the “Bank”) and me, I hereby designate the following beneficiary(ies) to receive any payments which may be due and payable by the Bank under such Agreement after my death:

Primary Beneficiary:

 

Patricia L. Bowman

 

 

 

Contingent Beneficiary:

 

David Bowman, Joseph Bowman, Joshua Bowman, each as to an equal 33%

 

The Primary Beneficiary named above shall be the designated beneficiary referred to in Section 6 of said Agreement if he or she is living at the time death benefit payments become due and payable by the Bank, and the Contingent Beneficiary named above shall be the designated beneficiary referred to in Section 6 of said Agreement only if he or she is living at the time death benefits become due and payable by the Bank and the Primary Beneficiary is not then living.

I hereby reserve the right to change said beneficiary(ies) at any time prior to my death by notice to the Bank in accordance with Section 9 of the Agreement.

 

Dated:

12/29/04

 

/s/ Dann H. Bowman

 

 

DANN H. BOWMAN

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Witness:

 /s/ Robin Mora

 

 

 

7

 

 

CHINO COMMERCIAL BANK, NA

Split Dollar Agreement

CHINO COMMERCIAL BANK, NA

SPLIT DOLLAR AGREEMENT

(ADDENDUM A TO THE CHINO COMMERCIAL BANK SALARY CONTINUATION AGREEMENT)

THIS AGREEMENT is adopted this 1st day of June, 2004, by and between CHINO COMMERCIAL BANK, NA, located in Chino, California (the “Company”), and DANN H. BOWMAN (the “Executive”). This Agreement shall append the Split Dollar Endorsement entered into on even date herewith or as subsequently amended, by and between the aforementioned parties.

INTRODUCTION

To encourage the Executive to remain an employee of the Company, the Company is willing to divide the death proceeds of a life insurance policy on the Executive’s life. The Company will pay life insurance premiums from its general assets.

AGREEMENT

The Company and the Executive agree as follows:

Article 1
General Definitions

The following terms shall have the meanings specified:

1.1       “Insured” means the Executive.

1.2       “Insurer” means each life insurance carrier in which there is a Split Dollar Policy Endorsement attached to this Agreement.

1.3       “Normal Retirement Age” means the Executive attaining sixty-five (65) years of age.

1.4       “Policy” means the specific life insurance policy or policies issued by the Insurer.

1.5       “Salary Continuation Agreement means that Salary Continuation Agreement between the Company and the Executive on even date herewith or as subsequently amended.

1.6       “Termination for Cause”  shall be defined as set forth in Article 7.

1.7       “Termination of Employment”  means that the Executive ceases to be employed by the Company for any reason, other than by reason of a leave of absence approved by the Company.

 

 

Article 2

Policy Ownership/Interests

2.1       Company Ownership. The Company is the sole owner of the Policy and shall have the right to exercise all incidents of ownership. The Company shall be the beneficiary of the remaining death proceeds of the Policy after the Interest of the Executive or the Executive’s transferee has been paid according to Section 2.2 below.

2.2       Executive’s Interest. The Executive shall have the right to designate the beneficiary of the death proceeds. The Executive shall also have the right to elect and change settlement options that may be permitted. Upon the termination of this Agreement according to Article 7 herein, the Executive, the Executive’s transferee or the Executive’s beneficiary shall have no rights or interests in the Policy and no death benefit shall be paid under this Section 2.2.

2.2.1        Death During Active Service. If the Executive dies while in the active service of the Company, the Company shall pay to the Executive’s beneficiary $317,639 (Three Hundred Seventeen Thousand Six Hundred Thirty-Nine Dollars) upon the death of the Executive.

2.2.2        Death During Payment of a Benefit under the Salary Continuation Agreement. If the Executive dies after any benefit payments have commenced under Article 2 of the Salary Continuation Agreement but before receiving all such payments, the Company shall cease paying the remaining benefit, if any, and shall then pay to the Executive’s beneficiary the split dollar death benefit described in Section 2.2.1 of this Agreement.

2.2.3        Death After Termination of Employment But Before Commencement of Payment under the Salary Continuation Plan. If the Executive is entitled to a benefit under Article 2 of the Salary Continuation Agreement, but dies prior to the commencement of said benefit payments, the Company shall pay no benefit under the Salary Continuation Agreement but shall pay to the Executive’s beneficiary the split dollar death benefit described in Section 2.2.1 of this Agreement.

However, if the payments being made pursuant to the Salary Continuation Agreement at the time of the Executive’s death represent only a portion of the total benefits due thereunder, due to the application of the vesting schedule set forth in Section 1 (c) through (e) thereof, then the Company shall pay to the Executive’s beneficiary the same proportion of the split dollar death benefit as the vested proportion of the benefit that was being paid pursuant to the Salary Continuation Agreement at the time of Executive’s death.

However, if the Executive is entitled to only a portion of the benefits to be paid under the Executive’s Salary Continuation Agreement pursuant to the vesting schedule set forth in Section 1 (c) through (e) thereof, then the Company shall pay to the Executive’s beneficiary the same proportion of the split dollar death benefit as the vested proportion of the benefit due pursuant to the Salary Continuation Agreement.

2

 

 

2.2.4        Death After Payment of All Benefits under the Salary Continuation Agreement. If the Executive dies after receiving all benefit payments under Article 2 of the Salary Continuation Agreement, the Company shall still pay to the Executive’s beneficiary the split dollar death benefit described in Section 2.2.1 of this Agreement. However, if the payments made pursuant to the Salary Continuation Agreement represented only a portion of the total benefits due thereunder, due to the application of the vesting schedule set forth in Section 1 (c) through (e) thereof, then the Company shall pay to the Executive’s beneficiary the same proportion of the split dollar death benefit as the vested proportion of the benefit that was paid pursuant to the Salary Continuation Agreement.

2.3       Comparable Coverage. Upon execution of this Agreement, the Company shall maintain the Policy in full force and effect and in no event shall the Company amend, terminate or otherwise abrogate the Executive’s interest in the Policy, unless the Company replaces the Policy with a comparable insurance policy to cover the benefit provided under this Agreement and the Company and the Executive execute a new Split Dollar Policy Endorsement for said comparable insurance policy. The Policy or any comparable policy shall be subject to the claims of the Company’s creditors.

Article 3
Premiums

3.1           Premium Payment. The Company shall pay any premiums due on the Policy.

3.2       Economic Benefit. The Company shall determine the economic benefit attributable to the Executive based on the amount of the current term rate for the Executive’s age multiplied by the aggregate death benefit payable to the Executive’s beneficiary. The “current term rate” is the minimum amount required to be imputed under Revenue Rulings 64-328 and 66-110, or any subsequent applicable authority.

3.3       Imputed Income. The Company shall impute the economic benefit to the Executive on an annual basis.

Article 4
Assignment

The Executive may assign without consideration all of the Executive’s interests in the Policy and in this Agreement to any person, entity or trust. In the event the Executive transfers all of the Executive’s interest in the Policy, then all of the Executive’s interest in the Policy and in the Agreement shall be vested in the Executive’s transferee, who shall be substituted as a party hereunder and the Executive shall have no further interest in the Policy or in this Agreement.

3

 

 

Article 5
Insurer

The Insurer shall be bound only by the terms of the Policy. Any payments the Insurer makes or actions it takes in accordance with the Policy shall fully discharge it from all claims, suits and demands of all entities or persons. The Insurer shall not be bound by or be deemed to have notice of the provisions of this Agreement.

Article 6
Claims and Review Procedure

6.1          Claims Procedure. Any person or entity who has not received benefits under the Plan that he or she believes should be paid (the “claimant”) shall make a claim for such benefits as follows:

6.1.1           Initiation — Written Claim. The claimant initiates a claim by submitting to the Company a written claim for the benefits.

6.1.2           Timing of Company Response. The Company shall respond to such claimant within 90 days after receiving the claim. If the Company determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Company can extend the response period by an additional 90 days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial 90-day period that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Company expects to render its decision.

6.1.3           Notice of Decision. If the Company denies part or all of the claim, the Company shall notify the claimant in writing of such denial. The Company shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notification shall set forth:

(a)                      The specific reasons for the denial,

(b)       A reference to the specific provisions of this Agreement on which the denial is based,

(c)       A description of any additional information or material necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why it is needed,

(d)       An explanation of this Agreement’s review procedures and the time limits applicable to such procedures, and

(e)       A statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a) (29 United States Code section 1132(a)) following an adverse benefit determination on review.

6.2          Review Procedure. If the Company denies part or all of the claim, the claimant shall have the opportunity for a full and fair review by the Company of the denial, as follows:

4

 

 

6.2.1           Initiation — Written Request. To initiate the review, the claimant, within 60 days after receiving the Company’s notice of denial, must file with the Company a written request for review.

6.2.2           Additional Submissions — Information Access. The claimant shall then have the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records and other information relating to the claim. The Company shall also provide the claimant, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant’s claim for benefits.

6.2.3           Considerations on Review. In considering the review, the Company shall take into account all materials and information the claimant submits relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.

6.2.4           Timing of Company Response. The Company shall respond in writing to such claimant within 60 days after receiving the request for review. If the Company determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Company can extend the response period by an additional 60 days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial 60-day period that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Company expects to render its decision.

6.2.5           Notice of Decision. The Company shall notify the claimant in writing of its decision on review. The Company shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notification shall set forth:

(a)                      The specific reasons for the denial,

(b)       A reference to the specific provisions of this Agreement on which the denial is based,

(c)       A statement that the claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant’s claim for benefits, and

(d)       A statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a).

Article 7
Amendments and Termination

7.1       This Agreement may be amended or terminated only by a written agreement signed by the Company and the Executive.

5

 

 

7.2       In the event this Agreement is terminated under this Article 7, the Company shall not sell, surrender or transfer ownership of the Policy without first giving the Executive or the Executive’s transferee the option to purchase the Policy for a period of sixty (60) days from written notice of such intention. The purchase price shall be an amount equal to the cash surrender value of the Policy.

7.3       Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall not pay any benefit under this Agreement if the Company terminates the Executive’s employment for:

(a)        Willful breach of duty in the course of employment or habitual neglect of employment responsibilities and duties;

(b)       Conviction of any felony or crime involving moral turpitude, fraud or dishonesty;

(c)        Willful violation of any state or federal banking or securities law, the rules or regulations of any banking agency, or any material Company rule, policy or resolution resulting in an adverse effect on the Company; or

(d)       Disclosure to any third party by the Executive, without authority or permission, of any secret or confidential information of the Company.

7.4       Suicide or Misstatement. The Company shall not pay any benefit under this Agreement if the Executive commits suicide within two years after the date of this Agreement. In addition, the Company shall not pay any benefit under this Agreement if the Executive has made any material misstatement of fact on an employment application or resume provided to the Company, or on any application for any benefits provided by the Company to the Executive.

Article 8
Miscellaneous

8.1       Binding Effect. This Agreement shall bind the Executive and the Company and their beneficiaries, survivors, executors, administrators and transferees, and any Policy beneficiary.

8.2       No Guarantee of Employment. This Agreement is not an employment policy or contract. It does not give the Executive the right to remain an employee of the Company, nor does it interfere with the Company’s right to discharge the Executive. It also does not require the Executive to remain an employee nor interfere with the Executive’s right to terminate employment at any time.

8.3       Applicable Law. The Agreement and all rights hereunder shall be governed by and construed according to the laws of the State of California, except to the extent preempted by the laws of the United States of America.

8.4         Reorganization. The Company shall not merge or consolidate into or with another company, or reorganize, or sell substantially all of its assets to another company, firm or person unless such succeeding or continuing company, firm or person agrees to assume and discharge the obligations of the Company.

6

 

 

8.5       Notice. Any notice, consent or demand required or permitted to be given under the provisions of this Split Dollar Agreement by one party to another shall be in writing, shall be signed by the party giving or making the same, and may be given either by delivering the same to such other party personally, or by mailing the same, by United States certified mail, postage prepaid, to such party, addressed to his or her last known address as shown on the records of the Company. The date of such mailing shall be deemed the date of such mailed notice, consent or demand.

8.6       Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Company and the Executive as to the subject matter hereof. No rights are granted to the Executive by virtue of this Agreement other than those specifically set forth herein.

8.7       Administration. The Company shall have powers which are necessary to administer this Agreement, including but not limited to:

(a)            Interpreting the provisions of this Agreement;

(b)           Establishing and revising the method of accounting for this Agreement;

(c)            Maintaining a record of benefit payments; and

(d)       Establishing rules and prescribing any forms necessary or desirable to administer this Agreement.

8.8          Named Fiduciary. The Company shall be the named fiduciary and plan administrator under the Agreement. The named fiduciary may delegate to others certain aspects of the management and operation responsibilities of the plan including the employment of advisors and the delegation of ministerial duties to qualified individuals.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Executive and the Company consent to this Agreement on the date above written.

EXECUTIVE:

 

COMPANY:

 

 

CHINO COMMERCIAL BANK

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Dann H. Bowman

 

By

/s/ Pollyanna Franks

Dann H. Bowman

 

 

 

 

Title

Chairman Compensation

 

7

 

 

I designate the following as beneficiary of benefits under the Agreement payable following my death:

Primary:       Patricia L. Bowman

Contingent:   David Bowman, Joseph Bowman and Joshua Bowman, each as to an equal 33%

Note:                         To name a trust as beneficiary, please provide the name of the trustee(s) and the exact name and date of the trust agreement.

I understand that I may change these beneficiary designations by delivering a new written designation to the Plan Administrator. I further understand that the designations will be automatically revoked if the beneficiary predeceases me, or, if I have named my spouse as beneficiary and our marriage is subsequently dissolved.

Name:   Dann H. Bowman

Signature:

 

/s/ Dann H. Bowman

 

Date:

 

12/29/04

 

 

SPOUSAL CONSENT (Required if Spouse not named beneficiary):

I consent to the beneficiary designation above, and acknowledge that if I am named beneficiary and our marriage is subsequently dissolved, the designation will be automatically revoked.

Spouse Name:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature:

 

 

Date:

 

 

Received by the Plan Administrator this                  day of                                    , 2004.

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

8

 

 

POLICY ENDORSEMENT

Contract Owner:           CHINO COMMERCIAL BANK, NA

The undersigned Owner requests that the policy(ies) shown in the attached Schedule Page issued by Clarica Life Insurance Co.-US (the “Insurer”) provide for the following beneficiary designation:

1. Upon the death of the Insured, proceeds shall be paid in one sum to the Owner, its successors or assigns, as Beneficiary, to the extent claimed by said Owner.

2. Any proceeds at the death of the Insured in excess of the amount paid under the provisions of paragraph 1 of this Policy Endorsement shall be paid in one sum in accordance with the written direction of the Owner. Such direction will be provided to the Insurer at the time of claim. The Insurer will be protected in relying solely on the Owner to provide the name(s) of the party(ies) to pay any excess not paid under paragraph 1. If the Owner fails to provide the name(s) of the party(ies) at the time of claim, then any proceeds payable under this paragraph shall be paid in one sum to the Beneficiary.

3. It is hereby provided that (i) any payment made to the Beneficiary or other party under paragraph 2 of this Policy Endorsement shall be a full discharge of the Insurer to the extent thereof; (ii) such discharge shall be binding on all parties claiming any interest under the Policy; and (iii) the Insurer shall have no responsibility with respect to the amounts so claimed.

4. It is agreed by the undersigned that this designation shall be subject in all respects to the contractual terms of the Policy.

The undersigned is signing in a representative capacity for the Owner and warrants that he or she has the authority to bind the entity on whose behalf this document is being executed.

Signed at Chino, California, this 29th day of December, 2004.

OWNER:

CHINO COMMERCIAL BANK, NA

By:

 

/s/ Jo Anne Painter

 

By:

 

/s/ Pollyanna Franks

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

EVP/CFO

 

Title:

 

Chairman Compensation

 

1

 

 

 

Schedule Page
Policy(ies) Subject to Policy Endorsement

 

Policy Number

 

Insured

 

 

Dann H. Bowman

 

 

2

 

 

 

POLICY ENDORSEMENT

Contract Owner:           CHINO COMMERCIAL BANK, NA

The undersigned Owner requests that the policy(ies) shown in the attached Schedule Page issued by West Coast Life Insurance Co. (the “Insurer”) provide for the following beneficiary designation:

1. Upon the death of the Insured, proceeds shall be paid in one sum to the Owner, its successors or assigns, as Beneficiary, to the extent claimed by said Owner.

2. Any proceeds at the death of the Insured in excess of the amount paid under the provisions of paragraph 1 of this Policy Endorsement shall be paid in one sum in accordance with the written direction of the Owner. Such direction will be provided to the Insurer at the time of claim. The Insurer will be protected in relying solely on the Owner to provide the name(s) of the party(ies) to pay any excess not paid under paragraph 1. If the Owner fails to provide the name(s) of the party(ies) at the time of claim, then any proceeds payable under this paragraph shall be paid in one sum to the Beneficiary.

3. It is hereby provided that (i) any payment made to the Beneficiary or other party under paragraph 2 of this Policy Endorsement shall be a full discharge of the Insurer to the extent thereof; (ii) such discharge shall be binding on all parties claiming any interest under the Policy; and (iii) the Insurer shall have no responsibility with respect to the amounts so claimed.

4. It is agreed by the undersigned that this designation shall be subject in all respects to the contractual terms of the Policy.

The undersigned is signing in a representative capacity for the Owner and warrants that he or she has the authority to bind the entity on whose behalf this document is being executed.

Signed at Chino, California, this 29th day of December, 2004.

OWNER:

CHINO COMMERCIAL BANK, NA

By:

 

/s/ Jo Anne Painter

 

By:

 

/s/ Pollyanna Franks

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

EVP/CFO

 

Title:

 

Chairman Compensation

 

1

 

 

Schedule Page
Policy(ies) Subject to Policy Endorsement

 

Policy Number

 

Insured

 

 

Dann H. Bowman

 

2

 

EX1A-6 MAT CTRCT 9 v463400_ex6-3.htm EXHIBIT 6.3

Exhibit 6.3

CHINO COMMERCIAL BANK, N.A.

SALARY CONTINUATION AGREEMENT

This Salary Continuation Agreement (the “Agreement”) is entered into effective the 1st day of June, 2004, by and between Chino Commercial Bank, N.A., a national banking association (the “Bank”), and Roger Caberto (the “Participant”), pursuant to the Salary Continuation Plan of the Bank (the “Plan”), a copy of which is attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference. All capitalized terms not herein defined shall have the same meaning ascribed to them as in the Plan.

1.             Grant of Salary Continuation Benefits. Pursuant to the action of the Board of Directors or the Compensation Committee, as the case may be, the Bank hereby grants to the Participant the salary continuation benefits set forth in subsections 1(a) through (g) hereof. For purposes of this Agreement, “Full Years of Employment With the Bank Completed” shall have the same meaning as set forth in the Plan.

(a)           Benefits Upon Retirement. The Bank shall pay to the Participant an annual retirement benefit of Thirty-Two Thousand Dollars ($32,000) per year for ten (10) consecutive years. Such payments shall be made in one hundred twenty (120) equal monthly installments commencing on the first business day of the month following the Participant’s retirement date (as set forth below) and continuing on the first business day of each month thereafter until the specified number of installments have been paid in full. The Bank shall have no obligation under this subsection 1(a), except as provided in subsection 1(c) through (f) herein, if the Participant was not continuously employed (as defined in Section 5 of the Plan) by the Bank during the period from the date of execution of this Agreement until the Participant’s retirement date set forth below. For purposes of this Agreement and the Plan, the Participant’s retirement date shall be the first day of the calendar month following the Participant’s sixty-fifth (65th) birthday.

(b)           Benefits Upon Death Prior to Retirement. In the event the Participant dies prior to retirement while still employed by the Bank, the Bank shall pay to the beneficiary designated by the Participant, the Participant’s surviving spouse, if any, or to the Personal Representative of the Participant’s estate, as the case may be (as more fully described in Section 6 hereof), a lump sum benefit as specified in the Participant’s Split Dollar Agreement, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit “A,” or as otherwise specified in the applicable life insurance policy or policies.

(c)           Benefits Upon Termination of Employment by the Bank Without Cause. In the event the Bank terminates the Participant’s employment with the Bank without cause (as defined in Section 5.4 of the Plan), the Bank shall pay to the Participant a certain percentage of the retirement benefits granted by the Bank in subsection 1(a) of this Agreement. The annual retirement benefit payable by the Bank to the Participant pursuant to this subsection 1(c) shall be equal to the amount which corresponds to the percentage of such retirement benefits which have vested as determined by the following vesting schedule:

 

 

 

 

Full Years o
Employment with the
Bank Completed
1

 

 

 

Percent of
Retirement Benefits
Vested

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

14

%

 

 

2

 

 

 

28

%

 

 

3

 

 

 

42

%

 

 

4

 

 

 

56

%

 

 

5

 

 

 

70

%

 

 

6

 

 

 

84

%

 

 

7

 

 

 

100

%

 

 

Such retirement payments shall be payable by the Bank for ten (10) consecutive years in one hundred twenty (120) equal monthly installments commencing upon the first business day of the month following the Participant’s retirement date (as set forth in subsection 1(a) hereof) and continuing on the first business day of each month thereafter until the specified number of installments have been paid in full.

(d)           Benefits Upon Voluntary Termination of Employment by Participant. In the event the Participant voluntarily terminates his employment with the Bank, the Bank shall pay to the Participant a certain percentage of the retirement benefits granted by the Bank in subsection 1(a) of this Agreement. However, in order to qualify for any benefits in the event of voluntary termination, the Participant must refrain from engaging in the business of banking within a twenty-five (25) mile radius of the Bank’s main office, or any branch office, or of any location for which the Bank has applied for a branch office. The annual retirement benefit payable by the Bank to the Participant pursuant to this subsection 1(d) shall be equal to the amount which corresponds to the percentage of such retirement benefits which have vested as determined by the following vesting schedule:

Full Years o
Employment with the
Bank Completed
1

 

 

 

Percent of
Retirement Benefits
Vested

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

0

%

 

 

2

 

 

 

0

%

 

 

3

 

 

 

0

%

 

 

4

 

 

 

0

%

 

 

5

 

 

 

0

%

 

 

6

 

 

 

14

%

 

 

7

 

 

 

100

%

 

 

Such retirement payments shall be payable by the Bank for ten (10) consecutive years in one hundred twenty (120) equal monthly installments commencing upon the first business day of the month following the Participant’s retirement date (as set forth in subsection 1(a) hereof) with the Bank and continuing on the first business day of each month thereafter until the specified number of installments have been paid in full.


1                      Commencing on the effective date of this Agreement.

 

2

 

 

 

(e)           Benefits Upon Termination of Employment Due to Total Disability. In the event the Participant’s employment with the Bank is terminated due to “total disability” (as defined in Section 5.4 of the Plan), the Bank shall pay to the Participant a certain percentage of the retirement benefits granted by the Bank in subsection 1(a) of this Agreement. The amount of the annual retirement benefit payable by the Bank to the Participant pursuant to this subsection 1(e) shall be identical to that specified in the vesting schedule set forth in subsection 1(c) above concerning termination without cause.

2.             Death Subsequent to Retirement, Disability or Other Termination of Employment. In the event the Participant dies subsequent to the retirement date set forth in subsection 1(a), or as contemplated by Section 4, or subsequent to the date of his termination of employment by the Bank as a result of any Reorganization of the Bank as described in Section 5 below, the Bank (or successor entity if applicable) shall immediately cease paying any retirements benefits under this Agreement, and shall instead pay a lump sum death benefit to the Participant’s beneficiary as specified in the Participant’s Split Dollar Agreement or as otherwise specified in the applicable life insurance policy or policies. In the event the Participant dies subsequent the termination of his employment by the Bank without cause, voluntary termination of employment, or termination of employment due to total disability, as described in subsections 1(c) through (e) hereof, then the amount of benefits due under the Participant’s Split Dollar Agreement shall be proportional to the amount of the Participant’s benefits which were vested pursuant to the Participant’s Salary Continuation Agreement at the time of such termination. No deductions shall be made from the death benefit for any payments previously made under this Salary Continuation Agreement.

3.             Termination of Employment For Cause. In the event the Bank terminates the Participant’s employment with the Bank for “cause” (as defined in the Plan), the Bank shall have no obligation to pay any benefits under the Plan, this Agreement or the Participant’s Split Dollar Agreement to the Participant or any beneficiary thereof.

4.             Early or Late Retirement. The Participant may apply to the Board of Directors for an early or late retirement. The decision whether to accept or reject such an application shall be in the sole discretion of the Board of Directors, and the Board shall have no obligation whatsoever to accept any such application. In the event the Board of Directors accepts the Participant’s application for early or late retirement, this Agreement shall be amended to reflect the revised terms of the Participant’s retirement date and amount of such retirement benefits. Such revised benefits shall be payable by the Bank pursuant to this Section 4 only to the extent that the Participant was continuously employed by the Bank during the period from the date of execution of this Agreement until the date of the Participant’s revised retirement date. Retirement benefits under this Section 4 shall be payable in equal monthly installments for a period of ten (10) consecutive years commencing on the first business day of the month following the Participant’s revised retirement date and continuing on the first business day of each month thereafter for one hundred twenty (120) consecutive months until all of the specified installments have been paid in full.

5.             Reorganization. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Reorganization” shall include: (i) a reorganiza­tion, merger, or consolidation of the Bank with one or more corporations as a result of which the Bank will not be the surviving entity, (ii) a sale of substantially all the

3

 

 

 

assets and property of the Bank to another person, corporation or entity, or (iii) a “change in control,” i.e., any other single transaction involving the Bank (such as a tender offer) where there is a change in ownership of at least twenty-five percent (25%) of the Bank’s outstanding shares, unless such change in ownership results from (i) a transfer of shares to another corporation in exchange for at least eighty percent (80%) control of that corporation, or (ii) the issuance of additional shares of stock by the Bank in a secondary stock offering, private placement or similar transaction. In the event of any Reorganization, the surviving or resulting corporation, or the transferee of the Bank’s assets or stock, whichever  may apply, shall be bound by and shall have the benefits of the Plan and this Agreement. The Bank shall take all actions necessary to ensure that such corporation or transferee is bound by the provisions of the Plan and this Agreement.

In the event that the Participant’s employment is terminated (or “constructively terminated”) in connection with or within one (1) year following a Reorganization, the Participant shall be one hundred percent (100%) vested in the total benefit as described in subsection 1(a) of this Agreement. For purposes of this Agreement, “constructive termination” shall include: (i) any decrease in salary or benefits below those in effect for the Participant immediately prior to the Reorganization or (ii) any relocation of the Participant more than twenty-five (25) miles from his principal place of business immediately prior to the Reorganization.

Notwithstanding the prior paragraph, no payment shall be made to the Participant under this Salary Continuation Agreement to the extent that such payment, when aggregated with all other payments considered for purposes of calculating a parachute payment, would result in an excess parachute payment as defined under Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).

6.             Beneficiaries. The Participant may designate one or more primary or contingent beneficiaries to receive all or any specified portion of any benefits under the Plan which, at the time of the Participant’s death remain payable by the Bank to the Participant. The Participant may designate such beneficiary(ies) on Exhibit A attached hereto. The designation of any such beneficiaries may be changed or revoked at any time prior to the Participant’s death by giving the Bank three (3) days’ written notice of such change or revocation in the manner provided in Section 9 of this Agreement.

In the event the Participant shall fail to designate a beneficiary prior to his death or designates a beneficiary and thereafter revokes such designation without naming another beneficiary, or designates one or more beneficiaries and all such beneficiaries so designated shall fail to survive the Participant, any payments of benefits under the Plan and this Agreement shall be made to the Participant’s surviving spouse, if any, or otherwise to the Personal Representative of the Participant’s estate.

Unless the Participant has otherwise specified in the beneficiary designation, the beneficiary or beneficiaries designated by the Participant shall become fixed as of the Participant’s death so that, if a beneficiary survives the Participant but dies prior to the receipt of all payments due such beneficiary, such remaining payments shall be payable to the Personal Representative of such beneficiary’s estate.

4

 

 

 

The Participant and his beneficiaries shall not have any assignable interest in the future payments due under the Plan or this Agreement, nor any right to anticipate, dispose of, pledge or encumber the same prior to actual receipt thereof, nor shall the same be subject to attachment, garnishment, or execution following judgment or other legal process instituted by the Participant’s creditors or any such beneficiary; provided, however, that the balance of the Participant’s benefit payments shall at all times be subject to offset for debts owed by the Participant to the Bank.

7.             Effect on Employment Rights. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to give the Participant any right to remain in the employ of the Bank nor to affect the right of the Bank to terminate the employment of the Participant at any time, with or without cause, which right is hereby reserved. This Agreement shall not be considered a supplement or amendment to any contract of employment, either oral or written, between the Participant and the Bank.

8.             Limitation on the Bank’s Obligation to Fund Agreement. The Bank’s obligation to make payments hereunder is an unfunded and unsecured contractual obligation only; and in the event any insurance company or other obligor issuing a life insurance or annuity policy or other investment instrument purchased by the Bank to fund this Agreement shall fail or be in imminent danger thereof, the Bank shall have the right to take immediate action to recoup so much of its investment as possible, and shall have no obligation to fund this Agreement or portion thereof to the extent that this Agreement was intended to be funded by the proceeds of such policy, annuity or other investment. Neither the Participant nor his beneficiaries shall have any beneficial or preferred interest by way of trust, escrow, lien or otherwise, in any specific assets or funds of the Bank, including any insurance or annuity contracts or the proceeds therefrom, as described below.

No life insurance or annuity policy or other investment instrument purchased by the Bank in connection with this Agreement shall in any way be considered to be security for the performance of the Bank’s obligations hereunder. The Bank shall be the owner and beneficiary of such policy(ies) and any such policy shall be, and remain, a general unpledged, unrestricted asset of the Bank.

9.             Notices. All notices or other communications required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given, upon personal delivery (professional courier acceptable) or three (3) business days following deposit with the United States Postal Service, by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, with return receipt requested, to the following addresses: (a) if to the Bank, to its principal place of business, and (b) if to the Participant, to his address set forth on the signature page hereof. Such persons or addresses may change from time to time by notice given pursuant to the provisions of this Section.

10.           Governing Law. Except to the extent governed by the laws of the United States, this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California.

11.           Plan Provisions. This Agreement is subject to all of the provisions of the Plan, all of the terms and conditions of which have been incorporated herein by reference, and is

5

 

 

 

further subject to all interpretations, amendments, rules and regulations which may from time to time be promulgated and adopted pursuant to the Plan. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and those of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan shall control. No termination or amendment of the Plan may, without the consent of the Participant, terminate the Participant’s benefits under this Agreement or materially and adversely affect the Participant’s rights under this Agreement, except in the event of certain changes in laws or regulations described in the sentence immediately following. The Bank reserves the right to terminate or modify a Participant’s outstanding agreement or benefits in the event of (i) any changes in federal tax laws which would limit the Bank’s available tax deductions in connection with the funding this Agreement; or (ii) any changes in applicable laws, regulations or regulatory policies which would cause this Agreement to be legally impermissible or would subject the Bank to criticism by a bank regulatory agency.

12.           Legal and Tax Advice; Review by Counsel. The Bank has not provided the Participant with advice, warranties or representations regarding any of the legal or tax effects to the Participant with respect to the grant of benefits herein. By accepting this grant and by signing this Agreement, the Participant acknowledges that he is familiar with the terms of the Plan and this Agreement, that he has been encouraged by the Bank to discuss the Plan and this Agreement with his own legal and tax advisers, and that he agrees to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement. The Participant represents and warrants to the Bank that he has had this Agreement reviewed by independent legal counsel of his choice, or if he has not, that he has had the opportunity to do so, and hereby waives any claim, objection or defense on the grounds that this Agreement has not been reviewed by legal counsel of his choice.

 

 

CHINO COMMERCIAL BANK, N.A.
a national banking association

 

By

 /s/ Dann H. Bowman

 

By

/s/ Pollyanna Franks

PARTICIPANT
Roger Caberto
Vice President and Chief Credit Officer

 

 

 /s/ Robert Caberto

 

 

ROGER CABERTO

 

 

Participant’s Address:
[Intentionally Omitted]

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

EXHIBIT A

DESIGNATION OF BENEFICIARIES

Pursuant to the terms of a Salary Continuation Agreement, effective June 1, 2004, between Chino Commercial Bank, N.A. (the “Bank”) and me, I hereby designate the following beneficiary(ies) to receive any payments which may be due and payable by the Bank under such Agreement after my death:

Primary Beneficiary:

 

Aniceta Caberto

Contingent Beneficiary:

 

Jason R. Caberto and Michael J. Caberto

 

The Primary Beneficiary named above shall be the designated beneficiary referred to in Section 6 of said Agreement if he or she is living at the time death benefit payments become due and payable by the Bank, and the Contingent Beneficiary named above shall be the designated beneficiary referred to in Section 6 of said Agreement only if he or she is living at the time death benefits become due and payable by the Bank and the Primary Beneficiary is not then living.

I hereby reserve the right to change said beneficiary(ies) at any time prior to my death by notice to the Bank in accordance with Section 9 of the Agreement.

 

Dated:

 

12/23/04

 

/s/ Robert Caberto

 

 

 

 

ROGER CABERTO

Witness:

 

/s/ Robin Mora

 

 

 

 

7

 

 

CHINO COMMERCIAL BANK, NA
Split Dollar Agreement

CHINO COMMERCIAL BANK, NA
SPLIT DOLLAR AGREEMENT

(ADDENDUM A TO THE CHINO COMMERCIAL BANK SALARY CONTINUATION AGREEMENT)

THIS AGREEMENT is adopted this 1st day of June, 2004, by and between CHINO COMMERCIAL BANK, NA, located in Chino, California (the “Company”), and ROGER CABERTO (the “Executive”). This Agreement shall append the Split Dollar Endorsement entered into on even date herewith or as subsequently amended, by and between the aforementioned parties.

INTRODUCTION

To encourage the Executive to remain an employee of the Company, the Company is willing to divide the death proceeds of a life insurance policy on the Executive’s life. The Company will pay life insurance premiums from its general assets.

AGREEMENT

The Company and the Executive agree as follows:

Article 1
General Definitions

The following terms shall have the meanings specified:

1.1       “Insured” means the Executive.

1.2       “Insurer” means each life insurance carrier in which there is a Split Dollar Policy Endorsement attached to this Agreement.

1.3       “Normal Retirement Age” means the Executive attaining sixty-five (65) years of age.

1.4       “Policy” means the specific life insurance policy or policies issued by the Insurer.

1.5       “Salary Continuation Agreement means that Salary Continuation Agreement between the Company and the Executive on even date herewith or as subsequently amended.

1.6           “Termination for Cause”  shall be defined as set forth in Article 7.

1.7       “Termination of Employment”  means that the Executive ceases to be employed by the Company for any reason, other than by reason of a leave of absence approved by the Company.

 

 

 

Article 2
Policy Ownership/Interests

2.1       Company Ownership. The Company is the sole owner of the Policy and shall have the right to exercise all incidents of ownership. The Company shall be the beneficiary of the remaining death proceeds of the Policy after the Interest of the Executive or the Executive’s transferee has been paid according to Section 2.2 below.

2.2       Executive’s Interest. The Executive shall have the right to designate the beneficiary of the death proceeds. The Executive shall also have the right to elect and change settlement options that may be permitted. Upon the termination of this Agreement according to Article 7 herein, the Executive, the Executive’s transferee or the Executive’s beneficiary shall have no rights or interests in the Policy and no death benefit shall be paid under this Section 2.2.

2.2.1        Death During Active Service. If the Executive dies while in the active service of the Company, the Company shall pay to the Executive’s beneficiary $231,010 (Two Hundred Thirty-One Thousand Ten Dollars) upon the death of the Executive.

2.2.2        Death During Payment of a Benefit under the Salary Continuation Agreement. If the Executive dies after any benefit payments have commenced under Article 2 of the Salary Continuation Agreement but before receiving all such payments, the Company shall cease paying the remaining benefit, if any, and shall then pay to the Executive’s beneficiary the split dollar death benefit described in Section 2.2.1 of this Agreement.

2.2.3        Death After Termination of Employment But Before Commencement of Payment under the Salary Continuation Plan. If the Executive is entitled to a benefit under Article 2 of the Salary Continuation Agreement, but dies prior to the commencement of said benefit payments, the Company shall pay no benefit under the Salary Continuation Agreement but shall pay to the Executive’s beneficiary the split dollar death benefit described in Section 2.2.1 of this Agreement.

2.3  Comparable Coverage. Upon execution of this Agreement, the Company shall maintain the Policy in full force and effect and in no event shall the Company amend, terminate or otherwise abrogate the Executive’s interest in the Policy, unless the Company replaces the Policy with a comparable insurance policy to cover the benefit provided under this Agreement and the Company and the Executive execute a new Split Dollar Policy Endorsement for said comparable insurance policy. The Policy or any comparable policy shall be subject to the claims of the Company’s creditors.

However, if the payments being made pursuant to the Salary Continuation Agreement at the time of the Executive’s death represent only a portion of the total benefits due thereunder, due to the application of the vesting schedule set forth in Section 1 (c) through (e) thereof, then the Company shall pay to the Executive’s beneficiary the same proportion of the split dollar death benefit as the vested proportion of the benefit that was being paid pursuant to the Salary Continuation Agreement at the time of Executive’s death.

 

2

 

 

 

However, if the Executive is entitled to only a portion of the benefits to be paid under the Executive’s Salary Continuation Agreement pursuant to the vesting schedule set forth in Section 1 (c) through (e) thereof, then the Company shall pay to the Executive’s beneficiary the same proportion of the split dollar death benefit as the vested proportion of the benefit due pursuant to the Salary Continuation Agreement.

2.2.4    Death After Payment of All Benefits under the Salary Continuation Agreement. If the Executive dies after receiving all benefit payments under Article 2 of the Salary Continuation Agreement, the Company shall still pay to the Executive’s beneficiary the split dollar death benefit described in Section 2.2.1 of this Agreement. However, if the payments made pursuant to the Salary Continuation Agreement represented only a portion of the total benefits due thereunder, due to the application of the vesting schedule set forth in Section 1 (c) through (e) thereof, then the Company shall pay to the Executive’s beneficiary the same proportion of the split dollar death benefit as the vested proportion of the benefit that was paid pursuant to the Salary Continuation Agreement.

Article 3
Premiums

3.1       Premium Payment. The Company shall pay any premiums due on the Policy.

3.2       Economic Benefit. The Company shall determine the economic benefit attributable to the Executive based on the amount of the current term rate for the Executive’s age multiplied by the aggregate death benefit payable to the Executive’s beneficiary. The “current term rate” is the minimum amount required to be imputed under Revenue Rulings 64-328 and 66-110, or any subsequent applicable authority.

3.3       Imputed Income. The Company shall impute the economic benefit to the Executive on an annual basis.

Article 4
Assignment

The Executive may assign without consideration all of the Executive’s interests in the Policy and in this Agreement to any person, entity or trust. In the event the Executive transfers all of the Executive’s interest in the Policy, then all of the Executive’s interest in the Policy and in the Agreement shall be vested in the Executive’s transferee, who shall be substituted as a party hereunder and the Executive shall have no further interest in the Policy or in this Agreement.

Article 5
Insurer

The Insurer shall be bound only by the terms of the Policy. Any payments the Insurer makes

 

3

 

 

 

or actions it takes in accordance with the Policy shall fully discharge it from all claims, suits and demands of all entities or persons. The Insurer shall not be bound by or be deemed to have notice of the provisions of this Agreement.

Article 6
Claims and Review Procedure

6.1          Claims Procedure. Any person or entity who has not received benefits under the Plan that he or she believes should be paid (the “claimant”) shall make a claim for such benefits as follows:

6.1.1           Initiation — Written Claim. The claimant initiates a claim by submitting to the Company a written claim for the benefits.

6.1.2           Timing of Company Response. The Company shall respond to such claimant within 90 days after receiving the claim. If the Company determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Company can extend the response period by an additional 90 days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial 90-day period that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Company expects to render its decision.

6.1.3           Notice of Decision. If the Company denies part or all of the claim, the Company shall notify the claimant in writing of such denial. The Company shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notification shall set forth:

(a)                      The specific reasons for the denial,

(b)       A reference to the specific provisions of this Agreement on which the denial is based,

(c)       A description of any additional information or material necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why it is needed,

(d)       An explanation of this Agreement’s review procedures and the time limits applicable to such procedures, and

(e)       A statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a) (29 United States Code section 1132(a)) following an adverse benefit determination on review.

6.2          Review Procedure. If the Company denies part or all of the claim, the claimant shall have the opportunity for a full and fair review by the Company of the denial, as follows:

6.2.1           Initiation — Written Request. To initiate the review, the claimant, within 60 days after receiving the Company’s notice of denial, must file with the Company a written request for review.

4

 

 

 

6.2.2           Additional Submissions — Information Access. The claimant shall then have the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records and other information relating to the claim. The Company shall also provide the claimant, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant’s claim for benefits.

6.2.3           Considerations on Review. In considering the review, the Company shall take into account all materials and information the claimant submits relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.

6.2.4           Timing of Company Response. The Company shall respond in writing to such claimant within 60 days after receiving the request for review. If the Company determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Company can extend the response period by an additional 60 days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial 60-day period that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Company expects to render its decision.

6.2.5           Notice of Decision. The Company shall notify the claimant in writing of its decision on review. The Company shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notification shall set forth:

(a)                      The specific reasons for the denial,

(b)       A reference to the specific provisions of this Agreement on which the denial is based,

(c)       A statement that the claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant’s claim for benefits, and

(d)       A statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a).

Article 7
Amendments and Termination

7.1       This Agreement may be amended or terminated only by a written agreement signed by the Company and the Executive.

7.2       In the event this Agreement is terminated under this Article 7, the Company shall not sell, surrender or transfer ownership of the Policy without first giving the Executive or the Executive’s transferee the option to purchase the Policy for a period of sixty (60) days from written

5

 

 

 

notice of such intention. The purchase price shall be an amount equal to the cash surrender value of the Policy.

7.3       Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall not pay any benefit under this Agreement if the Company terminates the Executive’s employment for:

(a)        Willful breach of duty in the course of employment or habitual neglect of employment responsibilities and duties;

(b)       Conviction of any felony or crime involving moral turpitude, fraud or dishonesty;

(c)       Willful violation of any state or federal banking or securities law, the rules or regulations of any banking agency, or any material Company rule, policy or resolution resulting in an adverse effect on the Company; or

(d)       Disclosure to any third party by the Executive, without authority or permission, of any secret or confidential information of the Company.

7.4       Suicide or Misstatement. The Company shall not pay any benefit under this Agreement if the Executive commits suicide within two years after the date of this Agreement. In addition, the Company shall not pay any benefit under this Agreement if the Executive has made any material misstatement of fact on an employment application or resume provided to the Company, or on any application for any benefits provided by the Company to the Executive.

Article 8
Miscellaneous

8.1       Binding Effect. This Agreement shall bind the Executive and the Company and their beneficiaries, survivors, executors, administrators and transferees, and any Policy beneficiary.

8.2       No Guarantee of Employment. This Agreement is not an employment policy or contract. It does not give the Executive the right to remain an employee of the Company, nor does it interfere with the Company’s right to discharge the Executive. It also does not require the Executive to remain an employee nor interfere with the Executive’s right to terminate employment at any time.

8.3        Applicable Law. The Agreement and all rights hereunder shall be governed by and construed according to the laws of the State of California, except to the extent preempted by the laws of the United States of America.

8.4         Reorganization. The Company shall not merge or consolidate into or with another company, or reorganize, or sell substantially all of its assets to another company, firm or person unless such succeeding or continuing company, firm or person agrees to assume and discharge the obligations of the Company.

8.5       Notice. Any notice, consent or demand required or permitted to be given under the provisions of this Split Dollar Agreement by one party to another shall be in writing, shall be signed by

6

 

 

 

the party giving or making the same, and may be given either by delivering the same to such other party personally, or by mailing the same, by United States certified mail, postage prepaid, to such party, addressed to his or her last known address as shown on the records of the Company. The date of such mailing shall be deemed the date of such mailed notice, consent or demand.

8.6       Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Company and the Executive as to the subject matter hereof. No rights are granted to the Executive by virtue of this Agreement other than those specifically set forth herein.

8.7       Administration. The Company shall have powers which are necessary to administer this Agreement, including but not limited to:

(a)            Interpreting the provisions of this Agreement;

(b)           Establishing and revising the method of accounting for this Agreement;

(c)            Maintaining a record of benefit payments; and

(d)       Establishing rules and prescribing any forms necessary or desirable to administer this Agreement.

8.8          Named Fiduciary. The Company shall be the named fiduciary and plan administrator under the Agreement. The named fiduciary may delegate to others certain aspects of the management and operation responsibilities of the plan including the employment of advisors and the delegation of ministerial duties to qualified individuals.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Executive and the Company consent to this Agreement on the date above written.

EXECUTIVE:

 

COMPANY:

 

 

CHINO COMMERCIAL BANK

/s/ Roger Caberto

By

/s/ Pollyanna Franks

Roger Caberto

 

 

 

Title

Chairman Compensation

 

7

 

 

 

CHINO COMMERCIAL BANK, NA
Split Dollar Agreement
BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION FORM


 

I designate the following as beneficiary of benefits under the Agreement payable following my death:

Primary: Aniceta Caberto

_____________________________________________________________________________

Contingent: Jason R. Caberto and Michael J. Caberto

_____________________________________________________________________________

Note:  To name a trust as beneficiary, please provide the name of the trustee(s) and the exact name and date of the trust agreement.

I understand that I may change these beneficiary designations by delivering a new written designation to the Plan Administrator. I further understand that the designations will be automatically revoked if the beneficiary predeceases me, or, if I have named my spouse as beneficiary and our marriage is subsequently dissolved.

Name:

 

Roger Caberto

 

 

 

 

Signature:

 

/s/ Roger Caberto

 

Date:

 

12/23/04

 

SPOUSAL CONSENT (Required if Spouse not named beneficiary):

I consent to the beneficiary designation above, and acknowledge that if I am named beneficiary and our marriage is subsequently dissolved, the designation will be automatically revoked.

Spouse Name:

 

Aniceta Caberto

 

 

 

 

Signature:

 

/s/ Aniceta Caberto

 

Date:

 

12/23/04

 

Received by the Plan Administrator this ________ day of ___________________, 2004.

By:            _________________________________

Title:         _________________________________

 

8

 

 

POLICY ENDORSEMENT

Contract Owner: CHINO COMMERCIAL BANK, NA

The undersigned Owner requests that the policy(ies) shown in the attached Schedule Page issued by Clarica Life Insurance Co.-US (the “Insurer”) provide for the following beneficiary designation:

1. Upon the death of the Insured, proceeds shall be paid in one sum to the Owner, its successors or assigns, as Beneficiary, to the extent claimed by said Owner.

2. Any proceeds at the death of the Insured in excess of the amount paid under the provisions of paragraph 1 of this Policy Endorsement shall be paid in one sum in accordance with the written direction of the Owner. Such direction will be provided to the Insurer at the time of claim. The Insurer will be protected in relying solely on the Owner to provide the name(s) of the party(ies) to pay any excess not paid under paragraph 1. If the Owner fails to provide the name(s) of the party(ies) at the time of claim, then any proceeds payable under this paragraph shall be paid in one sum to the Beneficiary.

3. It is hereby provided that (i) any payment made to the Beneficiary or other party under paragraph 2 of this Policy Endorsement shall be a full discharge of the Insurer to the extent thereof; (ii) such discharge shall be binding on all parties claiming any interest under the Policy; and (iii) the Insurer shall have no responsibility with respect to the amounts so claimed.

4. It is agreed by the undersigned that this designation shall be subject in all respects to the contractual terms of the Policy.

The undersigned is signing in a representative capacity for the Owner and warrants that he or she has the authority to bind the entity on whose behalf this document is being executed.

Signed at Chino, California, this 29th day of December, 2004.

OWNER:
CHINO COMMERCIAL BANK, NA

By:

 

/s/ Dann H. Bowman

 

By:

 

/s/ Pollyanna Franks

Title:

 

President and CEO

 

Title:

 

Chairman Compensation

 

1

 

 

 

Schedule Page
Policy(ies) Subject to Policy Endorsement

 

Policy Number

 

Insured

 

 

Roger Caberto

 

2

 

 

POLICY ENDORSEMENT

Contract Owner: CHINO COMMERCIAL BANK, NA

The undersigned Owner requests that the policy(ies) shown in the attached Schedule Page issued by West Coast Life Insurance Co. (the “Insurer”) provide for the following beneficiary designation:

1. Upon the death of the Insured, proceeds shall be paid in one sum to the Owner, its successors or assigns, as Beneficiary, to the extent claimed by said Owner.

2. Any proceeds at the death of the Insured in excess of the amount paid under the provisions of paragraph 1 of this Policy Endorsement shall be paid in one sum in accordance with the written direction of the Owner. Such direction will be provided to the Insurer at the time of claim. The Insurer will be protected in relying solely on the Owner to provide the name(s) of the party(ies) to pay any excess not paid under paragraph 1. If the Owner fails to provide the name(s) of the party(ies) at the time of claim, then any proceeds payable under this paragraph shall be paid in one sum to the Beneficiary.

3. It is hereby provided that (i) any payment made to the Beneficiary or other party under paragraph 2 of this Policy Endorsement shall be a full discharge of the Insurer to the extent thereof; (ii) such discharge shall be binding on all parties claiming any interest under the Policy; and (iii) the Insurer shall have no responsibility with respect to the amounts so claimed.

4. It is agreed by the undersigned that this designation shall be subject in all respects to the contractual terms of the Policy.

The undersigned is signing in a representative capacity for the Owner and warrants that he or she has the authority to bind the entity on whose behalf this document is being executed.

Signed at Chino, California, this 29th day of December, 2004.

OWNER:
CHINO COMMERCIAL BANK, NA

By:

 

/s/ Dann H. Bowman

 

By:

 

/s/ Pollyanna Franks

Title:

 

President and CEO

 

Title:

 

Chairman Compensation

 

1

 

 

 

Schedule Page
Policy(ies) Subject to Policy Endorsement

 

Policy Number

 

Insured

 

 

Roger Caberto

 

2

 

EX1A-6 MAT CTRCT 10 v463400_ex6-4.htm EXHIBIT 6.4

Exhibit 6.4

 

 

CHINO COMMERCIAL BANCORP,
as Company

 

 

INDENTURE
Dated as of October 27, 2006

 

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
As Trustee

 

JUNIOR SUBORDINATED DEBT SECURITIES

Due December 15, 2036


 

 

table of contents

 

 

 

 

 

Page

 

ARTICLE I

 

 

 

 

DEFINITIONS

 

 

SECTION 1.01.

 

Definitions

 

1

 

 

ARTICLE II

 

 

 

 

DEBT SECURITIES

 

 

SECTION 2.01.

 

Authentication and Dating

 

8

SECTION 2.02.

 

Form of Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication

 

9

SECTION 2.03.

 

Form and Denomination of Debt Securities

 

9

SECTION 2.04.

 

Execution of Debt Securities

 

10

SECTION 2.05.

 

Exchange and Registration of Transfer of Debt Securities

 

10

SECTION 2.06.

 

Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Debt Securities

 

13

SECTION 2.07.

 

Temporary Debt Securities

 

14

SECTION 2.08.

 

Payment of Interest

 

14

SECTION 2.09.

 

Cancellation of Debt Securities Paid, etc.

 

16

SECTION 2.10.

 

Computation of Interest

 

16

SECTION 2.11.

 

Extension of Interest Payment Period

 

18

SECTION 2.12.

 

CUSIP Numbers

 

19

SECTION 2.13.

 

Income Tax Certification

 

19

 

 

ARTICLE III

 

 

 

 

PARTICULAR COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY

 

 

SECTION 3.01.

 

Payment of Principal, Premium and Interest; Agreed Treatment of the Debt Securities

 

19

SECTION 3.02.

 

Offices for Notices and Payments, etc.

 

20

SECTION 3.03.

 

Appointments to Fill Vacancies in Trustee’s Office

 

21

SECTION 3.04.

 

Provision as to Paying Agent

 

21

SECTION 3.05.

 

Certificate to Trustee

 

22

SECTION 3.06.

 

Additional Interest

 

22

SECTION 3.07.

 

Compliance with Consolidation Provisions

 

22

SECTION 3.08.

 

Limitation on Dividends

 

23

SECTION 3.09.

 

Covenants as to the Trust

 

23

i


 

 

 

 

ARTICLE IV

 

 

 

 

LISTS AND REPORTS BY THE COMPANY AND THE TRUSTEE

 

 

SECTION 4.01.

 

Securityholders’ Lists

 

24

SECTION 4.02.

 

Preservation and Disclosure of Lists

 

24

SECTION 4.03.

 

Financial and Other Information

 

25

 

 

ARTICLE V

 

 

 

 

REMEDIES OF THE TRUSTEE AND SECURITYHOLDERS UPON AN EVENT OF DEFAULT

 

 

SECTION 5.01.

 

Events of Default

 

26

SECTION 5.02.

 

Payment of Debt Securities on Default; Suit Therefor

 

28

SECTION 5.03.

 

Application of Moneys Collected by Trustee

 

29

SECTION 5.04.

 

Proceedings by Securityholders

 

30

SECTION 5.05.

 

Proceedings by Trustee

 

30

SECTION 5.06.

 

Remedies Cumulative and Continuing

 

31

SECTION 5.07.

 

Direction of Proceedings and Waiver of Defaults by Majority of Securityholders

 

31

SECTION 5.08.

 

Notice of Defaults

 

32

SECTION 5.09.

 

Undertaking to Pay Costs

 

32

 

 

ARTICLE VI

 

 

 

 

CONCERNING THE TRUSTEE

 

 

SECTION 6.01.

 

Duties and Responsibilities of Trustee

 

33

SECTION 6.02.

 

Reliance on Documents, Opinions, etc.

 

34

SECTION 6.03.

 

No Responsibility for Recitals, etc.

 

35

SECTION 6.04.

 

Trustee, Authenticating Agent, Paying Agents, Transfer Agents or Registrar May Own Debt Securities

 

35

SECTION 6.05.

 

Moneys to be Held in Trust

 

35

SECTION 6.06.

 

Compensation and Expenses of Trustee

 

36

SECTION 6.07.

 

Officers’ Certificate as Evidence

 

37

SECTION 6.08.

 

Eligibility of Trustee

 

37

SECTION 6.09.

 

Resignation or Removal of Trustee, Calculation Agent, Paying Agent or Debt Security Registrar

 

37

SECTION 6.10.

 

Acceptance by Successor

 

39

ii


 

 

 

SECTION 6.11.

 

Succession by Merger, etc.

 

40

SECTION 6.12.

 

Authenticating Agents

 

40

 

 

ARTICLE VII

 

 

 

 

CONCERNING THE SECURITYHOLDERS

 

 

SECTION 7.01.

 

Action by Securityholders

 

41

SECTION 7.02.

 

Proof of Execution by Securityholders

 

42

SECTION 7.03.

 

Who Are Deemed Absolute Owners

 

42

SECTION 7.04.

 

Debt Securities Owned by Company Deemed Not Outstanding

 

42

SECTION 7.05.

 

Revocation of Consents; Future Securityholders Bound

 

43

 

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

 

 

 

SECURITYHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

 

 

SECTION 8.01.

 

Purposes of Meetings

 

43

SECTION 8.02.

 

Call of Meetings by Trustee

 

44

SECTION 8.03.

 

Call of Meetings by Company or Securityholders

 

44

SECTION 8.04.

 

Qualifications for Voting

 

44

SECTION 8.05.

 

Regulations

 

44

SECTION 8.06.

 

Voting

 

45

SECTION 8.07.

 

Quorum; Actions

 

45

SECTION 8.08.

 

Written Consent Without a Meeting

 

46

 

 

ARTICLE IX

 

 

 

 

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES

 

 

SECTION 9.01.

 

Supplemental Indentures without Consent of Securityholders

 

47

SECTION 9.02.

 

Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Securityholders

 

48

SECTION 9.03.

 

Effect of Supplemental Indentures

 

49

SECTION 9.04.

 

Notation on Debt Securities

 

49

SECTION 9.05.

 

Evidence of Compliance of Supplemental Indenture to be furnished to Trustee

 

49

 

 

ARTICLE X

 

 

 

 

REDEMPTION OF SECURITIES

 

 

SECTION 10.01.

 

Optional Redemption

 

50

SECTION 10.02.

 

Special Event Redemption

 

50

iii


 

 

 

SECTION 10.03.

 

Notice of Redemption; Selection of Debt Securities

 

50

SECTION 10.04.

 

Payment of Debt Securities Called for Redemption

 

51

 

 

ARTICLE XI

 

 

 

 

CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, SALE, CONVEYANCE AND LEASE

 

 

SECTION 11.01.

 

Company May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms

 

51

SECTION 11.02.

 

Successor Entity to be Substituted

 

52

SECTION 11.03.

 

Opinion of Counsel to be Given to Trustee

 

53

 

 

ARTICLE XII

 

 

 

 

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE

 

 

SECTION 12.01.

 

Discharge of Indenture

 

53

SECTION 12.02.

 

Deposited Moneys to be Held in Trust by Trustee

 

54

SECTION 12.03.

 

Paying Agent to Repay Moneys Held

 

54

SECTION 12.04.

 

Return of Unclaimed Moneys

 

54

 

 

ARTICLE XIII

 

 

 

 

IMMUNITY OF INCORPORATORS, STOCKHOLDERS, OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS

 

 

SECTION 13.01.

 

Indenture and Debt Securities Solely Corporate Obligations

 

54

 

 

ARTICLE XIV

 

 

 

 

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

 

 

SECTION 14.01.

 

Successors

 

55

SECTION 14.02.

 

Official Acts by Successor Entity

 

55

SECTION 14.03.

 

Surrender of Company Powers

 

55

SECTION 14.04.

 

Addresses for Notices, etc.

 

55

SECTION 14.05.

 

Governing Law

 

56

SECTION 14.06.

 

Evidence of Compliance with Conditions Precedent

 

56

SECTION 14.07.

 

Non-Business Days

 

56

SECTION 14.08.

 

Table of Contents, Headings, etc.

 

56

SECTION 14.09.

 

Execution in Counterparts

 

57

SECTION 14.10.

 

Severability

 

57

SECTION 14.11.

 

Assignment

 

57

SECTION 14.12.

 

Acknowledgment of Rights

 

57

iv


 

 

 

 

ARTICLE XV

 

 

 

 

SUBORDINATION OF DEBT SECURITIES

 

 

SECTION 15.01.

 

Agreement to Subordinate

 

58

SECTION 15.02.

 

Default on Senior Indebtedness

 

58

SECTION 15.03.

 

Liquidation; Dissolution; Bankruptcy

 

58

SECTION 15.04.

 

Subrogation

 

60

SECTION 15.05.

 

Trustee to Effectuate Subordination

 

61

SECTION 15.06.

 

Notice by the Company

 

61

SECTION 15.07.

 

Rights of the Trustee, Holders of Senior Indebtedness

 

61

SECTION 15.08.

 

Subordination May Not Be Impaired

 

62

 

 

 

 

 

EXHIBITS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

FORM OF DEBT SECURITY

 

 

 

v


 

 

THIS INDENTURE, dated as of October 27, 2006, between Chino Commercial Bancorp, a bank holding company incorporated in California (hereinafter sometimes called the “Company”), and U.S. Bank National Association as trustee (hereinafter sometimes called the “Trustee”).

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, for its lawful corporate purposes, the Company has duly authorized the issuance of its Junior Subordinated Debt Securities due December 15, 2036 (the “Debt Securities”) under this Indenture and to provide, among other things, for the execution and authentication, delivery and administration thereof, the Company has duly authorized the execution of this Indenture.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises, and the purchase of the Debt Securities by the holders thereof, the Company covenants and agrees with the Trustee for the equal and proportionate benefit of the respective holders from time to time of the Debt Securities as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

SECTION 1.01. Definitions.

The terms defined in this Section 1.01 (except as herein otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires) for all purposes of this Indenture and of any indenture supplemental hereto shall have the respective meanings specified in this Section 1.01. All accounting terms used herein and not expressly defined shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and the term “generally accepted accounting principles” means such accounting principles as are generally accepted in the United States at the time of any computation. The words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision.

“Additional Interest” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.06.

“Additional Provisions” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 15.01.

“Authenticating Agent” means any agent or agents of the Trustee which at the time shall be appointed and acting pursuant to Section 6.12.

“Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, U.S. Code, or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors.

“Board of Directors” means the board of directors or the executive committee or any other duly authorized designated officers of the Company.


 

 

“Board Resolution” means a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification and delivered to the Trustee.

“Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or any other day on which banking institutions in Boston, Massachusetts, New York City or the city of the Principal Office of the Trustee or the Company are permitted or required by any applicable law or executive order to close.

“Calculation Agent” means the Person identified as “Trustee” in the first paragraph hereof with respect to the Debt Securities and the Institutional Trustee with respect to the Trust Securities.

“Capital Securities” means undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust which are designated as “TP Securities” and rank pari passu with Common Securities issued by the Trust; provided, however, that if an Event of Default (as defined in the Declaration) has occurred and is continuing, the rights of holders of such Common Securities to payment in respect of distributions and payments upon liquidation, redemption and otherwise are subordinated to the rights of holders of such Capital Securities.

“Capital Securities Guarantee” means the guarantee agreement that the Company will enter into with U.S. Bank National Association or other Persons that operates directly or indirectly for the benefit of holders of Capital Securities of the Trust.

“Capital Treatment Event” means, if the Company is organized and existing under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia, the receipt by the Company and the Trust of an Opinion of Counsel experienced in such matters to the effect that, as a result of (a) any amendment to, or change in, the laws, rules or regulations of the United States or any political subdivision thereof or therein, or any rules, guidelines or policies of any applicable regulatory authority for the Company or (b) any official or administrative pronouncement or action or decision interpreting or applying such laws, rules or regulations, which amendment or change is effective or which pronouncement, action or decision is announced on or after the date of original issuance of the Debt Securities, there is more than an insubstantial risk that, within 90 days of the receipt of such opinion, the aggregate Liquidation Amount of the Capital Securities will not be eligible to be treated by the Company as “Tier 1 Capital” (or the then equivalent thereof) for purposes of the capital adequacy guidelines of the Federal Reserve (or any successor regulatory authority with jurisdiction over bank or financial holding companies), as then in effect and applicable to the Company (or if the Company is not a bank holding company, such guidelines applied to the Company as if the Company were subject to such guidelines); provided, however, that the inability of the Company to treat all or any portion of the aggregate Liquidation Amount of the Capital Securities as Tier 1 Capital shall not constitute the basis for a Capital Treatment Event, if such inability results from the Company having cumulative preferred stock, minority interests in consolidated subsidiaries, or any other class of security or interest which the Federal Reserve or OTS, as applicable, may now or hereafter accord Tier 1 Capital treatment in excess of the amount which may now or hereafter qualify for treatment as Tier 1 Capital under applicable capital adequacy guidelines; provided further, however, that the distribution of the Debt Securities in connection with the liquidation of

2


 

 

the Trust by the Company shall not in and of itself constitute a Capital Treatment Event unless such liquidation shall have occurred in connection with a Tax Event or an Investment Company Event.

“Certificate” means a certificate signed by any one of the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer or the principal accounting officer of the Company.

“Common Securities” means undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust which are designated as “Common Securities” and rank pari passu with Capital Securities issued by the Trust; provided, however, that if an Event of Default (as defined in the Declaration) has occurred and is continuing, the rights of holders of such Common Securities to payment in respect of distributions and payments upon liquidation, redemption and otherwise are subordinated to the rights of holders of such Capital Securities.

“Company” means Chino Commercial Bancorp, a bank holding company incorporated in California, and, subject to the provisions of Article XI, shall include its successors and assigns.

“Debt Security” or “Debt Securities” has the meaning stated in the first recital of this Indenture.

“Debt Security Register” has the meaning specified in Section 2.05.

“Debt Security Registrar” has the meaning specified in Section 2.05.

“Declaration” means the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust of the Trust dated as of October 27, 2006, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

“Default” means any event, act or condition that with notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default.

“Defaulted Interest” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.08.

“Deferred Interest” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.11.

“Event of Default” means any event specified in Section 5.01, which has continued for the period of time, if any, and after the giving of the notice, if any, therein designated.

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, or any successor legislation.

“Extension Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.11.

“Federal Reserve” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

“Fixed Rate” means a per annum rate of interest, equal to 6.795% commencing October 27, 2006.

3


 

 

“Fixed Rate Period” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 2.10(a).

“Indenture” means this instrument as originally executed or, if amended or supplemented as herein provided, as so amended or supplemented, or both.

“Initial Purchaser” means the initial purchaser of the Capital Securities.

“Institutional Trustee” has the meaning set forth in the Declaration.

“Interest Payment Date” means March 15, June 15, September 15 and December 15 of each year, commencing on December 15, 2006, during the term of this Indenture.

“Interest Payment Period” means the period from and including an Interest Payment Date, or in the case of the first Interest Payment Period, the original date of issuance of the Debt Securities, to, but excluding, the next succeeding Interest Payment Date or, in the case of the last Interest Payment Period, the Redemption Date, Special Redemption Date or Maturity Date, as the case may be.

“Interest Rate” means the Fixed Rate and Variable Rate, as applicable.

“Investment Company Event” means the receipt by the Company and the Trust of an Opinion of Counsel experienced in such matters to the effect that, as a result of a change in law or regulation or written change in interpretation or application of law or regulation by any legislative body, court, governmental agency or regulatory authority, there is more than an insubstantial risk that the Trust is or, within 90 days of the date of such opinion will be, considered an “investment company” that is required to be registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, which change or prospective change becomes effective or would become effective, as the case may be, on or after the date of the original issuance of the Debt Securities.

“LIBOR” means the London Interbank Offered Rate for U.S. Dollar deposits in Europe as determined by the Calculation Agent according to Section 2.10(b).

“LIBOR Banking Day” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.10(b)(1).

“LIBOR Business Day” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.10(b)(1).

“LIBOR Determination Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.10(b).

“Liquidation Amount” means the liquidation amount of $1,000 per Trust Security.

“Maturity Date” means December 15, 2036.

“Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.11.

“Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed by the Chairman of the Board, the Vice Chairman, the President or any Vice President, and by the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer, the Comptroller, an Assistant Comptroller, the Secretary or an

4


 

 

Assistant Secretary of the Company, and delivered to the Trustee. Each such certificate shall include the statements provided for in Section 14.06 if and to the extent required by the provisions of such Section.

“Opinion of Counsel” means an opinion in writing signed by legal counsel, who may be an employee of or counsel to the Company, or may be other counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee. Each such opinion shall include the statements provided for in Section 14.06 if and to the extent required by the provisions of such Section.

“OTS” means the Office of Thrift Supervision and any successor federal agency that is primarily responsible for regulating the activities of savings and loan holding companies.

“Outstanding” means, when used with reference to Debt Securities, subject to the provisions of Section 7.04, as of any particular time, all Debt Securities authenticated and delivered by the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent under this Indenture, except

(a)           Debt Securities theretofore canceled by the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation;

(b)           Debt Securities, or portions thereof, for the payment or redemption of which moneys in the necessary amount shall have been deposited in trust with the Trustee or with any Paying Agent (other than the Company) or shall have been set aside and segregated in trust by the Company (if the Company shall act as its own Paying Agent); provided, that, if such Debt Securities, or portions thereof, are to be redeemed prior to maturity thereof, notice of such redemption shall have been given as provided in Articles X and XIV or provision satisfactory to the Trustee shall have been made for giving such notice; and

(c)           Debt Securities paid pursuant to Section 2.06 or in lieu of or in substitution for which other Debt Securities shall have been authenticated and delivered pursuant to the terms of Section 2.06 unless proof satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee is presented that any such Debt Securities are held by bona fide holders in due course.

“Paying Agent” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.04(e).

“Person” means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

“Placement Agent” means Cohen & Company.

“Predecessor Security” of any particular Debt Security means every previous Debt Security evidencing all or a portion of the same debt as that evidenced by such particular Debt Security; and, for the purposes of this definition, any Debt Security authenticated and delivered under Section 2.06 in lieu of a lost, destroyed or stolen Debt Security shall be deemed to evidence the same debt as the lost, destroyed or stolen Debt Security.

“Principal Office of the Trustee” means the office of the Trustee, at which at any particular time its corporate trust business shall be principally administered, which at all times

5


 

 

shall be located within the United States and at the time of the execution of this Indenture shall be One Federal Street, 3rd Floor, Boston, Massachusetts 02110.

“Redemption Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.01.

“Redemption Price” means 100% of the principal amount of the Debt Securities being redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest on such Debt Securities to the Redemption Date.

“Responsible Officer” means, with respect to the Trustee, any officer within the Principal Office of the Trustee with direct responsibility for the administration of the Indenture, including any vice-president, any assistant vice-president, any secretary, any assistant secretary, the treasurer, any assistant treasurer, any trust officer or other officer of the Principal Office of the Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above designated officers and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of that officer’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time, or any successor legislation.

“Securityholder,” “holder of Debt Securities” or other similar terms, means any Person in whose name at the time a particular Debt Security is registered on the Debt Security Register.

“Senior Indebtedness” means, with respect to the Company, (i) the principal, premium, if any, and interest in respect of (A) indebtedness of the Company for money borrowed and (B) indebtedness evidenced by securities, debentures, notes, bonds or other similar instruments issued by the Company; (ii) all capital lease obligations of the Company; (iii) all obligations of the Company issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property, all conditional sale obligations of the Company and all obligations of the Company under any title retention agreement (but excluding trade accounts payable arising in the ordinary course of business); (iv) all obligations of the Company for the reimbursement of any letter of credit, any banker’s acceptance, any security purchase facility, any repurchase agreement or similar arrangement, any interest rate swap, any other hedging arrangement, any obligation under options or any similar credit or other transaction; (v) all obligations of the type referred to in clauses (i) through (iv) above of other Persons for the payment of which the Company is responsible or liable as obligor, guarantor or otherwise; and (vi) all obligations of the type referred to in clauses (i) through (v) above of other Persons secured by any lien on any property or asset of the Company (whether or not such obligation is assumed by the Company), whether incurred on or prior to the date of this Indenture or thereafter incurred, unless, with the prior approval of the Federal Reserve if not otherwise generally approved, it is provided in the instrument creating or evidencing the same or pursuant to which the same is outstanding, that such obligations are not superior or are pari passu in right of payment to the Debt Securities; provided, however, that Senior Indebtedness shall not include (A) any debt securities issued to any trust other than the Trust (or a trustee of such trust) that is a financing vehicle of the Company (a “financing entity”), in connection with the issuance by such financing entity of

6


 

 

equity or other securities in transactions substantially similar in structure to the transactions contemplated hereunder and in the Declaration, (B) any guarantees of the Company in respect of the equity or other securities of any financing entity referred to in clause (A) above or (C) any other instruments classified as subordinated or pari passu to the Debt Securities by the Federal Reserve from time to time hereafter.

“Special Event” means any of a Tax Event, an Investment Company Event or a Capital Treatment Event.

“Special Redemption Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.02.

“Special Redemption Price” means, with respect to the redemption of any Debt Security following a Special Event, an amount in cash equal to 103.525% of the principal amount of Debt Securities to be redeemed prior to December 15, 2007 and thereafter equal to the percentage of the principal amount of the Debt Securities that is specified below for the Special Redemption Date plus, in each case, unpaid interest accrued thereon to the Special Redemption Date: 

Special Redemption During the
12-Month Period Beginning December 15

 

Percentage of Principal Amount

 

 

 

2007

 

103.140%

2008

 

102.355%

2009

 

101.570%

2010

 

100.785%

2011 and thereafter

 

100.000%

 

“Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, (i) any corporation, at least a majority of the outstanding voting stock of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by such Person or by one or more of its Subsidiaries, or by such Person and one or more of its Subsidiaries, (ii) any general partnership, joint venture or similar entity, at least a majority of the outstanding partnership or similar interests of which shall at the time be owned by such Person, or by one or more of its Subsidiaries, or by such Person and one or more of its Subsidiaries, and (iii) any limited partnership of which such Person or any of its Subsidiaries is a general partner. For the purposes of this definition, “voting stock” means shares, interests, participations or other equivalents in the equity interest (however designated) in such Person having ordinary voting power for the election of a majority of the directors (or the equivalent) of such Person, other than shares, interests, participations or other equivalents having such power only by reason of the occurrence of a contingency.

“Tax Event” means the receipt by the Company and the Trust of an Opinion of Counsel experienced in such matters to the effect that, as a result of any amendment to or change (including any announced prospective change) in the laws or any regulations thereunder of the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein, or as a result of any official administrative pronouncement (including any private letter ruling, technical advice memorandum, regulatory procedure, notice or announcement (an “Administrative Action”)) or judicial decision interpreting or applying such laws or regulations, regardless of whether such

7


 

 

Administrative Action or judicial decision is issued to or in connection with a proceeding involving the Company or the Trust and whether or not subject to review or appeal, which amendment, clarification, change, Administrative Action or decision is enacted, promulgated or announced, in each case on or after the date of original issuance of the Debt Securities, there is more than an insubstantial risk that: (i) the Trust is, or will be within 90 days of the date of such opinion, subject to United States federal income tax with respect to income received or accrued on the Debt Securities; (ii) if the Company is organized and existing under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia, interest payable by the Company on the Debt Securities is not, or within 90 days of the date of such opinion, will not be, deductible by the Company, in whole or in part, for United States federal income tax purposes; or (iii) the Trust is, or will be within 90 days of the date of such opinion, subject to or otherwise required to pay, or required to withhold from distributions to holders of Trust Securities, more than a de minimis amount of other taxes (including withholding taxes), duties, assessments or other governmental charges.

“Trust” means Chino Statutory Trust I, the Connecticut statutory trust, or any other similar trust created for the purpose of issuing Capital Securities in connection with the issuance of Debt Securities under this Indenture, of which the Company is the sponsor.

“Trust Indenture Act” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended from time-to-time, or any successor legislation.

“Trust Securities” means Common Securities and Capital Securities of Chino Statutory Trust I.

“Trustee” means the Person identified as “Trustee” in the first paragraph hereof, and, subject to the provisions of Article VI hereof, shall also include its successors and assigns as Trustee hereunder.

“United States” means the United States of America and the District of Columbia.

“U.S. Person” has the meaning given to United States Person as set forth in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

“Variable Rate” means a per annum rate of interest, equal to LIBOR plus 1.68%, as determined on the LIBOR Determination Date preceding each Interest Payment Date, reset quarterly, commencing upon expiration of the Fixed Rate Period.

ARTICLE II

DEBT SECURITIES

SECTION 2.01. Authentication and Dating.

Upon the execution and delivery of this Indenture, or from time to time thereafter, Debt Securities in an aggregate principal amount not in excess of $3,093,000 may be executed and delivered by the Company to the Trustee for authentication, and the Trustee shall thereupon authenticate and make available for delivery said Debt Securities to or upon the written order of

8


 

 

the Company, signed by its Chairman of the Board of Directors, Vice Chairman, President or Chief Financial Officer or one of its Vice Presidents, without any further action by the Company hereunder. In authenticating such Debt Securities, and accepting the additional responsibilities under this Indenture in relation to such Debt Securities, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and (subject to Section 6.01) shall be fully protected in relying upon a copy of any Board Resolution or Board Resolutions relating thereto and, if applicable, an appropriate record of any action taken pursuant to such resolution, in each case certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or other officers with appropriate delegated authority of the Company as the case may be.

The Trustee shall have the right to decline to authenticate and deliver any Debt Securities under this Section if the Trustee, being advised by counsel, determines that such action may not lawfully be taken or if a Responsible Officer of the Trustee in good faith shall determine that such action would expose the Trustee to personal liability to existing Securityholders. The Trustee shall also be entitled to receive an opinion of counsel to the effect that (1) all conditions precedent to the execution, delivery and authentication of the Securities have been complied with; (2) the Securities are not required to be registered under the Securities Act; and (3) the Indenture is not required to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act.

The definitive Debt Securities shall be typed, printed, lithographed or engraved on steel engraved borders or may be produced in any other manner, all as determined by the officers executing such Debt Securities, as evidenced by their execution of such Debt Securities.

SECTION 2.02. Form of Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication.

The Trustee’s certificate of authentication on all Debt Securities shall be in substantially the following form:

This is one of the Debt Securities referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

U.S. Bank National Association, not in its individual capacity but solely as Trustee

 

By

 

 

 

 

Authorized Signatory

 

 

SECTION 2.03. Form and Denomination of Debt Securities.

The Debt Securities shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto. The Debt Securities shall be in registered, certificated form without coupons and in minimum denominations of $100,000 and any multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. The Debt Securities shall be numbered, lettered, or otherwise distinguished in such manner or in accordance with such plans as the officers executing the same may determine with the approval of the Trustee as evidenced by the execution and authentication thereof.

9


 

 

SECTION 2.04. Execution of Debt Securities.

The Debt Securities shall be signed in the name and on behalf of the Company by the manual or facsimile signature of any of its Chairman of the Board of Directors, Vice Chairman, President or Chief Financial Officer or one of its Executive Vice Presidents, Senior Vice Presidents or Vice Presidents, under its corporate seal (if legally required), which may be affixed thereto or printed, engraved or otherwise reproduced thereon, by facsimile or otherwise, and which need not be attested. Only such Debt Securities as shall bear thereon a certificate of authentication substantially in the form herein before recited, executed by the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent by the manual signature of an authorized officer, shall be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose. Such certificate by the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent upon any Debt Security executed by the Company shall be conclusive evidence that the Debt Security so authenticated has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder and that the Securityholder is entitled to the benefits of this Indenture.

In case any officer of the Company who shall have signed any of the Debt Securities shall cease to be such officer before the Debt Securities so signed shall have been authenticated and delivered by the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent, or disposed of by the Company, such Debt Securities nevertheless may be authenticated and delivered or disposed of as though the Person who signed such Debt Securities had not ceased to be such officer of the Company; and any Debt Security may be signed on behalf of the Company by such Persons as, at the actual date of the execution of such Debt Security, shall be the proper officers of the Company, although at the date of the execution of this Indenture any such person was not such an officer.

Every Debt Security shall be dated the date of its authentication.

SECTION 2.05. Exchange and Registration of Transfer of Debt Securities.

The Trustee, in its capacity as “Debt Security Registrar”, shall cause to be kept, at the office or agency maintained for the purpose of registration of transfer and for exchange as provided in Section 3.02, a register (the “Debt Security Register”) for the Debt Securities issued hereunder in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Debt Security Registrar shall provide for the registration and transfer of all Debt Securities as provided in this Article II. Such register shall be in written form or in any other form capable of being converted into written form within a reasonable time.

Debt Securities to be exchanged may be surrendered at the Principal Office of the Trustee or at any office or agency to be maintained by the Company for such purpose as provided in Section 3.02, and the Company shall execute, the Company or the Trustee shall register and the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent shall authenticate and make available for delivery in exchange therefor the Debt Security or Debt Securities which the Securityholder making the exchange shall be entitled to receive. Upon due presentment for registration of transfer of any Debt Security at the Principal Office of the Trustee or at any office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose as provided in Section 3.02, the Company shall execute, the Company or the Trustee shall register and the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent shall authenticate and make available for delivery in the name of the transferee or transferees a

10


 

 

new Debt Security for a like aggregate principal amount. Registration or registration of transfer of any Debt Security by the Trustee or by any agent of the Company appointed pursuant to Section 3.02, and delivery of such Debt Security, shall be deemed to complete the registration or registration of transfer of such Debt Security.

All Debt Securities presented for registration of transfer or for exchange or payment shall (if so required by the Company or the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent) be duly endorsed by, or be accompanied by, a written instrument or instruments of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and either the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent duly executed by, the Securityholder or such Securityholder’s attorney duly authorized in writing.

Neither the Trustee nor the Debt Security Registrar shall be responsible for ascertaining whether any transfer hereunder complies with the registration provisions of or any exemptions from the Securities Act (under and as defined in the Declaration), applicable state securities laws or the applicable laws of any other jurisdiction, ERISA, the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Investment Company Act (under and as defined in the Declaration).

No service charge shall be made for any exchange or registration of transfer of Debt Securities, but the Company or the Trustee may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax, fee or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection therewith.

The Company or the Trustee shall not be required to exchange or register a transfer of any Debt Security for a period of 15 days immediately preceding the date of selection of Debt Securities for redemption.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Debt Securities may not be transferred except in compliance with the restricted securities legend set forth below, unless otherwise determined by the Company in accordance with applicable law, which legend shall be placed on each Debt Security:

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY ONLY (A) TO THE COMPANY, (B) PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”), TO A PERSON THE HOLDER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (C) TO A “NON U.S. PERSON” IN AN “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION” PURSUANT TO REGULATIONS

11


 

 

UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (D) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT TO AN “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF SUBPARAGRAPH (a) (1), (2), (3) OR (7) OF RULE 501 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS ACQUIRING THE SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN “ACCREDITED INVESTOR,” FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH, ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (E) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE COMPANY’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (D) OR (E) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO IT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INDENTURE, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE COMPANY. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF AGREES THAT IT WILL COMPLY WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF AGREES, REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT IT WILL NOT ENGAGE IN HEDGING TRANSACTIONS INVOLVING THIS SECURITY UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTIONS ARE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM.

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF ALSO AGREES, REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT, INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT OR OTHER PLAN OR ARRANGEMENT SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”), OR SECTION 4975 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”), (EACH A “PLAN”), OR AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” BY REASON OF ANY PLAN’S INVESTMENT IN THE ENTITY AND NO PERSON INVESTING “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY PLAN MAY ACQUIRE OR HOLD THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN, UNLESS SUCH PURCHASER OR HOLDER IS ELIGIBLE FOR THE EXEMPTIVE RELIEF AVAILABLE UNDER U.S. DEPARTMENT OF LABOR PROHIBITED TRANSACTION CLASS EXEMPTION 96-23, 95-60, 91-38, 90-1 OR 84-14 OR ANOTHER APPLICABLE EXEMPTION OR ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING OF THIS SECURITY IS NOT PROHIBITED BY SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE WITH RESPECT TO SUCH PURCHASE OR HOLDING. ANY PURCHASER OR HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED BY ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING THEREOF THAT EITHER (i) IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 3(3) OF ERISA, OR A PLAN TO WHICH SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE IS APPLICABLE, A TRUSTEE OR OTHER PERSON ACTING ON BEHALF OF AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN, OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY USING THE ASSETS OF ANY EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN TO FINANCE SUCH PURCHASE, OR (ii) SUCH PURCHASE WILL NOT RESULT IN A PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION

12


 

 

406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE FOR WHICH THERE IS NO APPLICABLE STATUTORY OR ADMINISTRATIVE EXEMPTION.

IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY WILL DELIVER TO THE COMPANY AND TRUSTEE SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS MAY BE REQUIRED BY THE INDENTURE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.

THIS SECURITY WILL BE ISSUED AND MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN BLOCKS HAVING A PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF NOT LESS THAN $100,000 AND MULTIPLES OF $1,000 IN EXCESS THEREOF. ANY ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY IN A BLOCK HAVING A PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF LESS THAN $100,000 SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE VOID AND OF NO LEGAL EFFECT WHATSOEVER. ANY SUCH PURPORTED TRANSFEREE SHALL BE DEEMED NOT TO BE THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY FOR ANY PURPOSE, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE RECEIPT OF DISTRIBUTIONS ON THIS SECURITY, AND SUCH PURPORTED TRANSFEREE SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE NO INTEREST WHATSOEVER IN THIS SECURITY.

THIS OBLIGATION IS NOT A DEPOSIT AND IS NOT INSURED BY THE UNITED STATES OR ANY AGENCY OR FUND OF THE UNITED STATES, INCLUDING THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION. THIS OBLIGATION IS SUBORDINATED TO THE CLAIMS OF DEPOSITORS AND THE CLAIMS OF GENERAL AND SECURED CREDITORS OF THE COMPANY, IS INELIGIBLE AS COLLATERAL FOR A LOAN BY THE COMPANY OR ANY OF ITS SUBSIDIARIES AND IS NOT SECURED.

SECTION 2.06. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Debt Securities.

In case any Debt Security shall become mutilated or be destroyed, lost or stolen, the Company shall execute, and upon its written request the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, a new Debt Security bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding, in exchange and substitution for the mutilated Debt Security, or in lieu of and in substitution for the Debt Security so destroyed, lost or stolen. In every case the applicant for a substituted Debt Security shall furnish to the Company and the Trustee such security or indemnity as may be required by them to save each of them harmless, and, in every case of destruction, loss or theft, the applicant shall also furnish to the Company and the Trustee evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of such Debt Security and of the ownership thereof.

The Trustee may authenticate any such substituted Debt Security and deliver the same upon the written request or authorization of any officer of the Company. Upon the issuance of any substituted Debt Security, the Company may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses connected therewith. In case any Debt Security which has matured or is about to mature or has been called for redemption in full shall become mutilated or be destroyed, lost or stolen, the Company may, instead of issuing a substitute Debt Security, pay or authorize the payment of the same (without surrender thereof except in the case of a mutilated Debt Security)

13


 

 

if the applicant for such payment shall furnish to the Company and the Trustee such security or indemnity as may be required by them to save each of them harmless and, in case of destruction, loss or theft, evidence satisfactory to the Company and to the Trustee of the destruction, loss or theft of such Security and of the ownership thereof.

Every substituted Debt Security issued pursuant to the provisions of this Section 2.06 by virtue of the fact that any such Debt Security is destroyed, lost or stolen shall constitute an additional contractual obligation of the Company, whether or not the destroyed, lost or stolen Debt Security shall be found at any time, and shall be entitled to all the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other Debt Securities duly issued hereunder. All Debt Securities shall be held and owned upon the express condition that, to the extent permitted by applicable law, the foregoing provisions are exclusive with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Debt Securities and shall preclude any and all other rights or remedies notwithstanding any law or statute existing or hereafter enacted to the contrary with respect to the replacement or payment of negotiable instruments or other securities without their surrender.

SECTION 2.07. Temporary Debt Securities.

Pending the preparation of definitive Debt Securities, the Company may execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery temporary Debt Securities that are typed, printed or lithographed. Temporary Debt Securities shall be issuable in any authorized denomination, and substantially in the form of the definitive Debt Securities but with such omissions, insertions and variations as may be appropriate for temporary Debt Securities, all as may be determined by the Company. Every such temporary Debt Security shall be executed by the Company and be authenticated by the Trustee upon the same conditions and in substantially the same manner, and with the same effect, as the definitive Debt Securities. Without unreasonable delay, the Company will execute and deliver to the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent definitive Debt Securities and thereupon any or all temporary Debt Securities may be surrendered in exchange therefor, at the Principal Office of the Trustee or at any office or agency maintained by the Company for such purpose as provided in Section 3.02, and the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent shall authenticate and make available for delivery in exchange for such temporary Debt Securities a like aggregate principal amount of such definitive Debt Securities. Such exchange shall be made by the Company at its own expense and without any charge therefor except that in case of any such exchange involving a registration of transfer the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax, fee or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto. Until so exchanged, the temporary Debt Securities shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as definitive Debt Securities authenticated and delivered hereunder.

SECTION 2.08. Payment of Interest.

During the Fixed Rate Period, each Debt Security will bear interest at the Fixed Rate. Thereafter, each Debt Security will bear interest at the then applicable Variable Rate from and including each Interest Payment Date or, in the case of the first Interest Payment Period, the original date of issuance of such Debt Security to, but excluding, the next succeeding Interest Payment Date or, in the case of the last Interest Payment Period, the Redemption Date, Special

14


 

 

Redemption Date or Maturity Date, as applicable, on the principal thereof, on any overdue principal and (to the extent that payment of such interest is enforceable under applicable law) on Deferred Interest and on any overdue installment of interest (including Defaulted Interest), payable on each Interest Payment Date commencing on December 15, 2011. Interest and any Deferred Interest on any Debt Security that is payable, and is punctually paid or duly provided for by the Company, on any Interest Payment Date shall be paid to the Person in whose name said Debt Security (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the regular record date for such interest installment, except that interest and any Deferred Interest payable on the Maturity Date, the Redemption Date (to the extent redeemed) or the Special Redemption Date shall be paid to the Person to whom principal is paid. In the event that any Debt Security or portion thereof is called for redemption and the redemption date is subsequent to a regular record date with respect to any Interest Payment Date and either on or prior to such Interest Payment Date, interest on such Debt Security will be paid upon presentation and surrender of such Debt Security.

Any interest on any Debt Security, other than Deferred Interest, that is payable, but is not punctually paid or duly provided for by the Company, on any Interest Payment Date (herein called “Defaulted Interest”) shall forthwith cease to be payable to the registered Securityholder on the relevant regular record date by virtue of having been such Securityholder, and such Defaulted Interest shall be paid by the Company to the Persons in whose names such Debt Securities (or their respective Predecessor Securities) are registered at the close of business on a special record date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest, which shall be fixed in the following manner: the Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of Defaulted Interest proposed to be paid on each such Debt Security and the date of the proposed payment, and at the same time the Company shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such Defaulted Interest or shall make arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such Defaulted Interest as in this clause provided. Thereupon the Trustee shall fix a special record date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest which shall not be more than fifteen nor less than ten days prior to the date of the proposed payment and not less than ten days after the receipt by the Trustee of the notice of the proposed payment. The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company of such special record date and, in the name and at the expense of the Company, shall cause notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the special record date therefor to be mailed, first class postage prepaid, to each Securityholder at his or her address as it appears in the Debt Security Register, not less than ten days prior to such special record date. Notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the special record date therefor having been mailed as aforesaid, such Defaulted Interest shall be paid to the Persons in whose names such Debt Securities (or their respective Predecessor Securities) are registered on such special record date and thereafter the Company shall have no further payment obligation in respect of the Defaulted Interest.

Any interest scheduled to become payable on an Interest Payment Date occurring during an Extension Period shall not be Defaulted Interest and shall be payable on such other date as may be specified in the terms of such Debt Securities.

15


 

 

The term “regular record date” as used in this Indenture shall mean the fifteenth day prior to the applicable Interest Payment Date whether or not such date is a Business Day.

Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section, each Debt Security delivered under this Indenture upon registration of transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Debt Security shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, that were carried by such other Debt Security.

SECTION 2.09. Cancellation of Debt Securities Paid, etc.

All Debt Securities surrendered for the purpose of payment, redemption, exchange or registration of transfer, shall, if surrendered to the Company or any Paying Agent, be surrendered to the Trustee and promptly canceled by it, or, if surrendered to the Trustee, shall be promptly canceled by it, and no Debt Securities shall be issued in lieu thereof except as expressly permitted by any of the provisions of this Indenture. The Trustee shall dispose of all canceled Debt Securities in accordance with its customary practices, unless the Company otherwise directs the Trustee in writing, in which case the Trustee shall dispose of such Debt Securities as directed by the Company. If the Company shall acquire any of the Debt Securities, however, such acquisition shall not operate as a redemption or satisfaction of the indebtedness represented by such Debt Securities unless and until the same are surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation.

SECTION 2.10. Computation of Interest.

(a)           From October 27, 2006 until December 15, 2011 (the “Fixed Rate Period”), the interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months and the amount payable for any partial period shall be computed on the basis of the number of days elapsed in a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. Upon expiration of the Fixed Rate Period, the amount of interest payable for any Interest Payment Period will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year and the actual number of days elapsed in the relevant interest period; provided, however, that upon the occurrence of a Special Event Redemption pursuant to Section 10.02 the amounts payable pursuant to this Indenture shall be calculated as set forth in the definition of Special Redemption Price.

(b)           Upon expiration of the Fixed Rate Period, LIBOR, for any Interest Payment Period, shall be determined by the Calculation Agent in accordance with the following provisions:

(1)           On the second LIBOR Business Day (provided, that on such day commercial banks are open for business (including dealings in foreign currency deposits) in London (a “LIBOR Banking Day”), and otherwise the next preceding LIBOR Business Day that is also a LIBOR Banking Day) prior to March 15, June 15, September 15 and December 15 (or, with respect to the first Interest Payment Period upon expiration of the Fixed Rate Period, on December 15, 2011)  (each such day, a “LIBOR Determination Date” for the following Interest Payment Period), the Calculation Agent shall obtain the rate for three-month U.S. Dollar deposits in Europe, which appears on Telerate Page 3750 (as defined in the

16


 

 

International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc. 2000 Interest Rate and Currency Exchange Definitions) or such other page as may replace such Telerate Page 3750 on the Moneyline Telerate, Inc. service (or such other service or services as may be nominated by the British Banker’s Association as the information vendor for the purpose of displaying London Interbank offered rates for U.S. dollar deposits), as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such LIBOR Determination Date, and the rate so obtained shall be LIBOR for such Interest Payment Period. “LIBOR Business Day” means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banking institutions in The City of New York or Boston, Massachusetts are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to be closed. If such rate is superseded on Telerate Page 3750 by a corrected rate before 12:00 noon (London time) on the same LIBOR Determination Date, the corrected rate as so substituted will be LIBOR for that Interest Payment Period.

(2)           If, on any LIBOR Determination Date, such rate does not appear on Telerate Page 3750 or such other page as may replace such Telerate Page 3750 on the Moneyline Telerate, Inc. service (or such other service or services as may be nominated by the British Banker’s Association as the information vendor for the purpose of displaying London Interbank offered rates for U.S. dollar deposits), the Calculation Agent shall determine the arithmetic mean of the offered quotations of the Reference Banks (as defined below) to leading banks in the London Interbank market for three-month U.S. Dollar deposits in Europe (in an amount determined by the Calculation Agent) by reference to requests for quotations as of approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the LIBOR Determination Date made by the Calculation Agent to the Reference Banks. If, on any LIBOR Determination Date, at least two of the Reference Banks provide such quotations, LIBOR shall equal the arithmetic mean of such quotations. If, on any LIBOR Determination Date, only one or none of the Reference Banks provide such a quotation, LIBOR shall be deemed to be the arithmetic mean of the offered quotations that at least two leading banks in the City of New York (as selected by the Calculation Agent) are quoting on the relevant LIBOR Determination Date for three-month U.S. Dollar deposits in Europe at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) (in an amount determined by the Calculation Agent). As used herein, “Reference Banks” means four major banks in the London Interbank market selected by the Calculation Agent.

(3)           If the Calculation Agent is required but is unable to determine a rate in accordance with at least one of the procedures provided above, LIBOR for the applicable Interest Payment Period shall be LIBOR in effect for the immediately preceding Interest Payment Period.

(c)           All percentages resulting from any calculations on the Debt Securities will be rounded, if necessary, to the nearest one hundred-thousandth of a percentage point, with five one-millionths of a percentage point rounded upward (e.g., 9.876545% (or .09876545) being rounded to 9.87655% (or .0987655)), and all dollar amounts used in or resulting from such calculation will be rounded to the nearest cent (with one-half cent being rounded upward).

17


 

 

(d)           As soon as practicable following each LIBOR Determination Date, but in no event later than the 30th day following such LIBOR Determination Date, the Calculation Agent shall notify, in writing, the Company and the Paying Agent of the applicable Interest Rate in effect for the related Interest Payment Period. The Calculation Agent shall, upon the request of any Securityholder, provide the Interest Rate then in effect. All calculations made by the Calculation Agent in the absence of manifest error shall be conclusive for all purposes and binding on the Company and the Securityholders. Any error in a calculation of the Interest Rate by the Calculation Agent may be corrected at any time by the delivery of notice of such corrected Interest Rate as provided above. The Paying Agent shall be entitled to rely on information received from the Calculation Agent or the Company as to the Interest Rate. The Company shall, from time to time, provide any necessary information to the Paying Agent relating to any original issue discount and interest on the Debt Securities that is included in any payment and reportable for taxable income calculation purposes. Failure to notify the Company, or the Paying Agent of the applicable Interest Rate shall not affect the obligation of the Company to make payment on Debentures at such Interest Rate.

SECTION 2.11. Extension of Interest Payment Period.

So long as no Event of Default pursuant to paragraphs (c), (e), (f) or (g) of Section 5.01 of the Indenture has occurred and is continuing, the Company shall have the right under the Indenture, from time to time and without causing an Event of Default, to defer payments of interest on the Debt Securities by extending the interest distribution period on the Debt Securities at any time and from time to time during the term of the Debt Securities, for up to twenty consecutive quarterly periods (each such extended interest distribution period, an “Extension Period”), during which Extension Period no interest shall be due and payable (except any Additional Interest that may be due and payable). No Extension Period may end on a date other than an Interest Payment Date. During any Extension Period, interest will continue to accrue on the Debt Securities, and interest on such accrued interest (such accrued interest and interest thereon referred to herein as “Deferred Interest”) will accrue at an annual rate equal to the Interest Rate applicable during such Extension Period, compounded quarterly from the date such Deferred Interest would have been payable were it not for the Extension Period, to the extent permitted by law. At the end of any such Extension Period the Company shall pay all Deferred Interest then accrued and unpaid on the Debt Securities; provided, however, that no Extension Period may extend beyond the Maturity Date, Redemption Date (to the extent redeemed) or Special Redemption Date; and provided further, however, that during any such Extension Period, the Company shall be subject to the restrictions set forth in Section 3.08 of this Indenture. Prior to the termination of any Extension Period, the Company may further extend such period, provided, that such period together with all such previous and further consecutive extensions thereof shall not exceed twenty consecutive quarterly periods, or extend beyond the Maturity Date, Redemption Date (to the extent redeemed) or Special Redemption Date. Upon the termination of any Extension Period and upon the payment of all Deferred Interest, the Company may commence a new Extension Period, subject to the foregoing requirements. No interest or Deferred Interest shall be due and payable during an Extension Period, except at the end thereof, but Deferred Interest shall accrue upon each installment of interest that would otherwise have been due and payable during such Extension Period until such installment is paid. The Company must give the Trustee notice of its election to begin any Extension Period or extend an Extension Period (“Notice”) not later than the related regular record date for the relevant Interest Payment

18


 

 

Date. The Notice shall describe, in reasonable detail, why the Company has elected to begin an Extension Period. The Notice shall acknowledge and affirm the Company’s understanding that it is prohibited from issuing dividends and other distributions during the Extension Period. Upon receipt of the Notice, the Placement Agent shall have the right, at its sole discretion, to disclose the name of the Company, the fact that the Company has elected to begin an Extension Period and other information that such Placement Agent, at its sole discretion, deems relevant to the Company’s election to begin an Extension Period. The Trustee shall give notice of the Company’s election to begin a new Extension Period to the Securityholders.

SECTION 2.12. CUSIP Numbers.

The Company in issuing the Debt Securities may use a “CUSIP” number (if then generally in use), and, if so, the Trustee shall use a “CUSIP” number in notices of redemption as a convenience to Securityholders; provided, that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such number either as printed on the Debt Securities or as contained in any notice of a redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Debt Securities, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Company will promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any change in the CUSIP number.

SECTION 2.13. Income Tax Certification.

As a condition to the payment of any principal of or interest on the Debt Securities without the imposition of withholding tax, the Trustee shall require the previous delivery of properly completed and signed applicable U.S. federal income tax certifications (generally, an Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 (or applicable successor form) in the case of a person that is a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701 (a)(30) of the Code (under and as defined in the Declaration) or an Internal Revenue Service Form W-8 (or applicable successor form) in the case of a person that is not a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code, and any other certification acceptable to it to enable the Trustee or any Paying Agent to determine their respective duties and liabilities with respect to any taxes or other charges that they may be required to pay, deduct or withhold in respect of such Debt Securities.

ARTICLE III

PARTICULAR COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY

SECTION 3.01. Payment of Principal, Premium and Interest; Agreed Treatment of the Debt Securities.

(a)           The Company covenants and agrees that it will duly and punctually pay or cause to be paid all payments due on the Debt Securities at the place, at the respective times and in the manner provided in this Indenture and the Debt Securities. At the option of the Company, each installment of interest on the Debt Securities may be paid (i) by mailing checks for such interest payable to the order of the Securityholders entitled thereto as they appear on the Debt Security Register or (ii) by wire transfer to any account with a banking institution located in the

19


 

 

United States designated by such Securityholders to the Paying Agent no later than the related record date. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Indenture or any Debt Security, if the Trust or the Trustee of the Trust is the holder of any Debt Security, then all payments in respect of such Debt Security shall be made by the Company in immediately available funds when due.

(b)           The Company and each of the Securityholders will treat the Debt Securities as indebtedness, and the amounts, other than payments of principal, payable in respect of the principal amount of such Debt Securities as interest, for all U.S. federal income tax purposes. All payments in respect of the Debt Securities will be made free and clear of U.S. withholding tax to any beneficial owner thereof that has provided (i) an Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 or W-8BEN (or any substitute or successor form) establishing its U.S. or non-U.S. status for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and establishing a complete exemption from U.S. withholding tax, or (ii) any other applicable form establishing a complete exemption from U.S. withholding tax.

(c)           As of the date of this Indenture, the Company represents that it has no intention to exercise its right under Section 2.11 to defer payments of interest on the Debt Securities by commencing an Extension Period.

(d)           As of the date of this Indenture, the Company represents that the likelihood that it would exercise its right under this Indenture to defer payments of interest on the Debt Securities by commencing an Extension Period at any time during which the Debt Securities are outstanding is remote because of the restrictions that would be imposed on the Company’s ability to declare or pay dividends or distributions on, or to redeem, purchase or make a liquidation payment with respect to, any of its outstanding equity and on the Company’s ability to make any payments of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on, or repurchase or redeem, any of its debt securities that rank pari passu in all respects with or junior in interest to the Debt Securities.

SECTION 3.02. Offices for Notices and Payments, etc.

So long as any of the Debt Securities remain outstanding, the Company will maintain in New York, New York an office or agency where the Debt Securities may be presented for payment, an office or agency where the Debt Securities may be presented for registration of transfer and for exchange as provided in this Indenture and an office or agency where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Debt Securities or of this Indenture may be served. The Company hereby appoints the Trustee at U.S. Bank National Association, 100 Wall Street, 19th Floor, New York, New York 10005, Attention: Corporate Trust Services – Chino Statutory Trust I as such office or agency. In case the Company shall fail to maintain any such office or agency in New York, New York or shall fail to give such notice of the location or of any change in the location thereof, presentations and demands may be made and notices may be served at the Principal Office of the Trustee.

In addition to any such office or agency, the Company may from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Debt Securities may be presented for registration of transfer and for exchange in the manner provided in this Indenture, and the

20


 

 

Company may from time to time rescind such designation, as the Company may deem desirable or expedient; provided, however, that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Company of its obligation to maintain any such office or agency in New York, New York for the purposes above mentioned. The Company will give to the Trustee prompt written notice of any such designation or rescission thereof.

SECTION 3.03. Appointments to Fill Vacancies in Trustee’s Office.

The Company, whenever necessary to avoid or fill a vacancy in the office of Trustee, will appoint, in the manner provided in Section 6.09, a Trustee, so that there shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder.

SECTION 3.04. Provision as to Paying Agent.

(a)           If the Company shall appoint a Paying Agent other than the Trustee, it will cause such Paying Agent to execute and deliver to the Trustee an instrument in which such agent shall agree with the Trustee, subject to the provision of this Section 3.04:

(1)           that it will hold all sums held by it as such agent for the payment of all payments due on the Debt Securities (whether such sums have been paid to it by the Company or by any other obligor on the Debt Securities) in trust for the benefit of the Securityholders;

(2)           that it will give the Trustee prompt written notice of any failure by the Company (or by any other obligor on the Debt Securities) to make any payment on the Debt Securities when the same shall be due and payable; and

(3)           that it will, at any time during the continuance of any Event of Default, upon the written request of the Trustee, forthwith pay to the Trustee all sums so held in trust by such Paying Agent.

(b)           If the Company shall act as its own Paying Agent, it will, on or before each due date of the payments due on the Debt Securities, set aside, segregate and hold in trust for the benefit of the Securityholders a sum sufficient to pay such payments so becoming due and will notify the Trustee in writing of any failure to take such action and of any failure by the Company (or by any other obligor under the Debt Securities) to make any payment on the Debt Securities when the same shall become due and payable.

Whenever the Company shall have one or more Paying Agents for the Debt Securities, it will, on or prior to each due date of the payments on the Debt Securities, deposit with a Paying Agent a sum sufficient to pay all payments so becoming due, such sum to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto and (unless such Paying Agent is the Trustee) the Company shall promptly notify the Trustee in writing of its action or failure to act.

(c)           Anything in this Section 3.04 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company may, at any time, for the purpose of obtaining a satisfaction and discharge with respect to the Debt Securities, or for any other reason, pay, or direct any Paying Agent to pay to the

21


 

 

Trustee all sums held in trust by the Company or any such Paying Agent, such sums to be held by the Trustee upon the same terms and conditions herein contained.

(d)           Anything in this Section 3.04 to the contrary notwithstanding, the agreement to hold sums in trust as provided in this Section 3.04 is subject to Sections 12.03 and 12.04.

(e)           The Company hereby initially appoints the Trustee to act as Paying Agent (the “Paying Agent”).

SECTION 3.05. Certificate to Trustee.

The Company will deliver to the Trustee on or before 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, so long as Debt Securities are outstanding hereunder, a Certificate stating that in the course of the performance by the signers of their duties as officers of the Company they would normally have knowledge of any default by the Company in the performance of any covenants of the Company contained herein, stating whether or not they have knowledge of any such default and, if so, specifying each such default of which the signers have knowledge and the nature thereof.

SECTION 3.06. Additional Interest.

If and for so long as the Trust is the holder of all Debt Securities and is subject to or otherwise required to pay, or is required to withhold from distributions to holders of Trust Securities, any additional taxes (including withholding taxes), duties, assessments or other governmental charges as a result of a Tax Event, the Company will pay such additional amounts (the “Additional Interest”) on the Debt Securities as shall be required so that the net amounts received and retained by the Trust for distribution to holders of Trust Securities after paying all taxes (including withholding taxes), duties, assessments or other governmental charges will be equal to the amounts the Trust would have received and retained for distribution to holders of Trust Securities after paying all taxes (including withholding taxes on distributions to holders of Trust Securities), duties, assessments or other governmental charges if no such additional taxes, duties, assessments or other governmental charges had been imposed. Whenever in this Indenture or the Debt Securities there is a reference in any context to the payment of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Debt Securities, such mention shall be deemed to include mention of payments of the Additional Interest provided for in this paragraph to the extent that, in such context, Additional Interest is, was or would be payable in respect thereof pursuant to the provisions of this paragraph and express mention of the payment of Additional Interest (if applicable) in any provisions hereof shall not be construed as excluding Additional Interest in those provisions hereof where such express mention is not made; provided, however, that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Indenture or any Debt Security, the deferral of the payment of interest during an Extension Period pursuant to Section 2.11 shall not defer the payment of any Additional Interest that may be due and payable.

SECTION 3.07. Compliance with Consolidation Provisions.

The Company will not, while any of the Debt Securities remain outstanding, consolidate with, or merge into any other Person, or merge into itself, or sell, convey, transfer or

22


 

 

otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its property or capital stock to any other Person unless the provisions of Article XI hereof are complied with.

SECTION 3.08. Limitation on Dividends.

If Debt Securities are initially issued to the Trust or a trustee of such Trust in connection with the issuance of Trust Securities by the Trust (regardless of whether Debt Securities continue to be held by such Trust) and (i) there shall have occurred and be continuing an Event of Default, (ii) the Company shall be in default with respect to its payment of any obligations under the Capital Securities Guarantee or (iii) the Company shall have given notice of its election to defer payments of interest on the Debt Securities by extending the interest distribution period as provided herein and such period, or any extension thereof, shall have commenced and be continuing, then the Company may not (A) declare or pay any dividends or distributions on, or redeem, purchase, acquire, or make a liquidation payment with respect to, any of the Company’s capital stock or (B) make any payment of principal of or interest or premium, if any, on or repay, repurchase or redeem any debt securities of the Company that rank pari passu in all respects with or junior in interest to the Debt Securities or (C) make any payment under any guarantees of the Company that rank pari passu in all respects with or junior in interest to the Capital Securities Guarantee (other than (a) repurchases, redemptions or other acquisitions of shares of capital stock of the Company (I) in connection with any employment contract, benefit plan or other similar arrangement with or for the benefit of one or more employees, officers, directors or consultants, (II) in connection with a dividend reinvestment or stockholder stock purchase plan or (III) in connection with the issuance of capital stock of the Company (or securities convertible into or exercisable for such capital stock), as consideration in an acquisition transaction entered into prior to the occurrence of (i), (ii) or (iii) above, (b) as a result of any exchange, reclassification, combination or conversion of any class or series of the Company’s capital stock (or any capital stock of a subsidiary of the Company) for any class or series of the Company’s capital stock or of any class or series of the Company’s indebtedness for any class or series of the Company’s capital stock, (c) the purchase of fractional interests in shares of the Company’s capital stock pursuant to the conversion or exchange provisions of such capital stock or the security being converted or exchanged, (d) any declaration of a dividend in connection with any stockholder’s rights plan, or the issuance of rights, stock or other property under any stockholder’s rights plan, or the redemption or repurchase of rights pursuant thereto, or (e) any dividend in the form of stock, warrants, options or other rights where the dividend stock or the stock issuable upon exercise of such warrants, options or other rights is the same stock as that on which the dividend is being paid or ranks pari passu with or junior to such stock).

SECTION 3.09. Covenants as to the Trust.

For so long as such Trust Securities remain outstanding, the Company shall maintain 100% ownership of the Common Securities; provided, however, that any permitted successor of the Company under this Indenture that is a U.S. Person may succeed to the Company’s ownership of such Common Securities. The Company, as owner of the Common Securities, shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Trust (a) to remain a statutory trust, except in connection with a distribution of Debt Securities to the holders of Trust Securities in liquidation of the Trust, the redemption of all of the Trust Securities or certain mergers, consolidations or amalgamations, each as permitted by the Declaration, (b) to otherwise continue

23


 

 

to be classified as a grantor trust for United States federal income tax purposes and (c) to cause each holder of Trust Securities to be treated as owning an undivided beneficial interest in the Debt Securities.

ARTICLE IV

LISTS AND REPORTS BY THE COMPANY AND THE TRUSTEE

SECTION 4.01. Securityholders’ Lists.

The Company covenants and agrees that it will furnish or cause to be furnished to the Trustee:

(a)           on each regular record date for an Interest Payment Date, a list, in such form as the Trustee may reasonably require, of the names and addresses of the Securityholders as of such record date; and

(b)           at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, within 30 days after the receipt by the Company of any such request, a list of similar form and content as of a date not more than 15 days prior to the time such list is furnished;

except that no such lists need be furnished under this Section 4.01 so long as the Trustee is in possession thereof by reason of its acting as Debt Security Registrar.

SECTION 4.02. Preservation and Disclosure of Lists.

(a)           The Trustee shall preserve, in as current a form as is reasonably practicable, all information as to the names and addresses of the Securityholders (1) contained in the most recent list furnished to it as provided in Section 4.01 or (2) received by it in the capacity of Debt Security Registrar (if so acting) hereunder. The Trustee may destroy any list furnished to it as provided in Section 4.01 upon receipt of a new list so furnished.

(b)           In case three or more Securityholders (hereinafter referred to as “applicants”) apply in writing to the Trustee and furnish to the Trustee reasonable proof that each such applicant has owned a Debt Security for a period of at least six months preceding the date of such application, and such application states that the applicants desire to communicate with other Securityholders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or under such Debt Securities and is accompanied by a copy of the form of proxy or other communication which such applicants propose to transmit, then the Trustee shall within five Business Days after the receipt of such application, at the election of the Company, either:

(1)           afford such applicants access to the information preserved at the time by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions of subsection (a) of this Section 4.02, or

(2)           inform such applicants as to the approximate number of Securityholders whose names and addresses appear in the information preserved at the time by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions of subsection (a) of

24


 

 

this Section 4.02, and as to the approximate cost of mailing to such Securityholders the form of proxy or other communication, if any, specified in such application.

If the Company shall elect not to afford such applicants access to such information, the Trustee shall, upon the written request of such applicants, mail to each Securityholder whose name and address appear in the information preserved at the time by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions of subsection (a) of this Section 4.02 a copy of the form of proxy or other communication which is specified in such request with reasonable promptness after a tender to the Trustee of the material to be mailed and of payment, or provision for the payment, of the reasonable expenses of mailing, unless within five days after such tender, the Trustee shall mail to such applicants, and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission, if permitted or required by applicable law, together with a copy of the material to be mailed, a written statement of the Company to the effect that such mailing would be contrary to the best interests of the holders of all Debt Securities, as the case may be, or would be in violation of applicable law. Such written statement shall specify the basis of such opinion. If said Commission, as permitted or required by applicable law, after opportunity for a hearing upon the objections specified in the written statement so filed, shall enter an order refusing to sustain any of such objections or if, after the entry of an order sustaining one or more of such objections, said Commission shall find, after notice and opportunity for hearing, that all the objections so sustained have been met and shall enter an order so declaring, the Trustee shall mail copies of such material to all such Securityholders with reasonable promptness after the entry of such order and the renewal of such tender; otherwise the Trustee shall be relieved of any obligation or duty to such applicants respecting their application.

(c)           Each and every Securityholder, by receiving and holding the same, agrees with the Company and the Trustee that neither the Company nor the Trustee nor any Paying Agent shall be held accountable by reason of the disclosure of any such information as to the names and addresses of the Securityholders in accordance with the provisions of subsection (b) of this Section 4.02, regardless of the source from which such information was derived, and that the Trustee shall not be held accountable by reason of mailing any material pursuant to a request made under said subsection (b).

SECTION 4.03. Financial and Other Information.

The Company shall deliver to each Securityholder (1) each Report on Form 10-K and Form 10-Q prepared by the Company and filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission in accordance with the Exchange Act within 7 days after the filing thereof, (2) if the Company is not then (y) subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or (z) exempt from reporting pursuant to Rule 12g3-2(b) thereunder, the Company shall be required to provide within 45 days of the end of each calendar quarterly period and 90 days after the end of each calendar year, the information required to be provided by Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act and (3) within 30 days after the end of the fiscal year of the Company, Form 1099 or such other annual U.S. federal income tax information statement required by the Code containing such information with regard to the Debt Securities held by such Securityholder as is required by the Code and the income tax regulations of the U.S. Treasury thereunder.

25


 

 

The Company will cause copies of its regulatory reports to be delivered to the Securityholder promptly following their filing with the Federal Reserve.

ARTICLE V

REMEDIES OF THE TRUSTEE AND SECURITYHOLDERS UPON AN EVENT OF DEFAULT

SECTION 5.01. Events of Default.

The following events shall be “Events of Default” with respect to Debt Securities:

(a)           the Company defaults in the payment of any interest upon any Debt Security when it becomes due and payable (unless the Company has elected and may defer interest payments pursuant to Section 2.11), and continuance of such default for a period of 30 days; for the avoidance of doubt, an extension of any interest distribution period by the Company in accordance with Section 2.11 of this Indenture shall not constitute a default under this clause 5.01(a); or

(b)           the Company defaults in the payment of all or any part of the principal of (or premium, if any, on) any Debt Securities as and when the same shall become due and payable either at maturity, upon redemption, by declaration of acceleration pursuant to Section 5.01 of this Indenture or otherwise; or

(c)           the Company defaults in the payment of any interest upon any Debt Security when it becomes due and payable following the nonpayment of any such interest for 20 or more consecutive quarterly periods; or

(d)           the Company defaults in the performance of, or breaches, any of its covenants or agreements in Sections 3.06, 3.07, 3.08 or 3.09 of this Indenture (other than a covenant or agreement a default in whose performance or whose breach is elsewhere in this Section specifically dealt with), and continuance of such default or breach for a period of 30 days after there has been given, by registered or certified mail, to the Company by the Trustee or to the Company and the Trustee by the holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Debt Securities, a written notice specifying such default or breach and requiring it to be remedied and stating that such notice is a “Notice of Default” hereunder; or

(e)           a court having jurisdiction in the premises shall enter a decree or order for relief in respect of the Company in an involuntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or appoints a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator (or similar official) of the Company or for any substantial part of its property, or orders the winding-up or liquidation of its affairs and such decree or order shall remain unstayed and in effect for a period of 90 consecutive days; or

(f)            the Company shall commence a voluntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, shall consent to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case under any such law, or shall consent to the appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian,

26


 

 

sequestrator (or other similar official) of the Company or of any substantial part of its property, or shall make any general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or shall fail generally to pay its debts as they become due; or

(g)           the Trust shall have voluntarily or involuntarily liquidated, dissolved, wound-up its business or otherwise terminated its existence except in connection with (1) the distribution of the Debt Securities to holders of the Trust Securities in liquidation of their interests in the Trust, (2) the redemption of all of the outstanding Trust Securities or (3) certain mergers, consolidations or amalgamations, each as permitted by the Declaration.

If an Event of Default specified under clause (c) of this Section 5.01 occurs and is continuing with respect to the Debt Securities, then, and in each and every such case, unless the principal of the Debt Securities shall have already become due and payable, either the Trustee or the holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Debt Securities then outstanding hereunder, by notice in writing to the Company (and to the Trustee if given by Securityholders), may declare the entire principal of the Debt Securities and any premium and interest accrued, but unpaid, thereon, if any, to be due and payable immediately, and upon any such declaration the same shall become immediately due and payable. If an Event of Default specified under clause (e), (f) or (g) of this Section 5.01 occurs, then, in each and every such case, the entire principal amount of the Debt Securities and any premium and interest accrued, but unpaid, thereon shall ipso facto become immediately due and payable without further action. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 5.01, if at any time during the period in which this Indenture remains in force and effect, the Company ceases or elects to cease to be subject to the supervision and regulations of the Federal Reserve, OTS, OCC or similar regulatory authority overseeing bank, thrift, savings and loan or financial holding companies or similar institutions requiring specifications for the treatment of capital similar in nature to the capital adequacy guidelines under the Federal Reserve rules and regulations, then the first sentence of this paragraph shall be deemed to include clauses (a), (b) and (d) under this Section 5.01 as an Event of Default resulting in an acceleration of payment of the Debt Securities to the same extent as provided herein for clause (c).

With respect to clause (d) of this Section 5.01, the Company agrees that in the event of a breach by the Company of its covenants or agreements mentioned therein, any remedy at law or in damages may prove inadequate and therefore the Company agrees that the Trustee shall be entitled to injunctive relief against the Company in the event of any breach or threatened breach by the Company, in addition to any other relief (including damages) available to the Trustee under this Indenture or under law.

The foregoing provisions, however, are subject to the condition that if, at any time after the principal of the Debt Securities shall have been so declared due and payable, and before any judgment or decree for the payment of the moneys due shall have been obtained or entered as hereinafter provided, (i) the Company shall pay or shall deposit with the Trustee a sum sufficient to pay all matured installments of interest upon all the Debt Securities and all payments on the Debt Securities which shall have become due otherwise than by acceleration (with interest upon all such payments and Deferred Interest, to the extent permitted by law) and

27


 

 

such amount as shall be sufficient to cover reasonable compensation to the Trustee and each predecessor Trustee, their respective agents, attorneys and counsel, and all other amounts due to the Trustee pursuant to Section 6.06, if any, and (ii) all Events of Default under this Indenture, other than the non-payment of the payments on Debt Securities which shall have become due by acceleration, shall have been cured, waived or otherwise remedied as provided herein, and in each and every such case the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Debt Securities then outstanding, by written notice to the Company and to the Trustee, may waive all defaults and rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences, but no such waiver or rescission and annulment shall extend to or shall affect any subsequent default or shall impair any right consequent thereon; provided, however, that if the Debt Securities are held by the Trust or a trustee of the Trust, such waiver or rescission and annulment shall not be effective until the holders of a majority in aggregate liquidation amount of the outstanding Capital Securities of the Trust shall have consented to such waiver or rescission and annulment.

In case the Trustee shall have proceeded to enforce any right under this Indenture and such proceedings shall have been discontinued or abandoned because of such rescission or annulment or for any other reason or shall have been determined adversely to the Trustee, then and in every such case the Company, the Trustee and the Securityholders shall be restored respectively to their several positions and rights hereunder, and all rights, remedies and powers of the Company, the Trustee and the Securityholders shall continue as though no such proceeding had been taken.

SECTION 5.02. Payment of Debt Securities on Default; Suit Therefor.

The Company covenants that upon the occurrence of an Event of Default pursuant to paragraphs (c), (e), (f) or (g) of Section 5.01, and upon demand of the Trustee, the Company will pay to the Trustee, for the benefit of the Securityholders, the whole amount that then shall have become due and payable on all Debt Securities including Deferred Interest accrued on the Debt Securities; and, in addition thereto, such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including a reasonable compensation to the Trustee, its agents, attorneys and counsel, and any other amounts due to the Trustee under Section 6.06. In case the Company shall fail forthwith to pay such amounts upon such demand, the Trustee, in its own name and as trustee of an express trust, shall be entitled and empowered to institute any actions or proceedings at law or in equity for the collection of the sums so due and unpaid, and may prosecute any such action or proceeding to judgment or final decree, and may enforce any such judgment or final decree against the Company or any other obligor on such Debt Securities and collect in the manner provided by law out of the property of the Company or any other obligor on such Debt Securities wherever situated the moneys adjudged or decreed to be payable.

In case there shall be pending proceedings for the bankruptcy or for the reorganization of the Company or any other obligor on the Debt Securities under Bankruptcy Law, or in case a receiver or trustee shall have been appointed for the property of the Company or such other obligor, or in the case of any other similar judicial proceedings relative to the Company or other obligor upon the Debt Securities, or to the creditors or property of the Company or such other obligor, the Trustee, irrespective of whether the principal of the Debt Securities shall then be due and payable as therein expressed or by declaration of acceleration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Trustee shall have made any demand pursuant to the

28


 

 

provisions of this Section 5.02, shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceedings or otherwise, to file and prove a claim or claims for the whole amount of principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Debt Securities and, in case of any judicial proceedings, to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for reasonable compensation to the Trustee and each predecessor Trustee, and their respective agents, attorneys and counsel, and for reimbursement of all other amounts due to the Trustee under Section 6.06) and of the Securityholders allowed in such judicial proceedings relative to the Company or any other obligor on the Debt Securities, or to the creditors or property of the Company or such other obligor, unless prohibited by applicable law and regulations, to vote on behalf of the Securityholders in any election of a trustee or a standby trustee in arrangement, reorganization, liquidation or other bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings or Person performing similar functions in comparable proceedings, and to collect and receive any moneys or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims, and to distribute the same after the deduction of its charges and expenses; and any receiver, assignee or trustee in bankruptcy or reorganization is hereby authorized by each of the Securityholders to make such payments to the Trustee, and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Securityholders, to pay to the Trustee such amounts as shall be sufficient to cover reasonable compensation to the Trustee, each predecessor Trustee and their respective agents, attorneys and counsel, and all other amounts due to the Trustee under Section 6.06.

Nothing herein contained shall be construed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Securityholder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Debt Securities or the rights of any holder thereof or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Securityholder in any such proceeding.

All rights of action and of asserting claims under this Indenture, or under any of the Debt Securities, may be enforced by the Trustee without the possession of any of the Debt Securities, or the production thereof at any trial or other proceeding relative thereto, and any such suit or proceeding instituted by the Trustee shall be brought in its own name as trustee of an express trust, and any recovery of judgment shall be for the ratable benefit of the Securityholders.

In any proceedings brought by the Trustee (and also any proceedings involving the interpretation of any provision of this Indenture to which the Trustee shall be a party) the Trustee shall be held to represent all the Securityholders, and it shall not be necessary to make any Securityholders parties to any such proceedings.

SECTION 5.03. Application of Moneys Collected by Trustee.

Any moneys collected by the Trustee shall be applied in the following order, at the date or dates specified pursuant hereto for the distribution of such moneys, upon presentation of the several Debt Securities in respect of which moneys have been collected, and stamping thereon the payment, if only partially paid, and upon surrender thereof if fully paid:

29


 

 

First: To the payment of costs and expenses incurred by, and reasonable fees of, the Trustee, its agents, attorneys and counsel, and of all other amounts due to the Trustee under Section 6.06;

Second: To the payment of all Senior Indebtedness of the Company if and to the extent required by Article XV;

Third: To the payment of the amounts then due and unpaid upon Debt Securities, in respect of which or for the benefit of which money has been collected, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due on such Debt Securities; and

Fourth: The balance, if any, to the Company.

SECTION 5.04. Proceedings by Securityholders.

No Securityholder shall have any right to institute any suit, action or proceeding for any remedy hereunder, unless such Securityholder previously shall have given to the Trustee written notice of an Event of Default with respect to the Debt Securities and unless the holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Debt Securities then outstanding shall have given the Trustee a written request to institute such action, suit or proceeding and shall have offered to the Trustee such reasonable indemnity as it may require against the costs, expenses and liabilities to be incurred thereby, and the Trustee for 60 days after its receipt of such notice, request and offer of indemnity shall have failed to institute any such action, suit or proceeding; provided, that no Securityholder shall have any right to prejudice the rights of any other Securityholder, obtain priority or preference over any other such Securityholder or enforce any right under this Indenture except in the manner herein provided and for the equal, ratable and common benefit of all Securityholders.

Notwithstanding any other provisions in this Indenture, however, the right of any Securityholder to receive payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on such Debt Security when due, or to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Securityholder. For the protection and enforcement of the provisions of this Section, each and every Securityholder and the Trustee shall be entitled to such relief as can be given either at law or in equity.

SECTION 5.05. Proceedings by Trustee.

In case of an Event of Default hereunder the Trustee may in its discretion proceed to protect and enforce the rights vested in it by this Indenture by such appropriate judicial proceedings as the Trustee shall deem most effectual to protect and enforce any of such rights, either by suit in equity or by action at law or by proceeding in bankruptcy or otherwise, whether for the specific enforcement of any covenant or agreement contained in this Indenture or in aid of the exercise of any power granted in this Indenture, or to enforce any other legal or equitable right vested in the Trustee by this Indenture or by law.

30


 

 

SECTION 5.06. Remedies Cumulative and Continuing.

Except as otherwise provided in Section 2.06, all powers and remedies given by this Article V to the Trustee or to the Securityholders shall, to the extent permitted by law, be deemed cumulative and not exclusive of any other powers and remedies available to the Trustee or the Securityholders, by judicial proceedings or otherwise, to enforce the performance or observance of the covenants and agreements contained in this Indenture or otherwise established with respect to the Debt Securities, and no delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Securityholder to exercise any right or power accruing upon any Event of Default occurring and continuing as aforesaid shall impair any such right or power, or shall be construed to be a waiver of any such default or an acquiescence therein; and, subject to the provisions of Section 5.04, every power and remedy given by this Article V or by law to the Trustee or to the Securityholders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as shall be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Securityholders.

SECTION 5.07. Direction of Proceedings and Waiver of Defaults by Majority of Securityholders.

The holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Debt Securities affected (voting as one class) at the time outstanding and, if the Debt Securities are held by the Trust or a trustee of the Trust, the holders of a majority in aggregate liquidation amount of the outstanding Capital Securities of the Trust shall have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee with respect to such Debt Securities; provided, however, that if the Debt Securities are held by the Trust or a trustee of the Trust, such time, method and place or such exercise, as the case may be, may not be so directed until the holders of a majority in aggregate liquidation amount of the outstanding Capital Securities of the Trust shall have directed such time, method and place or such exercise, as the case may be; provided, further, that (subject to the provisions of Section 6.01) the Trustee shall have the right to decline to follow any such direction if the Trustee being advised by counsel shall determine that the action so directed would be unjustly prejudicial to the holders not taking part in such direction or if the Trustee being advised by counsel determines that the action or proceeding so directed may not lawfully be taken or if a Responsible Officer of the Trustee shall determine that the action or proceedings so directed would involve the Trustee in personal liability. Prior to any declaration of acceleration, or ipso facto acceleration, of the maturity of the Debt Securities, the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Debt Securities at the time outstanding may on behalf of the holders of all of the Debt Securities waive (or modify any previously granted waiver of) any past default or Event of Default and its consequences, except a default (a) in the payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any of the Debt Securities, (b) in respect of covenants or provisions hereof which cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the holder of each Debt Security affected, or (c) in respect of the covenants contained in Section 3.09; provided, however, that if the Debt Securities are held by the Trust or a trustee of the Trust, such waiver or modification to such waiver shall not be effective until the holders of a majority in Liquidation Amount of the Trust Securities of the Trust shall have consented to such waiver or modification to such waiver; provided, further, that if the consent of the holder of each outstanding Debt Security is required, such waiver or modification to such waiver shall not be effective until each holder of the outstanding Capital Securities of the Trust shall have consented

31


 

 

to such waiver or modification to such waiver. Upon any such waiver or modification to such waiver, the Default or Event of Default covered thereby shall be deemed to be cured for all purposes of this Indenture and the Company, the Trustee and the Securityholders shall be restored to their former positions and rights hereunder, respectively; but no such waiver or modification to such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon. Whenever any Default or Event of Default hereunder shall have been waived as permitted by this Section 5.07, said Default or Event of Default shall for all purposes of the Debt Securities and this Indenture be deemed to have been cured and to be not continuing.

SECTION 5.08. Notice of Defaults.

The Trustee shall, within 90 days after a Responsible Officer of the Trustee shall have actual knowledge or received written notice of the occurrence of a Default with respect to the Debt Securities, mail to all Securityholders, as the names and addresses of such Securityholders appear upon the Debt Security Register, notice of all Defaults with respect to the Debt Securities actually known to the Trustee, unless such defaults shall have been cured before the giving of such notice (the term “defaults” for the purpose of this Section 5.08 being hereby defined to be the events specified in subsections (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), (f) and (g) of Section 5.01, not including periods of grace, if any, provided for therein); provided, that, except in the case of default in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any of the Debt Securities, the Trustee shall be protected in withholding such notice if and so long as a Responsible Officer of the Trustee in good faith determines that the withholding of such notice is in the interests of the Securityholders.

SECTION 5.09. Undertaking to Pay Costs.

All parties to this Indenture agree, and each Securityholder by such Securityholder’s acceptance thereof shall be deemed to have agreed, that any court may in its discretion require, in any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture, or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, the filing by any party litigant in such suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of such suit, and that such court may in its discretion assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in such suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by such party litigant; but the provisions of this Section 5.09 shall not apply to any suit instituted by the Trustee, to any suit instituted by any Securityholder, or group of Securityholders, holding in the aggregate more than 10% in principal amount of the Debt Securities (or, if such Debt Securities are held by the Trust or a trustee of the Trust, more than 10% in liquidation amount of the outstanding Capital Securities), to any suit instituted by any Securityholder for the enforcement of the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on any Debt Security against the Company on or after the same shall have become due and payable, or to any suit instituted in accordance with Section 14.12.

32


 

 

ARTICLE VI

CONCERNING THE TRUSTEE

SECTION 6.01. Duties and Responsibilities of Trustee.

With respect to the holders of Debt Securities issued hereunder, the Trustee, prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default with respect to the Debt Securities and after the curing or waiving of all Events of Default which may have occurred, with respect to the Debt Securities, undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture. In case an Event of Default with respect to the Debt Securities has occurred (which has not been cured or waived), the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs.

No provision of this Indenture shall be construed to relieve the Trustee from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act or its own willful misconduct, except that:

(a)           prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default with respect to the Debt Securities and after the curing or waiving of all Events of Default which may have occurred

(1)           the duties and obligations of the Trustee with respect to the Debt Securities shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture, and the Trustee shall not be liable except for the performance of such duties and obligations with respect to the Debt Securities as are specifically set forth in this Indenture, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

(2)           in the absence of bad faith on the part of the Trustee, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon any certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture; but, in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall be under a duty to examine the same to determine whether or not they conform on their face to the requirements of this Indenture;

(b)           the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer or Officers of the Trustee, unless it shall be proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts;

(c)           the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith, in accordance with the direction of the Securityholders pursuant to Section 5.07, relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Trustee, under this Indenture;

33


 

 

(d)           the Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of any Default or Event of Default with respect to the Debt Securities unless either (1) a Responsible Officer shall have actual knowledge of such Default or Event of Default or (2) written notice of such Default or Event of Default shall have been given to the Trustee by the Company or any other obligor on the Debt Securities or by any Securityholder, except with respect to an Event of Default pursuant to Sections 5.01(a), 5.01(b) or 5.01(c) hereof (other than an Event of Default resulting from the default in the payment of Additional Interest or premium, if any, if the Trustee does not have actual knowledge or written notice that such payment is due and payable), of which the Trustee shall be deemed to have knowledge; and

(e)           in the absence of bad faith on the part of the Trustee, the Trustee may seek and rely on reasonable instructions from the Company.

None of the provisions contained in this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur personal financial liability in the performance of any of its duties or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers.

SECTION 6.02. Reliance on Documents, Opinions, etc.

Except as otherwise provided in Section 6.01:

(a)           the Trustee may conclusively rely and shall be fully protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, bond, note, debenture or other paper or document believed by it in good faith to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties;

(b)           any request, direction, order or demand of the Company mentioned herein shall be sufficiently evidenced by an Officers’ Certificate (unless other evidence in respect thereof be herein specifically prescribed); and any Board Resolution may be evidenced to the Trustee by a copy thereof certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company;

(c)           the Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection and any advice or Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with such advice or Opinion of Counsel;

(d)           the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request, order or direction of any of the Securityholders, pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture, unless such Securityholders shall have offered to the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities which may be incurred therein or thereby;

(e)           the Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted by it in good faith and reasonably believed by it to be authorized or within the discretion or rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture; nothing contained herein shall, however, relieve the Trustee of the obligation, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default with respect to the Debt Securities (that has not been cured or waived) to exercise with respect to the Debt Securities such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and to use the same degree of care and skill in

34


 

 

their exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs;

(f)            the Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, approval, bond, debenture, coupon or other paper or document, unless requested in writing to do so by the holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Debt Securities affected thereby; provided, however, that if the payment within a reasonable time to the Trustee of the costs, expenses or liabilities likely to be incurred by it in the making of such investigation is, in the opinion of the Trustee, not reasonably assured to the Trustee by the security afforded to it by the terms of this Indenture, the Trustee may require reasonable indemnity against such expense or liability as a condition to so proceeding; and

(g)           the Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents (including any Authenticating Agent) or attorneys, and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any such agent or attorney appointed by it with due care.

SECTION 6.03. No Responsibility for Recitals, etc.

The recitals contained herein and in the Debt Securities (except in the certificate of authentication of the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent) shall be taken as the statements of the Company and the Trustee and the Authenticating Agent assume no responsibility for the correctness of the same. The Trustee and the Authenticating Agent make no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Indenture or of the Debt Securities. The Trustee and the Authenticating Agent shall not be accountable for the use or application by the Company of any Debt Securities or the proceeds of any Debt Securities authenticated and delivered by the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent in conformity with the provisions of this Indenture.

SECTION 6.04. Trustee, Authenticating Agent, Paying Agents, Transfer Agents or Registrar May Own Debt Securities.

The Trustee or any Authenticating Agent or any Paying Agent or any transfer agent or any Debt Security Registrar, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Debt Securities with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee, Authenticating Agent, Paying Agent, transfer agent or Debt Security Registrar.

SECTION 6.05. Moneys to be Held in Trust.

Subject to the provisions of Section 12.04, all moneys received by the Trustee or any Paying Agent shall, until used or applied as herein provided, be held in trust for the purpose for which they were received, but need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. The Trustee and any Paying Agent shall be under no liability for interest on any money received by it hereunder except as otherwise agreed in writing with the Company. So long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, all interest allowed on any such moneys, if any, shall be paid from time to time to the Company upon the written order of

35


 

 

the Company, signed by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President, the Chief Operating Officer, a Vice President, the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer of the Company.

SECTION 6.06. Compensation and Expenses of Trustee.

Other than as provided in the Fee Agreement of even date herewith between Cohen & Company, the Trustee and the Company, the Company covenants and agrees to pay to the Trustee from time to time, and the Trustee shall be entitled to, such compensation as shall be agreed to in writing between the Company and the Trustee (which shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust), and the Company will pay or reimburse the Trustee upon its written request for all documented reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by the Trustee in accordance with any of the provisions of this Indenture (including the reasonable compensation and the reasonable expenses and disbursements of its counsel and of all Persons not regularly in its employ) except any such expense, disbursement or advance that arises from its negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith. The Company also covenants to indemnify each of the Trustee (including in its individual capacity) and any predecessor Trustee (and its officers, agents, directors and employees) for, and to hold it harmless against, any and all loss, damage, claim, liability or expense including taxes (other than taxes based on the income of the Trustee), except to the extent such loss, damage, claim, liability or expense results from the negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith of such indemnitee, arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of this Trust, including the costs and expenses of defending itself against any claim or liability in the premises. The obligations of the Company under this Section 6.06 to compensate and indemnify the Trustee and to pay or reimburse the Trustee for documented expenses, disbursements and advances shall constitute additional indebtedness hereunder. Such additional indebtedness shall be secured by (and the Company hereby grants and pledges to the Trustee) a lien prior to that of the Debt Securities upon all property and funds held or collected by the Trustee as such, except funds held in trust for the benefit of the holders of particular Debt Securities.

Without prejudice to any other rights available to the Trustee under applicable law, when the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services in connection with an Event of Default specified in subsections (e), (f) or (g) of Section 5.01, the expenses (including the reasonable charges and expenses of its counsel) and the compensation for the services are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law.

The provisions of this Section shall survive the resignation or removal of the Trustee and the defeasance or other termination of this Indenture.

Notwithstanding anything in this Indenture or any Debt Security to the contrary, the Trustee shall have no obligation whatsoever to advance funds to pay any principal of or interest on or other amounts with respect to the Debt Securities or otherwise advance funds to or on behalf of the Company.

36


 

 

SECTION 6.07. Officers’ Certificate as Evidence.

Except as otherwise provided in Sections 6.01 and 6.02, whenever in the administration of the provisions of this Indenture the Trustee shall deem it necessary or desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking or omitting any action hereunder, such matter (unless other evidence in respect thereof be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith on the part of the Trustee, be deemed to be conclusively proved and established by an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee, and such certificate, in the absence of negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith on the part of the Trustee, shall be full warrant to the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it under the provisions of this Indenture upon the faith thereof.

SECTION 6.08. Eligibility of Trustee.

The Trustee hereunder shall at all times be a U.S. Person that is a banking corporation or national association organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof or of the District of Columbia and authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust powers, having a combined capital and surplus of at least fifty million U.S. dollars ($50,000,000) and subject to supervision or examination by federal, state, or District of Columbia authority. If such corporation or national association publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of the aforesaid supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section 6.08 the combined capital and surplus of such corporation or national association shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent records of condition so published.

The Company may not, nor may any Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with the Company, serve as Trustee, notwithstanding that such corporation or national association shall be otherwise eligible and qualified under this Article.

In case at any time the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6.08, the Trustee shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect specified in Section 6.09.

If the Trustee has or shall acquire any “conflicting interest” within the meaning of § 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act, the Trustee shall either eliminate such interest or resign, to the extent and in the manner provided by, and subject to this Indenture.

SECTION 6.09. Resignation or Removal of Trustee, Calculation Agent, Paying Agent or Debt Security Registrar.

(a)           The Trustee, or any trustee or trustees hereafter appointed, the Calculation Agent, the Paying Agent and any Debt Security Registrar may at any time resign by giving written notice of such resignation to the Company and by mailing notice thereof, at the Company’s expense, to the Securityholders at their addresses as they shall appear on the Debt Security Register. Upon receiving such notice of resignation, the Company shall promptly appoint a successor or successors by written instrument, in duplicate, executed by order of its Board of Directors, one copy of which instrument shall be delivered to the resigning party and

37


 

 

one copy to the successor. If no successor shall have been so appointed and have accepted appointment within 30 days after the mailing of such notice of resignation to the affected Securityholders, the resigning party may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor, or any Securityholder who has been a bona fide holder of a Debt Security or Debt Securities for at least six months may, subject to the provisions of Section 5.09, on behalf of himself or herself and all others similarly situated, petition any such court for the appointment of a successor. Such court may thereupon, after such notice, if any, as it may deem proper and prescribe, appoint a successor.

(b)           In case at any time any of the following shall occur:

(1)           the Trustee shall fail to comply with the provisions of the last paragraph of Section 6.08 after written request therefor by the Company or by any Securityholder who has been a bona fide holder of a Debt Security or Debt Securities for at least six months,

(2)           the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.08 and shall fail to resign after written request therefor by the Company or by any such Securityholder, or

(3)           the Trustee shall become incapable of acting, or shall be adjudged bankrupt or insolvent, or a receiver of the Trustee or of its property shall be appointed, or any public officer shall take charge or control of the Trustee or of its property or affairs for the purpose of rehabilitation, conservation or liquidation,

then, in any such case, the Company may remove the Trustee and appoint a successor Trustee by written instrument, in duplicate, executed by order of the Board of Directors, one copy of which instrument shall be delivered to the Trustee so removed and one copy to the successor Trustee, or, subject to the provisions of Section 5.09, if no successor Trustee shall have been so appointed and have accepted appointment within 30 days of the occurrence of any of (1), (2) or (3) above, any Securityholder who has been a bona fide holder of a Debt Security or Debt Securities for at least six months may, on behalf of himself or herself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee. Such court may thereupon, after such notice, if any, as it may deem proper and prescribe, remove the Trustee and appoint a successor Trustee.

(c)           Upon prior written notice to the Company and the Trustee, the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Debt Securities at the time outstanding may at any time remove the Trustee and nominate a successor Trustee, which shall be deemed appointed as successor Trustee unless within ten Business Days after such nomination the Company objects thereto, in which case or in the case of a failure by such Securityholders to nominate a successor Trustee, the Trustee so removed or any Securityholder, upon the terms and conditions and otherwise as in subsection (a) of this Section 6.09 provided, may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for an appointment of a successor.

(d)           Any resignation or removal of the Trustee, the Calculation Agent, the Paying Agent and any Debt Security Registrar and appointment of a successor pursuant to any of

38


 

 

the provisions of this Section 6.09 shall become effective upon acceptance of appointment by the successor as provided in Section 6.10.

SECTION 6.10. Acceptance by Successor.

Any successor Trustee, Calculation Agent, Paying Agent or Debt Security Registrar appointed as provided in Section 6.09 shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Company and to its predecessor an instrument accepting such appointment hereunder, and thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring party shall become effective and such successor, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, duties and obligations with respect to the Debt Securities of its predecessor hereunder, with like effect as if originally named herein; but, nevertheless, on the written request of the Company or of the successor, the party ceasing to act shall, upon payment of the amounts then due it pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.06, execute and deliver an instrument transferring to such successor all the rights and powers of the party so ceasing to act and shall duly assign, transfer and deliver to such successor all property and money held by such retiring party hereunder. Upon reasonable request of any such successor, the Company shall execute any and all instruments in writing for more fully and certainly vesting in and confirming to such successor all such rights and powers. Any party ceasing to act shall, nevertheless, retain a lien upon all property or funds held or collected to secure any amounts then due it pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.06.

If a successor Trustee is appointed, the Company, the retiring Trustee and the successor Trustee shall execute and deliver an indenture supplemental hereto which shall contain such provisions as shall be deemed necessary or desirable to confirm that all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee with respect to the Debt Securities as to which the predecessor Trustee is not retiring shall continue to be vested in the predecessor Trustee, and shall add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture as shall be necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the Trust hereunder by more than one Trustee, it being understood that nothing herein or in such supplemental indenture shall constitute such Trustees co-trustees of the same trust and that each such Trustee shall be Trustee of a trust or trusts hereunder separate and apart from any trust or trusts hereunder administered by any other such Trustee.

No successor Trustee shall accept appointment as provided in this Section 6.10 unless at the time of such acceptance such successor Trustee shall be eligible and qualified under the provisions of Section 6.08.

In no event shall a retiring Trustee, Calculation Agent, Paying Agent or Debt Security Registrar be liable for the acts or omissions of any successor hereunder.

Upon acceptance of appointment by a successor Trustee, Calculation Agent, Paying Agent or Debt Security Registrar as provided in this Section 6.10, the Company shall mail notice of the succession to the Securityholders at their addresses as they shall appear on the Debt Security Register. If the Company fails to mail such notice within ten Business Days after the acceptance of appointment by the successor, the successor shall cause such notice to be mailed at the expense of the Company.

39


 

 

SECTION 6.11. Succession by Merger, etc.

Any Person into which the Trustee may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any Person resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Trustee shall be a party, or any Person succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust business of the Trustee, shall be the successor of the Trustee hereunder without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto; provided, that such Person shall be otherwise eligible and qualified under this Article.

In case at the time such successor to the Trustee shall succeed to the trusts created by this Indenture any of the Debt Securities shall have been authenticated but not delivered, any such successor to the Trustee may adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor Trustee, and deliver such Debt Securities so authenticated; and in case at that time any of the Debt Securities shall not have been authenticated, any successor to the Trustee may authenticate such Debt Securities either in the name of any predecessor hereunder or in the name of the successor Trustee; and in all such cases such certificates shall have the full force which it is anywhere in the Debt Securities or in this Indenture provided that the certificate of the Trustee shall have; provided, however, that the right to adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor Trustee or authenticate Debt Securities in the name of any predecessor Trustee shall apply only to its successor or successors by merger, conversion or consolidation.

SECTION 6.12. Authenticating Agents.

There may be one or more Authenticating Agents appointed by the Trustee upon the request of the Company with power to act on its behalf and subject to its direction in the authentication and delivery of Debt Securities issued upon exchange or registration of transfer thereof as fully to all intents and purposes as though any such Authenticating Agent had been expressly authorized to authenticate and deliver Debt Securities; provided, that the Trustee shall have no liability to the Company for any acts or omissions of the Authenticating Agent with respect to the authentication and delivery of Debt Securities. Any such Authenticating Agent shall at all times be a Person organized and doing business under the laws of the United States or of any state or territory thereof or of the District of Columbia authorized under such laws to act as Authenticating Agent, having a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 and being subject to supervision or examination by federal, state, territorial or District of Columbia authority. If such Person publishes reports of condition at least annually pursuant to law or the requirements of such authority, then for the purposes of this Section 6.12 the combined capital and surplus of such Person shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published. If at any time an Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, it shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect herein specified in this Section.

Any Person into which any Authenticating Agent may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any Person resulting from any merger, consolidation or conversion to which any Authenticating Agent shall be a party, or any Person succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust business of any Authenticating Agent, shall be the successor of such Authenticating Agent hereunder, if such successor Person is otherwise eligible

40


 

 

under this Section 6.12 without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of the parties hereto or such Authenticating Agent.

Any Authenticating Agent may at any time resign by giving written notice of resignation to the Trustee and to the Company. The Trustee may at any time terminate the agency of any Authenticating Agent with respect to the Debt Securities by giving written notice of termination to such Authenticating Agent and to the Company. Upon receiving such a notice of resignation or upon such a termination, or in case at any time any Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible under this Section 6.12, the Trustee may, and upon the request of the Company shall, promptly appoint a successor Authenticating Agent eligible under this Section 6.12, shall give written notice of such appointment to the Company and shall mail notice of such appointment to all Securityholders as the names and addresses of such Securityholders appear on the Debt Security Register. Any successor Authenticating Agent upon acceptance of its appointment hereunder shall become vested with all rights, powers, duties and responsibilities with respect to the Debt Securities of its predecessor hereunder, with like effect as if originally named as Authenticating Agent herein.

Other than as provided in the Fee Agreement of even date herewith between Cohen & Company, the Company and the Trustee, the Company agrees to pay to any Authenticating Agent from time to time reasonable compensation for its services. Any Authenticating Agent shall have no responsibility or liability for any action taken by it as such in accordance with the directions of the Trustee and shall receive such reasonable indemnity as it may require against the costs, expenses and liabilities incurred in furtherance of its duties under this Section 6.12.

ARTICLE VII

CONCERNING THE SECURITYHOLDERS

SECTION 7.01. Action by Securityholders.

Whenever in this Indenture it is provided that the holders of a specified percentage in aggregate principal amount of the Debt Securities or aggregate Liquidation Amount of the Capital Securities may take any action (including the making of any demand or request, the giving of any notice, consent or waiver or the taking of any other action), the fact that at the time of taking any such action the holders of such specified percentage have joined therein may be evidenced (a) by any instrument or any number of instruments of similar tenor executed by such Securityholders or holders of Capital Securities, as the case may be, in person or by agent or proxy appointed in writing, or (b) by the record of such Securityholders voting in favor thereof at any meeting of such Securityholders duly called and held in accordance with the provisions of Article VIII or of such holders of Capital Securities duly called and held in accordance with the provisions of the Declaration, or (c) by a combination of such instrument or instruments and any such record of such a meeting of such Securityholders or holders of Capital Securities, as the case may be, or (d) by any other method the Trustee deems satisfactory.

If the Company shall solicit from the Securityholders any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action or revocation of the same, the

41


 

 

Company may, at its option, as evidenced by an Officers’ Certificate, fix in advance a record date for such Debt Securities for the determination of Securityholders entitled to give such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action or revocation of the same, but the Company shall have no obligation to do so. If such a record date is fixed, such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action or revocation of the same may be given before or after the record date, but only the Securityholders of record at the close of business on the record date shall be deemed to be Securityholders for the purposes of determining whether holders of the requisite proportion of outstanding Debt Securities have authorized or agreed or consented to such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action or revocation of the same, and for that purpose the outstanding Debt Securities shall be computed as of the record date; provided, however, that no such authorization, agreement or consent by such Securityholders on the record date shall be deemed effective unless it shall become effective pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture not later than six months after the record date.

SECTION 7.02. Proof of Execution by Securityholders.

Subject to the provisions of Sections 6.01, 6.02 and 8.05, proof of the execution of any instrument by a Securityholder or such Securityholder’s agent or proxy shall be sufficient if made in accordance with such reasonable rules and regulations as may be prescribed by the Trustee or in such manner as shall be satisfactory to the Trustee. The ownership of Debt Securities shall be proved by the Debt Security Register or by a certificate of the Debt Security Registrar. The Trustee may require such additional proof of any matter referred to in this Section as it shall deem necessary.

The record of any Securityholders’ meeting shall be proved in the manner provided in Section 8.06.

SECTION 7.03. Who Are Deemed Absolute Owners.

Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer of any Debt Security, the Company, the Trustee, any Authenticating Agent, any Paying Agent, any transfer agent and any Debt Security Registrar may deem the Person in whose name such Debt Security shall be registered upon the Debt Security Register to be, and may treat such Person as, the absolute owner of such Debt Security (whether or not such Debt Security shall be overdue) for the purpose of receiving payment of or on account of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on such Debt Security and for all other purposes; and neither the Company nor the Trustee nor any Authenticating Agent nor any Paying Agent nor any transfer agent nor any Debt Security Registrar shall be affected by any notice to the contrary. All such payments so made to any Securityholder for the time being or upon such Securityholder’s order shall be valid, and, to the extent of the sum or sums so paid, effectual to satisfy and discharge the liability for moneys payable upon any such Debt Security.

SECTION 7.04. Debt Securities Owned by Company Deemed Not Outstanding.

In determining whether the holders of the requisite aggregate principal amount of Debt Securities have concurred in any direction, consent or waiver under this Indenture, Debt

42


 

 

Securities which are owned by the Company or any other obligor on the Debt Securities or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Company (other than the Trust) or any other obligor on the Debt Securities shall be disregarded and deemed not to be outstanding for the purpose of any such determination; provided, that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, consent or waiver, only Debt Securities which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee actually knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. Debt Securities so owned which have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as outstanding for the purposes of this Section 7.04 if the pledgee shall establish to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right to vote such Debt Securities and that the pledgee is not the Company or any such other obligor or Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Company or any such other obligor. In the case of a dispute as to such right, any decision by the Trustee taken upon the advice of counsel shall be full protection to the Trustee.

SECTION 7.05. Revocation of Consents; Future Securityholders Bound.

At any time prior to (but not after) the evidencing to the Trustee, as provided in Section 7.01, of the taking of any action by the holders of the percentage in aggregate principal amount of the Debt Securities specified in this Indenture in connection with such action, any Securityholder (in cases where no record date has been set pursuant to Section 7.01) or any holder as of an applicable record date (in cases where a record date has been set pursuant to Section 7.01) of a Debt Security (or any Debt Security issued in whole or in part in exchange or substitution therefor) the serial number of which is shown by the evidence to be included in the Debt Securities the holders of which have consented to such action may, by filing written notice with the Trustee at the Principal Office of the Trustee and upon proof of holding as provided in Section 7.02, revoke such action so far as concerns such Debt Security (or so far as concerns the principal amount represented by any exchanged or substituted Debt Security). Except as aforesaid any such action taken by the holder of any Debt Security shall be conclusive and binding upon such Securityholder and upon all future holders and owners of such Debt Security, and of any Debt Security issued in exchange or substitution therefor or on registration of transfer thereof, irrespective of whether or not any notation in regard thereto is made upon such Debt Security or any Debt Security issued in exchange or substitution therefor.

ARTICLE VIII

SECURITYHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

SECTION 8.01. Purposes of Meetings.

A meeting of Securityholders may be called at any time and from time to time pursuant to the provisions of this Article VIII for any of the following purposes:

(a)           to give any notice to the Company or to the Trustee, or to give any directions to the Trustee, or to consent to the waiving of any default hereunder and its consequences, or to take any other action authorized to be taken by Securityholders pursuant to any of the provisions of Article V;

43


 

 

(b)           to remove the Trustee and nominate a successor trustee pursuant to the provisions of Article VI;

(c)           to consent to the execution of an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto pursuant to the provisions of Section 9.02; or

(d)           to take any other action authorized to be taken by or on behalf of the holders of any specified aggregate principal amount of such Debt Securities under any other provision of this Indenture or under applicable law.

SECTION 8.02. Call of Meetings by Trustee.

The Trustee may at any time call a meeting of Securityholders to take any action specified in Section 8.01, to be held at such time and at such place in The City of New York, the Borough of Manhattan, or Boston, Massachusetts, as the Trustee shall determine. Notice of every meeting of the Securityholders, setting forth the time and the place of such meeting and in general terms the action proposed to be taken at such meeting, shall be mailed to Securityholders affected at their addresses as they shall appear on the Debt Securities Register. Such notice shall be mailed not less than 20 nor more than 180 days prior to the date fixed for the meeting.

SECTION 8.03. Call of Meetings by Company or Securityholders.

In case at any time the Company pursuant to a Board Resolution, or the holders of at least 10% in aggregate principal amount of the Debt Securities, as the case may be, then outstanding, shall have requested the Trustee to call a meeting of Securityholders, by written request setting forth in reasonable detail the action proposed to be taken at the meeting, and the Trustee shall not have mailed the notice of such meeting within 20 days after receipt of such request, then the Company or such Securityholders may determine the time and the place in for such meeting and may call such meeting to take any action authorized in Section 8.01, by mailing notice thereof as provided in Section 8.02.

SECTION 8.04. Qualifications for Voting.

To be entitled to vote at any meeting of Securityholders a Person shall be (a) a holder of one or more Debt Securities with respect to which the meeting is being held or (b) a Person appointed by an instrument in writing as proxy by a holder of one or more such Debt Securities. The only Persons who shall be entitled to be present or to speak at any meeting of Securityholders shall be the Persons entitled to vote at such meeting and their counsel and any representatives of the Trustee and its counsel and any representatives of the Company and its counsel.

SECTION 8.05. Regulations.

Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Indenture, the Trustee may make such reasonable regulations as it may deem advisable for any meeting of Securityholders, in regard to proof of the holding of Debt Securities and of the appointment of proxies, and in regard to the appointment and duties of inspectors of votes, the submission and examination of proxies,

44


 

 

certificates and other evidence of the right to vote, and such other matters concerning the conduct of the meeting as it shall deem appropriate.

The Trustee shall, by an instrument in writing, appoint a temporary chairman of the meeting, unless the meeting shall have been called by the Company or by Securityholders as provided in Section 8.03, in which case the Company or the Securityholders calling the meeting, as the case may be, shall in like manner appoint a temporary chairman. A permanent chairman and a permanent secretary of the meeting shall be elected by majority vote at the meeting.

Subject to the provisions of Section 7.04, at any meeting each Securityholder with respect to which such meeting is being held or proxy therefor shall be entitled to one vote for each $1,000 principal amount of Debt Securities held or represented by such Securityholder; provided, however, that no vote shall be cast or counted at any meeting in respect of any Debt Security challenged as not outstanding and ruled by the chairman of the meeting to be not outstanding. The chairman of the meeting shall have no right to vote other than by virtue of Debt Securities held by such chairman or instruments in writing as aforesaid duly designating such chairman as the Person to vote on behalf of other Securityholders. Any meeting of Securityholders duly called pursuant to the provisions of Section 8.02 or 8.03 may be adjourned from time to time by a majority of those present, whether or not constituting a quorum, and the meeting may be held as so adjourned without further notice.

SECTION 8.06. Voting.

The vote upon any resolution submitted to any meeting of Securityholders with respect to which such meeting is being held shall be by written ballots on which shall be subscribed the signatures of such Securityholders or of their representatives by proxy and the serial number or numbers of the Debt Securities held or represented by them. The permanent chairman of the meeting shall appoint two inspectors of votes who shall count all votes cast at the meeting for or against any resolution and who shall make and file with the secretary of the meeting their verified written reports in triplicate of all votes cast at the meeting. A record in duplicate of the proceedings of each meeting of Securityholders shall be prepared by the secretary of the meeting and there shall be attached to said record the original reports of the inspectors of votes on any vote by ballot taken thereat and affidavits by one or more Persons having knowledge of the facts setting forth a copy of the notice of the meeting and showing that said notice was mailed as provided in Section 8.02. The record shall show the serial numbers of the Debt Securities voting in favor of or against any resolution. The record shall be signed and verified by the affidavits of the permanent chairman and secretary of the meeting and one of the duplicates shall be delivered to the Company and the other to the Trustee to be preserved by the Trustee, the latter to have attached thereto the ballots voted at the meeting. Any record so signed and verified shall be conclusive evidence of the matters therein stated.

SECTION 8.07. Quorum; Actions.

The Persons entitled to vote a majority in outstanding principal amount of the Debt Securities shall constitute a quorum for a meeting of Securityholders; provided, however, that if any action is to be taken at such meeting with respect to a consent, waiver, request, demand, notice, authorization, direction or other action which may be given by the holders of not

45


 

 

less than a specified percentage in outstanding principal amount of the Debt Securities, the Persons holding or representing such specified percentage in outstanding principal amount of the Debt Securities will constitute a quorum. In the absence of a quorum within 30 minutes of the time appointed for any such meeting, the meeting shall, if convened at the request of Securityholders, be dissolved. In any other case the meeting may be adjourned for a period of not less than 10 days as determined by the permanent chairman of the meeting prior to the adjournment of such meeting. In the absence of a quorum at any such adjourned meeting, such adjourned meeting may be further adjourned for a period of not less than 10 days as determined by the permanent chairman of the meeting prior to the adjournment of such adjourned meeting. Notice of the reconvening of any adjourned meeting shall be given as provided in Section 8.02, except that such notice need be given only once not less than five days prior to the date on which the meeting is scheduled to be reconvened. Notice of the reconvening of an adjourned meeting shall state expressly the percentage, as provided above, of the outstanding principal amount of the Debt Securities which shall constitute a quorum.

Except as limited by the proviso in the first paragraph of Section 9.02, any resolution presented to a meeting or adjourned meeting duly reconvened at which a quorum is present as aforesaid may be adopted by the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than a majority in outstanding principal amount of the Debt Securities; provided, however, that, except as limited by the proviso in the first paragraph of Section 9.02, any resolution with respect to any consent, waiver, request, demand, notice, authorization, direction or other action that this Indenture expressly provides may be given by the holders of not less than a specified percentage in outstanding principal amount of the Debt Securities may be adopted at a meeting or an adjourned meeting duly reconvened and at which a quorum is present as aforesaid only by the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than such specified percentage in outstanding principal amount of the Debt Securities.

Any resolution passed or decision taken at any meeting of Securityholders duly held in accordance with this Section shall be binding on all the Securityholders, whether or not present or represented at the meeting.

SECTION 8.08. Written Consent Without a Meeting.

Whenever under this Indenture, Securityholders are required or permitted to take any action by vote, such action may be taken without a meeting on written consent, setting forth the action so taken, signed by the Securityholders of all outstanding Debt Securities entitled to vote thereon. No consent shall be effective to take the action referred to therein unless, within sixty days of the earliest dated consent delivered in the manner required by this paragraph to the Trustee, written consents signed by a sufficient number of Securityholders to take action are delivered to the Trustee at its Principal Office. Delivery made to the Trustee at its Principal Office, shall be by hand or by certificated or registered mail, return receipt requested. Written consent thus given by the Securityholders of such number of Debt Securities as is required hereunder, shall have the same effect as a valid vote of Securityholders of such number of Debt Securities.

46


 

 

ARTICLE IX

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES

SECTION 9.01. Supplemental Indentures without Consent of Securityholders.

The Company, when authorized by a Board Resolution, and the Trustee may from time to time and at any time enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto, without the consent of the Securityholders, for one or more of the following purposes:

(a)           to evidence the succession of another Person to the Company, or successive successions, and the assumption by the successor Person of the covenants, agreements and obligations of the Company, pursuant to Article XI hereof;

(b)           to add to the covenants of the Company such further covenants, restrictions or conditions for the protection of the Securityholders as the Board of Directors shall consider to be for the protection of such Securityholders, and to make the occurrence, or the occurrence and continuance, of a Default in any of such additional covenants, restrictions or conditions a Default or an Event of Default permitting the enforcement of all or any of the several remedies provided in this Indenture as herein set forth; provided, however, that in respect of any such additional covenant, restriction or condition such supplemental indenture may provide for a particular period of grace after default (which period may be shorter or longer than that allowed in the case of other defaults) or may provide for an immediate enforcement upon such default or may limit the remedies available to the Trustee upon such default;

(c)           to cure any ambiguity or to correct or supplement any provision contained herein or in any supplemental indenture which may be defective or inconsistent with any other provision contained herein or in any supplemental indenture, or to make or amend such other provisions in regard to matters or questions arising under this Indenture; provided, that any such action shall not adversely affect the interests of the Securityholders;

(d)           to add to, delete from, or revise the terms of Debt Securities, including, without limitation, any terms relating to the issuance, exchange, registration or transfer of Debt Securities, including to provide for transfer procedures and restrictions substantially similar to those applicable to the Capital Securities, as required by Section 2.05 (for purposes of assuring that no registration of Debt Securities is required under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended); provided, that any such action shall not adversely affect the interests of the holders of the Debt Securities then outstanding (it being understood, for purposes of this proviso, that transfer restrictions on Debt Securities substantially similar to those applicable to Capital Securities shall not be deemed to adversely affect the Securityholders);

(e)           to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment hereunder by a successor Trustee with respect to the Debt Securities and to add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture as shall be necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the trusts hereunder by more than one Trustee, pursuant to the requirements of Section 6.10;

(f)            to make any change (other than as elsewhere provided in this paragraph) that does not adversely affect the rights of any Securityholder in any material respect; or

47


 

 

(g)           to provide for the issuance of and establish the form and terms and conditions of the Debt Securities, to establish the form of any certifications required to be furnished pursuant to the terms of this Indenture or the Debt Securities, or to add to the rights of the Securityholders.

The Trustee is hereby authorized to join with the Company in the execution of any such supplemental indenture, to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations which may be therein contained and to accept the conveyance, transfer and assignment of any property thereunder, but the Trustee shall not be obligated to, but may in its discretion, enter into any such supplemental indenture which affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.

Any supplemental indenture authorized by the provisions of this Section 9.01 may be executed by the Company and the Trustee without the consent of the Securityholders at the time outstanding, notwithstanding any of the provisions of Section 9.02.

SECTION 9.02. Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Securityholders.

With the consent (evidenced as provided in Section 7.01) of the holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Debt Securities at the time outstanding affected by such supplemental indenture, the Company, when authorized by a Board Resolution, and the Trustee may from time to time and at any time enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto (which shall conform to the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act, then in effect, applicable to indentures qualified thereunder) for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Indenture or of any supplemental indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Securityholders; provided, however, that no such supplemental indenture shall without such consent of the holders of each Debt Security then outstanding and affected thereby (i) change the Maturity Date of any Debt Security, or reduce the principal amount thereof or any premium thereon, or reduce the rate (or manner of calculation of the rate) or extend the time of payment of interest thereon, or reduce (other than as a result of the maturity or earlier redemption of any such Debt Security in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and such Debt Security) or increase the aggregate principal amount of Debt Securities then outstanding, or change any of the redemption provisions, or make the principal thereof or any interest or premium thereon payable in any coin or currency other than United States Dollars, or impair or affect the right of any Securityholder to institute suit for payment thereof or impair the right of repayment, if any, at the option of the Securityholder, or (ii) reduce the aforesaid percentage of Debt Securities the holders of which are required to consent to any such supplemental indenture; and provided, further, that if the Debt Securities are held by the Trust or a trustee of such trust, such supplemental indenture shall not be effective until the holders of a majority in Liquidation Amount of the outstanding Capital Securities shall have consented to such supplemental indenture; provided, further, that if the consent of the Securityholder of each outstanding Debt Security is required, such supplemental indenture shall not be effective until each holder of the outstanding Capital Securities shall have consented to such supplemental indenture.

Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a Board Resolution authorizing the execution of any such supplemental indenture, and upon the filing with the

48


 

 

Trustee of evidence of the consent of Securityholders (and holders of Capital Securities, if required) as aforesaid, the Trustee shall join with the Company in the execution of such supplemental indenture unless such supplemental indenture affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but shall not be obligated to, enter into such supplemental indenture.

Promptly after the execution by the Company and the Trustee of any supplemental indenture pursuant to the provisions of this Section, the Trustee shall transmit by mail, first class postage prepaid, a notice, prepared by the Company, setting forth in general terms the substance of such supplemental indenture, to the Securityholders as their names and addresses appear upon the Debt Security Register. Any failure of the Trustee to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such supplemental indenture.

It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Securityholders under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed supplemental indenture, but it shall be sufficient if such consent shall approve the substance thereof.

SECTION 9.03. Effect of Supplemental Indentures.

Upon the execution of any supplemental indenture pursuant to the provisions of this Article IX, this Indenture shall be and be deemed to be modified and amended in accordance therewith and the respective rights, limitations of rights, obligations, duties and immunities under this Indenture of the Trustee, the Company and the Securityholders shall thereafter be determined, exercised and enforced hereunder subject in all respects to such modifications and amendments and all the terms and conditions of any such supplemental indenture shall be and be deemed to be part of the terms and conditions of this Indenture for any and all purposes.

SECTION 9.04. Notation on Debt Securities.

Debt Securities authenticated and delivered after the execution of any supplemental indenture pursuant to the provisions of this Article IX may bear a notation as to any matter provided for in such supplemental indenture. If the Company or the Trustee shall so determine, new Debt Securities so modified as to conform, in the opinion of the Board of Directors of the Company, to any modification of this Indenture contained in any such supplemental indenture may be prepared and executed by the Company, authenticated by the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent and delivered in exchange for the Debt Securities then outstanding.

SECTION 9.05. Evidence of Compliance of Supplemental Indenture to be furnished to Trustee.

The Trustee, subject to the provisions of Sections 6.01 and 6.02, shall, in addition to the documents required by Section 14.06, receive an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel as conclusive evidence that any supplemental indenture executed pursuant hereto complies with the requirements of this Article IX. The Trustee shall receive an Opinion of Counsel as conclusive evidence that any supplemental indenture executed pursuant to this Article IX

49


 

 

is authorized or permitted by, and conforms to, the terms of this Article IX and that it is proper for the Trustee under the provisions of this Article IX to join in the execution thereof.

ARTICLE X

REDEMPTION OF SECURITIES

SECTION 10.01. Optional Redemption.

At any time the Company shall have the right, subject to the receipt by the Company of prior approval from any regulatory authority with jurisdiction over the Company if such approval is then required under applicable capital guidelines or policies of such regulatory authority, to redeem the Debt Securities, in whole or (provided that all accrued and unpaid interest has been paid on all Debt Securities for all Interest Payment Periods terminating on or prior to such date) from time to time in part, on any March 15, June 15, September 15 or December 15 on or after December 15, 2011 (the “Redemption Date”), at the Redemption Price.

SECTION 10.02. Special Event Redemption.

If a Special Event shall occur and be continuing, the Company shall have the right, subject to the receipt by the Company of prior approval from any regulatory authority with jurisdiction over the Company if such approval is then required under applicable capital guidelines or policies of such regulatory authority, to redeem the Debt Securities, in whole or in part, at any time within 90 days following the occurrence of such Special Event (the “Special Redemption Date”), at the Special Redemption Price.

SECTION 10.03. Notice of Redemption; Selection of Debt Securities.

In case the Company shall desire to exercise the right to redeem all, or, as the case may be, any part of the Debt Securities, it shall fix a date for redemption and shall mail, or cause the Trustee to mail (at the expense of the Company) a notice of such redemption at least 30 and not more than 60 days prior to the date fixed for redemption to the Securityholders so to be redeemed as a whole or in part at their last addresses as the same appear on the Debt Security Register. Such mailing shall be by first class mail. The notice if mailed in the manner herein provided shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given, whether or not the Securityholder receives such notice. In any case, failure to give such notice by mail or any defect in the notice to the holder of any Debt Security designated for redemption as a whole or in part shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other Debt Security.

Each such notice of redemption shall specify the CUSIP number, if any, of the Debt Securities to be redeemed, the date fixed for redemption, the redemption price (or manner of calculation of the price) at which Debt Securities are to be redeemed, the place or places of payment, that payment will be made upon presentation and surrender of such Debt Securities, that interest accrued to the date fixed for redemption will be paid as specified in said notice, and that on and after said date interest thereon or on the portions thereof to be redeemed will cease to accrue. If less than all the Debt Securities are to be redeemed the notice of redemption shall specify the numbers of the Debt Securities to be redeemed. In case the Debt Securities are to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption shall state the portion of the principal amount

50


 

 

thereof to be redeemed and shall state that on and after the date fixed for redemption, upon surrender of such Debt Security, a new Debt Security or Debt Securities in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued.

Prior to 10:00 a.m. New York City time on the Redemption Date or the Special Redemption Date specified in the notice of redemption given as provided in this Section, the Company will deposit with the Trustee or with one or more Paying Agents an amount of money sufficient to redeem on the redemption date all the Debt Securities so called for redemption at the appropriate redemption price, together with unpaid interest accrued to such date.

The Company will give the Trustee notice not less than 45 nor more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date as to the Redemption Price at which the Debt Securities are to be redeemed and the aggregate principal amount of Debt Securities to be redeemed and the Trustee shall select, in such manner as in its sole discretion it shall deem appropriate and fair, the Debt Securities or portions thereof (in integral multiples of $1,000) to be redeemed.

SECTION 10.04. Payment of Debt Securities Called for Redemption.

If notice of redemption has been given as provided in Section 10.03, the Debt Securities or portions of Debt Securities with respect to which such notice has been given shall become due and payable on the Redemption Date or the Special Redemption Date (as the case may be) and at the place or places stated in such notice at the applicable redemption price, together with interest accrued to the date fixed for redemption, and on and after said Redemption Date or the Special Redemption Date (unless the Company shall default in the payment of such Debt Securities at the redemption price, together with unpaid interest accrued thereon to said date) interest on the Debt Securities or portions of Debt Securities so called for redemption shall cease to accrue. On presentation and surrender of such Debt Securities at a place of payment specified in said notice, such Debt Securities or the specified portions thereof shall be paid and redeemed by the Company at the applicable redemption price, together with unpaid interest accrued thereon to the Redemption Date or the Special Redemption Date (as the case may be).

Upon presentation of any Debt Security redeemed in part only, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery to the holder thereof, at the expense of the Company, a new Debt Security or Debt Securities of authorized denominations in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the Debt Security so presented.

ARTICLE XI

CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, SALE, CONVEYANCE AND LEASE

SECTION 11.01. Company May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms.

Nothing contained in this Indenture or in the Debt Securities shall prevent any consolidation or merger of the Company with or into any other corporation or corporations (whether or not affiliated with the Company) or successive consolidations or mergers in which the Company or its successor or successors shall be a party or parties, or shall prevent any sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the property or capital stock

51


 

 

of the Company or its successor or successors to any other corporation (whether or not affiliated with the Company, or its successor or successors) authorized to acquire and operate the same; provided, however, that the Company hereby covenants and agrees that, (i) upon any such consolidation, merger (where the Company is not the surviving corporation), sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition, the successor entity shall be a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia (unless such corporation has (1) agreed to make all payments due in respect of the Debt Securities or, if outstanding, the Capital Securities and Capital Securities Guarantee without withholding or deduction for, or on account of, any taxes, duties, assessments or other governmental charges under the laws or regulations of the jurisdiction of organization or residence (for tax purposes) of such corporation or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein unless required by applicable law, in which case such corporation shall have agreed to pay such additional amounts as shall be required so that the net amounts received and retained by the Securityholders or holders of Capital Securities, as the case may be, after payment of all taxes (including withholding taxes), duties, assessments or other governmental charges, will be equal to the amounts that such Securityholders or holders of Capital Securities would have received and retained had no such taxes (including withholding taxes), duties, assessments or other governmental charges been imposed, (2) irrevocably and unconditionally consented and submitted to the jurisdiction of any United States federal court or New York state court, in each case located in The City of New York, Borough of Manhattan, in respect of any action, suit or proceeding against it arising out of or in connection with this Indenture, the Debt Securities, the Capital Securities Guarantee or the Declaration and irrevocably and unconditionally waived, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection to the laying of venue in any such court or that any such action, suit or proceeding has been brought in an inconvenient forum and (3) irrevocably appointed an agent in The City of New York for service of process in any action, suit or proceeding referred to in clause (2) above) and such corporation expressly assumes all of the obligations of the Company under the Debt Securities, this Indenture, the Capital Securities Guarantee and the Declaration and (ii) after giving effect to any such consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

SECTION 11.02. Successor Entity to be Substituted.

In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition contemplated in Section 11.01 and upon the assumption by the successor entity, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee and reasonably satisfactory in form to the Trustee, of the due and punctual payment of the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on all of the Debt Securities and the due and punctual performance and observance of all of the covenants and conditions of this Indenture to be performed or observed by the Company, such successor entity shall succeed to and be substituted for the Company, with the same effect as if it had been named herein as the Company, and thereupon the predecessor entity shall be relieved of any further liability or obligation hereunder or upon the Debt Securities. Such successor entity thereupon may cause to be signed, and may issue either in its own name or in the name of the Company, any or all of the Debt Securities issuable hereunder which theretofore shall not have been signed by the Company and delivered to the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent; and, upon the order of such successor entity instead of the Company and subject to all the terms, conditions and limitations in this Indenture prescribed, the Trustee or the Authenticating

52


 

 

Agent shall authenticate and deliver any Debt Securities which previously shall have been signed and delivered by the officers of the Company, to the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent for authentication, and any Debt Securities which such successor entity thereafter shall cause to be signed and delivered to the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent for that purpose. All the Debt Securities so issued shall in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under this Indenture as the Debt Securities theretofore or thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture as though all of such Debt Securities had been issued at the date of the execution hereof.

SECTION 11.03. Opinion of Counsel to be Given to Trustee.

The Trustee, subject to the provisions of Sections 6.01 and 6.02, shall receive, in addition to the Opinion of Counsel required by Section 9.05, an Opinion of Counsel as conclusive evidence that any consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition, and any assumption, permitted or required by the terms of this Article XI complies with the provisions of this Article XI.

ARTICLE XII

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE

SECTION 12.01. Discharge of Indenture.

When (a) the Company shall deliver to the Trustee for cancellation all Debt Securities theretofore authenticated (other than any Debt Securities which shall have been destroyed, lost or stolen and which shall have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 2.06) and not theretofore canceled, or (b) all the Debt Securities not theretofore canceled or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation shall have become due and payable, or are by their terms to become due and payable within one year or are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption, and the Company shall deposit with the Trustee, in trust, funds, which shall be immediately due and payable, sufficient to pay at maturity or upon redemption all of the Debt Securities (other than any Debt Securities which shall have been destroyed, lost or stolen and which shall have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 2.06) not theretofore canceled or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, including principal and premium, if any, and interest due or to become due to such date of maturity or redemption date, as the case may be, but excluding, however, the amount of any moneys for the payment of principal of, and premium, if any, or interest on the Debt Securities (1) theretofore repaid to the Company in accordance with the provisions of Section 12.04, or (2) paid to any state or to the District of Columbia pursuant to its unclaimed property or similar laws, and if in the case of either clause (a) or clause (b) the Company shall also pay or cause to be paid all other sums payable hereunder by the Company, then this Indenture shall cease to be of further effect except for the provisions of Sections 2.05, 2.06, 3.01, 3.02, 3.04, 6.06, 6.09 and 12.04 hereof, which shall survive until such Debt Securities shall mature or are redeemed, as the case may be, and are paid in full. Thereafter, Sections 6.06, 6.09 and 12.04 shall survive, and the Trustee, on demand of the Company accompanied by an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with, and at

53


 

 

the cost and expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction of and discharging this Indenture, the Company, however, hereby agreeing to reimburse the Trustee for any costs or expenses thereafter reasonably and properly incurred by the Trustee in connection with this Indenture or the Debt Securities.

SECTION 12.02. Deposited Moneys to be Held in Trust by Trustee.

Subject to the provisions of Section 12.04, all moneys deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 12.01 shall be held in trust and applied by it to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company if acting as its own Paying Agent), to the holders of the particular Debt Securities for the payment of which such moneys have been deposited with the Trustee, of all sums due and to become due thereon for principal, and premium, if any, and interest.

SECTION 12.03. Paying Agent to Repay Moneys Held.

Upon the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, all moneys then held by any Paying Agent of the Debt Securities (other than the Trustee) shall, upon demand of the Company, be repaid to the Company or paid to the Trustee, and thereupon such Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such moneys.

SECTION 12.04. Return of Unclaimed Moneys.

Any moneys deposited with or paid to the Trustee or any Paying Agent for payment of the principal of, and premium, if any, or interest on Debt Securities and not applied but remaining unclaimed by the Securityholders for two years after the date upon which the principal of, and premium, if any, or interest on such Debt Securities, as the case may be, shall have become due and payable, shall be repaid to the Company by the Trustee or such Paying Agent on written demand; and the holder of any of the Debt Securities shall thereafter look only to the Company for any payment which such Securityholder may be entitled to collect and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such moneys shall thereupon cease.

ARTICLE XIII

IMMUNITY OF INCORPORATORS, STOCKHOLDERS, OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS

SECTION 13.01. Indenture and Debt Securities Solely Corporate Obligations.

No recourse for the payment of the principal of or premium, if any, or interest on any Debt Security, or for any claim based thereon or otherwise in respect thereof, and no recourse under or upon any obligation, covenant or agreement of the Company in this Indenture or in any supplemental indenture, or in any such Debt Security, or because of the creation of any indebtedness represented thereby, shall be had against any incorporator, stockholder, officer, director, employee or agent, as such, past, present or future, of the Company or of any predecessor or successor corporation of the Company, either directly or through the Company or any successor corporation of the Company, whether by virtue of any constitution, statute or rule of law, or by the enforcement of any assessment or penalty or otherwise; it being expressly

54


 

 

understood that all such liability is hereby expressly waived and released as a condition of, and as a consideration for, the execution of this Indenture and the issue of the Debt Securities.

ARTICLE XIV

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

SECTION 14.01. Successors.

All the covenants, stipulations, promises and agreements of the Company contained in this Indenture shall bind its successors and assigns whether so expressed or not.

SECTION 14.02. Official Acts by Successor Entity.

Any act or proceeding by any provision of this Indenture authorized or required to be done or performed by any board, committee or officer of the Company shall and may be done and performed with like force and effect by the like board, committee, officer or other authorized Person of any entity that shall at the time be the lawful successor of the Company.

SECTION 14.03. Surrender of Company Powers.

The Company by instrument in writing executed by authority of 2/3 (two-thirds) of its Board of Directors and delivered to the Trustee may surrender any of the powers reserved to the Company and thereupon such power so surrendered shall terminate both as to the Company and as to any permitted successor.

SECTION 14.04. Addresses for Notices, etc.

Any notice or demand which by any provision of this Indenture is required or permitted to be given or served by the Trustee or by the Securityholders on the Company may be given or served in writing, duly signed by the party giving such notice, and shall be delivered by facsimile (which shall be followed by notice delivered or mailed by first class mail) or mailed by first class mail to the Company at:

Chino Commercial Bancorp

14345 Pipeline Avenue

Chino, California 91710

Attention: Dann H. Bowman

Any notice, direction, request or demand by any Securityholder or the Company to or upon the Trustee shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given or made, for all purposes, if given or made in writing at the office of U.S. Bank National Association at:

One Federal Street, 3rd Floor
Boston, Massachusetts 02110
Attn: Corporate Trust Services – Chino Statutory Trust I

55


 

 

SECTION 14.05. Governing Law.

This Indenture and the Debt Securities shall each be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, without regard to conflict of laws principles of said State other than Section 5-1401 of the New York General Obligations Law.

SECTION 14.06. Evidence of Compliance with Conditions Precedent.

Upon any application or demand by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under any of the provisions of this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that in the opinion of the signers all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with and an Opinion of Counsel stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent have been complied with (except that no such Opinion of Counsel is required to be furnished to the Trustee in connection with the authentication and issuance of Debt Securities issued on the date of this Indenture).

Each certificate or opinion provided for in this Indenture and delivered to the Trustee with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (except certificates delivered pursuant to Section 3.05) shall include (a) a statement that the person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition and the definitions relating thereto; (b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based; (c) a statement that, in the opinion of such person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him or her to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and (d) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such person, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

SECTION 14.07. Non-Business Days.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if any Interest Payment Date, other than on the Maturity Date, any Redemption Date or the Special Redemption Date, falls on a day that is not a Business Day, then any interest payable will be paid on, and such Interest Payment Date will be moved to, the next succeeding Business Day, and additional interest will accrue for each day that such payment is delayed as a result thereof. If the Maturity Date, Redemption Date or Special Redemption Date falls on a day that is not a Business Day, then the principal, premium, if any, and/or interest payable on such date will be paid on the next succeeding Business Day, and no additional interest will accrue (except that, if such Business Day falls in the next calendar year, such payment will be made on the immediately preceding Business Day).

SECTION 14.08. Table of Contents, Headings, etc.

The table of contents and the titles and headings of the articles and sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part hereof, and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

56


 

 

SECTION 14.09. Execution in Counterparts.

This Indenture may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

SECTION 14.10. Severability.

In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Indenture or in the Debt Securities shall for any reason be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions of this Indenture or of such Debt Securities, but this Indenture and such Debt Securities shall be construed as if such invalid or illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein or therein.

SECTION 14.11. Assignment.

Subject to Article XI, the Company will have the right at all times to assign any of its rights or obligations under this Indenture and the Debt Securities to a direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of the Company; provided, however, that, in the event of any such assignment, the Company will remain liable for all such obligations. Subject to the foregoing, this Indenture is binding upon and inures to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. This Indenture may not otherwise be assigned by the parties thereto.

SECTION 14.12. Acknowledgment of Rights.

The Company acknowledges that, with respect to any Debt Securities held by the Trust or the Institutional Trustee of the Trust, if the Institutional Trustee of the Trust fails to enforce its rights under this Indenture as the Securityholder held as the assets of the Trust after the holders of a majority in Liquidation Amount of the Capital Securities of the Trust have so directed in writing such Institutional Trustee, a holder of record of such Capital Securities may to the fullest extent permitted by law institute legal proceedings directly against the Company to enforce such Institutional Trustee’s rights under this Indenture without first instituting any legal proceedings against such Institutional Trustee or any other Person. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and such event is attributable to the failure of the Company to pay interest (or premium, if any) or principal on the Debt Securities on the date such interest (or premium, if any) or principal is otherwise due and payable (or in the case of redemption, on the redemption date), the Company acknowledges that a holder of record of Capital Securities of the Trust may directly institute a proceeding against the Company for enforcement of payment to such holder directly of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on the Debt Securities having an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate Liquidation Amount of the Capital Securities of such holder on or after the respective due date specified in the Debt Securities.

57


 

 

ARTICLE XV

SUBORDINATION OF DEBT SECURITIES

SECTION 15.01. Agreement to Subordinate.

The Company covenants and agrees, and each holder of Debt Securities issued hereunder and under any supplemental indenture (the “Additional Provisions”) by such Securityholder’s acceptance thereof likewise covenants and agrees, that all Debt Securities shall be issued subject to the provisions of this Article XV; and each Securityholder, whether upon original issue or upon transfer or assignment thereof, accepts and agrees to be bound by such provisions.

The payment by the Company of the payments due on all Debt Securities issued hereunder and under any Additional Provisions shall, to the extent and in the manner hereinafter set forth, be subordinated and junior in right of payment to the prior payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness of the Company, whether outstanding at the date of this Indenture or thereafter incurred.

No provision of this Article XV shall prevent the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default hereunder.

SECTION 15.02. Default on Senior Indebtedness.

In the event and during the continuation of any default by the Company in the payment of principal, premium, interest or any other payment due on any Senior Indebtedness of the Company following any applicable grace period, or in the event that the maturity of any Senior Indebtedness of the Company has been accelerated because of a default, and such acceleration has not been rescinded or canceled and such Senior Indebtedness has not been paid in full, then, in either case, no payment shall be made by the Company with respect to the payments due on the Debt Securities.

In the event that, notwithstanding the foregoing, any payment shall be received by the Trustee when such payment is prohibited by the preceding paragraph of this Section 15.02, such payment shall, subject to Section 15.06, be held in trust for the benefit of, and shall be paid over or delivered to, the holders of Senior Indebtedness or their respective representatives, or to the trustee or trustees under any indenture pursuant to which any of such Senior Indebtedness may have been issued, as their respective interests may appear, but only to the extent that the holders of the Senior Indebtedness (or their representative or representatives or a trustee) notify the Trustee in writing within 90 days of such payment of the amounts then due and owing on the Senior Indebtedness and only the amounts specified in such notice to the Trustee shall be paid to the holders of Senior Indebtedness.

SECTION 15.03. Liquidation; Dissolution; Bankruptcy.

Upon any payment by the Company or distribution of assets of the Company of any kind or character, whether in cash, property or securities, to creditors upon any dissolution or winding-up or liquidation or reorganization of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary or

58


 

 

in bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other proceedings, all amounts due upon all Senior Indebtedness of the Company shall first be paid in full, or payment thereof provided for in money in accordance with its terms, before any payment is made by the Company on the Debt Securities; and upon any such dissolution or winding-up or liquidation or reorganization, any payment by the Company, or distribution of assets of the Company of any kind or character, whether in cash, property or securities, to which the Securityholders or the Trustee would be entitled to receive from the Company, except for the provisions of this Article XV, shall be paid by the Company, or by any receiver, trustee in bankruptcy, liquidating trustee, agent or other Person making such payment or distribution, or by the Securityholders or by the Trustee under this Indenture if received by them or it, directly to the holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company (pro rata to such holders on the basis of the respective amounts of Senior Indebtedness held by such holders, as calculated by the Company) or their representative or representatives, or to the trustee or trustees under any indenture pursuant to which any instruments evidencing such Senior Indebtedness may have been issued, as their respective interests may appear, to the extent necessary to pay such Senior Indebtedness in full, in money or money’s worth, after giving effect to any concurrent payment or distribution to or for the holders of such Senior Indebtedness, before any payment or distribution is made to the Securityholders.

In the event that, notwithstanding the foregoing, any payment or distribution of assets of the Company of any kind or character, whether in cash, property or securities, prohibited by the foregoing, shall be received by the Trustee before all Senior Indebtedness of the Company is paid in full, or provision is made for such payment in money in accordance with its terms, such payment or distribution shall be held in trust for the benefit of and shall be paid over or delivered to the holders of such Senior Indebtedness or their representative or representatives, or to the trustee or trustees under any indenture pursuant to which any instruments evidencing such Senior Indebtedness may have been issued, as their respective interests may appear, as calculated by the Company, for application to the payment of all Senior Indebtedness of the Company remaining unpaid to the extent necessary to pay such Senior Indebtedness in full in money in accordance with its terms, after giving effect to any concurrent payment or distribution to or for the benefit of the holders of such Senior Indebtedness.

For purposes of this Article XV, the words “cash, property or securities” shall not be deemed to include shares of stock of the Company as reorganized or readjusted, or securities of the Company or any other corporation provided for by a plan of reorganization or readjustment, the payment of which is subordinated at least to the extent provided in this Article XV with respect to the Debt Securities to the payment of all Senior Indebtedness of the Company, that may at the time be outstanding, provided, that (a) such Senior Indebtedness is assumed by the new corporation, if any, resulting from any such reorganization or readjustment, and (b) the rights of the holders of such Senior Indebtedness are not, without the consent of such holders, altered by such reorganization or readjustment. The consolidation of the Company with, or the merger of the Company into, another corporation or the liquidation or dissolution of the Company following the conveyance, transfer or other disposition of its property as an entirety, or substantially as an entirety, to another corporation upon the terms and conditions provided for in Article XI of this Indenture shall not be deemed a dissolution, winding-up, liquidation or reorganization for the purposes of this Section 15.03 if such other corporation shall, as a part of such consolidation, merger, conveyance or transfer, comply with the conditions stated in

59


 

 

Article XI of this Indenture. Nothing in Section 15.02 or in this Section 15.03 shall apply to claims of, or payments to, the Trustee under or pursuant to Section 6.06 of this Indenture.

SECTION 15.04. Subrogation.

Subject to the payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness of the Company, the Securityholders shall be subrogated to the rights of the holders of such Senior Indebtedness to receive payments or distributions of cash, property or securities of the Company applicable to such Senior Indebtedness until all payments due on the Debt Securities shall be paid in full; and, for the purposes of such subrogation, no payments or distributions to the holders of such Senior Indebtedness of any cash, property or securities to which the Securityholders or the Trustee would be entitled except for the provisions of this Article XV, and no payment over pursuant to the provisions of this Article XV to or for the benefit of the holders of such Senior Indebtedness by Securityholders or the Trustee, shall, as between the Company, its creditors other than holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company, and the Securityholders be deemed to be a payment or distribution by the Company to or on account of such Senior Indebtedness. It is understood that the provisions of this Article XV are and are intended solely for the purposes of defining the relative rights of the Securityholders, on the one hand, and the holders of such Senior Indebtedness, on the other hand.

Nothing contained in this Article XV or elsewhere in this Indenture, any Additional Provisions or in the Debt Securities is intended to or shall impair, as between the Company, its creditors other than the holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company, and the Securityholders, the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay to the Securityholders all payments on the Debt Securities as and when the same shall become due and payable in accordance with their terms, or is intended to or shall affect the relative rights of the Securityholders and creditors of the Company, other than the holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company, nor shall anything herein or therein prevent the Trustee or the holder of any Debt Security from exercising all remedies otherwise permitted by applicable law upon default under this Indenture, subject to the rights, if any, under this Article XV of the holders of such Senior Indebtedness in respect of cash, property or securities of the Company received upon the exercise of any such remedy.

Upon any payment or distribution of assets of the Company referred to in this Article XV, the Trustee, subject to the provisions of Article VI of this Indenture, and the Securityholders shall be entitled to conclusively rely upon any order or decree made by any court of competent jurisdiction in which such dissolution, winding-up, liquidation or reorganization proceedings are pending, or a certificate of the receiver, trustee in bankruptcy, liquidation trustee, agent or other Person making such payment or distribution, delivered to the Trustee or to the Securityholders, for the purposes of ascertaining the Persons entitled to participate in such distribution, the holders of Senior Indebtedness and other indebtedness of the Company, the amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or distributed thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to this Article XV.

60


 

 

SECTION 15.05. Trustee to Effectuate Subordination.

Each Securityholder by such Securityholder’s acceptance thereof authorizes and directs the Trustee on such Securityholder’s behalf to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the subordination provided in this Article XV and appoints the Trustee such Securityholder’s attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes.

SECTION 15.06. Notice by the Company.

The Company shall give prompt written notice to a Responsible Officer of the Trustee at the Principal Office of the Trustee of any fact known to the Company that would prohibit the making of any payment of moneys to or by the Trustee in respect of the Debt Securities pursuant to the provisions of this Article XV. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Article XV or any other provision of this Indenture or any Additional Provisions, the Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of the existence of any facts that would prohibit the making of any payment of moneys to or by the Trustee in respect of the Debt Securities pursuant to the provisions of this Article XV, unless and until a Responsible Officer of the Trustee at the Principal Office of the Trustee shall have received written notice thereof from the Company or a holder or holders of Senior Indebtedness or from any trustee therefor; and before the receipt of any such written notice, the Trustee, subject to the provisions of Article VI of this Indenture, shall be entitled in all respects to assume that no such facts exist; provided, however, that if the Trustee shall not have received the notice provided for in this Section 15.06 at least two Business Days prior to the date upon which by the terms hereof any money may become payable for any purpose (including, without limitation, the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on any Debt Security), then, anything herein contained to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall have full power and authority to receive such money and to apply the same to the purposes for which they were received, and shall not be affected by any notice to the contrary that may be received by it within two Business Days prior to such date.

The Trustee, subject to the provisions of Article VI of this Indenture, shall be entitled to conclusively rely on the delivery to it of a written notice by a Person representing himself or herself to be a holder of Senior Indebtedness of the Company (or a trustee or representative on behalf of such holder) to establish that such notice has been given by a holder of such Senior Indebtedness or a trustee or representative on behalf of any such holder or holders. In the event that the Trustee determines in good faith that further evidence is required with respect to the right of any Person as a holder of such Senior Indebtedness to participate in any payment or distribution pursuant to this Article XV, the Trustee may request such Person to furnish evidence to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee as to the amount of such Senior Indebtedness held by such Person, the extent to which such Person is entitled to participate in such payment or distribution and any other facts pertinent to the rights of such Person under this Article XV, and, if such evidence is not furnished, the Trustee may defer any payment to such Person pending judicial determination as to the right of such Person to receive such payment.

SECTION 15.07. Rights of the Trustee, Holders of Senior Indebtedness.

The Trustee in its individual capacity shall be entitled to all the rights set forth in this Article XV in respect of any Senior Indebtedness at any time held by it, to the same extent as

61


 

 

any other holder of Senior Indebtedness, and nothing in this Indenture or any Additional Provisions shall deprive the Trustee of any of its rights as such holder.

With respect to the holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company, the Trustee undertakes to perform or to observe only such of its covenants and obligations as are specifically set forth in this Article XV, and no implied covenants or obligations with respect to the holders of such Senior Indebtedness shall be read into this Indenture or any Additional Provisions against the Trustee. The Trustee shall not owe or be deemed to owe any fiduciary duty to the holders of such Senior Indebtedness and, subject to the provisions of Article VI of this Indenture, the Trustee shall not be liable to any holder of such Senior Indebtedness if it shall pay over or deliver to Securityholders, the Company or any other Person money or assets to which any holder of such Senior Indebtedness shall be entitled by virtue of this Article XV or otherwise.

Nothing in this Article XV shall apply to claims of, or payments to, the Trustee under or pursuant to Section 6.06.

SECTION 15.08. Subordination May Not Be Impaired.

No right of any present or future holder of any Senior Indebtedness of the Company to enforce subordination as herein provided shall at any time in any way be prejudiced or impaired by any act or failure to act on the part of the Company, or by any act or failure to act, in good faith, by any such holder, or by any noncompliance by the Company, with the terms, provisions and covenants of this Indenture, regardless of any knowledge thereof that any such holder may have or otherwise be charged with.

Without in any way limiting the generality of the foregoing paragraph, the holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company may, at any time and from time to time, without the consent of or notice to the Trustee or the Securityholders, without incurring responsibility to the Securityholders and without impairing or releasing the subordination provided in this Article XV or the obligations hereunder of the Securityholders to the holders of such Senior Indebtedness, do any one or more of the following: (a) change the manner, place or terms of payment or extend the time of payment of, or renew or alter, such Senior Indebtedness, or otherwise amend or supplement in any manner such Senior Indebtedness or any instrument evidencing the same or any agreement under which such Senior Indebtedness is outstanding; (b) sell, exchange, release or otherwise deal with any property pledged, mortgaged or otherwise securing such Senior Indebtedness; (c) release any Person liable in any manner for the collection of such Senior Indebtedness; and (d) exercise or refrain from exercising any rights against the Company, and any other Person.

U.S. Bank National Association, in its capacity as Trustee, hereby accepts the trusts in this Indenture declared and provided, upon the terms and conditions herein above set forth.

62


 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized, as of the day and year first above written.

Chino Commercial Bancorp

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Dann H. Bowman

 

Name:

Dann H. Bowman

 

Title:

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Paul D. Allen

 

Name:

Paul D. Allen

 

Title:

Vice President

 


 

 

EXHIBIT A

FORM OF JUNIOR SUBORDINATED DEBT SECURITY
DUE 2036

[FORM OF FACE OF SECURITY]

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY ONLY (A) TO THE COMPANY, (B) PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”), TO A PERSON THE HOLDER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (C) TO A “NON U.S. PERSON” IN AN “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION” PURSUANT TO REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (D) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT TO AN “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF SUBPARAGRAPH (a) (1), (2), (3) OR (7) OF RULE 501 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS ACQUIRING THE SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN “ACCREDITED INVESTOR,” FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH, ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (E) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE COMPANY’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (D) OR (E) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO IT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INDENTURE, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE COMPANY. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF AGREES THAT IT WILL COMPLY WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF AGREES, REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT IT WILL NOT ENGAGE IN HEDGING TRANSACTIONS INVOLVING THIS SECURITY UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTIONS ARE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM.

A-1


 

 

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF ALSO AGREES, REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT, INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT OR OTHER PLAN OR ARRANGEMENT SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”), OR SECTION 4975 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”), (EACH A “PLAN”), OR AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” BY REASON OF ANY PLAN’S INVESTMENT IN THE ENTITY AND NO PERSON INVESTING “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY PLAN MAY ACQUIRE OR HOLD THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN, UNLESS SUCH PURCHASER OR HOLDER IS ELIGIBLE FOR THE EXEMPTIVE RELIEF AVAILABLE UNDER U.S. DEPARTMENT OF LABOR PROHIBITED TRANSACTION CLASS EXEMPTION 96-23, 95-60, 91-38, 90-1 OR 84-14 OR ANOTHER APPLICABLE EXEMPTION OR ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING OF THIS SECURITY IS NOT PROHIBITED BY SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE WITH RESPECT TO SUCH PURCHASE OR HOLDING. ANY PURCHASER OR HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED BY ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING THEREOF THAT EITHER (i) IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 3(3) OF ERISA, OR A PLAN TO WHICH SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE IS APPLICABLE, A TRUSTEE OR OTHER PERSON ACTING ON BEHALF OF AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN, OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY USING THE ASSETS OF ANY EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN TO FINANCE SUCH PURCHASE, OR (ii) SUCH PURCHASE WILL NOT RESULT IN A PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE FOR WHICH THERE IS NO APPLICABLE STATUTORY OR ADMINISTRATIVE EXEMPTION.

IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY WILL DELIVER TO THE COMPANY AND TRUSTEE SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS MAY BE REQUIRED BY THE INDENTURE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.

THIS SECURITY WILL BE ISSUED AND MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN BLOCKS HAVING A PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF NOT LESS THAN $100,000 AND MULTIPLES OF $1,000 IN EXCESS THEREOF. ANY ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY IN A BLOCK HAVING A PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF LESS THAN $100,000 SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE VOID AND OF NO LEGAL EFFECT WHATSOEVER. ANY SUCH PURPORTED TRANSFEREE SHALL BE DEEMED NOT TO BE THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY FOR ANY PURPOSE, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE RECEIPT OF DISTRIBUTIONS ON THIS SECURITY, AND SUCH PURPORTED TRANSFEREE SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE NO INTEREST WHATSOEVER IN THIS SECURITY.

THIS OBLIGATION IS NOT A DEPOSIT AND IS NOT INSURED BY THE UNITED STATES OR ANY AGENCY OR FUND OF THE UNITED STATES, INCLUDING THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION. THIS OBLIGATION IS SUBORDINATED TO THE CLAIMS OF DEPOSITORS AND THE CLAIMS OF GENERAL AND SECURED CREDITORS OF THE COMPANY, IS INELIGIBLE AS COLLATERAL

A-2


 

 

FOR A LOAN BY THE COMPANY OR ANY OF ITS SUBSIDIARIES AND IS NOT SECURED.

A-3


 

 

Form of Junior Subordinated Debt Security due 2036

of

Chino Commercial Bancorp

Chino Commercial Bancorp, a bank holding company incorporated in California (the “Company”), for value received promises to pay to U.S. Bank National Association, not in its individual capacity but solely as Institutional Trustee for Chino Statutory Trust I, a Connecticut statutory trust (the “Securityholder”), or registered assigns, the principal sum of Three Million Ninety Three Thousand Dollars on December 15, 2036 and to pay interest on said principal sum from October 27, 2006, or from the most recent interest payment date (each such date, an “Interest Payment Date”) to which interest has been paid or duly provided for, quarterly (subject to deferral as set forth herein) in arrears on March 15, June 15, September 15 and December 15 of each year commencing December 15, 2006, at the rate of 6.795% (the “Fixed Rate”) per annum until December 15, 2011 (the “Fixed Rate Period”) and thereafter at a variable per annum rate equal to LIBOR (as defined in the Indenture) plus 1.68% (the “Variable Rate” and together with the Fixed Rate the “Interest Rate”) (provided, however, that the Interest Rate for any Interest Payment Period may not exceed the highest rate permitted by New York law, as the same may be modified by United States law of general applicability) until the principal hereof shall have become due and payable, and on any overdue principal and (without duplication and to the extent that payment of such interest is enforceable under applicable law) on any overdue installment of interest at an annual rate equal to the Interest Rate in effect for each such Extension Period compounded quarterly. The amount of interest payable on any Interest Payment Date shall be computed during the Fixed Rate Period on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months and the amount payable for any partial period shall be computed on the basis of the number of days elapsed in a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months, and thereafter on the basis of a 360-day year and the actual number of days elapsed in the relevant interest period. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if any Interest Payment Date, other than on the Maturity Date, any Redemption Date (to the extent redeemed) or the Special Redemption Date, falls on a day that is not a Business Day, then any interest payable will be paid on, and such Interest Payment Date will be moved to, the next succeeding Business Day, and no additional interest will accrue for each day that such payment is delayed as a result thereof. If the Maturity Date, Redemption Date or Special Redemption Date falls on a day that is not a Business Day, then the principal, premium, if any, and/or interest payable on such date will be paid on the next succeeding Business Day, and no additional interest will accrue (except that, if such Business Day falls in the next calendar year, such payment will be made on the immediately preceding Business Day). The interest installment so payable, and punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date will, as provided in the Indenture, be paid to the Person in whose name this Debt Security (or one or more Predecessor Securities, as defined in said Indenture) is registered at the close of business on the regular record date for such interest installment, except that interest and any Deferred Interest payable on the Maturity Date shall be paid to the Person to whom principal is paid. Any such interest installment not punctually paid or duly provided for shall forthwith cease to be payable to the registered Securityholders on such regular record date and may be paid to the Person in whose name this Debt Security (or one or more Predecessor Debt Securities) is registered at the close of business on a special record date to be fixed by the Trustee for the payment of such defaulted interest, notice whereof shall be

A-4


 

 

given to the registered Securityholders not less than 10 days prior to such special record date, all as more fully provided in the Indenture. The principal of and interest on this Debt Security shall be payable at the office or agency of the Trustee (or other Paying Agent appointed by the Company) maintained for that purpose in any coin or currency of the United States of America that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts; provided, however, that payment of interest may be made at the option of the Company by check mailed to the registered Securityholder at such address as shall appear in the Debt Security Register or by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account appropriately designated by the holder hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as the holder of this Debt Security is the Institutional Trustee, payment of the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on this Debt Security shall be made in immediately available funds when due at such place and to such account as may be designated by the Institutional Trustee. All payments in respect of this Debt Security shall be payable in any coin or currency of the United States of America that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.

Upon submission of Notice (as defined in the Indenture) and so long as no Event of Default pursuant to paragraphs (c), (e), (f) or (g) of Section 5.01 of the Indenture has occurred and is continuing, the Company shall have the right under the Indenture, from time to time and without causing an Event of Default, to defer payments of interest on the Debt Securities by extending the interest distribution period on the Debt Securities at any time and from time to time during the term of the Debt Securities, for up to 20 consecutive quarterly periods (each such extended interest distribution period, an “Extension Period”), during which Extension Period no interest shall be due and payable (except any Additional Interest that may be due and payable). During any Extension Period, interest will continue to accrue on the Debt Securities, and interest on such accrued interest (such accrued interest and interest thereon referred to herein as “Deferred Interest”) will accrue at an annual rate equal to the Interest Rate applicable during such Extension Period, compounded quarterly from the date such Deferred Interest would have been payable were it not for the Extension Period, to the extent permitted by law. No Extension Period may end on a date other than an Interest Payment Date. At the end of any such Extension Period the Company shall pay all Deferred Interest then accrued and unpaid on the Debt Securities; provided, however, that no Extension Period may extend beyond the Maturity Date, Redemption Date (to the extent redeemed) or Special Redemption Date; and provided, further, however, during any such Extension Period, the Company may not (i) declare or pay any dividends or distributions on, or redeem, purchase, acquire, or make a liquidation payment with respect to, any of the Company’s capital stock or (ii) make any payment of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on or repay, repurchase or redeem any debt securities of the Company that rank pari passu in all respects with or junior in interest to the Debt Securities or (iii) make any payment under any guarantees of the Company that rank in all respects pari passu with or junior in respect to the Capital Securities Guarantee (other than (a) repurchases, redemptions or other acquisitions of shares of capital stock of the Company (A) in connection with any employment contract, benefit plan or other similar arrangement with or for the benefit of one or more employees, officers, directors or consultants, (B) in connection with a dividend reinvestment or stockholder stock purchase plan or (C) in connection with the issuance of capital stock of the Company (or securities convertible into or exercisable for such capital stock), as consideration in an acquisition transaction entered into prior to the applicable Extension Period, (b) as a result of any exchange, reclassification, combination or conversion of any class or series of the Company’s capital stock (or any capital stock of a subsidiary of the Company) for any class or

A-5


 

 

series of the Company’s capital stock or of any class or series of the Company’s indebtedness for any class or series of the Company’s capital stock, (c) the purchase of fractional interests in shares of the Company’s capital stock pursuant to the conversion or exchange provisions of such capital stock or the security being converted or exchanged, (d) any declaration of a dividend in connection with any stockholder’s rights plan, or the issuance of rights, stock or other property under any stockholder’s rights plan, or the redemption or repurchase of rights pursuant thereto, or (e) any dividend in the form of stock, warrants, options or other rights where the dividend stock or the stock issuable upon exercise of such warrants, options or other rights is the same stock as that on which the dividend is being paid or ranks pari passu with or junior to such stock). Prior to the termination of any Extension Period, the Company may further extend such Extension Period; provided, that no Extension Period (including all previous and further consecutive extensions that are part of such Extension Period) shall exceed 20 consecutive quarterly periods, or extend beyond the Maturity Date, Redemption Date (to the extent redeemed) or Special Redemption Date. Upon the termination of any Extension Period and upon the payment of all Deferred Interest, the Company may commence a new Extension Period, subject to the foregoing requirements. No interest or Deferred Interest shall be due and payable during an Extension Period, except at the end thereof, but Deferred Interest shall accrue upon each installment of interest that would otherwise have been due and payable during such Extension Period until such installment is paid. The Company must give the Trustee notice of its election to begin any Extension Period or extend an Extension Period (“Notice”) not later than the related regular record date for the relevant Interest Payment Date. The Notice shall describe why the Company has elected to begin an Extension Period. The Notice shall acknowledge and affirm the Company’s understanding that it is prohibited from issuing dividends and other distributions during the Extension Period. Upon receipt of the Notice, the Placement Agent shall have the right, at its sole discretion, to disclose the name of the Company, the fact that the Company has elected to begin an Extension Period and other information that such Placement Agent, at its sole discretion, deems relevant to the Company’s election to begin an Extension Period. The Trustee shall give notice of the Company’s election to begin a new Extension Period to the Securityholders.

The indebtedness evidenced by this Debt Security is, to the extent provided in the Indenture, subordinate and junior in right of payment to the prior payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness, and this Debt Security is issued subject to the provisions of the Indenture with respect thereto. Each holder of this Debt Security, by accepting the same, (a) agrees to and shall be bound by such provisions, (b) authorizes and directs the Trustee on such Securityholder’s behalf to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to acknowledge or effectuate the subordination so provided and (c) appoints the Trustee such Securityholder’s attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes. Each holder hereof, by such holder’s acceptance hereof, hereby waives all notice of the acceptance of the subordination provisions contained herein and in the Indenture by each holder of Senior Indebtedness, whether now outstanding or hereafter incurred, and waives reliance by each such Securityholder upon said provisions.

The Company waives diligence, presentment, demand for payment, notice of nonpayment, notice of protest, and all other demands and notices.

A-6


 

 

This Debt Security shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture hereinafter referred to and shall not be valid or become obligatory for any purpose until the certificate of authentication hereon shall have been signed by or on behalf of the Trustee.

The provisions of this Debt Security are continued on the reverse side hereof and such continued provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as though fully set forth at this place.

A-7


 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has duly executed this certificate.

Chino Commercial Bancorp

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

Dated:                           , 2006

 

CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This is one of the Debt Securities referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

U.S. Bank National Association, not in its individual capacity but solely as Trustee

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Authorized Signatory

 

Dated:                           , 2006

 

A-8


 

 

[FORM OF REVERSE OF SECURITY]

This Debt Security is one of a duly authorized series of Debt Securities of the Company, all issued or to be issued pursuant to an Indenture (the “Indenture”), dated as of October 27, 2006, duly executed and delivered between the Company and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee (the “Trustee”), to which Indenture and all indentures supplemental thereto reference is hereby made for a description of the rights, limitations of rights, obligations, duties and immunities thereunder of the Trustee, the Company and the holders of the Debt Securities (referred to herein as the “Debt Securities”) of which this Debt Security is a part. The summary of the terms of this Debt Security contained herein does not purport to be complete and is qualified by reference to the Indenture.

Upon the occurrence and continuation of a Tax Event, an Investment Company Event or a Capital Treatment Event (each a “Special Event”), this Debt Security may become due and payable, in whole or in part, at any time, within 90 days following the occurrence of such Tax Event, Investment Company Event or Capital Treatment Event (the “Special Redemption Date”), as the case may be, at the Special Redemption Price.

The Company shall also have the right to redeem this Debt Security at the option of the Company, in whole or in part, on any March 15, June 15, September 15 or December 15 on or after December 15, 2011 (a “Redemption Date”), at the Redemption Price.

Any redemption pursuant to either of the two preceding paragraphs will be made, subject to the receipt by the Company of prior approval from any regulatory authority with jurisdiction over the Company if such approval is then required under applicable capital guidelines or policies of such regulatory authority, upon not less than 30 days’ nor more than 60 days’ notice. If the Debt Securities are only partially redeemed by the Company, the Debt Securities will be redeemed pro rata or by lot or by any other method utilized by the Trustee.

“Redemption Price” means 100% of the principal amount of the Debt Securities being redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest on such Debt Securities to the Redemption Date.

“Special Redemption Price” means, with respect to the redemption of any Debt Security following a Special Event, an amount in cash equal to 103.525% of the principal amount of Debt Securities to be redeemed prior to December 15, 2007 and thereafter equal to the percentage of the principal amount of the Debt Securities that is specified below for the Special Redemption Date plus, in each case, unpaid interest accrued thereon to the Special Redemption Date: 

Special Redemption During the
12-Month Period Beginning December 15

 

Percentage of Principal Amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2007

 

 

103.140

%

 

2008

 

 

102.355

%

 

2009

 

 

101.570

%

 

2010

 

 

100.785

%

 

2011 and thereafter

 

 

100.000

%

 

 

A-9


 

 

In the event of redemption of this Debt Security in part only, a new Debt Security or Debt Securities for the unredeemed portion hereof will be issued in the name of the Securityholder hereof upon the cancellation hereof.

In certain cases where an Event of Default pursuant to paragraphs (c), (e), (f) or (g) of Section 5.01 of the Indenture shall have occurred and be continuing, the principal of all of the Debt Securities may be declared, and, in certain cases, shall ipso facto become, due and payable, and upon such declaration of acceleration shall become due and payable, in each case, in the manner, with the effect and subject to the conditions provided in the Indenture.

The Indenture contains provisions permitting the Company and the Trustee, with the consent of the holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Debt Securities at the time outstanding affected thereby, as specified in the Indenture, to execute supplemental indentures for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of the Indenture or of any supplemental indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Securityholders; provided, however, that no such supplemental indenture shall, among other things, without the consent of the holders of each Debt Security then outstanding and affected thereby (i) change the Maturity Date of any Debt Security, or reduce the principal amount thereof or any redemption premium thereon, or reduce the rate (or manner of calculation of the rate) or extend the time of payment of interest thereon, or reduce (other than as a result of the maturity or earlier redemption of any such Debt Security in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and such Debt Security) or increase the aggregate principal amount of Debt Securities then outstanding, or change any of the redemption provisions, or make the principal thereof or any interest or premium thereon payable in any coin or currency other than that of the United States that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts, or impair or affect the right of any Securityholder to institute suit for the payment thereof, or (ii) reduce the aforesaid percentage of Debt Securities, the holders of which are required to consent to any such supplemental indenture. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Debt Securities at the time outstanding, on behalf of all of the Securityholders, to waive any past default in the performance of any of the covenants contained in the Indenture, or established pursuant to the Indenture, and its consequences, except (a) a default in payments due in respect of any of the Debt Securities, (b) in respect of covenants or provisions of the Indenture which cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the holder of each Debt Security affected, or (c) in respect of the covenants of the Company relating to its ownership of Common Securities of the Trust. Any such consent or waiver by the registered holder of this Debt Security (unless revoked as provided in the Indenture) shall be conclusive and binding upon such Securityholder and upon all future holders and owners of this Debt Security and of any Debt Security issued in exchange herefor or in place hereof (whether by registration of transfer or otherwise), irrespective of whether or not any notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Debt Security.

No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Debt Security or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay all payments due on this Debt Security at the time and place and at the rate and in the money herein prescribed.

A-10


 

 

As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations herein and therein set forth, this Debt Security is transferable by the registered holder hereof on the Debt Security Register of the Company, upon surrender of this Debt Security for registration of transfer at the office or agency of the Trustee in Boston, Massachusetts accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company or the Trustee duly executed by the registered holder hereof or such Securityholder’s attorney duly authorized in writing, and thereupon one or more new Debt Securities of authorized denominations and for the same aggregate principal amount will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees. No service charge will be made for any such registration of transfer, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge payable in relation thereto.

Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer of this Debt Security, the Company, the Trustee, any Authenticating Agent, any Paying Agent, any transfer agent and the Debt Security Registrar may deem and treat the registered holder hereof as the absolute owner hereof (whether or not this Debt Security shall be overdue and notwithstanding any notice of ownership or writing hereon) for the purpose of receiving payment of the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on this Debt Security and for all other purposes, and neither the Company nor the Trustee nor any Authenticating Agent nor any Paying Agent nor any transfer agent nor any Debt Security Registrar shall be affected by any notice to the contrary.

No recourse shall be had for the payment of the principal of or the interest on this Debt Security, or for any claim based hereon, or otherwise in respect hereof, or based on or in respect of the Indenture, against any incorporator, stockholder, officer or director, past, present or future, as such, of the Company or of any predecessor or successor corporation, whether by virtue of any constitution, statute or rule of law, or by the enforcement of any assessment or penalty or otherwise, all such liability being, by the acceptance hereof and as part of the consideration for the issuance hereof, expressly waived and released.

The Debt Securities are issuable only in registered certificated form without coupons. As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations herein and therein set forth, Debt Securities are exchangeable for a like aggregate principal amount of Debt Securities of a different authorized denomination, as requested by the Securityholder surrendering the same.

All terms used in this Debt Security that are defined in the Indenture shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN THE INDENTURE AND THE DEBT SECURITIES, WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICT OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF (OTHER THAN SECTION 5-1401 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW).

A-11


 

EX1A-6 MAT CTRCT 11 v463400_ex6-5.htm EXHIBIT 6.5

Exhibit 6.5

AMENDED AND RESTATED DECLARATION

OF TRUST

CHINO STATUTORY TRUST I

Dated as of October 27, 2006


 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

ARTICLE I

 

 

INTERPRETATION AND DEFINITIONS

 

 

SECTION 1.1.

 

Definitions

 

1

ARTICLE II

 

 

ORGANIZATION

 

 

SECTION 2.1.

 

Name

 

8

SECTION 2.2.

 

Office

 

8

SECTION 2.3.

 

Purpose

 

9

SECTION 2.4.

 

Authority

 

9

SECTION 2.5.

 

Title to Property of the Trust

 

9

SECTION 2.6.

 

Powers and Duties of the Trustees and the Administrators

 

9

SECTION 2.7.

 

Prohibition of Actions by the Trust and the Trustees

 

14

SECTION 2.8.

 

Powers and Duties of the Institutional Trustee

 

15

SECTION 2.9.

 

Certain Duties and Responsibilities of the Trustees and the Administrators

 

16

SECTION 2.10.

 

Certain Rights of Institutional Trustee

 

18

SECTION 2.11.

 

Execution of Documents

 

20

SECTION 2.12.

 

Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Securities

 

21

SECTION 2.13.

 

Duration of Trust

 

21

SECTION 2.14.

 

Mergers

 

21

ARTICLE III

 

 

SPONSOR

 

 

SECTION 3.1.

 

Sponsor’s Purchase of Common Securities

 

23

SECTION 3.2.

 

Responsibilities of the Sponsor

 

23

ARTICLE IV

 

 

TRUSTEES AND ADMINISTRATORS

 

 

SECTION 4.1.

 

Number of Trustees

 

23

SECTION 4.2.

 

Institutional Trustee; Eligibility

 

24

SECTION 4.3.

 

Administrators

 

24

SECTION 4.4.

 

Appointment, Removal and Resignation of the Trustees and the Administrators

 

24

SECTION 4.5.

 

Vacancies Among Trustees

 

26

 

i


 

 

 

SECTION 4.6.

 

Effect of Vacancies

 

26

SECTION 4.7.

 

Meetings of the Trustees and the Administrators

 

26

SECTION 4.8.

 

Delegation of Power

 

27

SECTION 4.9.

 

Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business

 

27

ARTICLE V

 

 

DISTRIBUTIONS

 

 

SECTION 5.1.

 

Distributions

 

27

ARTICLE VI

 

 

ISSUANCE OF SECURITIES

 

 

SECTION 6.1.

 

General Provisions Regarding Securities

 

28

SECTION 6.2.

 

Paying Agent, Transfer Agent, Calculation Agent and Registrar

 

29

SECTION 6.3.

 

Form and Dating

 

29

SECTION 6.4.

 

Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Certificates

 

30

SECTION 6.5.

 

Temporary Securities

 

30

SECTION 6.6.

 

Cancellation

 

30

SECTION 6.7.

 

Rights of Holders; Waivers of Past Defaults

 

31

ARTICLE VII

 

 

DISSOLUTION AND TERMINATION OF TRUST

 

 

SECTION 7.1.

 

Dissolution and Termination of Trust

 

33

ARTICLE VIII

 

 

TRANSFER OF INTERESTS

 

 

SECTION 8.1.

 

General

 

34

SECTION 8.2.

 

Transfer Procedures and Restrictions

 

35

SECTION 8.3.

 

Deemed Security Holders

 

38

ARTICLE IX

 

 

LIMITATION OF LIABILITY OF HOLDERS OF SECURITIES, TRUSTEES OR OTHERS

 

 

SECTION 9.1.

 

Liability

 

38

SECTION 9.2.

 

Exculpation

 

38

SECTION 9.3.

 

Fiduciary Duty

 

39

SECTION 9.4.

 

Indemnification

 

40

SECTION 9.5.

 

Outside Businesses

 

43

SECTION 9.6.

 

Compensation; Fee

 

43

 

ii


 

 

 

ARTICLE X

 

 

ACCOUNTING

 

 

SECTION 10.1.

 

Fiscal Year

 

43

SECTION 10.2.

 

Certain Accounting Matters

 

44

SECTION 10.3.

 

Banking

 

44

SECTION 10.4.

 

Withholding

 

44

ARTICLE XI

 

 

AMENDMENTS AND MEETINGS

 

 

SECTION 11.1.

 

Amendments

 

45

SECTION 11.2.

 

Meetings of the Holders of the Securities; Action by Written Consent

 

47

ARTICLE XII

 

 

REPRESENTATIONS OF INSTITUTIONAL TRUSTEE

 

 

SECTION 12.1.

 

Representations and Warranties of Institutional Trustee

 

48

ARTICLE XIII

 

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

 

SECTION 13.1.

 

Notices

 

49

SECTION 13.2.

 

Governing Law

 

51

SECTION 13.3.

 

Submission to Jurisdiction

 

51

SECTION 13.4.

 

Intention of the Parties

 

51

SECTION 13.5.

 

Headings

 

51

SECTION 13.6.

 

Successors and Assigns

 

51

SECTION 13.7.

 

Partial Enforceability

 

52

SECTION 13.8.

 

Counterparts

 

52

 

iii


 

 

 

ANNEXES AND EXHIBITS

ANNEX I

 

Terms of TP Securities and Common Securities

 

 

 

EXHIBIT A-1

 

Form of Capital Security Certificate

EXHIBIT A-2

 

Form of Common Security Certificate

 

iv


 

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED DECLARATION OF TRUST

OF

CHINO STATUTORY TRUST I

October 27, 2006

AMENDED AND RESTATED DECLARATION OF TRUST (this “Declaration”), dated and effective as of October 27, 2006, by the Trustee (as defined herein), the Administrators (as defined herein), the Sponsor (as defined herein) and the holders from time to time of undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust (as defined herein) to be issued pursuant to this Declaration.

WHEREAS, the Trustee, the Administrators and the Sponsor established Chino Statutory Trust I (the “Trust”), a statutory trust under the Statutory Trust Act (as defined herein), pursuant to a Declaration of Trust, dated as of October 25, 2006 (the “Original Declaration”), and a Certificate of Trust filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Connecticut on October 25, 2006, for the sole purpose of issuing and selling certain securities representing undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust and investing the proceeds thereof in the Debentures (as defined herein) of the Debenture Issuer (as defined herein) in connection with the issuance of the Capital Securities (as defined herein);

WHEREAS, as of the date hereof, no interests in the assets of the Trust have been issued; and

WHEREAS, the Trustee, the Administrators and the Sponsor, by this Declaration, amend and restate each and every term and provision of the Original Declaration.

NOW, THEREFORE, it being the intention of the parties hereto to continue the Trust as a statutory trust under the Statutory Trust Act and that this Declaration constitutes the governing instrument of such statutory trust, and that all assets contributed to the Trust will be held in trust for the benefit of the holders, from time to time, of the securities representing undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust issued hereunder, subject to the provisions of this Declaration, and, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties, intending to be legally bound hereby, amend and restate in its entirety the Original Declaration and agree as follows:

ARTICLE I
INTERPRETATION AND DEFINITIONS

SECTION 1.1. Definitions. Unless the context otherwise requires:

(a)           capitalized terms used in this Declaration but not defined in the preamble above or elsewhere herein have the respective meanings assigned to them in this Section 1.1 or, if not defined in this Section 1.1 or elsewhere herein, in the Indenture;


 

 

(b)           a term defined anywhere in this Declaration has the same meaning throughout;

(c)           all references to “the Declaration” or “this Declaration” are to this Declaration as modified, supplemented or amended from time to time;

(d)           all references in this Declaration to Articles and Sections and Annexes and Exhibits are to Articles and Sections of and Annexes and Exhibits to this Declaration unless otherwise specified;

(e)           a term defined in the Trust Indenture Act (as defined herein) has the same meaning when used in this Declaration unless otherwise defined in this Declaration or unless the context otherwise requires; and

(f)            a reference to the singular includes the plural and vice versa.

“Additional Interest” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.06 of the Indenture.

“Administrative Action” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 4(a) of Annex I.

“Administrators” means each of Dann H. Bowman and Sandra Pender, solely in such Person’s capacity as Administrator of the Trust continued hereunder and not in such Person’s individual capacity, or such Administrator’s successor in interest in such capacity, or any successor appointed as herein provided.

“Affiliate” has the same meaning as given to that term in Rule 405 of the Securities Act or any successor rule thereunder.

“Authorized Officer” of a Person means any Person that is authorized to bind such Person.

“Bankruptcy Event” means, with respect to any Person:

(a)           a court having jurisdiction in the premises enters a decree or order for relief in respect of such Person in an involuntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or appoints a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator or similar official of such Person or for any substantial part of its property, or orders the winding-up or liquidation of its affairs, and such decree, appointment or order remains unstayed and in effect for a period of 90 consecutive days; or

(b)           such Person commences a voluntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, consents to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case under any such law, or consents to the appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator or other similar official of such Person of any substantial part of its property, or makes any general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or fails generally to pay its debts as they become due.

2


 

 

“Business Day” means any day other than Saturday, Sunday or any other day on which banking institutions in Boston, Massachusetts or New York City or the city of the Corporate Trust Office are permitted or required by any applicable law or executive order to close.

“Calculation Agent” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.01 of the Indenture.

“Capital Securities” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(a).

“Capital Securities Purchase Agreement” means the Capital Securities Purchase Agreement dated as of October 25, 2006 among the Trust, the Sponsor and U.S. Bank National Association.

“Capital Security Certificate” means a definitive Certificate registered in the name of the Holder representing a Capital Security substantially in the form of Exhibit A 1.

“Capital Treatment Event” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 4(a) of Annex I.

“Certificate” means any certificate evidencing Securities.

“Certificate of Trust” means the certificate of trust filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Connecticut with respect to the Trust, as amended and restated from time to time.

“Closing Date” means the date of execution and delivery of this Declaration.

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, or any successor legislation.

“Commission” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

“Common Securities” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(a).

“Common Security Certificate” means a definitive Certificate registered in the name of the Holder representing a Common Security substantially in the form of Exhibit A-2.

“Company Indemnified Person” means (a) any Administrator; (b) any Affiliate of any Administrator; (c) any officers, directors, shareholders, members, partners, employees, representatives or agents of any Administrator; or (d) any officer, employee or agent of the Trust or its Affiliates.

“Corporate Trust Office” means the office of the Institutional Trustee at which the corporate trust business of the Institutional Trustee shall, at any particular time, be principally administered, which office shall at all times be located in the United States and at the date of execution of this Declaration is located at 225 Asylum Street, 23rd Floor, Hartford, Connecticut 06103, Attn: Corporate Trust Services – Chino Statutory Trust I.

“Coupon Rate” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 2(a) of Annex I.

3


 

 

“Covered Person” means: (a) any Administrator, officer, director, shareholder, partner, member, representative, employee or agent of (i) the Trust or (ii) the Trust’s Affiliates; and (b) any Holder of Securities.

“Debenture Issuer” means Chino Commercial Bancorp, a bank holding company incorporated in California, in its capacity as issuer of the Debentures under the Indenture.

“Debenture Trustee” means U.S. Bank National Association, not in its individual capacity but solely as trustee under the Indenture until a successor is appointed thereunder, and thereafter means such successor trustee.

“Debentures” means the Junior Subordinated Debt Securities due December 15, 2036 to be issued by the Debenture Issuer under the Indenture.

“Deferred Interest” means any interest on the Debentures that would have been overdue and unpaid for more than one Distribution Payment Date but for the imposition of an Extension Period, and the interest that shall accrue (to the extent that the payment of such interest is legally enforceable) on such interest at the Coupon Rate applicable during such Extension Period, compounded quarterly from the date on which such Deferred Interest would otherwise have been due and payable until paid or made available for payment.

“Definitive Capital Securities” means any Capital Securities in definitive form issued by the Trust.

“Direct Action” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.8(e).

“Distribution” means a distribution payable to Holders of Securities in accordance with Section 5.1.

“Distribution Payment Date” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 2(e) of Annex I.

“Distribution Payment Period” means the period from and including a Distribution Payment Date, or in the case of the first Distribution Payment Period, the original date of issuance of the Securities, to, but excluding, the next succeeding Distribution Payment Date or, in the case of the last Distribution Payment Period, the Redemption Date, Special Redemption Date or Maturity Date (each as defined in the Indenture), as the case may be, for the related Debentures.

“Event of Default” means the occurrence of an Indenture Event of Default.

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, or any successor legislation.

“Extension Period” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 2(e) of Annex I.

“Fiduciary Indemnified Person” shall mean the Institutional Trustee (including in its individual capacity), any Affiliate of the Institutional Trustee, and any officers, directors,

4


 

 

shareholders, members, partners, employees, representatives, custodians, nominees or agents of the Institutional Trustee.

“Fiscal Year” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.1.

“Fixed Rate” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 2(a) of Annex I.

“Guarantee” means the Guarantee Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, of the Sponsor (the “Guarantor”) in respect of the Capital Securities.

“Holder” means a Person in whose name a Certificate representing a Security is registered on the register maintained by or on behalf of the Registrar, such Person being a beneficial owner within the meaning of the Statutory Trust Act.

“Indemnified Person” means a Company Indemnified Person or a Fiduciary Indemnified Person.

“Indenture” means the Indenture, dated as of the Closing Date, between the Debenture Issuer and the Debenture Trustee, and any indenture supplemental thereto pursuant to which the Debentures are to be issued.

“Indenture Event of Default” means an “Event of Default” as defined in the Indenture.

“Initial Purchaser” means the Initial Purchaser of the Capital Securities.

“Institutional Trustee” means the Trustee meeting the eligibility requirements set forth in Section 4.3.

“Investment Company” means an investment company as defined in the Investment Company Act.

“Investment Company Act” means the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended from time to time, or any successor legislation.

“Investment Company Event” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 4(a) of Annex I.

“Legal Action” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.8(e).

“LIBOR” means the London Interbank Offered Rate for U.S. Dollar deposits in Europe as determined by the Calculation Agent according to paragraph 2(b) of Annex I.

“LIBOR Banking Day” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 2(b)(1) of Annex I.

“LIBOR Business Day” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 2(b)(1) of Annex I.

“LIBOR Determination Date” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 2(b)(1) of Annex I.

“Liquidation” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 3 of Annex I.

5


 

 

“Liquidation Distribution” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 3 of Annex I.

“Majority in liquidation amount of the Securities” means Holders of outstanding Securities voting together as a single class or, as the context may require, Holders of outstanding Capital Securities or Holders of outstanding Common Securities voting separately as a class, who are the record owners of more than 50% of the aggregate liquidation amount (including the stated amount that would be paid on redemption, liquidation or otherwise, plus accrued and unpaid Distributions to the date upon which the voting percentages are determined) of all outstanding Securities of the relevant class.

“Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.11 of the Indenture.

“Officers’ Certificate” means, with respect to any Person, a certificate signed by two Authorized Officers of such Person. Any Officers’ Certificate delivered with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Declaration shall include:

(a)           a statement that each officer signing the Officers’ Certificate has read the covenant or condition and the definitions relating thereto;

(b)           a brief statement of the nature and scope of the examination or investigation undertaken by each officer in rendering the Officers’ Certificate;

(c)           a statement that each such officer has made such examination or investigation as, in such officer’s opinion, is necessary to enable such officer to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

(d)           a statement as to whether, in the opinion of each such officer, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

“Paying Agent” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.2.

“Payment Amount” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1.

“Person” means a legal person, including any individual, corporation, estate, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, limited liability company, trust, unincorporated association, or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof, or any other entity of whatever nature.

“Placement Agreement” means the Placement Agreement relating to the offering and sale of Capital Securities.

“PORTAL” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.6(a)(i)(E).

“Property Account” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.8(c).

“Pro Rata” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 8 of Annex I.

“QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined under Rule 144A.

6


 

 

“Quorum” means a majority of the Administrators or, if there are only two Administrators, both of them.

“Redemption Date” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 4(a) of Annex I.

“Redemption/Distribution Notice” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 4(e) of Annex I.

“Redemption Price” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 4(a) of Annex I.

“Registrar” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.2.

“Responsible Officer” means, with respect to the Institutional Trustee, any officer within the Corporate Trust Office of the Institutional Trustee with direct responsibility for the administration of this Declaration, including any vice-president, any assistant vice-president, any secretary, any assistant secretary, the treasurer, any assistant treasurer, any trust officer or other officer of the Corporate Trust Office of the Institutional Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above designated officers and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of that officer’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.

“Restricted Securities Legend” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.2(c).

“Rule 144A” means Rule 144A under the Securities Act.

“Rule 3a-5” means Rule 3a-5 under the Investment Company Act.

“Rule 3a-7” means Rule 3a-7 under the Investment Company Act.

“Securities” means the Common Securities and the Capital Securities, as applicable.

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time, or any successor legislation.

“Special Event” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 4(a) of Annex I.

“Special Redemption Price” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 4(a) of Annex I.

“Sponsor” means Chino Commercial Bancorp, a bank holding company that is a U.S. Person incorporated in California, or any successor entity in a merger, consolidation or amalgamation that is a U.S. Person, in its capacity as sponsor of the Trust.

“Statutory Trust Act” means Chapter 615 of Title 34 of the Connecticut General Statutes, 34 C.G.S. § 500 et seq., as it may be amended from time to time, or any successor legislation.

“Successor Entity” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.15(b).

“Successor Institutional Trustee” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.4(b).

7


 

 

“Successor Securities” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.15(b).

“Super Majority” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 5(b) of Annex I.

“Tax Event” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 4(a) of Annex I.

“10% in liquidation amount of the Securities” means Holders of outstanding Securities voting together as a single class or, as the context may require, Holders of outstanding Capital Securities or Holders of outstanding Common Securities voting separately as a class, who are the record owners of 10% or more of the aggregate liquidation amount (including the stated amount that would be paid on redemption, liquidation or otherwise, plus accrued and unpaid Distributions to the date upon which the voting percentages are determined) of all outstanding Securities of the relevant class.

“Transfer Agent” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.2.

“Trust Indenture Act” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended from time-to-time, or any successor legislation.

“Trustee” or “Trustees” means each Person who has signed this Declaration as a trustee, so long as such Person shall continue in office in accordance with the terms hereof, and all other Persons who may from time to time be duly appointed, qualified and serving as Trustees in accordance with the provisions hereof, and references herein to a Trustee or the Trustees shall refer to such Person or Persons solely in their capacity as trustees hereunder.

“Trust Property” means (a) the Debentures, (b) any cash on deposit in, or owing to, the Property Account and (c) all proceeds and rights in respect of the foregoing and any other property and assets for the time being held or deemed to be held by the Institutional Trustee pursuant to the trusts of this Declaration.

“U.S. Person” means a United States Person as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.

“Variable Rate” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 2(a) of Annex I.

ARTICLE II
ORGANIZATION

SECTION 2.1. Name. The Trust is continued hereby and shall be known as “Chino Statutory Trust I,” as such name may be modified from time to time by the Administrators following written notice to the Institutional Trustee and the Holders of the Securities. The Trust’s activities may be conducted under the name of the Trust or any other name deemed advisable by the Administrators.

SECTION 2.2. Office. The address of the principal office of the Trust, which shall be in a state of the United States or the District of Columbia, is 225 Asylum Street, 23rd Floor, Hartford, Connecticut 06103, Attention: Corporate

8


 

 

Trust Services - Chino Statutory Trust I. On ten Business Days’ written notice to the Institutional Trustee and the Holders of the Securities, the Administrators may designate another principal office, which shall be in a state of the United States or the District of Columbia.

SECTION 2.3. Purpose. The exclusive purposes and functions of the Trust are (a) to issue and sell the Securities representing undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust, (b) to invest the gross proceeds from such sale to acquire the Debentures, (c) to facilitate direct investment in the assets of the Trust through issuance of the Common Securities and the Capital Securities and (d) except as otherwise limited herein, to engage in only those other activities incidental thereto that are deemed necessary or advisable by the Institutional Trustee, including, without limitation, those activities specified in this Declaration. The Trust shall not borrow money, issue debt or reinvest proceeds derived from investments, pledge any of its assets, or otherwise undertake (or permit to be undertaken) any activity that would cause the Trust not to be classified for United States federal income tax purposes as a grantor trust.

SECTION 2.4. Authority. Except as specifically provided in this Declaration, the Institutional Trustee shall have exclusive and complete authority to carry out the purposes of the Trust. An action taken by a Trustee on behalf of the Trust and in accordance with such Trustee’s powers shall constitute the act of and serve to bind the Trust. In dealing with the Trustees acting on behalf of the Trust, no Person shall be required to inquire into the authority of the Trustees to bind the Trust. Persons dealing with the Trust are entitled to rely conclusively on the power and authority of the Trustees as set forth in this Declaration. The Administrators shall have only those ministerial duties set forth herein with respect to accomplishing the purposes of the Trust and are not intended to be trustees or fiduciaries with respect to the Trust or the Holders. The Institutional Trustee shall have the right, but shall not be obligated except as provided in Section 2.6, to perform those duties assigned to the Administrators.

SECTION 2.5. Title to Property of the Trust. Except as provided in Section 2.6(g) and Section 2.8 with respect to the Debentures and the Property Account or as otherwise provided in this Declaration, legal title to all assets of the Trust shall be vested in the Trust. The Holders shall not have legal title to any part of the assets of the Trust, but shall have an undivided beneficial interest in the assets of the Trust.

SECTION 2.6. Powers and Duties of the Trustees and the Administrators.

(a)           The Trustees and the Administrators shall conduct the affairs of the Trust in accordance with the terms of this Declaration. Subject to the limitations set forth in paragraph (b) of this Section, and in accordance with the following provisions (i) and (ii), the

9


 

 

Administrators and, at the direction of the Administrators, the Trustees, shall have the authority to enter into all transactions and agreements determined by the Administrators to be appropriate in exercising the authority, express or implied, otherwise granted to the Trustees or the Administrators, as the case may be, under this Declaration, and to perform all acts in furtherance thereof, including without limitation, the following:

(i)            Each Administrator shall have the power, duty and authority, and is hereby authorized, to act on behalf of the Trust with respect to the following matters:

(A)          the issuance and sale of the Securities;

(B)           to acquire the Debentures with the proceeds of the sale of the Securities; provided, however, that the Administrators shall cause legal title to the Debentures to be held of record in the name of the Institutional Trustee for the benefit of the Holders;

(C)           to cause the Trust to enter into, and to execute, deliver and perform on behalf of the Trust, such agreements as may be necessary or desirable in connection with the purposes and function of the Trust, including agreements with the Paying Agent, a Debenture subscription agreement between the Trust and the Sponsor and a Common Securities subscription agreement between the Trust and the Sponsor;

(D)          ensuring compliance with the Securities Act and applicable state securities or blue sky laws;

(E)           if and at such time determined solely by the Sponsor at the request of the Holders, assisting in the designation of the Capital Securities for trading in the Private Offering, Resales and Trading through the Automatic Linkages (“PORTAL”) system if available;

(F)           the sending of notices (other than notices of default) and other information regarding the Securities and the Debentures to the Holders in accordance with this Declaration, including notice of any notice received from the Debenture Issuer of its election to defer payments of interest on the Debentures by extending the interest payment period under the Indenture;

(G)           the appointment of a Paying Agent, Transfer Agent and Registrar in accordance with this Declaration;

(H)          execution and delivery of the Securities in accordance with this Declaration;

(I)            execution and delivery of closing certificates pursuant to the Placement Agreement and the application for a taxpayer identification number;

10


 

 

(J)            unless otherwise determined by the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Securities or as otherwise required by the Statutory Trust Act, to execute on behalf of the Trust (either acting alone or together with any or all of the Administrators) any documents that the Administrators have the power to execute pursuant to this Declaration;

(K)          the taking of any action incidental to the foregoing as the Sponsor or an Administrator may from time to time determine is necessary or advisable to give effect to the terms of this Declaration for the benefit of the Holders (without consideration of the effect of any such action on any particular Holder);

(L)           to establish a record date with respect to all actions to be taken hereunder that require a record date be established, including Distributions, voting rights, redemptions and exchanges, and to issue relevant notices to the Holders of Capital Securities and Holders of Common Securities as to such actions and applicable record dates;

(M)         to duly prepare and file on behalf of the Trust all applicable tax returns and tax information reports that are required to be filed with respect to the Trust;

(N)          to negotiate the terms of, and the execution and delivery of, the Placement Agreement and the Capital Securities Purchase Agreement related thereto, providing for the sale of the Capital Securities;

(O)          to employ or otherwise engage employees, agents (who may be designated as officers with titles), managers, contractors, advisors, attorneys and consultants and pay reasonable compensation for such services;

(P)           to incur expenses that are necessary or incidental to carry out any of the purposes of the Trust;

(Q)          to give the certificate required by § 314(a)(4) of the Trust Indenture Act to the Institutional Trustee, which certificate may be executed by an Administrator; and

(R)           to take all action that may be necessary or appropriate for the preservation and the continuation of the Trust’s valid existence, rights, franchises and privileges as a statutory trust under the laws of each jurisdiction (other than the State of Connecticut) in which such existence is necessary to protect the limited liability of the Holders of the Capital Securities or to enable the Trust to effect the purposes for which the Trust was created.

11


 

 

(ii)           As among the Trustees and the Administrators, the Institutional Trustee shall have the power, duty and authority, and is hereby authorized, to act on behalf of the Trust with respect to the following matters:

(A)          the establishment of the Property Account;

(B)           the receipt of the Debentures;

(C)           the collection of interest, principal and any other payments made in respect of the Debentures in the Property Account;

(D)          the distribution through the Paying Agent of amounts owed to the Holders in respect of the Securities;

(E)           the exercise of all of the rights, powers and privileges of a holder of the Debentures;

(F)           the sending of notices of default and other information regarding the Securities and the Debentures to the Holders in accordance with this Declaration;

(G)           the distribution of the Trust Property in accordance with the terms of this Declaration;

(H)          to the extent provided in this Declaration, the winding up of the affairs of and liquidation of the Trust;

(I)            after any Event of Default (of which the Institutional Trustee has knowledge (as provided in Section 2.10(m) hereof)) (provided, that such Event of Default is not by or with respect to the Institutional Trustee), the taking of any action incidental to the foregoing as the Institutional Trustee may from time to time determine is necessary or advisable to give effect to the terms of this Declaration and protect and conserve the Trust Property for the benefit of the Holders (without consideration of the effect of any such action on any particular Holder);

(J)            to take all action that may be necessary or appropriate for the preservation and the continuation of the Trust’s valid existence, rights, franchises and privileges as a statutory trust under the laws of the State of Connecticut to protect the limited liability of the Holders of the Capital Securities or to enable the Trust to effect the purposes for which the Trust was created; and

(K)          to undertake any actions set forth in § 317(a) of the Trust Indenture Act.

(iii)          The Institutional Trustee shall have the power and authority, and is hereby authorized, to act on behalf of the Trust with respect to any of the duties,

12


 

 

liabilities, powers or the authority of the Administrators set forth in Section 2.6(a)(i)(E) and (F) herein but shall not have a duty to do any such act unless specifically requested to do so in writing by the Sponsor, and shall then be fully protected in acting pursuant to such written request; and in the event of a conflict between the action of the Administrators and the action of the Institutional Trustee, the action of the Institutional Trustee shall prevail.

(b)           So long as this Declaration remains in effect, the Trust (or the Trustees or Administrators acting on behalf of the Trust) shall not undertake any business, activities or transaction except as expressly provided herein or contemplated hereby. In particular, neither the Trustees nor the Administrators may cause the Trust to (i) acquire any investments or engage in any activities not authorized by this Declaration, (ii) sell, assign, transfer, exchange, mortgage, pledge, set-off or otherwise dispose of any of the Trust Property or interests therein, including to Holders, except as expressly provided herein, (iii) take any action that would cause (or in the case of the Institutional Trustee, to the actual knowledge of a Responsible Officer would cause) the Trust to fail or cease to qualify as a “grantor trust” for United States federal income tax purposes, (iv) incur any indebtedness for borrowed money or issue any other debt or (v) take or consent to any action that would result in the placement of a lien on any of the Trust Property. The Institutional Trustee shall, at the sole cost and expense of the Trust, defend all claims and demands of all Persons at any time claiming any lien on any of the Trust Property adverse to the interest of the Trust or the Holders in their capacity as Holders.

(c)           In connection with the issuance and sale of the Capital Securities, the Sponsor shall have the right and responsibility to assist the Trust with respect to, or effect on behalf of the Trust, the following (and any actions taken by the Sponsor in furtherance of the following prior to the date of this Declaration are hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects):

(i)            the taking of any action necessary to obtain an exemption from the Securities Act;

(ii)           the determination of the States in which to take appropriate action to qualify or register for sale all or part of the Capital Securities and the determination of any and all such acts, other than actions which must be taken by or on behalf of the Trust, and the advisement of and direction to the Administrators of actions they must take on behalf of the Trust, and the preparation for execution and filing of any documents to be executed and filed by the Trust or on behalf of the Trust, as the Sponsor deems necessary or advisable in order to comply with the applicable laws of any such States in connection with the sale of the Capital Securities; and

(iii)          the taking of any other actions necessary or desirable to carry out any of the foregoing activities.

(d)           Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Administrators, the Institutional Trustee and the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Common Securities are authorized and directed to conduct the affairs of the Trust and to operate the Trust so that (i) the Trust will not be deemed to be an Investment Company (in the case of the

13


 

 

Institutional Trustee, to the actual knowledge of a Responsible Officer), and (ii) the Trust will not fail to be classified as a grantor trust for United States federal income tax purposes (in the case of the Institutional Trustee, to the actual knowledge of a Responsible Officer) and (iii) the Trust will not take any action inconsistent with the treatment of the Debentures as indebtedness of the Debenture Issuer for United States federal income tax purposes (in the case of the Institutional Trustee, to the actual knowledge of a Responsible Officer). In this connection, the Institutional Trustee, the Administrators and the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Common Securities are authorized to take any action, not inconsistent with applicable laws or this Declaration, as amended from time to time, that each of the Institutional Trustee, the Administrators and such Holders determine in their discretion to be necessary or desirable for such purposes, even if such action adversely affects the interests of the Holders of the Capital Securities.

(e)           All expenses incurred by the Administrators or the Trustees pursuant to this Section 2.6 shall be reimbursed by the Sponsor, and the Trustees shall have no obligations with respect to such expenses.

(f)            The assets of the Trust shall consist of the Trust Property.

(g)           Legal title to all Trust Property shall be vested at all times in the Institutional Trustee (in its capacity as such) and shall be held and administered by the Institutional Trustee for the benefit of the Trust in accordance with this Declaration.

(h)           If the Institutional Trustee or any Holder has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Declaration and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Institutional Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every such case the Sponsor, the Institutional Trustee and the Holders shall, subject to any determination in such proceeding, be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder, and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Institutional Trustee and the Holders shall continue as though no such proceeding had been instituted.

SECTION 2.7. Prohibition of Actions by the Trust and the Trustees. The Trust shall not, and the Institutional Trustee and the Administrators shall not, and the Administrators shall cause the Trust not to, engage in any activity other than as required or authorized by this Declaration. In particular, the Trust shall not, and the Institutional Trustee and the Administrators shall not cause the Trust to:

(a)           invest any proceeds received by the Trust from holding the Debentures, but shall distribute all such proceeds to Holders of the Securities pursuant to the terms of this Declaration and of the Securities;

(b)           acquire any assets other than as expressly provided herein;

(c)           possess Trust Property for other than a Trust purpose;

(d)           make any loans or incur any indebtedness other than loans represented by the Debentures;

14


 

 

(e)           possess any power or otherwise act in such a way as to vary the Trust Property or the terms of the Securities;

(f)            issue any securities or other evidences of beneficial ownership of, or beneficial interest in, the Trust other than the Securities; or

(g)           other than as provided in this Declaration (including Annex I), (i) direct the time, method and place of exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Debenture Trustee with respect to the Debentures, (ii) waive any past default that is waivable under the Indenture, (iii) exercise any right to rescind or annul any declaration that the principal of all the Debentures shall be due and payable, or (iv) consent to any amendment, modification or termination of the Indenture or the Debentures where such consent shall be required unless the Trust shall have received a written opinion of counsel experienced in such matters to the effect that such amendment, modification or termination will not cause the Trust to cease to be classified as a grantor trust for United States federal income tax purposes.

SECTION 2.8. Powers and Duties of the Institutional Trustee.

(a)           The legal title to the Debentures shall be owned by and held of record in the name of the Institutional Trustee in trust for the benefit of the Trust. The right, title and interest of the Institutional Trustee to the Debentures shall vest automatically in each Person who may hereafter be appointed as Institutional Trustee in accordance with Section 4.7. Such vesting and cessation of title shall be effective whether or not conveyancing documents with regard to the Debentures have been executed and delivered.

(b)           The Institutional Trustee shall not transfer its right, title and interest in the Debentures to the Administrators.

(c)           The Institutional Trustee shall:

(i)            establish and maintain a segregated non-interest bearing trust account (the “Property Account”) in the United States (as defined in Treasury Regulations § 301.7701-7), in the name of and under the exclusive control of the Institutional Trustee, and maintained in the Institutional Trustee’s trust department, on behalf of the Holders of the Securities and, upon the receipt of payments of funds made in respect of the Debentures held by the Institutional Trustee, deposit such funds into the Property Account and make payments to the Holders of the Capital Securities and Holders of the Common Securities from the Property Account in accordance with Section 5.1. Funds in the Property Account shall be held uninvested until disbursed in accordance with this Declaration;

(ii)           engage in such ministerial activities as shall be necessary or appropriate to effect the redemption of the Capital Securities and the Common Securities to the extent the Debentures are redeemed or mature; and

(iii)          upon written notice of distribution issued by the Administrators in accordance with the terms of the Securities, engage in such ministerial activities as shall be necessary or appropriate to effect the distribution of the Debentures to

15


 

 

Holders of Securities upon the occurrence of certain circumstances pursuant to the terms of the Securities.

(d)           The Institutional Trustee shall take all actions and perform such duties as may be specifically required of the Institutional Trustee pursuant to the terms of the Securities.

(e)           The Institutional Trustee may bring or defend, pay, collect, compromise, arbitrate, resort to legal action with respect to, or otherwise adjust claims or demands of or against, the Trust (a “Legal Action”) which arise out of or in connection with an Event of Default of which a Responsible Officer of the Institutional Trustee has actual knowledge or the Institutional Trustee’s duties and obligations under this Declaration or the Trust Indenture Act; provided, however, that if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and such event is attributable to the failure of the Debenture Issuer to pay interest or premium, if any, on or principal of the Debentures on the date such interest, premium, if any, or principal is otherwise payable (or in the case of redemption, on the redemption date), then a Holder of the Capital Securities may directly institute a proceeding for enforcement of payment to such Holder of the principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Debentures having a principal amount equal to the aggregate liquidation amount of the Capital Securities of such Holder (a “Direct Action”) on or after the respective due date specified in the Debentures. In connection with such Direct Action, the rights of the Holders of the Common Securities will be subrogated to the rights of such Holder of the Capital Securities to the extent of any payment made by the Debenture Issuer to such Holder of the Capital Securities in such Direct Action; provided, however, that a Holder of the Common Securities may exercise such right of subrogation only if no Event of Default with respect to the Capital Securities has occurred and is continuing.

(f)            The Institutional Trustee shall continue to serve as a Trustee until either:

(i)            the Trust has been completely liquidated and the proceeds of the liquidation distributed to the Holders of the Securities pursuant to the terms of the Securities and this Declaration (including Annex I) and the certificate of cancellation referenced in Section 7.1(b) has been filed; or

(ii)           a Successor Institutional Trustee has been appointed and has accepted that appointment in accordance with Section 4.7.

(g)           The Institutional Trustee shall have the legal power to exercise all of the rights, powers and privileges of a holder of the Debentures under the Indenture and, if an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Institutional Trustee may, for the benefit of Holders of the Securities, enforce its rights as holder of the Debentures subject to the rights of the Holders pursuant to this Declaration (including Annex I) and the terms of the Securities.

(h)           The Institutional Trustee must exercise the powers set forth in this Section 2.8 in a manner that is consistent with the purposes and functions of the Trust set out in Section 2.3, and the Institutional Trustee shall not take any action that is inconsistent with the purposes and functions of the Trust set out in Section 2.3.

16


 

 

SECTION 2.9. Certain Duties and Responsibilities of the Trustees and the Administrators.

(a)           The Institutional Trustee, before the occurrence of any Event of Default (of which the Institutional Trustee has knowledge (as provided in Section 2.10(m) hereof)) and after the curing of all Events of Default that may have occurred, shall undertake to perform only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Declaration and no implied covenants shall be read into this Declaration against the Institutional Trustee. In case an Event of Default (of which the Institutional Trustee has knowledge (as provided in Section 2.10(m) hereof)), has occurred (that has not been cured or waived pursuant to Section 6.7), the Institutional Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Declaration, and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his or her own affairs.

(b)           The duties and responsibilities of the Trustees and the Administrators shall be as provided by this Declaration and, in the case of the Institutional Trustee, by the Trust Indenture Act. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no provision of this Declaration shall require any Trustee or Administrator to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity satisfactory to it against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it. Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Declaration relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustees or the Administrators shall be subject to the provisions of this Article. Nothing in this Declaration shall be construed to release a Trustee from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct or bad faith. Nothing in this Declaration shall be construed to release an Administrator from liability for its own gross negligent action, its own gross negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct or bad faith. To the extent that, at law or in equity, a Trustee or an Administrator has duties and liabilities relating to the Trust or to the Holders, such Trustee or Administrator shall not be liable to the Trust or to any Holder for such Trustee’s or Administrator’s good faith reliance on the provisions of this Declaration. The provisions of this Declaration, to the extent that they restrict the duties and liabilities of the Administrators or the Trustees otherwise existing at law or in equity, are agreed by the Sponsor and the Holders to replace such other duties and liabilities of the Administrators or the Trustees.

(c)           All payments made by the Institutional Trustee or a Paying Agent in respect of the Securities shall be made only from the revenue and proceeds from the Trust Property and only to the extent that there shall be sufficient revenue or proceeds from the Trust Property to enable the Institutional Trustee or a Paying Agent to make payments in accordance with the terms hereof. Each Holder, by its acceptance of a Security, agrees that it will look solely to the revenue and proceeds from the Trust Property to the extent legally available for distribution to it as herein provided and that the Trustees and the Administrators are not personally liable to it for any amount distributable in respect of any Security or for any other liability in respect of any Security. This Section 2.9(c) does not limit the liability of the Trustees expressly set forth elsewhere in this Declaration or, in the case of the Institutional Trustee, in the Trust Indenture Act.

17


 

 

(d)           No provision of this Declaration shall be construed to relieve the Institutional Trustee from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct or bad faith with respect to matters that are within the authority of the Institutional Trustee under this Declaration, except that:

(i)            the Institutional Trustee shall not be liable for any error or judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer of the Institutional Trustee, unless it shall be proved that the Institutional Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts;

(ii)           the Institutional Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with the direction of the Holders of not less than a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities or the Common Securities, as applicable, relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Institutional Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Institutional Trustee under this Declaration;

(iii)          the Institutional Trustee’s sole duty with respect to the custody, safe keeping and physical preservation of the Debentures and the Property Account shall be to deal with such property in a similar manner as the Institutional Trustee deals with similar property for its own account, subject to the protections and limitations on liability afforded to the Institutional Trustee under this Declaration and the Trust Indenture Act;

(iv)          the Institutional Trustee shall not be liable for any interest on any money received by it except as it may otherwise agree in writing with the Sponsor; and money held by the Institutional Trustee need not be segregated from other funds held by it except in relation to the Property Account maintained by the Institutional Trustee pursuant to Section 2.8(c)(i) and except to the extent otherwise required by law; and

(v)           the Institutional Trustee shall not be responsible for monitoring the compliance by the Administrators or the Sponsor with their respective duties under this Declaration, nor shall the Institutional Trustee be liable for any default or misconduct of the Administrators or the Sponsor.

SECTION 2.10. Certain Rights of Institutional Trustee. Subject to the provisions of Section 2.9.

(a)           the Institutional Trustee may conclusively rely and shall fully be protected in acting or refraining from acting in good faith upon any resolution, written opinion of counsel, certificate, written representation of a Holder or transferee, certificate of auditors or any other certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, appraisal, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or presented by the proper party or parties;

18


 

 

(b)           if (i) in performing its duties under this Declaration, the Institutional Trustee is required to decide between alternative courses of action, (ii) in construing any of the provisions of this Declaration, the Institutional Trustee finds the same ambiguous or inconsistent with any other provisions contained herein, or (iii) the Institutional Trustee is unsure of the application of any provision of this Declaration, then, except as to any matter as to which the Holders of Capital Securities are entitled to vote under the terms of this Declaration, the Institutional Trustee may deliver a notice to the Sponsor requesting the Sponsor’s opinion as to the course of action to be taken and the Institutional Trustee shall take such action, or refrain from taking such action, as the Institutional Trustee in its sole discretion shall deem advisable and in the best interests of the Holders, in which event the Institutional Trustee shall have no liability except for its own negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith;

(c)           any direction or act of the Sponsor or the Administrators contemplated by this Declaration shall be sufficiently evidenced by an Officers’ Certificate;

(d)           whenever in the administration of this Declaration, the Institutional Trustee shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established before undertaking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Institutional Trustee (unless other evidence is herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith on its part, request and conclusively rely upon an Officers’ Certificate which, upon receipt of such request, shall be promptly delivered by the Sponsor or the Administrators;

(e)           the Institutional Trustee shall have no duty to see to any recording, filing or registration of any instrument (including any financing or continuation statement or any filing under tax or securities laws) or any rerecording, refiling or reregistration thereof;

(f)            the Institutional Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection (which counsel may be counsel to the Sponsor or any of its Affiliates) and the advice of such counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon and in accordance with such advice; the Institutional Trustee shall have the right at any time to seek instructions concerning the administration of this Declaration from any court of competent jurisdiction;

(g)           the Institutional Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Declaration at the request or direction of any of the Holders pursuant to this Declaration, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Institutional Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction; provided, that nothing contained in this Section 2.10(g) shall be taken to relieve the Institutional Trustee, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default (of which the Institutional Trustee has knowledge (as provided in Section 2.10(m) hereof)) that has not been cured or waived, of its obligation to exercise the rights and powers vested in it by this Declaration;

(h)           the Institutional Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, approval, bond, debenture, note or other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document, unless requested in writing to do so by one or more Holders, but the

19


 

 

Institutional Trustee may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit;

(i)            the Institutional Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through its agents or attorneys and the Institutional Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of, or for the supervision of, any such agent or attorney appointed with due care by it hereunder;

(j)            whenever in the administration of this Declaration the Institutional Trustee shall deem it desirable to receive instructions with respect to enforcing any remedy or right or taking any other action hereunder, the Institutional Trustee (i) may request instructions from the Holders of the Common Securities and the Capital Securities, which instructions may be given only by the Holders of the same proportion in liquidation amount of the Common Securities and the Capital Securities as would be entitled to direct the Institutional Trustee under the terms of the Common Securities and the Capital Securities in respect of such remedy, right or action, (ii) may refrain from enforcing such remedy or right or taking such other action until such instructions are received, and (iii) shall be fully protected in acting in accordance with such instructions;

(k)           except as otherwise expressly provided in this Declaration, the Institutional Trustee shall not be under any obligation to take any action that is discretionary under the provisions of this Declaration;

(l)            when the Institutional Trustee incurs expenses or renders services in connection with a Bankruptcy Event, such expenses (including the fees and expenses of its counsel) and the compensation for such services are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any bankruptcy law or law relating to creditors rights generally;

(m)          the Institutional Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of an Event of Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Institutional Trustee has actual knowledge of such event or the Institutional Trustee receives written notice of such event from any Holder, except with respect to an Event of Default pursuant to Sections 5.01(a), 5.01(b) or 5.01(c) of the Indenture (other than an Event of Default resulting from the default in the payment of Additional Interest or premium, if any, if the Institutional Trustee does not have actual knowledge or written notice that such payment is due and payable), of which the Institutional Trustee shall be deemed to have knowledge;

(n)           any action taken by the Institutional Trustee or its agents hereunder shall bind the Trust and the Holders of the Securities, and the signature of the Institutional Trustee or its agents alone shall be sufficient and effective to perform any such action and no third party shall be required to inquire as to the authority of the Institutional Trustee to so act or as to its compliance with any of the terms and provisions of this Declaration, both of which shall be conclusively evidenced by the Institutional Trustee’s or its agent’s taking such action; and

(o)           no provision of this Declaration shall be deemed to impose any duty or obligation on the Institutional Trustee to perform any act or acts or exercise any right, power, duty or obligation conferred or imposed on it, in any jurisdiction in which it shall be illegal, or in

20


 

 

which the Institutional Trustee shall be unqualified or incompetent in accordance with applicable law, to perform any such act or acts, or to exercise any such right, power, duty or obligation. No permissive power or authority available to the Institutional Trustee shall be construed to be a duty.

SECTION 2.11. Execution of Documents. Unless otherwise determined in writing by the Institutional Trustee, and except as otherwise required by the Statutory Trust Act, the Institutional Trustee, or any one or more of the Administrators, as the case may be, is authorized to execute and deliver on behalf of the Trust any documents, agreements, instruments or certificates that the Trustees or the Administrators, as the case may be, have the power and authority to execute pursuant to Section 2.6.

SECTION 2.12. Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Securities. The recitals contained in this Declaration and the Securities shall be taken as the statements of the Sponsor, and the Trustees do not assume any responsibility for their correctness. The Trustees make no representations as to the value or condition of the property of the Trust or any part thereof. The Trustees make no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Declaration, the Debentures or the Securities.

SECTION 2.13. Duration of Trust. The Trust, unless dissolved pursuant to the provisions of Article VII hereof, shall have existence for thirty-five (35) years from the Closing Date.

SECTION 2.14. Mergers.

(a)           The Trust may not consolidate, amalgamate, merge with or into, or be replaced by, or convey, transfer or lease its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any corporation or other Person, except as described in this Section 2.15 and except with respect to the distribution of Debentures to Holders of Securities pursuant to Section 7.1(a)(iv) of the Declaration or Section 3 of Annex I.

(b)           The Trust may, with the consent of the Administrators (which consent will not be unreasonably withheld) and without the consent of the Institutional Trustee or the Holders of the Capital Securities, consolidate, amalgamate, merge with or into, or be replaced by, or convey, transfer or lease its properties and assets as an entirety or substantially as an entirety to a trust organized as such under the laws of any state; provided, that:

(i)            if the Trust is not the survivor, such successor entity (the “Successor Entity”) either:

(A)          expressly assumes all of the obligations of the Trust under the Securities; or

(B)           substitutes for the Securities other securities having substantially the same terms as the Securities (the “Successor Securities”) so that the Successor Securities rank the same as the Securities rank with

21


 

 

respect to Distributions and payments upon Liquidation, redemption and otherwise;

(ii)           the Sponsor expressly appoints a trustee of the Successor Entity that possesses the same powers and duties as the Institutional Trustee;

(iii)          the Capital Securities or any Successor Securities (excluding any securities substituted for the Common Securities) are listed or quoted, or any Successor Securities will be listed or quoted upon notification of issuance, on any national securities exchange or with another organization on which the Capital Securities are then listed or quoted, if any;

(iv)          such merger, consolidation, amalgamation, replacement, conveyance, transfer or lease does not cause the rating, if any, on the Capital Securities (including any Successor Securities) to be downgraded or withdrawn by any nationally recognized statistical rating organization, if the Capital Securities are then rated;

(v)           such merger, consolidation, amalgamation, replacement, conveyance, transfer or lease does not adversely affect the rights, preferences and privileges of the Holders of the Securities (including any Successor Securities) in any material respect (other than with respect to any dilution of such Holders’ interests in the Successor Entity as a result of such merger, consolidation, amalgamation or replacement);

(vi)          such Successor Entity has a purpose substantially identical to that of the Trust;

(vii)         prior to such merger, consolidation, amalgamation, replacement, conveyance, transfer or lease, the Trust has received a written opinion of a nationally recognized independent counsel to the Trust experienced in such matters to the effect that:

(A)          such merger, consolidation, amalgamation, replacement, conveyance, transfer or lease does not adversely affect the rights, preferences and privileges of the Holders of the Securities (including any Successor Securities) in any material respect (other than with respect to any dilution of the Holders’ interests in the Successor Entity);

(B)           following such merger, consolidation, amalgamation, replacement, conveyance, transfer or lease, neither the Trust nor the Successor Entity will be required to register as an Investment Company; and

(C)           following such merger, consolidation, amalgamation, replacement, conveyance, transfer or lease, the Trust (or the Successor Entity) will continue to be classified as a grantor trust for United States federal income tax purposes;

22


 

 

(viii)        the Sponsor guarantees the obligations of such Successor Entity under the Successor Securities to the same extent provided by the Guarantee, the Debentures and this Declaration; and

(ix)           prior to such merger, consolidation, amalgamation, replacement, conveyance, transfer or lease, the Institutional Trustee shall have received an Officers’ Certificate of the Administrators and an opinion of counsel, each to the effect that all conditions precedent of this paragraph (b) to such transaction have been satisfied.

(c)           Notwithstanding Section 2.15(b), the Trust shall not, except with the consent of Holders of 100% in liquidation amount of the Securities, consolidate, amalgamate, merge with or into, or be replaced by, or convey, transfer or lease its properties and assets as an entirety or substantially as an entirety to, any other Person or permit any other Person to consolidate, amalgamate, merge with or into, or replace it if such consolidation, amalgamation, merger, replacement, conveyance, transfer or lease would cause the Trust or Successor Entity to be classified as other than a grantor trust for United States federal income tax purposes.

ARTICLE III
SPONSOR

SECTION 3.1. Sponsor’s Purchase of Common Securities. On the Closing Date, the Sponsor will purchase all of the Common Securities issued by the Trust, in an amount at least equal to 3% of the capital of the Trust, at the same time as the Capital Securities are sold.

SECTION 3.2. Responsibilities of the Sponsor. In connection with the issue and sale of the Capital Securities, and in reliance on Section 6 of the Placement Agreement, the Sponsor shall have the exclusive right and responsibility and sole decision to engage in, or direct the Administrators to engage in, the following activities:

(a)           to determine, if applicable, the States in which to take appropriate action to qualify or register for sale of all or part of the Capital Securities and to do any and all such acts, other than actions which must be taken by the Trust, and advise the Trust of actions it must take, and prepare for execution and filing any documents to be executed and filed by the Trust, as the Sponsor deems necessary or advisable in order to comply with the applicable laws of any such States;

(b)           if applicable, to prepare for filing and request the Administrators to cause the filing by the Trust, as may be appropriate, of an application to the PORTAL system, for listing or quotation upon notice of issuance of any Capital Securities, as requested by the Holders of not less than a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities; and

(c)           to negotiate the terms of and/or execute and deliver on behalf of the Trust, the Placement Agreement and other related agreements providing for the sale of the Capital Securities.

23


 

 

ARTICLE IV
TRUSTEES AND ADMINISTRATORS

SECTION 4.1. Number of Trustees. The number of Trustees initially shall be one, and:

(a)           at any time before the issuance of any Securities, the Sponsor may, by written instrument, increase or decrease the number of Trustees; and

(b)           after the issuance of any Securities, the number of Trustees may be increased or decreased by vote of the Holder of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Common Securities voting as a class at a meeting of the Holder of the Common Securities; provided, however, that there shall always be one Trustee who shall be the Institutional Trustee.

SECTION 4.2. Institutional Trustee; Eligibility.

(a)           There shall at all times be one Trustee which shall act as Institutional Trustee which shall:

(i)            not be an Affiliate of the Sponsor;

(ii)           not offer or provide credit or credit enhancement to the Trust; and

(iii)          be a banking corporation or national association organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof or of the District of Columbia and authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust powers, having a combined capital and surplus of at least fifty million U.S. dollars ($50,000,000), and subject to supervision or examination by federal, state or District of Columbia authority. If such corporation or national association publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of the supervising or examining authority referred to above, then for the purposes of this Section 4.3(a)(iii), the combined capital and surplus of such corporation or national association shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published.

(b)           If at any time the Institutional Trustee shall cease to be eligible to so act under Section 4.2(a), the Institutional Trustee shall immediately resign in the manner and with the effect set forth in Section 4.5.

(c)           If the Institutional Trustee has or shall acquire any “conflicting interest” within the meaning of § 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act, the Institutional Trustee shall either eliminate such interest or resign, to the extent and in the manner provided by, and subject to this Declaration.

(d)           The initial Institutional Trustee shall be U.S. Bank National Association.

24


 

 

SECTION 4.3. Administrators. Each Administrator shall be a U.S. Person.

There shall at all times be at least one Administrator. Except where a requirement for action by a specific number of Administrators is expressly set forth in this Declaration and except with respect to any action the taking of which is the subject of a meeting of the Administrators, any action required or permitted to be taken by the Administrators may be taken by, and any power of the Administrators may be exercised by, or with the consent of, any one such Administrator acting alone.

SECTION 4.4. Appointment, Removal and Resignation of the Trustees and the Administrators.

(a)           No resignation or removal of any Trustee and no appointment of a successor Trustee pursuant to this Article shall become effective until the acceptance of appointment by the successor Trustee in accordance with the applicable requirements of this Section 4.4.

(b)           Subject to Section 4.4(a), a Trustee may resign at any time by giving written notice thereof to the Holders of the Securities and by appointing a successor Trustee. Upon the resignation of the Institutional Trustee, the Institutional Trustee shall appoint a successor by requesting from at least three Persons meeting the eligibility requirements their expenses and charges to serve as the successor Institutional Trustee on a form provided by the Administrators, and selecting the Person who agrees to the lowest reasonable expense and charges (the “Successor Institutional Trustee”). If the instrument of acceptance by the successor Trustee required by this Section 4.4 shall not have been delivered to the Trustee within 60 days after the giving of such notice of resignation or delivery of the instrument of removal, the Trustee may petition, at the expense of the Trust, any federal, state or District of Columbia court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee. Such court may thereupon, after prescribing such notice, if any, as it may deem proper, appoint a Trustee. The Institutional Trustee shall have no liability for the selection of such successor pursuant to this Section 4.4.

(c)           Unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, any Trustee may be removed at any time by an act of the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Common Securities. If any Trustee shall be so removed, the Holders of the Common Securities, by act of the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Common Securities delivered to the Trustee, shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee, and such successor Trustee shall comply with the applicable requirements of this Section 4.4. If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Institutional Trustee may be removed by the act of the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities, delivered to the Trustee (in its individual capacity and on behalf of the Trust). If any Trustee shall be so removed, the Holders of Capital Securities, by act of the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities then outstanding delivered to the Trustee, shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee or Trustees, and such successor Trustee shall comply with the applicable requirements of this Section 4.4. If no successor Trustee shall have been so appointed by the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities and accepted appointment in the manner required by this Section 4.4 within 30 days after delivery of an instrument of removal, the

25


 

 

Trustee or any Holder who has been a Holder of the Securities for at least six months may, on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated, petition any federal, state or District of Columbia court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee. Such court may thereupon, after prescribing such notice, if any, as it may deem proper, appoint a successor Trustee or Trustees.

(d)           The Institutional Trustee shall give notice of each resignation and each removal of a Trustee and each appointment of a successor Trustee to all Holders and to the Sponsor. Each notice shall include the name of the successor Trustee and the address of its Corporate Trust Office if it is the Institutional Trustee.

(e)           In case of the appointment hereunder of a successor Trustee, the retiring Trustee and each successor Trustee with respect to the Securities shall execute and deliver an amendment hereto wherein each successor Trustee shall accept such appointment and which (a) shall contain such provisions as shall be necessary or desirable to transfer and confirm to, and to vest in, each successor Trustee all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee with respect to the Securities and the Trust and (b) shall add to or change any of the provisions of this Declaration as shall be necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the Trust by more than one Trustee, it being understood that nothing herein or in such amendment shall constitute such Trustees co-trustees and upon the execution and delivery of such amendment the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective to the extent provided therein and each such successor Trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee; but, on request of the Trust or any successor Trustee, such retiring Trustee shall duly assign, transfer and deliver to such successor Trustee all Trust Property, all proceeds thereof and money held by such retiring Trustee hereunder with respect to the Securities and the Trust subject to the payment of all unpaid fees, expenses and indemnities of such retiring Trustee.

(f)            No Institutional Trustee shall be liable for the acts or omissions to act of any Successor Institutional Trustee.

(g)           The Holders of the Capital Securities will have no right to vote to appoint, remove or replace the Administrators, which voting rights are vested exclusively in the Holders of the Common Securities.

SECTION 4.5. Vacancies Among Trustees. If a Trustee ceases to hold office for any reason and the number of Trustees is not reduced pursuant to Section 4.1, or if the number of Trustees is increased pursuant to Section 4.1, a vacancy shall occur. A resolution certifying the existence of such vacancy by the Trustees or, if there are more than two, a majority of the Trustees shall be conclusive evidence of the existence of such vacancy. The vacancy shall be filled with a Trustee appointed in accordance with Section 4.4.

SECTION 4.6. Effect of Vacancies. The death, resignation, retirement, removal, bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation, incompetence or incapacity to perform the duties of a Trustee shall not operate to dissolve, terminate or annul the Trust or terminate this Declaration. Whenever a vacancy in the number of

26


 

 

Trustees shall occur, until such vacancy is filled by the appointment of a Trustee in accordance with Section 4.4, the Institutional Trustee shall have all the powers granted to the Trustees and shall discharge all the duties imposed upon the Trustees by this Declaration.

SECTION 4.7. Meetings of the Trustees and the Administrators. Meetings of the Trustees or the Administrators shall be held from time to time upon the call of any Trustee or Administrator, as applicable. Regular meetings of the Trustees and the Administrators, respectively, may be in person in the United States or by telephone, at a place (if applicable) and time fixed by resolution of the Trustees or the Administrators, as applicable. Notice of any in-person meetings of the Trustees or the Administrators shall be hand delivered or otherwise delivered in writing (including by facsimile, with a hard copy by overnight courier) not less than 48 hours before such meeting. Notice of any telephonic meetings of the Trustees or the Administrators or any committee thereof shall be hand delivered or otherwise delivered in writing (including by facsimile, with a hard copy by overnight courier) not less than 24 hours before a meeting. Notices shall contain a brief statement of the time, place and anticipated purposes of the meeting. The presence (whether in person or by telephone) of a Trustee or an Administrator, as the case may be, at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting except where a Trustee or an Administrator, as the case may be, attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any activity on the ground that the meeting has not been lawfully called or convened. Unless provided otherwise in this Declaration, any action of the Trustees or the Administrators, as the case may be, may be taken at a meeting by vote of a majority of the Trustees or the Administrators present (whether in person or by telephone) and eligible to vote with respect to such matter; provided, that, in the case of the Administrators, a Quorum is present, or without a meeting by the unanimous written consent of the Trustees or the Administrators, as the case may be. Meetings of the Trustees and the Administrators together shall be held from time to time upon the call of any Trustee or Administrator.

SECTION 4.8. Delegation of Power.

(a)           Any Trustee or any Administrator, as the case may be, may, by power of attorney consistent with applicable law, delegate to any other natural person over the age of 21 that is a U.S. Person his or her power for the purpose of executing any documents, instruments or other writings contemplated in Section 2.6.

(b)           The Trustees shall have power to delegate from time to time to such of their number or to any officer of the Trust that is a U.S. Person, the doing of such things and the execution of such instruments or other writings either in the name of the Trust or the names of the Trustees or otherwise as the Trustees may deem expedient, to the extent such delegation is not prohibited by applicable law or contrary to the provisions of the Trust, as set forth herein.

27


 

 

SECTION 4.9. Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business.

Any Person into which the Institutional Trustee may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any Person resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Institutional Trustee shall be a party, or any Person succeeding to all or substantially all the corporate trust business of the Institutional Trustee shall be the successor of the Institutional Trustee hereunder, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto, provided such Person shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under this Article.

ARTICLE V
DISTRIBUTIONS

SECTION 5.1. Distributions.

(a)           Holders shall receive Distributions in accordance with the applicable terms of the relevant Holder’s Securities. Distributions shall be made on the Capital Securities and the Common Securities in accordance with the preferences set forth in their respective terms. If and to the extent that the Debenture Issuer makes a payment of interest (including any Additional Interest or Deferred Interest) or premium, if any, on and/or principal on the Debentures held by the Institutional Trustee (the amount of any such payment being a “Payment Amount”), the Institutional Trustee shall and is directed, to the extent funds are available in the Property Account for that purpose, to make a distribution (a “Distribution”) of the Payment Amount to Holders. For the avoidance of doubt, funds in the Property Account shall not be distributed to Holders to the extent of any taxes payable by the Trust, in the case of withholding taxes, as determined by the Institutional Trustee or any Paying Agent and, in the case of taxes other than withholding tax taxes, as determined by the Administrators in a written notice to the Institutional Trustee.

(b)           As a condition to the payment of any principal of or interest on the Securities without the imposition of withholding tax, the Administrators shall require the previous delivery of properly completed and signed applicable U.S. federal income tax certifications (generally, an Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 (or applicable successor form) in the case of a person that is a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code or an Internal Revenue Service Form W-8 (or applicable successor form) in the case of a person that is not a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code, and any other certification acceptable to it to enable the Institutional Trustee or any Paying Agent to determine their respective duties and liabilities with respect to any taxes or other charges that they may be required to pay, deduct or withhold in respect of such Securities.

ARTICLE VI
ISSUANCE OF SECURITIES

SECTION 6.1. General Provisions Regarding Securities.

(a)           The Administrators shall on behalf of the Trust issue one series of capital securities, evidenced by a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1, representing

28


 

 

undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust and having such terms as are set forth in Annex I (the “Capital Securities”), and one series of common securities, evidenced by a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit A-2, representing undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust and having such terms as are set forth in Annex I (the “Common Securities”). The Trust shall issue no securities or other interests in the assets of the Trust other than the Capital Securities and the Common Securities. The Capital Securities rank pari passu and payment thereon shall be made Pro Rata with the Common Securities except that, where an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the rights of Holders of the Common Securities to payment in respect of Distributions and payments upon liquidation, redemption and otherwise are subordinated to the rights to payment of the Holders of the Capital Securities.

(b)           The Certificates shall be signed on behalf of the Trust by one or more Administrators. Such signature shall be the facsimile or manual signature of any Administrator. In case any Administrator of the Trust who shall have signed any of the Securities shall cease to be such Administrator before the Certificates so signed shall be delivered by the Trust, such Certificates nevertheless may be delivered as though the person who signed such Certificates had not ceased to be such Administrator. Any Certificate may be signed on behalf of the Trust by such person who, at the actual date of execution of such Security, shall be an Administrator of the Trust, although at the date of the execution and delivery of the Declaration any such person was not such an Administrator. A Capital Security shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of an Authorized Officer of the Institutional Trustee. Such signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Capital Security has been authenticated under this Declaration. Upon written order of the Trust signed by one Administrator, the Institutional Trustee shall authenticate the Capital Securities for original issue. The Institutional Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent that is a U.S. Person acceptable to the Trust to authenticate the Capital Securities. A Common Security need not be so authenticated and shall be valid upon execution by one or more Administrators.

(c)           The consideration received by the Trust for the issuance of the Securities shall constitute a contribution to the capital of the Trust and shall not constitute a loan to the Trust.

(d)           Upon issuance of the Securities as provided in this Declaration, the Securities so issued shall be deemed to be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and each Holder thereof shall be entitled to the benefits provided by this Declaration.

(e)           Every Person, by virtue of having become a Holder in accordance with the terms of this Declaration, shall be deemed to have expressly assented and agreed to the terms of, and shall be bound by, this Declaration and the Guarantee.

SECTION 6.2. Paying Agent, Transfer Agent, Calculation Agent and Registrar.

(a)           The Trust shall maintain in New York, New York, an office or agency where the Securities may be presented for payment (the “Paying Agent”), and an office or agency where Securities may be presented for registration of transfer or exchange (the “Transfer Agent”). The Trustee hereby appoints the Institutional Trustee as Paying Agent and Transfer

29


 

 

Agent at U.S. Bank National Association, 100 Wall Street, 19th Floor, New York, New York 10005, Attn: Corporate Trust Services – Chino Statutory Trust I. The Trust shall also keep or cause to be kept a register for the purpose of registering Securities and transfers and exchanges of Securities, such register to be held by a registrar (the “Registrar”). The Administrators may appoint the Paying Agent, the Registrar and the Transfer Agent, and may appoint one or more additional Paying Agents, one or more co-Registrars, or one or more co-Transfer Agents in such other locations as it shall determine. The term “Paying Agent” includes any additional Paying Agent, the term “Registrar” includes any additional Registrar or co-Registrar and the term “Transfer Agent” includes any additional Transfer Agent or co-Transfer Agent. The Administrators may change any Paying Agent, Transfer Agent or Registrar at any time without prior notice to any Holder. The Administrators shall notify the Institutional Trustee of the name and address of any Paying Agent, Transfer Agent and Registrar not a party to this Declaration. The Administrators hereby initially appoint the Institutional Trustee to act as Registrar for the Capital Securities and the Common Securities at its Corporate Trust Office. The Institutional Trustee or any of its Affiliates in the United States may act as Paying Agent, Transfer Agent or Registrar.

(b)           The Trust shall also appoint a Calculation Agent, which shall determine the Coupon Rate in accordance with the terms of the Securities. The Trust initially appoints the Institutional Trustee as Calculation Agent.

SECTION 6.3. Form and Dating.

(a)           The Capital Securities and the Institutional Trustee’s certificate of authentication thereon shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1, and the Common Securities shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A-2, each of which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made a part of this Declaration. Certificates may be typed, printed, lithographed or engraved or may be produced in any other manner as is reasonably acceptable to the Administrators, as conclusively evidenced by their execution thereof. The Certificates may have letters, numbers, notations or other marks of identification or designation and such legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule, agreements to which the Trust is subject, if any, or usage (provided, that any such notation, legend or endorsement is in a form acceptable to the Sponsor). The Trust at the direction of the Sponsor shall furnish any such legend not contained in Exhibit A-1 to the Institutional Trustee in writing. Each Capital Security shall be dated the date of its authentication. The terms and provisions of the Securities set forth in Annex I and the forms of Securities set forth in Exhibits A-1 and A-2 are part of the terms of this Declaration and to the extent applicable, the Institutional Trustee, the Administrators and the Sponsor, by their execution and delivery of this Declaration, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. Capital Securities will be issued only in blocks having a stated liquidation amount of not less than $100,000 and multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.

(b)           The Capital Securities sold by the Trust to the initial purchasers pursuant to the Placement Agreement and the Capital Securities Purchase Agreement shall be issued in definitive form, registered in the name of the Holder thereof, without coupons and with the Restricted Securities Legend.

30


 

 

SECTION 6.4. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Certificates. If:  (a) any mutilated Certificates should be surrendered to the Registrar, or if the Registrar shall receive evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Certificate; and (b) there shall be delivered to the Registrar, the Administrators and the Institutional Trustee such security or indemnity as may be required by them to hold each of them harmless; then, in the absence of notice that such Certificate shall have been acquired by a bona fide purchaser, an Administrator on behalf of the Trust shall execute (and in the case of a Capital Security Certificate, the Institutional Trustee shall authenticate) and deliver, in exchange for or in lieu of any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Certificate, a new Certificate of like denomination. In connection with the issuance of any new Certificate under this Section 6.4, the Registrar or the Administrators may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection therewith. Any duplicate Certificate issued pursuant to this Section shall constitute conclusive evidence of an ownership interest in the relevant Securities, as if originally issued, whether or not the lost, stolen or destroyed Certificate shall be found at any time.

SECTION 6.5. Temporary Securities. Until definitive Securities are ready for delivery, the Administrators may prepare and, in the case of the Capital Securities, the Institutional Trustee shall authenticate, temporary Securities. Temporary Securities shall be substantially in form of definitive Securities but may have variations that the Administrators consider appropriate for temporary Securities. Without unreasonable delay, the Administrators shall prepare and, in the case of the Capital Securities, the Institutional Trustee shall authenticate definitive Securities in exchange for temporary Securities.

SECTION 6.6. Cancellation. The Administrators at any time may deliver Securities to the Registrar for cancellation. The Registrar shall forward to the Institutional Trustee any Securities surrendered to it for registration of transfer, redemption or payment. The Institutional Trustee shall promptly cancel all Securities surrendered for registration of transfer, payment, replacement or cancellation and shall dispose of such canceled Securities in accordance with its standard procedures or otherwise as the Administrators direct. The Administrators may not issue new Securities to replace Securities that have been paid or that have been delivered to the Institutional Trustee for cancellation.

SECTION 6.7. Rights of Holders; Waivers of Past Defaults.

(a)           The legal title to the Trust Property is vested exclusively in the Institutional Trustee (in its capacity as such) in accordance with Section 2.5, and the Holders shall not have any right or title therein other than the undivided beneficial interest in the assets of the Trust conferred by their Securities and they shall have no right to call for any partition or division of property, profits or rights of the Trust except as described below. The Securities shall be personal property giving only the rights specifically set forth therein and in this Declaration.

31


 

 

The Securities shall have no, and the issuance of the Securities shall not be subject to, preemptive or other similar rights and when issued and delivered to Holders against payment of the purchase price therefor, the Securities will be fully paid and nonassessable by the Trust.

(b)           For so long as any Capital Securities remain outstanding, if, upon an Indenture Event of Default under paragraphs (c), (e), (f) or (g) of Section 5.01 of the Indenture, the Debenture Trustee fails or the holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Debentures fail to declare the principal of all of the Debentures to be immediately due and payable, the Holders of not less than a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities then outstanding shall have the right to make such declaration by a notice in writing to the Institutional Trustee, the Sponsor and the Debenture Trustee.

(c)           Upon an Indenture Event of Default under paragraphs (c), (e), (f) or (g) of Section 5.01 of the Indenture at any time after a declaration of acceleration of maturity of the Debentures has been made and before a judgment or decree for payment of the money due has been obtained by the Debenture Trustee as provided in the Indenture, if the Institutional Trustee, subject to the provisions hereof, fails to annul any such declaration and waive such default, the Holders of not less than a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities, by written notice to the Institutional Trustee, the Sponsor and the Debenture Trustee, may rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences if:

(i)            the Sponsor has paid or deposited with the Debenture Trustee a sum sufficient to pay

(A)          all overdue installments of interest on all of the Debentures;

(B)           any accrued Deferred Interest on all of the Debentures;

(C)           all payments on any Debentures that have become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration and interest and Deferred Interest thereon at the rate borne by the Debentures; and

(D)          all sums paid or advanced by the Debenture Trustee under the Indenture and the reasonable compensation, documented expenses, disbursements and advances of the Debenture Trustee and the Institutional Trustee, their agents and counsel; and

(ii)           all Events of Default with respect to the Debentures, other than the non-payment of the principal of or premium, if any, on the Debentures that has become due solely by such acceleration, have been cured or waived as provided in Section 5.07 of the Indenture.

(d)           The Holders of not less than a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities may, on behalf of the Holders of all the Capital Securities, waive any past default or Event of Default, except a default or Event of Default in the payment of principal or interest (unless such default or Event of Default has been cured and a sum sufficient to pay all matured installments of interest and principal due otherwise than by acceleration has been deposited with the Debenture Trustee) or a default or Event of Default in respect of a covenant or

32


 

 

provision that under the Indenture cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the holder of each outstanding Debenture. No such rescission shall affect any subsequent default or impair any right consequent thereon.

(e)           Upon receipt by the Institutional Trustee of written notice declaring such an acceleration, or rescission and annulment thereof, by Holders of any part of the Capital Securities, a record date shall be established for determining Holders of outstanding Capital Securities entitled to join in such notice, which record date shall be at the close of business on the day the Institutional Trustee receives such notice. The Holders on such record date, or their duly designated proxies, and only such Persons, shall be entitled to join in such notice, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date; provided, that, unless such declaration of acceleration, or rescission and annulment, as the case may be, shall have become effective by virtue of the requisite percentage having joined in such notice prior to the day that is 90 days after such record date, such notice of declaration of acceleration, or rescission and annulment, as the case may be, shall automatically and without further action by any Holder be canceled and of no further effect. Nothing in this paragraph shall prevent a Holder, or a proxy of a Holder, from giving, after expiration of such 90-day period, a new written notice of declaration of acceleration, or rescission and annulment thereof, as the case may be, that is identical to a written notice that has been canceled pursuant to the proviso to the preceding sentence, in which event a new record date shall be established pursuant to the provisions of this Section 6.7.

(f)            Except as otherwise provided in this Section 6.7, the Holders of not less than a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities may, on behalf of the Holders of all the Capital Securities, waive any past default or Event of Default and its consequences. Upon such waiver, any such default or Event of Default shall cease to exist, and any default or Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured, for every purpose of this Declaration, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

ARTICLE VII
DISSOLUTION AND TERMINATION OF TRUST

SECTION 7.1. Dissolution and Termination of Trust.

(a)           The Trust shall dissolve on the first to occur of

(i)            unless earlier dissolved, on December 15, 2041, the expiration of the term of the Trust;

(ii)           a Bankruptcy Event with respect to the Sponsor, the Trust or the Debenture Issuer;

(iii)          (other than in connection with a merger, consolidation or similar transaction not prohibited by the Indenture, this Declaration or the Guarantee, as the case may be) the filing of a certificate of dissolution or its equivalent with respect to the Sponsor or upon the revocation of the charter of the Sponsor and the expiration of 90 days after the date of revocation without a reinstatement thereof;

33


 

 

(iv)          the distribution of all of the Debentures to the Holders of the Securities, upon exercise of the right of the Holders of all of the outstanding Common Securities to dissolve the Trust as provided in Annex I hereto;

(v)           the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution of any Holder of the Common Securities, the Sponsor, the Trust or the Debenture Issuer;

(vi)          when all of the Securities shall have been called for redemption and the amounts necessary for redemption thereof shall have been paid to the Holders in accordance with the terms of the Securities; or

(vii)         before the issuance of any Securities, with the consent of all of the Trustees and the Sponsor.

(b)           As soon as is practicable after the occurrence of an event referred to in Section 7.1(a), and after satisfaction of liabilities to creditors of the Trust as required by applicable law, and subject to the terms set forth in Annex I, the Institutional Trustee, when notified in writing of the completion of the winding up of the Trust in accordance with the Statutory Trust Act, shall terminate the Trust by filing, at the expense of the Sponsor, a certificate of cancellation with the Secretary of State of the State of Connecticut in accordance with Section 34-503 of the Statutory Trust Act.

(c)           The provisions of Section 2.9 and Article IX shall survive the termination of the Trust.

ARTICLE VIII
TRANSFER OF INTERESTS

SECTION 8.1. General.

(a)           Subject to Section 6.4 and Section 8.1(c), when Capital Securities are presented to the Registrar with a request to register a transfer or to exchange them for an equal number of Capital Securities represented by different Certificates, the Registrar shall register the transfer or make the exchange if the requirements provided for herein for such transactions are met. To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Trust shall issue and the Institutional Trustee shall authenticate Capital Securities at the Registrar’s request.

(b)           Upon issuance of the Common Securities, the Sponsor shall acquire and retain beneficial and record ownership of the Common Securities and, for so long as the Securities remain outstanding, the Sponsor shall maintain 100% ownership of the Common Securities; provided, however, that any permitted successor of the Sponsor under the Indenture that is a U.S. Person may succeed to the Sponsor’s ownership of the Common Securities.

(c)           Capital Securities may only be transferred, in whole or in part, in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Declaration and in the terms of the Capital Securities. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any transfer or purported transfer of any Security not made in accordance with this Declaration shall be null and void and will be deemed to be of no legal effect whatsoever and any such transferee shall be deemed not

34


 

 

to be the holder of such Capital Securities for any purpose, including but not limited to the receipt of Distributions on such Capital Securities, and such transferee shall be deemed to have no interest whatsoever in such Capital Securities.

(d)           The Registrar shall provide for the registration of Securities and of transfers of Securities, which will be effected without charge but only upon payment (with such indemnity as the Registrar may require) in respect of any tax or other governmental charges that may be imposed in relation to it. Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Securities, the Registrar shall cause one or more new Securities to be issued in the name of the designated transferee or transferees. Any Security issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange pursuant to the terms of this Declaration shall evidence the same Security and shall be entitled to the same benefits under this Declaration as the Security surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange. Every Security surrendered for registration of transfer shall be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by the Holder or such Holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing. Each Security surrendered for registration of transfer shall be canceled by the Institutional Trustee pursuant to Section 6. A transferee of a Security shall be entitled to the rights and subject to the obligations of a Holder hereunder upon the receipt by such transferee of a Security. By acceptance of a Security, each transferee shall be deemed to have agreed to be bound by this Declaration.

(e)           Neither the Trust nor the Registrar shall be required (i) to issue, register the transfer of, or exchange any Securities during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of any selection of Securities for redemption and ending at the close of business on the earliest date on which the relevant notice of redemption is deemed to have been given to all Holders of the Securities to be redeemed, or (ii) to register the transfer or exchange of any Security so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Security being redeemed in part.

SECTION 8.2. Transfer Procedures and Restrictions.

(a)           The Capital Securities shall bear the Restricted Securities Legend (as defined below), which shall not be removed unless there is delivered to the Trust such satisfactory evidence, which may include an opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable to the Administrators and the Institutional Trustee, as may be reasonably required by the Trust or the Institutional Trustee, that neither the legend nor the restrictions on transfer set forth therein are required to ensure that transfers thereof comply with the provisions of the Securities Act or that such Securities are not “restricted” within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Upon provision of such satisfactory evidence, the Institutional Trustee, at the written direction of the Administrators, shall authenticate and deliver Capital Securities that do not bear the Restricted Securities Legend (other than the legend contemplated by Section 8.2(d)).

(b)           When Capital Securities are presented to the Registrar (x) to register the transfer of such Capital Securities, or (y) to exchange such Capital Securities for an equal number of Capital Securities represented by different Certificates, the Registrar shall register the transfer or make the exchange as requested if its reasonable requirements for such transaction are met; provided, however, that the Capital Securities surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange shall be duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form

35


 

 

reasonably satisfactory to the Administrators, the Institutional Trustee and the Registrar, duly executed by the Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing.

(c)           Except as permitted by Section 8.2(a), each Capital Security shall bear a legend (the “Restricted Securities Legend”) in substantially the following form:

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY ONLY (A) TO THE DEBENTURE ISSUER OR THE TRUST, (B) PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”), TO A PERSON THE HOLDER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (C) TO A “NON U.S. PERSON” IN AN “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION” PURSUANT TO REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (D) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT TO AN “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF SUBPARAGRAPH (a) (1), (2), (3) OR (7) OF RULE 501 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS ACQUIRING THE SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN “ACCREDITED INVESTOR,” FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH, ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (E) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE DEBENTURE ISSUER’S AND THE TRUST’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (D) OR (E) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE AMENDED AND RESTATED DECLARATION OF TRUST, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE DEBENTURE ISSUER OR THE TRUST. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF AGREES THAT IT WILL COMPLY WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF AGREES, REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT IT WILL NOT ENGAGE IN HEDGING TRANSACTIONS INVOLVING THIS SECURITY UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTIONS ARE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM.

36


 

 

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF ALSO AGREES, REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT, INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT OR OTHER PLAN OR ARRANGEMENT SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”), OR SECTION 4975 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”), (EACH A “PLAN”), OR AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” BY REASON OF ANY PLAN’S INVESTMENT IN THE ENTITY AND NO PERSON INVESTING “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY PLAN MAY ACQUIRE OR HOLD THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN, UNLESS SUCH PURCHASER OR HOLDER IS ELIGIBLE FOR THE EXEMPTIVE RELIEF AVAILABLE UNDER U.S. DEPARTMENT OF LABOR PROHIBITED TRANSACTION CLASS EXEMPTION 96-23, 95-60, 91-38, 90-1 OR 84-14 OR ANOTHER APPLICABLE EXEMPTION OR ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING OF THIS SECURITY IS NOT PROHIBITED BY SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE WITH RESPECT TO SUCH PURCHASE OR HOLDING. ANY PURCHASER OR HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED BY ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING THEREOF THAT EITHER (i) IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 3(3) OF ERISA, OR A PLAN TO WHICH SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE IS APPLICABLE, A TRUSTEE OR OTHER PERSON ACTING ON BEHALF OF AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN, OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY USING THE ASSETS OF ANY EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN TO FINANCE SUCH PURCHASE, OR (ii) SUCH PURCHASE WILL NOT RESULT IN A PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE FOR WHICH THERE IS NO APPLICABLE STATUTORY OR ADMINISTRATIVE EXEMPTION.

IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER OF THE CERTIFICATE WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS MAY BE REQUIRED BY THE AMENDED AND RESTATED DECLARATION OF TRUST TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.

THIS SECURITY WILL BE ISSUED AND MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN BLOCKS HAVING A LIQUIDATION AMOUNT OF NOT LESS THAN $100,000 AND MULTIPLES OF $1,000 IN EXCESS THEREOF. ANY ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY IN A BLOCK HAVING A LIQUIDATION AMOUNT OF LESS THAN $100,000 SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE VOID AND OF NO LEGAL EFFECT WHATSOEVER. ANY SUCH PURPORTED TRANSFEREE SHALL BE DEEMED NOT TO BE THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY FOR ANY PURPOSE, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE RECEIPT OF DISTRIBUTIONS ON THIS SECURITY, AND SUCH PURPORTED TRANSFEREE SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE NO INTEREST WHATSOEVER IN THIS SECURITY.

(d)           Capital Securities may only be transferred in minimum blocks of $100,000 aggregate liquidation amount (100 Capital Securities) and multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. Any attempted transfer of Capital Securities in a block having an aggregate liquidation amount of less than $100,000 shall be deemed to be void and of no legal effect whatsoever. Any such

37


 

 

purported transferee shall be deemed not to be a Holder of such Capital Securities for any purpose, including, but not limited to, the receipt of Distributions on such Capital Securities, and such purported transferee shall be deemed to have no interest whatsoever in such Capital Securities.

(e)           Each party hereto understands and hereby agrees that the initial purchaser is intended solely to be an interim holder of the Capital Securities and is purchasing such securities to facilitate consummation of the transactions contemplated herein and in the documents ancillary hereto. Notwithstanding any provision in this Declaration to the contrary, the initial purchaser shall have the right upon notice (a “Transfer Notice”) to the Institutional Trustee and the Sponsor to transfer title in and to the Capital Securities; provided the initial purchaser shall take reasonable steps to ensure that such transfer is exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and rules promulgated thereunder. Any Transfer Notice delivered to the Institutional Trustee and Sponsor pursuant to the preceding sentence shall indicate the aggregate liquidation amount of Capital Securities being transferred, the name and address of the transferee thereof (the “Transferee”) and the date of such transfer. Notwithstanding any provision in this Declaration to the contrary, the transfer by the initial purchaser of title in and to the Capital Securities pursuant to a Transfer Notice shall not be subject to any requirement relating to Opinions of Counsel, Certificates of Transfer or any other Opinion or Certificate applicable to transfers hereunder and relating to Capital Securities.

(f)            Neither the Institutional Trustee nor the Registrar shall be responsible for ascertaining whether any transfer hereunder complies with the registration provisions of or any exemptions from the Securities Act, applicable state securities laws or the applicable laws of any other jurisdiction, ERISA, the Code or the Investment Company Act.

SECTION 8.3. Deemed Security Holders.

The Trust, the Administrators, the Trustees, the Paying Agent, the Transfer Agent or the Registrar may treat the Person in whose name any Certificate shall be registered on the books and records of the Trust as the sole holder of such Certificate and of the Securities represented by such Certificate for purposes of receiving Distributions and for all other purposes whatsoever and, accordingly, shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such Certificate or in the Securities represented by such Certificate on the part of any Person, whether or not the Trust, the Administrators, the Trustees, the Paying Agent, the Transfer Agent or the Registrar shall have actual or other notice thereof.

ARTICLE IX
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY OF HOLDERS
OF SECURITIES, TRUSTEES OR OTHERS

SECTION 9.1. Liability.

(a)           Except as expressly set forth in this Declaration, the Guarantee and the terms of the Securities, the Sponsor shall not be:

38


 

 

(i)            personally liable for the return of any portion of the capital contributions (or any return thereon) of the Holders of the Securities which shall be made solely from assets of the Trust; and

(ii)           required to pay to the Trust or to any Holder of the Securities any deficit upon dissolution of the Trust or otherwise.

(b)           The Holder of the Common Securities shall be liable for all of the debts and obligations of the Trust (other than with respect to the Securities) to the extent not satisfied out of the Trust’s assets.

(c)           Except to the extent provided in Section 9.1(b), and pursuant to § 34-523(a) of the Statutory Trust Act, the Holders of the Securities shall be entitled to the same limitation of personal liability extended to stockholders of private corporations for profit organized under the Connecticut Business Corporation Act, Chapter 601 of the Connecticut General Statutes, Section 33-600 et seq., except as otherwise specifically set forth herein.

SECTION 9.2. Exculpation.

(a)           No Indemnified Person shall be liable, responsible or accountable in damages or otherwise to the Trust or any Covered Person for any loss, damage or claim incurred by reason of any act or omission performed or omitted by such Indemnified Person in good faith on behalf of the Trust and in a manner such Indemnified Person reasonably believed to be within the scope of the authority conferred on such Indemnified Person by this Declaration or by law, except that an Indemnified Person (other than an Administrator) shall be liable for any such loss, damage or claim incurred by reason of such Indemnified Person’s negligence or willful misconduct or bad faith with respect to such acts or omissions and except that an Administrator shall be liable for any such loss, damage or claim incurred by reason of such Administrator’s gross negligence or willful misconduct or bad faith with respect to such acts or omissions.

(b)           An Indemnified Person shall be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the records of the Trust and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Trust by any Person as to matters the Indemnified Person reasonably believes are within such other Person’s professional or expert competence and, if selected by such Indemnified Person, has been selected by such Indemnified Person with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Trust, including information, opinions, reports or statements as to the value and amount of the assets, liabilities, profits, losses or any other facts pertinent to the existence and amount of assets from which Distributions to Holders of Securities might properly be paid.

(c)           It is expressly understood and agreed by the parties hereto that insofar as any document, agreement or certificate is executed on behalf of the Trust by any Trustee (i) such document, agreement or certificate is executed and delivered by such Trustee, not in its individual capacity, but solely as Trustee under this Declaration in the exercise of the powers and authority conferred and vested in it, (ii) each of the representations, undertakings and agreements made on the part of the Trust is made and intended not as representations, warranties, covenants, undertakings and agreements by any Trustee in its individual capacity, but is made and intended for the purpose of binding only the Trust and (iii) under no circumstances shall any Trustee in its

39


 

 

individual capacity be personally liable for the payment of any indebtedness or expenses of the Trust or be liable for the breach or failure of any obligation, representation, warranty or covenant made or undertaken by the Trust under this Declaration or any other document, agreement or certificate.

SECTION 9.3. Fiduciary Duty.

(a)           To the extent that, at law or in equity, an Indemnified Person has duties (including fiduciary duties) and liabilities relating thereto to the Trust or to any other Covered Person, an Indemnified Person acting under this Declaration shall not be liable to the Trust or to any other Covered Person for its good faith reliance on the provisions of this Declaration. The provisions of this Declaration, to the extent that they restrict the duties and liabilities of an Indemnified Person otherwise existing at law or in equity (other than the duties imposed on the Institutional Trustee under the Trust Indenture Act), are agreed by the parties hereto to replace such other duties and liabilities of the Indemnified Person.

(b)           Whenever in this Declaration an Indemnified Person is permitted or required to make a decision:

(i)            in its “discretion” or under a grant of similar authority, the Indemnified Person shall be entitled to consider such interests and factors as it desires, including its own interests, and shall have no duty or obligation to give any consideration to any interest of or factors affecting the Trust or any other Person; or

(ii)           in its “good faith” or under another express standard, the Indemnified Person shall act under such express standard and shall not be subject to any other or different standard imposed by this Declaration or by applicable law.

SECTION 9.4. Indemnification.

(a)           (i)            The Sponsor shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any Indemnified Person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Trust) by reason of the fact that such Person is or was an Indemnified Person against expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such Person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if such Person acted in good faith and in a manner such Person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Trust, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the Indemnified Person did not act in good faith and in a manner which such Person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best

40


 

 

interests of the Trust, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that such conduct was unlawful.

(ii)           The Sponsor shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any Indemnified Person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Trust to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such Person is or was an Indemnified Person against expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses) actually and reasonably incurred by such Person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if such Person acted in good faith and in a manner such Person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Trust and except that no such indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such Indemnified Person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Trust, unless and only to the extent that the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such Person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which such Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

(iii)          To the extent that an Indemnified Person shall be successful on the merits or otherwise (including dismissal of an action without prejudice or the settlement of an action without admission of liability) in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in paragraphs (i) and (ii) of this Section 9.4(a), or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such Person shall be indemnified, to the fullest extent permitted by law, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses) actually and reasonably incurred by such Person in connection therewith.

(iv)          Any indemnification of an Administrator under paragraphs (i) and (ii) of this Section 9.4(a) (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Sponsor only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the Indemnified Person is proper in the circumstances because such Person has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in paragraphs (i) and (ii). Such determination shall be made (A) by the Administrators by a majority vote of a Quorum consisting of such Administrators who were not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, (B) if such a Quorum is not obtainable, or, even if obtainable, if a Quorum of disinterested Administrators so directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (C) by the Common Security Holder of the Trust.

(v)           To the fullest extent permitted by law, expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by an Indemnified Person in defending a civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding referred to in paragraphs (i) and (ii) of this Section 9.4(a) shall be paid by the Sponsor in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such Indemnified Person to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such Person is not entitled to be indemnified by the Sponsor as authorized in this Section 9.4(a). Notwithstanding

41


 

 

the foregoing, no advance shall be made by the Sponsor if a determination is reasonably and promptly made (1) in the case of a Company Indemnified Person (A) by the Administrators by a majority vote of a Quorum of disinterested Administrators, (B) if such a Quorum is not obtainable, or, even if obtainable, if a Quorum of disinterested Administrators so directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion or (C) by the Common Security Holder of the Trust, that, based upon the facts known to the Administrators, counsel or the Common Security Holder at the time such determination is made, such Indemnified Person acted in bad faith or in a manner that such Person either believed to be opposed to or did not believe to be in the best interests of the Trust, or, with respect to any criminal proceeding, that such Indemnified Person believed or had reasonable cause to believe such conduct was unlawful, or (2) in the case of a Fiduciary Indemnified Person, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion that, based upon the facts known to the counsel at the time such determination is made, such Indemnified Person acted in bad faith or in a manner that such Indemnified Person either believed to be opposed to or did not believe to be in the best interests of the Trust, or, with respect to any criminal proceeding, that such Indemnified Person believed or had reasonable cause to believe such conduct was unlawful. In no event shall any advance be made (i) to a Company Indemnified Person in instances where the Administrators, independent legal counsel or the Common Security Holder reasonably determine that such Person deliberately breached such Person’s duty to the Trust or its Common or Capital Security Holders or (ii) to a Fiduciary Indemnified Person in instances where independent legal counsel promptly and reasonably determines in a written opinion that such Person deliberately breached such Person’s duty to the Trust or its Common or Capital Security Holders.

(b)           The Sponsor shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, each Indemnified Person from and against any and all loss, damage, liability, tax (other than taxes based on the income of such Indemnified Person), penalty, expense or claim of any kind or nature whatsoever incurred by such Indemnified Person arising out of or in connection with or by reason of the creation, administration or termination of the Trust, or any act or omission of such Indemnified Person in good faith on behalf of the Trust and in a manner such Indemnified Person reasonably believed to be within the scope of authority conferred on such Indemnified Person by this Declaration, except that no Indemnified Person shall be entitled to be indemnified in respect of any loss, damage, liability, tax, penalty, expense or claim incurred by such Indemnified Person by reason of negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith with respect to such acts or omissions.

(c)           The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, the other paragraphs of this Section 9.4 shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification and advancement of expenses may be entitled under any agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors of the Sponsor or Capital Security Holders of the Trust or otherwise, both as to action in such Person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office. All rights to indemnification under this Section 9.4 shall be deemed to be provided by a contract between the Sponsor and each Indemnified Person who serves in such capacity at any time while this Section 9.4 is in effect.

42


 

 

Any repeal or modification of this Section 9.4 shall not affect any rights or obligations then existing.

(d)           The Sponsor or the Trust may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any Person who is or was an Indemnified Person against any liability asserted against such Person and incurred by such Person in any such capacity, or arising out of such Person’s status as such, whether or not the Sponsor would have the power to indemnify such Person against such liability under the provisions of this Section 9.4.

(e)           For purposes of this Section 9.4, references to “the Trust” shall include, in addition to the resulting or surviving entity, any constituent entity (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger, so that any Person who is or was a director, trustee, officer or employee of such constituent entity, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent entity as a director, trustee, officer, employee or agent of another entity, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Section 9.4 with respect to the resulting or surviving entity as such Person would have with respect to such constituent entity if its separate existence had continued.

(f)            The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Section 9.4 shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a Person who has ceased to be an Indemnified Person and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a Person.

(g)           The provisions of this Section 9.4 shall survive the termination of this Declaration or the earlier resignation or removal of the Institutional Trustee. The obligations of the Sponsor under this Section 9.4 to compensate and indemnify the Trustees and to pay or reimburse the Trustees for expenses, disbursements and advances shall constitute additional indebtedness hereunder. Such additional indebtedness shall be secured by a lien prior to that of the Securities upon all property and funds held or collected by the Trustees as such, except funds held in trust for the benefit of the holders of particular Capital Securities, provided, that the Sponsor is the holder of the Common Securities.

SECTION 9.5. Outside Businesses. Any Covered Person, the Sponsor and the Institutional Trustee (subject to Section 4.3(c)) may engage in or possess an interest in other business ventures of any nature or description, independently or with others, similar or dissimilar to the business of the Trust, and the Trust and the Holders of Securities shall have no rights by virtue of this Declaration in and to such independent ventures or the income or profits derived therefrom, and the pursuit of any such venture, even if competitive with the business of the Trust, shall not be deemed wrongful or improper. None of any Covered Person, the Sponsor or the Institutional Trustee shall be obligated to present any particular investment or other opportunity to the Trust even if such opportunity is of a character that, if presented to the Trust, could be taken by the Trust, and any Covered Person, the Sponsor and the Institutional Trustee shall have the right to take for its own account (individually or as a partner or fiduciary) or to recommend to others any such particular investment or other opportunity. Any Covered Person and the Institutional Trustee may engage or

43


 

 

be interested in any financial or other transaction with the Sponsor or any Affiliate of the Sponsor, or may act as depositary for, trustee or agent for, or act on any committee or body of holders of, securities or other obligations of the Sponsor or its Affiliates.

SECTION 9.6. Compensation; Fee.

(a)           Subject to the provisions set forth in the Fee Agreement between the Institutional Trustee, Cohen & Company and the Company of even date herewith, the Sponsor agrees:

(i)            to pay to the Trustees from time to time such compensation for all services rendered by them hereunder as the parties shall agree in writing from time to time (which compensation shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust); and

(ii)           except as otherwise expressly provided herein, to reimburse the Trustees upon request for all reasonable, documented expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by the Trustees in accordance with any provision of this Declaration (including the reasonable compensation and the expenses and disbursements of their respective agents and counsel), except any such expense, disbursement or advance attributable to their negligence or willful misconduct.

(b)           The provisions of this Section 9.6 shall survive the dissolution of the Trust and the termination of this Declaration and the removal or resignation of any Trustee.

ARTICLE X
ACCOUNTING

SECTION 10.1. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year (the “Fiscal Year”) of the Trust shall be the calendar year, or such other year as is required by the Code.

SECTION 10.2. Certain Accounting Matters.

(a)           At all times during the existence of the Trust, the Administrators shall keep, or cause to be kept at the principal office of the Trust in the United States, as defined for purposes of Treasury Regulations § 301.7701-7, full books of account, records and supporting documents, which shall reflect in reasonable detail each transaction of the Trust. The books of account shall be maintained on the accrual method of accounting, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied.

(b)           The Administrators shall either (i) cause each Form 10-K and Form 10-Q prepared by the Sponsor and filed with the Commission in accordance with the Exchange Act to be delivered directly to each Holder of Securities, within 90 days after the filing of each Form 10-K and within 30 days after the filing of each Form 10-Q or (ii) cause to be prepared at the principal office of the Trust in the United States, as defined for purposes of Treasury Regulations § 301.7701-7, and delivered directly to each of the Holders of Securities, within 90 days after the

44


 

 

end of each Fiscal Year of the Trust, annual financial statements of the Trust, including a balance sheet of the Trust as of the end of such Fiscal Year, and the related statements of income or loss.

(c)           The Administrators shall cause to be duly prepared and delivered to each of the Holders of Securities Form 1099 or such other annual United States federal income tax information statement required by the Code, containing such information with regard to the Securities held by each Holder as is required by the Code and the Treasury Regulations. Notwithstanding any right under the Code to deliver any such statement at a later date, the Administrators shall endeavor to deliver all such statements within 30 days after the end of each Fiscal Year of the Trust.

(d)           The Administrators shall cause to be duly prepared in the United States, as defined for purposes of Treasury Regulations § 301.7701-7, and filed an annual United States federal income tax return on a Form 1041 or such other form required by United States federal income tax law, and any other annual income tax returns required to be filed by the Administrators on behalf of the Trust with any state or local taxing authority.

(e)           The Administrators will cause the Sponsor’s regulatory reports to be delivered to the Holder promptly following their filing with the Federal Reserve.

SECTION 10.3. Banking. The Trust shall maintain one or more bank accounts in the United States, as defined for purposes of Treasury Regulations § 301.7701-7, in the name and for the sole benefit of the Trust; provided, however, that all payments of funds in respect of the Debentures held by the Institutional Trustee shall be made directly to the Property Account and no other funds of the Trust shall be deposited in the Property Account. The sole signatories for such accounts (including the Property Account) shall be designated by the Institutional Trustee.

SECTION 10.4. Withholding. The Institutional Trustee or any Paying Agent and the Administrators shall comply with all withholding requirements under United States federal, state and local law. As a condition to the payment of any principal of or interest on any Debt Security without the imposition of withholding tax, the Institutional Trustee or any Paying Agent shall require the previous delivery of properly completed and signed applicable U.S. federal income tax certifications (generally, an Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 (or applicable successor form) in the case of a person that is a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code or an Internal Revenue Service Form W-8 (or applicable successor form) in the case of a person that is not a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code) and any other certification acceptable to it to enable the Institutional Trustee or any Paying Agent and the Trustee to determine their respective duties and liabilities with respect to any taxes or other charges that they may be required to pay, deduct or withhold in respect of such Debt Security or the holder of such Debt Security under any present or future law or regulation of the United States or any political subdivision thereof or taxing authority therein or to comply with any reporting or other requirements under

45


 

 

any such law or regulation. The Administrators shall file required forms with applicable jurisdictions and, unless an exemption from withholding is properly established by a Holder, shall remit amounts withheld with respect to the Holder to applicable jurisdictions. To the extent that the Institutional Trustee or any Paying Agent is required to withhold and pay over any amounts to any authority with respect to distributions or allocations to any Holder, the amount withheld shall be deemed to be a Distribution to the Holder in the amount of the withholding. In the event of any claimed overwithholding, Holders shall be limited to an action against the applicable jurisdiction. If the amount required to be withheld was not withheld from actual Distributions made, the Institutional Trustee or any Paying Agent may reduce subsequent Distributions by the amount of such withholding.

ARTICLE XI
AMENDMENTS AND MEETINGS

SECTION 11.1. Amendments.

(a)           Except as otherwise provided in this Declaration or by any applicable terms of the Securities, this Declaration may only be amended by a written instrument approved and executed by:

(i)            the Institutional Trustee,

(ii)           if the amendment affects the rights, powers, duties, obligations or immunities of the Administrators, the Administrators, and

(iii)          the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Common Securities.

(b)           Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article XI, no amendment shall be made, and any such purported amendment shall be void and ineffective:

(i)            unless the Institutional Trustee shall have first received

(A)          an Officers’ Certificate from each of the Trust and the Sponsor that such amendment is permitted by, and conforms to, the terms of this Declaration (including the terms of the Securities); and

(B)           an opinion of counsel (who may be counsel to the Sponsor or the Trust) that such amendment is permitted by, and conforms to, the terms of this Declaration (including the terms of the Securities) and that all conditions precedent to the execution and delivery of such amendment have been satisfied; or

(ii)           if the result of such amendment would be to

46


 

 

(A)          cause the Trust to cease to be classified for purposes of United States federal income taxation as a grantor trust;

(B)           reduce or otherwise adversely affect the powers of the Institutional Trustee in contravention of the Trust Indenture Act;

(C)           cause the Trust to be deemed to be an Investment Company required to be registered under the Investment Company Act; or

(D)          cause the Debenture Issuer to be unable to treat an amount equal to the Liquidation Amount of the Capital Securities as “Tier 1 Capital” for purposes of the capital adequacy guidelines of (x) the Federal Reserve (or, if the Debenture Issuer is not a bank holding company, such guidelines or policies applied to the Debenture Issuer as if the Debenture Issuer were subject to such guidelines of policies) or of (y) any other regulatory authority having jurisdiction over the Debenture Issuer.

(c)           Except as provided in Section 11.1(d), (e) or (g), no amendment shall be made, and any such purported amendment shall be void and ineffective, unless the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities shall have consented to such amendment.

(d)           In addition to and notwithstanding any other provision in this Declaration, without the consent of each affected Holder, this Declaration may not be amended to (i) change the amount or timing of any Distribution on the Securities or any redemption or liquidation provisions applicable to the Securities or otherwise adversely affect the amount of any Distribution required to be made in respect of the Securities as of a specified date or (ii) restrict the right of a Holder to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such date.

(e)           Sections 9.1(b) and 9.1(c) and this Section 11.1 shall not be amended without the consent of all of the Holders of the Securities.

(f)            The rights of the Holders of the Capital Securities and Common Securities, as applicable, under Article IV to increase or decrease the number of, and appoint and remove, Trustees shall not be amended without the consent of the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities or Common Securities, as applicable.

(g)           Subject to Section 11.1(a), this Declaration may be amended by the Institutional Trustee and the Holder of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Common Securities without the consent of the Holders of the Capital Securities to:

(i)            cure any ambiguity;

(ii)           correct or supplement any provision in this Declaration that may be defective or inconsistent with any other provision of this Declaration;

(iii)          add to the covenants, restrictions or obligations of the Sponsor; or

47


 

 

(iv)          modify, eliminate or add to any provision of this Declaration to such extent as may be necessary or desirable, including, without limitation, to ensure that the Trust will be classified for United States federal income tax purposes at all times as a grantor trust and will not be required to register as an Investment Company under the Investment Company Act (including without limitation to conform to any change in Rule 3a-5, Rule 3a-7 or any other applicable rule under the Investment Company Act or written change in interpretation or application thereof by any legislative body, court, government agency or regulatory authority) which amendment does not have a material adverse effect on the right, preferences or privileges of the Holders of Securities;

provided, however, that no such modification, elimination or addition referred to in clauses (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) shall adversely affect the powers, preferences or rights of Holders of Capital Securities.

SECTION 11.2. Meetings of the Holders of the Securities; Action by Written Consent.

(a)           Meetings of the Holders of any class of Securities may be called at any time by the Administrators (or as provided in the terms of the Securities) to consider and act on any matter on which Holders of such class of Securities are entitled to act under the terms of this Declaration, the terms of the Securities or the rules of any stock exchange on which the Capital Securities are listed or admitted for trading, if any. The Administrators shall call a meeting of the Holders of such class if directed to do so by the Holders of not less than 10% in liquidation amount of such class of Securities. Such direction shall be given by delivering to the Administrators one or more notices in a writing stating that the signing Holders of the Securities wish to call a meeting and indicating the general or specific purpose for which the meeting is to be called. Any Holders of the Securities calling a meeting shall specify in writing the Certificates held by the Holders of the Securities exercising the right to call a meeting and only those Securities represented by such Certificates shall be counted for purposes of determining whether the required percentage set forth in the second sentence of this paragraph has been met.

(b)           Except to the extent otherwise provided in the terms of the Securities, the following provisions shall apply to meetings of Holders of the Securities:

(i)            notice of any such meeting shall be given to all the Holders of the Securities having a right to vote thereat at least 7 days and not more than 60 days before the date of such meeting. Whenever a vote, consent or approval of the Holders of the Securities is permitted or required under this Declaration or the rules of any stock exchange on which the Capital Securities are listed or admitted for trading, if any, such vote, consent or approval may be given at a meeting of the Holders of the Securities. Any action that may be taken at a meeting of the Holders of the Securities may be taken without a meeting if a consent in writing setting forth the action so taken is signed by the Holders of the Securities owning not less than the minimum amount of Securities that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all Holders of the Securities having a right to vote thereon were present and voting. Prompt notice of the

48


 

 

taking of action without a meeting shall be given to the Holders of the Securities entitled to vote who have not consented in writing. The Administrators may specify that any written ballot submitted to the Holders of the Securities for the purpose of taking any action without a meeting shall be returned to the Trust within the time specified by the Administrators;

(ii)           each Holder of a Security may authorize any Person to act for it by proxy on all matters in which a Holder of Securities is entitled to participate, including waiving notice of any meeting, or voting or participating at a meeting. No proxy shall be valid after the expiration of 11 months from the date thereof unless otherwise provided in the proxy. Every proxy shall be revocable at the pleasure of the Holder of the Securities executing it. Except as otherwise provided herein, all matters relating to the giving, voting or validity of proxies shall be governed by the General Corporation Law of the State of Connecticut relating to proxies, and judicial interpretations thereunder, as if the Trust were a Connecticut corporation and the Holders of the Securities were stockholders of a Connecticut corporation; each meeting of the Holders of the Securities shall be conducted by the Administrators or by such other Person that the Administrators may designate; and

(iii)          unless the Statutory Trust Act, this Declaration, the terms of the Securities, the Trust Indenture Act or the listing rules of any stock exchange on which the Capital Securities are then listed for trading, if any, otherwise provides, the Administrators, in their sole discretion, shall establish all other provisions relating to meetings of Holders of Securities, including notice of the time, place or purpose of any meeting at which any matter is to be voted on by any Holders of the Securities, waiver of any such notice, action by consent without a meeting, the establishment of a record date, quorum requirements, voting in person or by proxy or any other matter with respect to the exercise of any such right to vote; provided, however, that each meeting shall be conducted in the United States (as that term is defined in Treasury Regulations § 301.7701-7).

ARTICLE XII
REPRESENTATIONS OF INSTITUTIONAL TRUSTEE

SECTION 12.1. Representations and Warranties of Institutional Trustee. The Trustee that acts as initial Institutional Trustee represents and warrants to the Trust and to the Sponsor at the date of this Declaration, and each Successor Institutional Trustee represents and warrants to the Trust and the Sponsor at the time of the Successor Institutional Trustee’s acceptance of its appointment as Institutional Trustee, that:

(a)           the Institutional Trustee is a banking corporation or national association with trust powers, duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of New York or the United States of America, respectively, with trust power and authority to execute and deliver, and to carry out and perform its obligations under the terms of, this Declaration;

49


 

 

(b)           the Institutional Trustee has a combined capital and surplus of at least fifty million U.S. dollars ($50,000,000);

(c)           the Institutional Trustee is not an affiliate of the Sponsor, nor does the Institutional Trustee offer or provide credit or credit enhancement to the Trust;

(d)           the execution, delivery and performance by the Institutional Trustee of this Declaration has been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of the Institutional Trustee. This Declaration has been duly executed and delivered by the Institutional Trustee, and under Connecticut law (excluding any securities laws) constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Institutional Trustee, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, moratorium, insolvency and other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and to general principles of equity and the discretion of the court (regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law);

(e)           the execution, delivery and performance of this Declaration by the Institutional Trustee does not conflict with or constitute a breach of the charter or by-laws of the Institutional Trustee; and

(f)            no consent, approval or authorization of, or registration with or notice to, any state or federal banking authority governing the trust powers of the Institutional Trustee is required for the execution, delivery or performance by the Institutional Trustee of this Declaration.

ARTICLE XIII
MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 13.1. Notices. All notices provided for in this Declaration shall be in writing, duly signed by the party giving such notice, and shall be delivered, telecopied (which telecopy shall be followed by notice delivered or mailed by first class mail) or mailed by first class mail, as follows:

(a)           if given to the Trust, in care of the Administrators at the Trust’s mailing address set forth below (or such other address as the Trust may give notice of to the Holders of the Securities):

Chino Statutory Trust I

c/o Chino Commercial Bancorp

14345 Pipeline Avenue

Chino, California 91710

Attention: Dann H. Bowman

Telecopy: (909) 465-1279

Telephone: (909) 393-8880

(b)           if given to the Institutional Trustee, at the Institutional Trustee’s mailing address set forth below (or such other address as the Institutional Trustee may give notice of to the Holders of the Securities):

50


 

 

U.S. Bank National Association
225 Asylum Street, 23
rd Floor
Hartford, CT 06103
Attention:  Corporate Trust Services
Chino Statutory Trust I

With a copy to:

U.S. Bank National Association
One Federal Street, 3
rd Floor
Boston, MA 02110
Telecopy: (617) 603-6683
Telephone: (617) 603-6549

(c)           if given to the Holder of the Common Securities, at the mailing address of the Sponsor set forth below (or such other address as the Holder of the Common Securities may give notice of to the Trust):

Chino Commercial Bancorp

14345 Pipeline Avenue

Chino, California 91710

Attention: Dann H. Bowman

Telecopy: (909) 465-1279

Telephone: (909) 393-8880

(d)           if given to any other Holder, at the address set forth on the books and records of the Trust.

All such notices shall be deemed to have been given when received in person, telecopied with receipt confirmed, or mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid, except that if a notice or other document is refused delivery or cannot be delivered because of a changed address of which no notice was given, such notice or other document shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date of such refusal or inability to deliver.

SECTION 13.2. Governing Law. This Declaration and the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the law of the State of Connecticut and all rights, obligations and remedies shall be governed by such laws without regard to the principles of conflict of laws of the State of Connecticut or any other jurisdiction that would call for the application of the law of any jurisdiction other than the State of Connecticut.

SECTION 13.3. Submission to Jurisdiction.

(a)           Each of the parties hereto agrees that any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or based upon this Declaration, or the transactions contemplated hereby, may be instituted in any of the courts of the State of New York located in the Borough of Manhattan, City and

51


 

 

State of New York, and any competent court in the place of its corporate domicile in respect of actions brought against it as a defendant. In addition, each such party irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court and irrevocably waives any claim that any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum and irrevocably waives any right to which it may be entitled on account of its place of corporate domicile. Each such party hereby irrevocably waives any and all right to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Declaration or the transactions contemplated hereby. Each such party agrees that final judgment in any proceedings brought in such a court shall be conclusive and binding upon it and may be enforced in any court to the jurisdiction of which it is subject by a suit upon such judgment.

(b)           Each of the Sponsor, the Trustees, the Administrators and the Holder of the Common Securities irrevocably consents to the service of process on it in any such suit, action or proceeding by the mailing thereof by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to it at its address given in or pursuant to Section 13.1 hereof.

(c)           To the extent permitted by law, nothing herein contained shall preclude any party from effecting service of process in any lawful manner or from bringing any suit, action or proceeding in respect of this Declaration in any other state, country or place.

SECTION 13.4. Intention of the Parties. It is the intention of the parties hereto that the Trust be classified for United States federal income tax purposes as a grantor trust. The provisions of this Declaration shall be interpreted to further this intention of the parties.

SECTION 13.5. Headings. Headings contained in this Declaration are inserted for convenience of reference only and do not affect the interpretation of this Declaration or any provision hereof.

SECTION 13.6. Successors and Assigns. Whenever in this Declaration any of the parties hereto is named or referred to, the successors and assigns of such party shall be deemed to be included, and all covenants and agreements in this Declaration by the Sponsor and the Trustees shall bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns, whether or not so expressed.

SECTION 13.7. Partial Enforceability. If any provision of this Declaration, or the application of such provision to any Person or circumstance, shall be held invalid, the remainder of this Declaration, or the application of such provision to persons or circumstances other than those to which it is held invalid, shall not be affected thereby.

SECTION 13.8. Counterparts. This Declaration may contain more than one counterpart of the signature page and this Declaration may be executed by the affixing of the signature of each of the Trustees and Administrators to any of such counterpart signature pages. All of such counterpart signature pages shall be read as though one, and they shall have the

52


 

 

same force and effect as though all of the signers had signed a single signature page.

53


 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have caused this Declaration to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

 

as Institutional Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Paul D. Allen

 

 

Name:

Paul D. Allen

 

 

Title:

Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

CHINO COMMERCIAL BANCORP,

 

as Sponsor

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Dann H. Bowman

 

 

Name:

Dann H. Bowman

 

 

Title:

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CHINO STATUTORY TRUST I

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Dann H. Bowman

 

 

Name:

Dann H. Bowman

 

 

Administrator

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Sandra Pender

 

 

Name:

Sandra Pender

 

 

Administrator

 


 

 

ANNEX I

TERMS OF
CAPITAL SECURITIES AND
COMMON SECURITIES

Pursuant to Section 6.1 of the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust, dated as of October 27, 2006 (as amended from time to time, the “Declaration”), the designation, rights, privileges, restrictions, preferences and other terms and provisions of the Capital Securities and the Common Securities are set out below (each capitalized term used but not defined herein has the meaning set forth in the Declaration):

1.             Designation and Number.

(a)           Capital Securities. 3,000 Capital Securities of Chino Statutory Trust I (the “Trust”), with an aggregate stated liquidation amount with respect to the assets of the Trust of Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000) and a stated liquidation amount with respect to the assets of the Trust of $1,000 per Capital Security, are hereby designated for the purposes of identification only as the “TP Securities” (the “Capital Securities”). The Capital Security Certificates evidencing the Capital Securities shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 to the Declaration, with such changes and additions thereto or deletions therefrom as may be required by ordinary usage, custom or practice or to conform to the rules of any stock exchange on which the Capital Securities are listed, if any.

(b)           Common Securities. 93 Common Securities of the Trust (the “Common Securities”) will be evidenced by Common Security Certificates substantially in the form of Exhibit A-2 to the Declaration, with such changes and additions thereto or deletions therefrom as may be required by ordinary usage, custom or practice. The Common Securities will have an aggregate stated liquidation amount with respect to the assets of the Trust of Ninety Three Thousand Dollars ($93,000) and a stated liquidation amount with respect to the assets of the Trust of $1,000 per Common Security.

2.             Distributions.

(a)           Distributions payable on each Security will be payable at a fixed rate of 6.795% (the “Fixed Rate”) per annum from October 27, 2006 until December 15, 2011 (the “Fixed Rate Period”) and thereafter at a variable per annum rate of interest, reset quarterly, equal to LIBOR, as determined on the LIBOR Determination Date for such Distribution Payment Period, plus 1.68% (the “Variable Rate” and together with the Fixed Rate, the “Coupon Rate”) of the stated liquidation amount of $1,000 per Security (provided, however, that the Coupon Rate for any Distribution Payment Period may not exceed the highest rate permitted by New York law, as the same may be modified by United States law of general applicability), such Coupon Rate being the rate of interest payable on the Debentures to be held by the Institutional Trustee. Except as set forth below in respect of an Extension Period, Distributions in arrears for more than one quarterly period will bear interest thereon compounded quarterly at the applicable Coupon Rate for each such quarterly period (to the extent permitted by applicable law). The term “Distributions” as used herein includes cash distributions, any such compounded distributions

A-I-1


 

 

and any Additional Interest payable on the Debentures unless otherwise stated. A Distribution is payable only to the extent that payments are made in respect of the Debentures held by the Institutional Trustee and to the extent the Institutional Trustee has funds legally available in the Property Account therefor. During the Fixed Rate Period, the amount of Distributions payable for any Distribution Payment Period will be computed for any full quarterly Distribution Payment Period on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months and the amount payable for any partial period shall be computed on the basis of the number of days elapsed in a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. Upon expiration of the Fixed Rate Period, Distributions will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year and the actual number of days elapsed in the relevant Distribution period; provided, however, that upon the occurrence of a Special Event redemption pursuant to paragraph 4(a) below the amounts payable pursuant to this Declaration shall be calculated as set forth in the definition of Special Redemption Price.

(b)           Upon expiration of the Fixed Rate Period, LIBOR shall be determined by the Calculation Agent in accordance with the following provisions:

(1)           On the second LIBOR Business Day (provided, that on such day commercial banks are open for business (including dealings in foreign currency deposits) in London (a “LIBOR Banking Day”), and otherwise the next preceding LIBOR Business Day that is also a LIBOR Banking Day) prior to March 15, June 15, September 15 and December 15 (or, with respect to the first Distribution Payment Period after the expiration of the Fixed Rate Period, on December 15, 2011), (each such day, a “LIBOR Determination Date”) for such Distribution Payment Period), the Calculation Agent shall obtain the rate for three-month U.S. Dollar deposits in Europe, which appears on Telerate Page 3750 (as defined in the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc. 2000 Interest Rate and Currency Exchange Definitions) or such other page as may replace such Telerate Page 3750 on the Moneyline Telerate, Inc. service (or such other service or services as may be nominated by the British Banker’s Association as the information vendor for the purpose of displaying London interbank offered rates for U.S. dollar deposits), as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such LIBOR Determination Date, and the rate so obtained shall be LIBOR for such Distribution Payment Period. “LIBOR Business Day” means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banking institutions in The City of New York or Boston, Massachusetts are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to be closed. If such rate is superseded on Telerate Page 3750 by a corrected rate before 12:00 noon (London time) on the same LIBOR Determination Date, the corrected rate as so substituted will be the applicable LIBOR for that Distribution Payment Period.

(2)           If, on any LIBOR Determination Date, such rate does not appear on Telerate Page 3750 or such other page as may replace such Telerate Page 3750 on the Moneyline Telerate, Inc. service (or such other service or services as may be nominated by the British Banker’s Association as the information vendor for the purpose of displaying London interbank offered rates for U.S. dollar deposits), the Calculation Agent shall determine the arithmetic mean of the offered quotations of the Reference Banks (as defined below) to leading banks in the

A-I-2


 

 

London Interbank market for three-month U.S. Dollar deposits in Europe (in an amount determined by the Calculation Agent) by reference to requests for quotations as of approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the LIBOR Determination Date made by the Calculation Agent to the Reference Banks. If, on any LIBOR Determination Date, at least two of the Reference Banks provide such quotations, LIBOR shall equal the arithmetic mean of such quotations. If, on any LIBOR Determination Date, only one or none of the Reference Banks provide such a quotation, LIBOR shall be deemed to be the arithmetic mean of the offered quotations that at least two leading banks in the City of New York (as selected by the Calculation Agent) are quoting on the relevant LIBOR Determination Date for three-month U.S. Dollar deposits in Europe at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) (in an amount determined by the Calculation Agent). As used herein, “Reference Banks” means four major banks in the London Interbank market selected by the Calculation Agent.

(3)           If the Calculation Agent is required but is unable to determine a rate in accordance with at least one of the procedures provided above, LIBOR for the applicable Distribution Payment Period shall be LIBOR in effect for the immediately preceding Distribution Payment Period.

(c)           All percentages resulting from any calculations on the Securities will be rounded, if necessary, to the nearest one hundred-thousandth of a percentage point, with five one-millionths of a percentage point rounded upward (e.g., 9.876545% (or .09876545) being rounded to 9.87655% (or .0987655)), and all dollar amounts used in or resulting from such calculation will be rounded to the nearest cent (with one-half cent being rounded upward).

(d)           As soon as practicable following each LIBOR Determination Date, but in no event later than the 30th day following such LIBOR Determination Date, the Calculation Agent shall notify, in writing, the Sponsor and the Paying Agent of the applicable Coupon Rate in effect for the related Distribution Payment Period. The Calculation Agent shall, upon the request of the Holder of any Securities, provide the Coupon Rate then in effect. All calculations made by the Calculation Agent in the absence of manifest error shall be conclusive for all purposes and binding on the Sponsor and the Holders of the Securities. Any error in a calculation of the Coupon Rate by the Calculation Agent may be corrected at any time by the delivery of notice of such corrected Coupon Rate as provided above. The Paying Agent shall be entitled to rely on information received from the Calculation Agent or the Sponsor as to the Coupon Rate. The Sponsor shall, from time to time, provide any necessary information to the Paying Agent relating to any original issue discount and interest on the Securities that is included in any payment and reportable for taxable income calculation purposes. Failure to notify the Sponsor or the Paying Agent of the applicable Coupon Rate shall not affect the obligation of the Sponsor to make payment on the Debentures at such Coupon Rate.

(e)           Distributions on the Securities will be cumulative, will accrue from the date of original issuance, and will be payable, subject to extension of Distribution payment periods as described herein, quarterly in arrears on March 15, June 15, September 15 and December 15 of each year, commencing December 15, 2006 (each, a “Distribution Payment Date”). Subject to prior submission of Notice (as defined in the Indenture), and so long as no Event of Default

A-I-3


 

 

pursuant to paragraphs (c), (e), (f) or (g) of Section 5.01 of the Indenture has occurred and is continuing, the Debenture Issuer has the right under the Indenture to defer payments of interest on the Debentures by extending the interest distribution period for up to 20 consecutive quarterly periods (each, an “Extension Period”) at any time and from time to time on the Debentures, subject to the conditions described below, during which Extension Period no interest shall be due and payable (except any Additional Interest that may be due and payable). During any Extension Period, interest will continue to accrue on the Debentures, and interest on such accrued interest (such accrued interest and interest thereon referred to herein as “Deferred Interest”) will accrue at an annual rate equal to the Coupon Rate in effect for each such Extension Period, compounded quarterly from the date such Deferred Interest would have been payable were it not for the Extension Period, to the extent permitted by law. No Extension Period may end on a date other than a Distribution Payment Date. At the end of any such Extension Period, the Debenture Issuer shall pay all Deferred Interest then accrued and unpaid on the Debentures; provided, however, that no Extension Period may extend beyond the Maturity Date, Redemption Date (to the extent redeemed) or Special Redemption Date; and provided, further, that, during any such Extension Period, the Debenture Issuer may not (i) declare or pay any dividends or distributions on, or redeem, purchase, acquire, or make a liquidation payment with respect to, any of the Debenture Issuer’s capital stock or (ii) make any payment of principal or premium or interest on or repay, repurchase or redeem any debt securities of the Debenture Issuer that rank pari passu in all respects with or junior in interest to the Debentures or (iii) make any payment under any guarantees of the Debenture Issuer that rank in all respects pari passu with or junior in interest to the Guarantee (other than (a) repurchases, redemptions or other acquisitions of shares of capital stock of the Debenture Issuer (A) in connection with any employment contract, benefit plan or other similar arrangement with or for the benefit of one or more employees, officers, directors or consultants, (B) in connection with a dividend reinvestment or stockholder stock purchase plan or (C) in connection with the issuance of capital stock of the Debenture Issuer (or securities convertible into or exercisable for such capital stock), as consideration in an acquisition transaction entered into prior to the applicable Extension Period, (b) as a result of any exchange, reclassification, combination or conversion of any class or series of the Debenture Issuer’s capital stock (or any capital stock of a subsidiary of the Debenture Issuer) for any class or series of the Debenture Issuer’s capital stock or of any class or series of the Debenture Issuer’s indebtedness for any class or series of the Debenture Issuer’s capital stock, (c) the purchase of fractional interests in shares of the Debenture Issuer’s capital stock pursuant to the conversion or exchange provisions of such capital stock or the security being converted or exchanged, (d) any declaration of a dividend in connection with any stockholder’s rights plan, or the issuance of rights, stock or other property under any stockholder’s rights plan, or the redemption or repurchase of rights pursuant thereto, or (e) any dividend in the form of stock, warrants, options or other rights where the dividend stock or the stock issuable upon exercise of such warrants, options or other rights is the same stock as that on which the dividend is being paid or ranks pari passu with or junior to such stock. Prior to the termination of any Extension Period, the Debenture Issuer may further extend such period; provided, that such period together with all such previous and further consecutive extensions thereof shall not exceed 20 consecutive quarterly periods, or extend beyond the Maturity Date, Redemption Date (to the extent redeemed) or Special Redemption Date. Upon the termination of any Extension Period and upon the payment of all Deferred Interest, the Debenture Issuer may commence a new Extension Period, subject to the foregoing requirements. No interest or Deferred Interest shall be due and payable during an Extension

A-I-4


 

 

Period, except at the end thereof, but Deferred Interest shall accrue upon each installment of interest that would otherwise have been due and payable during such Extension Period until such installment is paid. If Distributions are deferred, the Distributions due shall be paid on the date that the related Extension Period terminates to Holders of the Securities as they appear on the books and records of the Trust on the record date immediately preceding such date. Distributions on the Securities must be paid on the dates payable (after giving effect to any Extension Period) to the extent that the Trust has funds legally available for the payment of such distributions in the Property Account of the Trust. The Trust’s funds available for Distribution to the Holders of the Securities will be limited to payments received from the Debenture Issuer. The payment of Distributions out of moneys held by the Trust is guaranteed by the Guarantor pursuant to the Guarantee.

(f)            Distributions on the Securities will be payable to the Holders thereof as they appear on the books and records of the Registrar on the relevant record dates. The relevant record dates shall be 15 days before the relevant Distribution Payment Date. Distributions payable on any Securities that are not punctually paid on any Distribution Payment Date, as a result of the Debenture Issuer having failed to make a payment under the Debentures, as the case may be, when due (taking into account any Extension Period), will cease to be payable to the Person in whose name such Securities are registered on the relevant record date, and such defaulted Distribution will instead be payable to the Person in whose name such Securities are registered on the special record date or other specified date determined in accordance with the Indenture. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if any Distribution Payment Date, other than on the Maturity Date, any Redemption Date or the Special Redemption Date, falls on a day that is not a Business Day, then any Distributions payable will be paid on, and such Distribution Payment Date will be moved to, the next succeeding Business Day, and no additional Distributions will accrue for each day that such payment is delayed as a result thereof. If the Maturity Date, Redemption Date or Special Redemption Date falls on a day that is not a Business Day, then the principal, premium, if any, and/or interest payable on such date will be paid on the next succeeding Business Day, and no additional interest will accrue (except that, if such Business Day falls in the next calendar year, such payment will be made on the immediately preceding Business Day).

(g)           In the event that there is any money or other property held by or for the Trust that is not accounted for hereunder, such property shall be distributed pro rata (as defined herein) among the Holders of the Securities.

3.             Liquidation Distribution Upon Dissolution. In the event of the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, winding-up or termination of the Trust (each, a “Liquidation”) other than in connection with a redemption of the Debentures, the Holders of the Securities will be entitled to receive out of the assets of the Trust available for distribution to Holders of the Securities, after satisfaction of liabilities to creditors of the Trust (to the extent not satisfied by the Debenture Issuer), distributions equal to the aggregate of the stated liquidation amount of $1,000 per Security plus accrued and unpaid Distributions thereon to the date of payment (such amount being the “Liquidation Distribution”), unless in connection with such Liquidation, the Debentures in an aggregate stated principal amount equal to the aggregate stated liquidation amount of such Securities, with an interest rate equal to the Coupon Rate of, and bearing accrued and unpaid interest in an amount equal to the accrued and unpaid Distributions

A-I-5


 

 

on, and having the same record date as, such Securities, after paying or making reasonable provision to pay all claims and obligations of the Trust shall be distributed on a Pro Rata basis to the Holders of the Securities in exchange for such Securities.

The Sponsor, as the Holder of all of the Common Securities, has the right at any time to, upon receipt of an opinion of nationally recognized tax counsel that Holders will not recognize any gain or loss for United States federal income tax purposes as a result of the distribution Debentures, dissolve the Trust (including without limitation upon the occurrence of a Tax Event, an Investment Company Event or a Capital Treatment Event), subject to the receipt by the Debenture Issuer of prior approval from any regulatory authority having jurisdiction over the Sponsor that is primarily responsible for regulating the activities of the Sponsor if such approval is then required under applicable capital guidelines or policies of such regulatory authority, and, after satisfaction of liabilities to creditors of the Trust, cause the Debentures to be distributed to the Holders of the Securities on a Pro Rata basis in accordance with the aggregate stated liquidation amount thereof.

The Trust shall dissolve on the first to occur of (i) December 15, 2041, the expiration of the term of the Trust, (ii) a Bankruptcy Event with respect to the Sponsor, the Trust or the Debenture Issuer, (iii) (other than in connection with a merger, consolidation or similar transaction not prohibited by the Indenture, this Declaration or the Guarantee, as the case may be) the filing of a certificate of dissolution or its equivalent with respect to the Sponsor or upon the revocation of the charter of the Sponsor and the expiration of 90 days after the date of revocation without a reinstatement thereof, (iv) the distribution to the Holders of the Securities of the Debentures, upon exercise of the right of the Holder of all of the outstanding Common Securities to dissolve the Trust as described above, (v) the entry of a decree of a judicial dissolution of the Sponsor or the Trust, or (vi) when all of the Securities shall have been called for redemption and the amounts necessary for redemption thereof shall have been paid to the Holders in accordance with the terms of the Securities. As soon as practicable after the dissolution of the Trust and upon completion of the winding up of the Trust, the Trust shall terminate upon the filing of a certificate of cancellation with the Secretary of State of the State of Connecticut.

If a Liquidation of the Trust occurs as described in clause (i), (ii), (iii) or (v) in the immediately preceding paragraph, the Trust shall be liquidated by the Institutional Trustee of the Trust as expeditiously as such Trustee determines to be possible by distributing, after satisfaction of liabilities to creditors of the Trust as provided by applicable law, to the Holders of the Securities, the Debentures on a Pro Rata basis to the extent not satisfied by the Debenture Issuer, unless such distribution is determined by the Institutional Trustee not to be practical, in which event such Holders will be entitled to receive out of the assets of the Trust available for distribution to the Holders, after satisfaction of liabilities to creditors of the Trust to the extent not satisfied by the Debenture Issuer, an amount equal to the Liquidation Distribution. An early Liquidation of the Trust pursuant to clause (iv) of the immediately preceding paragraph shall occur if the Institutional Trustee determines that such Liquidation is possible by distributing, after satisfaction of liabilities to creditors of Trust, to the Holders of the Securities on a Pro Rata basis, the Debentures, and such distribution occurs.

A-I-6


 

 

If, upon any such Liquidation, the Liquidation Distribution can be paid only in part because the Trust has insufficient assets available to pay in full the aggregate Liquidation Distribution, then the amounts payable directly by the Trust on such Capital Securities shall be paid to the Holders of the Securities on a Pro Rata basis, except that if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Capital Securities shall have a preference over the Common Securities with regard to such distributions.

Upon any such Liquidation of the Trust involving a distribution of the Debentures, if at the time of such Liquidation, the Capital Securities were rated by at least one nationally-recognized statistical rating organization, the Debenture Issuer will use its reasonable best efforts to obtain from at least one such or other rating organization a rating for the Debentures.

After the date for any distribution of the Debentures upon dissolution of the Trust, (i) the Securities of the Trust will be deemed to be no longer outstanding, (ii) any certificates representing the Capital Securities will be deemed to represent undivided beneficial interests in such of the Debentures as have an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate stated liquidation amount of, with an interest rate identical to the distribution rate of, and bearing accrued and unpaid interest equal to accrued and unpaid distributions on, the Securities until such certificates are presented to the Debenture Issuer or its agent for transfer or reissuance (and until such certificates are so surrendered, no payments of interest or principal shall be made to Holders of Securities in respect of any payments due and payable under the Debentures) and (iii) all rights of Holders of Securities under the Capital Securities or the Common Securities, as applicable, shall cease, except the right of such Holders to receive Debentures upon surrender of certificates representing such Securities.

4.             Redemption and Distribution.

(a)           The Debentures will mature on December 15, 2036. The Debentures may be redeemed by the Debenture Issuer, in whole or in part, on any March 15, June 15, September 15 or December 15 on or after December 15, 2011 at the Redemption Price, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice to Holders of such Debentures. In addition, upon the occurrence and continuation of a Tax Event, an Investment Company Event or a Capital Treatment Event, the Debentures may be redeemed by the Debenture Issuer in whole or in part, at any time within 90 days following the occurrence of such Tax Event, Investment Company Event or Capital Treatment Event, as the case may be (the “Special Redemption Date”), at the Special Redemption Price, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice to Holders of the Debentures so long as such Tax Event, Investment Company Event or Capital Treatment Event, as the case may be, is continuing. In each case, the right of the Debenture Issuer to redeem the Debentures is subject to the Debenture Issuer having received prior approval from any regulatory authority having jurisdiction over the Debenture Issuer, if such approval is then required under applicable capital guidelines or policies of such regulatory authority.

“Tax Event” means the receipt by the Debenture Issuer and the Trust of an opinion of counsel experienced in such matters to the effect that, as a result of any amendment to or change (including any announced prospective change) in the laws or any regulations thereunder of the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein, or as a result of any official administrative pronouncement (including any private letter ruling, technical advice

A-I-7


 

 

memorandum, regulatory procedure, notice or announcement) (an “Administrative Action”) or judicial decision interpreting or applying such laws or regulations, regardless of whether such Administrative Action or judicial decision is issued to or in connection with a proceeding involving the Debenture Issuer or the Trust and whether or not subject to review or appeal, which amendment, clarification, change, Administrative Action or decision is enacted, promulgated or announced, in each case on or after the date of original issuance of the Debentures, there is more than an insubstantial risk that: (i) the Trust is, or will be within 90 days of the date of such opinion, subject to United States federal income tax with respect to income received or accrued on the Debentures; (ii) if the Debenture Issuer is organized and existing under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia, interest payable by the Debenture Issuer on the Debentures is not, or within 90 days of the date of such opinion, will not be, deductible by the Debenture Issuer, in whole or in part, for United States federal income tax purposes; or (iii) the Trust is, or will be within 90 days of the date of such opinion, subject to more than a de minimis amount of other taxes (including withholding taxes), duties, assessments or other governmental charges.

“Investment Company Event” means the receipt by the Debenture Issuer and the Trust of an opinion of counsel experienced in such matters to the effect that, as a result of a change in law or regulation or written change in interpretation or application of law or regulation by any legislative body, court, governmental agency or regulatory authority, there is more than an insubstantial risk that the Trust is or, within 90 days of the date of such opinion will be, considered an “investment company” that is required to be registered under the Investment Company Act, which change or prospective change becomes effective or would become effective, as the case may be, on or after the date of the original issuance of the Debentures.

“Capital Treatment Event” means, if the Debenture Issuer is organized and existing under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia, the receipt by the Debenture Issuer and the Trust of an Opinion of Counsel experienced in such matters to the effect that, as a result of (a) any amendment to, or change in, the laws, rules or regulations of the United States or any political subdivision thereof or therein, or any rules, guidelines or policies of any applicable regulatory authority for the Debenture Issuer or (b) any official or administrative pronouncement or action or decision interpreting or applying such laws, rules or regulations, which amendment or change is effective or which pronouncement, action or decision is announced on or after the date of original issuance of the Debentures, there is more than an insubstantial risk that, within 90 days of the receipt of such opinion, the aggregate Liquidation Amount of the Capital Securities will not be eligible to be treated by the Debenture Issuer as “Tier 1 Capital” (or the then equivalent thereof) for purposes of the capital adequacy guidelines of the Federal Reserve (or any successor regulatory authority with jurisdiction over bank or financial holding companies), as then in effect and applicable to the Debenture Issuer (or if the Debenture Issuer is not a bank holding company, such guidelines applied to the Debenture Issuer as if the Debenture Issuer were subject to such guidelines); provided, however, that the inability of the Debenture Issuer to treat all or any portion of the aggregate Liquidation Amount of the Capital Securities as Tier 1 Capital shall not constitute the basis for a Capital Treatment Event, if such inability results from the Debenture Issuer having cumulative preferred stock, minority interests in consolidated subsidiaries, or any other class of security or interest which the Federal Reserve or OTS, as applicable, may now or hereafter accord Tier 1 Capital treatment in excess of the amount which may now or hereafter qualify for treatment as Tier 1 Capital under applicable

A-I-8


 

 

capital adequacy guidelines; provided further, however, that the distribution of the Debentures in connection with the liquidation of the Trust by the Debenture Issuer shall not in and of itself constitute a Capital Treatment Event unless such liquidation shall have occurred in connection with a Tax Event or an Investment Company Event.

“Special Event” means any of a Capital Treatment Event, a Tax Event or an Investment Company Event.

“Special Redemption Price” means, with respect to the redemption of any Debentures following a Special Event, an amount in cash equal to 103.525% of the principal amount of Debentures to be redeemed prior to December 15, 2007 and thereafter equal to the percentage of the principal amount of the Debentures that is specified below for the Special Redemption Date plus, in each case, unpaid interest accrued thereon to the Special Redemption Date:

Special Redemption During the
12-Month Period Beginning December 15

 

Percentage of Principal Amount

 

 

 

 

 

2007

 

103.140%

 

2008

 

102.355%

 

2009

 

101.570%

 

2010

 

100.785%

 

2011 and thereafter

 

100.000%

 

 

 

 

 

 

“Redemption Date” means the date fixed for the redemption of Capital Securities, which shall be any March 15, June 15, September 15 or December 15 on or after December 15, 2011.

“Redemption Price” means 100% of the principal amount of the Debentures being redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest on such Debentures to the Redemption Date.

(b)           Upon the repayment in full at maturity or redemption in whole or in part of the Debentures (other than following the distribution of the Debentures to the Holders of the Securities), the proceeds from such repayment or payment shall concurrently be applied to redeem Pro Rata at the applicable Redemption Price, Securities having an aggregate liquidation amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of the Debentures so repaid or redeemed; provided, however, that holders of such Securities shall be given not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice of such redemption (other than at the scheduled maturity of the Debentures).

(c)           If fewer than all the outstanding Securities are to be so redeemed, the Common Securities and the Capital Securities will be redeemed Pro Rata and the Capital Securities to be redeemed will be as described in Section 4(e)(ii) below.

(d)           The Trust may not redeem fewer than all the outstanding Capital Securities unless all accrued and unpaid Distributions have been paid on all Capital Securities for all quarterly Distribution periods terminating on or before the date of redemption.

A-I-9


 

 

(e)           Redemption or Distribution Procedures.

(i)            Notice of any redemption of, or notice of distribution of the Debentures in exchange for, the Securities (a “Redemption/Distribution Notice”) will be given by the Trust by mail to each Holder of Securities to be redeemed or exchanged not fewer than 30 nor more than 60 days before the date fixed for redemption or exchange thereof which, in the case of a redemption, will be the date fixed for redemption of the Debentures. For purposes of the calculation of the date of redemption or exchange and the dates on which notices are given pursuant to this Section 4(e)(i), a Redemption/Distribution Notice shall be deemed to be given on the day such notice is first mailed by first-class mail, postage prepaid, to Holders of such Securities. Each Redemption/Distribution Notice shall be addressed to the Holders of such Securities at the address of each such Holder appearing on the books and records of the Registrar. No defect in the Redemption/Distribution Notice or in the mailing thereof with respect to any Holder shall affect the validity of the redemption or exchange proceedings with respect to any other Holder.

(ii)           In the event that fewer than all the outstanding Securities are to be redeemed, the Securities to be redeemed shall be redeemed Pro Rata from each Holder of Capital Securities.

(iii)          If the Securities are to be redeemed and the Trust gives a Redemption/Distribution Notice, which notice may only be issued if the Debentures are redeemed as set out in this Section 4 (which notice will be irrevocable), then, provided, that the Institutional Trustee has a sufficient amount of cash in connection with the related redemption or maturity of the Debentures, the Institutional Trustee will, with respect to Book-Entry Capital Securities, on the Redemption Date or Special Redemption Date, as applicable, irrevocably deposit with the Depositary for such Book-Entry Capital Securities, to the extent available therefor, funds sufficient to pay the relevant Redemption Price or Special Redemption Price, as applicable, and will give such Depositary irrevocable instructions and authority to pay the Redemption Price or Special Redemption Price, as applicable, to the Owners of the Capital Securities. With respect to Capital Securities that are not Book-Entry Capital Securities, the Institutional Trustee will pay, to the extent available therefor, the relevant Redemption Price or Special Redemption Price, as applicable, to the Holders of such Securities by check mailed to the address of each such Holder appearing on the books and records of the Trust on the redemption date. If a Redemption/Distribution Notice shall have been given and funds deposited as required, then immediately prior to the close of business on the date of such deposit, Distributions will cease to accrue on the Securities so called for redemption and all rights of Holders of such Securities so called for redemption will cease, except the right of the Holders of such Securities to receive the applicable Redemption Price or Special Redemption Price, as applicable, specified in Section 4(a). If any date fixed for redemption of Securities is not a Business Day, then payment of any such Redemption Price or Special

A-I-10


 

 

Redemption Price, as applicable, payable on such date will be made on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day except that, if such Business Day falls in the next calendar year, such payment will be made on the immediately preceding Business Day, in each case with the same force and effect as if made on such date fixed for redemption. If payment of the Redemption Price or Special Redemption Price, as applicable, in respect of any Securities is improperly withheld or refused and not paid either by the Trust or by the Debenture Issuer as guarantor pursuant to the Guarantee, Distributions on such Securities will continue to accrue at the then applicable rate from the original redemption date to the actual date of payment, in which case the actual payment date will be considered the date fixed for redemption for purposes of calculating the Redemption Price or Special Redemption Price, as applicable. In the event of any redemption of the Capital Securities issued by the Trust in part, the Trust shall not be required to (i) issue, register the transfer of or exchange any Security during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before any selection for redemption of the Capital Securities and ending at the close of business on the earliest date on which the relevant notice of redemption is deemed to have been given to all Holders of the Capital Securities to be so redeemed or (ii) register the transfer of or exchange any Capital Securities so selected for redemption, in whole or in part, except for the unredeemed portion of any Capital Securities being redeemed in part.

(iv)          Redemption/Distribution Notices shall be sent by the Administrators on behalf of the Trust (A) in respect of the Capital Securities, to the Holders thereof, and (B) in respect of the Common Securities, to the Holder thereof.

(v)           Subject to the foregoing and applicable law (including, without limitation, United States federal securities laws), and provided, that the acquiror is not the Holder of the Common Securities or the obligor under the Indenture, the Sponsor or any of its subsidiaries may at any time and from time to time purchase outstanding Capital Securities by tender, in the open market or by private agreement.

5.             Voting Rights - Capital Securities.

(a)           Except as provided under Sections 5(b) and 7 and as otherwise required by law and the Declaration, the Holders of the Capital Securities will have no voting rights. The Administrators are required to call a meeting of the Holders of the Capital Securities if directed to do so by Holders of not less than 10% in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities.

(b)           Subject to the requirements of obtaining a tax opinion by the Institutional Trustee in certain circumstances set forth in the last sentence of this paragraph, the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities, voting separately as a class, have the right to direct the time, method, and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Institutional Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Institutional Trustee under the Declaration, including the right to direct the Institutional Trustee, as holder of the Debentures, to (i) exercise the remedies available under the Indenture as the holder of the

A-I-11


 

 

Debentures, (ii) waive any past default that is waivable under the Indenture, (iii) exercise any right to rescind or annul a declaration that the principal of all the Debentures shall be due and payable or (iv) consent on behalf of all the Holders of the Capital Securities to any amendment, modification or termination of the Indenture or the Debentures where such consent shall be required; provided, however, that, where a consent or action under the Indenture would require the consent or act of the holders of greater than a simple majority in principal amount of Debentures (a “Super Majority”) affected thereby, the Institutional Trustee may only give such consent or take such action at the written direction of the Holders of not less than the proportion in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities outstanding which the relevant Super Majority represents of the aggregate principal amount of the Debentures outstanding. If the Institutional Trustee fails to enforce its rights under the Debentures after the Holders of a Majority or Super Majority, as the case may be, in liquidation amount of such Capital Securities have so directed the Institutional Trustee, to the fullest extent permitted by law, a Holder of the Capital Securities may institute a legal proceeding directly against the Debenture Issuer to enforce the Institutional Trustee’s rights under the Debentures without first instituting any legal proceeding against the Institutional Trustee or any other person or entity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and such event is attributable to the failure of the Debenture Issuer to pay interest or premium, if any, on or principal of the Debentures on the date such interest, premium, if any, on or principal is payable (or in the case of redemption, the redemption date), then a Holder of record of the Capital Securities may directly institute a proceeding for enforcement of payment, on or after the respective due dates specified in the Debentures, to such Holder directly of the principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Debentures having an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate liquidation amount of the Capital Securities of such Holder. The Institutional Trustee shall notify all Holders of the Capital Securities of any default actually known to the Institutional Trustee with respect to the Debentures unless (x) such default has been cured prior to the giving of such notice or (y) the Institutional Trustee determines in good faith that the withholding of such notice is in the interest of the Holders of such Capital Securities, except where the default relates to the payment of principal of or interest on any of the Debentures. Such notice shall state that such Indenture Event of Default also constitutes an Event of Default hereunder. Except with respect to directing the time, method and place of conducting a proceeding for a remedy, the Institutional Trustee shall not take any of the actions described in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) above unless the Institutional Trustee has obtained an opinion of tax counsel to the effect that, as a result of such action, the Trust will not be classified as other than a grantor trust for United States federal income tax purposes.

In the event the consent of the Institutional Trustee, as the holder of the Debentures is required under the Indenture with respect to any amendment, modification or termination of the Indenture, the Institutional Trustee may request the written direction of the Holders of the Securities with respect to such amendment, modification or termination and shall vote with respect to such amendment, modification or termination as directed by a Majority in liquidation amount of the Securities voting together as a single class; provided, however, that where a consent under the Indenture would require the consent of a Super Majority, the Institutional Trustee may only give such consent at the written direction of the Holders of not less than the proportion in liquidation amount of such Securities outstanding which the relevant Super Majority represents of the aggregate principal amount of the Debentures outstanding. The Institutional Trustee shall not take any such action in accordance with the written directions of

A-I-12


 

 

the Holders of the Securities unless the Institutional Trustee has obtained an opinion of tax counsel to the effect that, as a result of such action, the Trust will not be classified as other than a grantor trust for United States federal income tax purposes.

A waiver of an Indenture Event of Default will constitute a waiver of the corresponding Event of Default hereunder. Any required approval or direction of Holders of the Capital Securities may be given at a separate meeting of Holders of the Capital Securities convened for such purpose, at a meeting of all of the Holders of the Securities in the Trust or pursuant to written consent. The Institutional Trustee will cause a notice of any meeting at which Holders of the Capital Securities are entitled to vote, or of any matter upon which action by written consent of such Holders is to be taken, to be mailed to each Holder of record of the Capital Securities. Each such notice will include a statement setting forth the following information (i) the date of such meeting or the date by which such action is to be taken, (ii) a description of any resolution proposed for adoption at such meeting on which such Holders are entitled to vote or of such matter upon which written consent is sought and (iii) instructions for the delivery of proxies or consents. No vote or consent of the Holders of the Capital Securities will be required for the Trust to redeem and cancel Capital Securities or to distribute the Debentures in accordance with the Declaration and the terms of the Securities.

Notwithstanding that Holders of the Capital Securities are entitled to vote or consent under any of the circumstances described above, any of the Capital Securities that are owned by the Sponsor or any Affiliate of the Sponsor shall not entitle the Holder thereof to vote or consent and shall, for purposes of such vote or consent, be treated as if such Capital Securities were not outstanding.

In no event will Holders of the Capital Securities have the right to vote to appoint, remove or replace the Administrators, which voting rights are vested exclusively in the Sponsor as the Holder of all of the Common Securities of the Trust. Under certain circumstances as more fully described in the Declaration, Holders of Capital Securities have the right to vote to appoint, remove or replace the Institutional Trustee.

6.             Voting Rights - Common Securities.

(a)           Except as provided under Sections 6(b), 6(c) and 7 and as otherwise required by law and the Declaration, the Common Securities will have no voting rights.

(b)           The Holders of the Common Securities are entitled, in accordance with Article IV of the Declaration, to vote to appoint, remove or replace any Administrators.

(c)           Subject to Section 6.7 of the Declaration and only after each Event of Default (if any) with respect to the Capital Securities has been cured, waived or otherwise eliminated and subject to the requirements of the second to last sentence of this paragraph, the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Common Securities, voting separately as a class, may direct the time, method, and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Institutional Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Institutional Trustee under the Declaration, including (i) directing the time, method, place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Debenture Trustee, or exercising any trust or power

A-I-13


 

 

conferred on the Debenture Trustee with respect to the Debentures, (ii) waiving any past default and its consequences that are waivable under the Indenture, or (iii) exercising any right to rescind or annul a declaration that the principal of all the Debentures shall be due and payable, provided, however, that, where a consent or action under the Indenture would require a Super Majority, the Institutional Trustee may only give such consent or take such action at the written direction of the Holders of not less than the proportion in liquidation amount of the Common Securities which the relevant Super Majority represents of the aggregate principal amount of the Debentures outstanding. Notwithstanding this Section 6(c), the Institutional Trustee shall not revoke any action previously authorized or approved by a vote or consent of the Holders of the Capital Securities. Other than with respect to directing the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Institutional Trustee or the Debenture Trustee as set forth above, the Institutional Trustee shall not take any action described in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) above, unless the Institutional Trustee has obtained an opinion of tax counsel to the effect that for the purposes of United States federal income tax the Trust will not be classified as other than a grantor trust on account of such action. If the Institutional Trustee fails to enforce its rights under the Declaration, to the fullest extent permitted by law any Holder of the Common Securities may institute a legal proceeding directly against any Person to enforce the Institutional Trustee’s rights under the Declaration, without first instituting a legal proceeding against the Institutional Trustee or any other Person.

Any approval or direction of Holders of the Common Securities may be given at a separate meeting of Holders of the Common Securities convened for such purpose, at a meeting of all of the Holders of the Securities in the Trust or pursuant to written consent. The Administrators will cause a notice of any meeting at which Holders of the Common Securities are entitled to vote, or of any matter upon which action by written consent of such Holders is to be taken, to be mailed to each Holder of the Common Securities. Each such notice will include a statement setting forth (i) the date of such meeting or the date by which such action is to be taken, (ii) a description of any resolution proposed for adoption at such meeting on which such Holders are entitled to vote or of such matter upon which written consent is sought and (iii) instructions for the delivery of proxies or consents.

No vote or consent of the Holders of the Common Securities will be required for the Trust to redeem and cancel Common Securities or to distribute the Debentures in accordance with the Declaration and the terms of the Securities.

7.             Amendments to Declaration and Indenture.

(a)           In addition to any requirements under Section 11.1 of the Declaration, if any proposed amendment to the Declaration provides for, or the Trustees otherwise propose to effect, (i) any action that would adversely affect the powers, preferences or special rights of the Securities, whether by way of amendment to the Declaration or otherwise, or (ii) the Liquidation of the Trust, other than as described in Section 7.1 of the Declaration, then the Holders of outstanding Securities, voting together as a single class, will be entitled to vote on such amendment or proposal and such amendment or proposal shall not be effective except with the approval of the Holders of not less than a Majority in liquidation amount of the Securities affected thereby; provided, however, if any amendment or proposal referred to in clause (i) above would adversely affect only the Capital Securities or only the Common Securities, then

A-I-14


 

 

only the affected class will be entitled to vote on such amendment or proposal and such amendment or proposal shall not be effective except with the approval of a Majority in liquidation amount of such class of Securities.

(b)           In the event the consent of the Institutional Trustee as the holder of the Debentures is required under the Indenture with respect to any amendment, modification or termination of the Indenture or the Debentures, the Institutional Trustee shall request the written direction of the Holders of the Securities with respect to such amendment, modification or termination and shall vote with respect to such amendment, modification, or termination as directed by a Majority in liquidation amount of the Securities voting together as a single class; provided, however, that where a consent under the Indenture would require a Super Majority, the Institutional Trustee may only give such consent at the written direction of the Holders of not less than the proportion in liquidation amount of the Securities which the relevant Super Majority represents of the aggregate principal amount of the Debentures outstanding.

(c)           Notwithstanding the foregoing, no amendment or modification may be made to the Declaration if such amendment or modification would (i) cause the Trust to be classified for purposes of United States federal income taxation as other than a grantor trust, (ii) reduce or otherwise adversely affect the powers of the Institutional Trustee or (iii) cause the Trust to be deemed an “investment company” which is required to be registered under the Investment Company Act.

(d)           Notwithstanding any provision of the Declaration, the right of any Holder of the Capital Securities to receive payment of distributions and other payments upon redemption or otherwise, on or after their respective due dates, or to institute a suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder. For the protection and enforcement of the foregoing provision, each and every Holder of the Capital Securities shall be entitled to such relief as can be given either at law or equity.

8.             Pro Rata. A reference in these terms of the Securities to any payment, distribution or treatment as being “Pro Rata” shall mean pro rata to each Holder of the Securities according to the aggregate liquidation amount of the Securities held by the relevant Holder in relation to the aggregate liquidation amount of all Securities outstanding unless, in relation to a payment, an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, in which case any funds available to make such payment shall be paid first to each Holder of the Capital Securities Pro Rata according to the aggregate liquidation amount of the Capital Securities held by the relevant Holder relative to the aggregate liquidation amount of all Capital Securities outstanding, and only after satisfaction of all amounts owed to the Holders of the Capital Securities, to each Holder of the Common Securities Pro Rata according to the aggregate liquidation amount of the Common Securities held by the relevant Holder relative to the aggregate liquidation amount of all Common Securities outstanding.

9.             Ranking. The Capital Securities rank pari passu with, and payment thereon shall be made Pro Rata with, the Common Securities except that, where an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the rights of Holders of the Common Securities to receive payment of Distributions and payments upon liquidation, redemption and otherwise are subordinated to

A-I-15


 

 

the rights of the Holders of the Capital Securities with the result that no payment of any Distribution on, or Redemption Price or Special Redemption Price of, any Common Security, and no other payment on account of redemption, liquidation or other acquisition of Common Securities, shall be made unless payment in full in cash of all accumulated and unpaid Distributions on all outstanding Capital Securities for all distribution periods terminating on or prior thereto, or in the case of payment of the Redemption Price or Special Redemption Price the full amount of such Redemption Price or the Special Redemption Price on all outstanding Capital Securities then called for redemption, shall have been made or provided for, and all funds immediately available to the Institutional Trustee shall first be applied to the payment in full in cash of all Distributions on, or the Redemption Price or the Special Redemption Price of, the Capital Securities then due and payable.

10.           Acceptance of Guarantee and Indenture. Each Holder of the Capital Securities and the Common Securities, by the acceptance of such Securities, agrees to the provisions of the Guarantee, including the subordination provisions therein and to the provisions of the Indenture.

11.           No Preemptive Rights. The Holders of the Securities shall have no, and the issuance of the Securities is not subject to, preemptive or similar rights to subscribe for any additional securities.

12.           Miscellaneous. These terms constitute a part of the Declaration. The Sponsor will provide a copy of the Declaration, the Guarantee, and the Indenture to a Holder without charge on written request to the Sponsor at its principal place of business.

A-I-16


 

 

EXHIBIT A-1

FORM OF CAPITAL SECURITY CERTIFICATE

[FORM OF FACE OF SECURITY]

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY ONLY (A) TO THE DEBENTURE ISSUER OR THE TRUST, (B) PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”), TO A PERSON THE HOLDER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (C) TO A “NON U.S. PERSON” IN AN “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION” PURSUANT TO REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (D) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT TO AN “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF SUBPARAGRAPH (a) (1), (2), (3) OR (7) OF RULE 501 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS ACQUIRING THE SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN “ACCREDITED INVESTOR,” FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH, ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (E) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE DEBENTURE ISSUER’S AND THE TRUST’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (D) OR (E) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE AMENDED AND RESTATED DECLARATION OF TRUST, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE DEBENTURE ISSUER OR THE TRUST. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF AGREES THAT IT WILL COMPLY WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF AGREES, REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT IT WILL NOT ENGAGE IN HEDGING TRANSACTIONS INVOLVING THIS SECURITY UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTIONS ARE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM.

A-1-1


 

 

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF ALSO AGREES, REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT, INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT OR OTHER PLAN OR ARRANGEMENT SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”), OR SECTION 4975 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”), (EACH A “PLAN”), OR AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” BY REASON OF ANY PLAN’S INVESTMENT IN THE ENTITY AND NO PERSON INVESTING “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY PLAN MAY ACQUIRE OR HOLD THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN, UNLESS SUCH PURCHASER OR HOLDER IS ELIGIBLE FOR THE EXEMPTIVE RELIEF AVAILABLE UNDER U.S. DEPARTMENT OF LABOR PROHIBITED TRANSACTION CLASS EXEMPTION 96-23, 95-60, 91-38, 90-1 OR 84-14 OR ANOTHER APPLICABLE EXEMPTION OR ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING OF THIS SECURITY IS NOT PROHIBITED BY SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE WITH RESPECT TO SUCH PURCHASE OR HOLDING. ANY PURCHASER OR HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED BY ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING THEREOF THAT EITHER (i) IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 3(3) OF ERISA, OR A PLAN TO WHICH SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE IS APPLICABLE, A TRUSTEE OR OTHER PERSON ACTING ON BEHALF OF AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN, OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY USING THE ASSETS OF ANY EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN TO FINANCE SUCH PURCHASE, OR (ii) SUCH PURCHASE WILL NOT RESULT IN A PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE FOR WHICH THERE IS NO APPLICABLE STATUTORY OR ADMINISTRATIVE EXEMPTION.

IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER OF THE CERTIFICATE WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS MAY BE REQUIRED BY THE AMENDED AND RESTATED DECLARATION OF TRUST TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.

THIS SECURITY WILL BE ISSUED AND MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN BLOCKS HAVING A LIQUIDATION AMOUNT OF NOT LESS THAN $100,000 AND MULTIPLES OF $1,000 IN EXCESS THEREOF. ANY ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY IN A BLOCK HAVING A LIQUIDATION AMOUNT OF LESS THAN $100,000 SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE VOID AND OF NO LEGAL EFFECT WHATSOEVER. ANY SUCH PURPORTED TRANSFEREE SHALL BE DEEMED NOT TO BE THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY FOR ANY PURPOSE, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE RECEIPT OF DISTRIBUTIONS ON THIS SECURITY, AND SUCH PURPORTED TRANSFEREE SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE NO INTEREST WHATSOEVER IN THIS SECURITY.

A-1-2


 

 

 

Certificate Number      [P-001]

Number of Capital Securities:  3,000

 

Certificate Evidencing Capital Securities

of

Chino Statutory Trust I

TP Securities

(liquidation amount $1,000 per Capital Security)

Chino Statutory Trust I, a statutory trust created under the laws of the State of Connecticut (the “Trust”), hereby certifies that Embassy & Co. (the “Holder”), is the registered owner of 3,000 capital securities of the Trust representing undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust, designated the TP Securities (liquidation amount $1,000 per Capital Security) (the “Capital Securities”). Subject to the Declaration (as defined below), the Capital Securities are transferable on the books and records of the Trust, in person or by a duly authorized attorney, upon surrender of this Certificate duly endorsed and in proper form for transfer. The Capital Securities represented hereby are issued pursuant to, and the designation, rights, privileges, restrictions, preferences and other terms and provisions of the Capital Securities shall in all respects be subject to, the provisions of the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust of the Trust, dated as of October 27, 2006, among Dann H. Bowman and Sandra Pender, as Administrators, U.S. Bank National Association, as Institutional Trustee, Chino Commercial Bancorp, as Sponsor, and the holders from time to time of undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust, including the designation of the terms of the Capital Securities as set forth in Annex I to the Declaration, as the same may be amended from time to time (the “Declaration”). Capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall have the meaning given them in the Declaration. The Holder is entitled to the benefits of the Guarantee to the extent provided therein. The Sponsor will provide a copy of the Declaration, the Guarantee, and the Indenture to the Holder without charge upon written request to the Sponsor at its principal place of business.

By acceptance of this Security, the Holder is bound by the Declaration and is entitled to the benefits thereunder.

By acceptance of this Security, the Holder agrees to treat, for United States federal income tax purposes, the Debentures as indebtedness and the Capital Securities as evidence of beneficial ownership in the Debentures.

This Capital Security is governed by, and shall be construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Connecticut, without regard to principles of conflict of laws.

A-1-3


 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Trust has duly executed this certificate.

Chino Statutory Trust I

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:    Administrator

 

 

 

 

Dated:

 

 

CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This is one of the Capital Securities referred to in the within-mentioned Declaration.

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, not
in its individual capacity but solely as
Institutional Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

Dated:

 

 

A-1-4


 

 

[FORM OF REVERSE OF SECURITY]

Distributions payable on each Capital Security will be payable at a fixed rate of 6.795% (the “Fixed Rate”) per annum from October 27, 2006 until December 15, 2011 (the “Fixed Rate Period”) and thereafter at a variable per annum rate of interest, reset quarterly, equal to LIBOR (as defined in the Declaration) plus 1.68% (the “Variable Rate”) (the “Coupon Rate” is defined to include the Fixed Rate and Variable Rate, as applicable) of the stated liquidation amount of $1,000 per Capital Security (provided, however, that the Coupon Rate for any Distribution Payment Period may not exceed the highest rate permitted by New York law, as the same may be modified by United States law of general applicability), such Coupon Rate being the rate of interest payable on the Debentures to be held by the Institutional Trustee. Distributions in arrears for more than one quarterly period will bear interest thereon compounded quarterly at the then applicable Coupon Rate for each such quarterly period (to the extent permitted by applicable law). The term “Distributions” as used herein includes cash distributions, any such compounded distributions and any Additional Interest payable on the Debentures unless otherwise stated. A Distribution is payable only to the extent that payments are made in respect of the Debentures held by the Institutional Trustee and to the extent the Institutional Trustee has funds legally available in the Property Account therefor. During the Fixed Rate Period, the amount of Distributions payable for any Distribution Payment Period shall be computed for any full quarterly Distribution Payment Period on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months and the amount payable for any partial period shall be computed on the basis of the number of days elapsed in a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. Upon expiration of the Fixed Rate Period, distributions shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year and the actual number of days elapsed in the relevant Distribution Payment Period.

Except as otherwise described below, Distributions on the Capital Securities will be cumulative, will accrue from the date of original issuance and will be payable quarterly in arrears on March 15, June 15, September 15 and December 15 of each year, commencing on December 15, 2006 (each, a “Distribution Payment Date”). Subject to prior submission of Notice (as defined in the Indenture), and so long as no Event of Default pursuant to paragraphs (c), (e), (f) or (g) of Section 5.01 of the Indenture has occurred and is continuing, the Debenture Issuer has the right under the Indenture to defer payments of interest on the Debentures by extending the interest distribution period for up to 20 consecutive quarterly periods (each, an “Extension Period”) at any time and from time to time on the Debentures, subject to the conditions described below, during which Extension Period no interest shall be due and payable (except any Additional Interest that may be due and payable). During any Extension Period, interest will continue to accrue on the Debentures, and interest on such accrued interest (such accrued interest and interest thereon referred to herein as “Deferred Interest”) will accrue at an annual rate equal to the Coupon Rate in effect for each such Extension Period, compounded quarterly from the date such Deferred Interest would have been payable were it not for the Extension Period, to the extent permitted by law. No Extension Period may end on a date other than a Distribution Payment Date. At the end of any such Extension Period, the Debenture Issuer shall pay all Deferred Interest then accrued and unpaid on the Debentures; provided, however, that no Extension Period may extend beyond the Maturity Date, Redemption Date (to the extent redeemed) or Special Redemption Date. Prior to the termination of any Extension Period, the Debenture Issuer may further extend such period; provided, that such period together with all such previous and further consecutive extensions thereof shall not exceed 20 consecutive

A-1-5


 

 

quarterly periods, or extend beyond the Maturity Date, Redemption Date (to the extent redeemed) or Special Redemption Date. Upon the termination of any Extension Period and upon the payment of all Deferred Interest, the Debenture Issuer may commence a new Extension Period, subject to the foregoing requirements. No interest or Deferred Interest (except any Additional Amounts that may be due and payable) shall be due and payable during an Extension Period, except at the end thereof, but Deferred Interest shall accrue upon each installment of interest that would otherwise have been due and payable during such Extension Period until such installment is paid. If Distributions are deferred, the Distributions due shall be paid on the date that the related Extension Period terminates to Holders of the Securities as they appear on the books and records of the Trust on the record date immediately preceding such date. Distributions on the Securities must be paid on the dates payable (after giving effect to any Extension Period) to the extent that the Trust has funds legally available for the payment of such distributions in the Property Account of the Trust. The Trust’s funds available for Distribution to the Holders of the Securities will be limited to payments received from the Debenture Issuer. The payment of Distributions out of moneys held by the Trust is guaranteed by the Guarantor pursuant to the Guarantee.

The Capital Securities shall be redeemable as provided in the Declaration.

A-1-6


 

 

ASSIGNMENT

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned assigns and transfers this Capital Security Certificate to:

 

 

 

 

 

(Insert assignee’s social security or tax identification number)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Insert address and zip code of assignee),

 

 

 

and irrevocably appoints                                                            as agent to transfer this Capital Security Certificate on the books of the Trust. The agent may substitute another to act for it, him or her.

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Capital Security Certificate)

 

 

Signature Guarantee:(1)

 

 


(1)    Signature must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” that is a bank, stockbroker, savings and loan association or credit union meeting the requirements of the Security registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Security registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

A-1-7


 

 

 

EXHIBIT A-2

FORM OF COMMON SECURITY CERTIFICATE

THIS COMMON SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION.

EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN SECTION 8.1(b) OF THE DECLARATION (AS DEFINED BELOW), THIS SECURITY MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED.

A-2-1


 

 

 

Certificate Number

[C-001]

Number of Common Securities: 93

 

Certificate Evidencing Common Securities
of
Chino Statutory Trust I

Chino Statutory Trust I, a statutory trust created under the laws of the State of Connecticut (the “Trust”), hereby certifies that Chino Commercial Bancorp (the “Holder”) is the registered owner of 93 common securities of the Trust representing undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust (liquidation amount $1,000 per Common Security) (the “Common Securities”). The Common Securities represented hereby are issued pursuant to, and the designation, rights, privileges, restrictions, preferences and other terms and provisions of the Common Securities shall in all respects be subject to, the provisions of the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust of the Trust, dated as of October 27, 2006, among Dann H. Bowman and Sandra Pender, as Administrators, U.S. Bank National Association, as Institutional Trustee, the Holder, as Sponsor, and the holders from time to time of undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust, including the designation of the terms of the Common Securities as set forth in Annex I to the Declaration, as the same may be amended from time to time (the “Declaration”). Capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall have the meaning given them in the Declaration. The Sponsor will provide a copy of the Declaration and the Indenture to the Holder without charge upon written request to the Sponsor at its principal place of business.

As set forth in the Declaration, when an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the rights of Holders of Common Securities to payment in respect of Distributions and payments upon Liquidation, redemption or otherwise are subordinated to the rights of payment of Holders of the Capital Securities.

By acceptance of this Certificate, the Holder is bound by the Declaration and is entitled to the benefits thereunder.

By acceptance of this Certificate, the Holder agrees to treat, for United States federal income tax purposes, the Debentures as indebtedness and the Common Securities as evidence of undivided beneficial ownership in the Debentures.

This Common Security is governed by, and shall be construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Connecticut, without regard to principles of conflict of laws.

A-2-2


 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Trust has executed this certificate as of this        day of                    , 2006.

Chino Statutory Trust I

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

Title: Administrator

A-2-3


 

 

 

[FORM OF REVERSE OF SECURITY]

Distributions payable on each Common Security will be identical in amount to the Distributions payable on each Capital Security, which is at a fixed rate of 6.795% (the “Fixed Rate”) per annum from October 27, 2006 until December 15, 2011 (the “Fixed Rate Period”) and thereafter at a variable per annum rate of interest, reset quarterly, equal to LIBOR (as defined in the Declaration) plus 1.68% (the “Variable Rate”) (the “Coupon Rate” is defined to include the Fixed Rate and Variable Rate, as applicable) of the stated liquidation amount of $1,000 per Capital Security (provided, however, that the Coupon Rate for any Distribution Payment Period may not exceed the highest rate permitted by New York law, as the same may be modified by United States law of general applicability), such Coupon Rate being the rate of interest payable on the Debentures to be held by the Institutional Trustee. Distributions in arrears for more than one quarterly period will bear interest thereon compounded quarterly at the then applicable Coupon Rate for each such quarterly period (to the extent permitted by applicable law). The term “Distributions” as used herein includes cash distributions, any such compounded distributions and any Additional Interest payable on the Debentures unless otherwise stated. A Distribution is payable only to the extent that payments are made in respect of the Debentures held by the Institutional Trustee and to the extent the Institutional Trustee has funds legally available in the Property Account therefor. During the Fixed Rate Period, the amount of Distributions payable for any Distribution Payment Period shall be computed for any full quarterly Distribution Payment Period on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months and the amount payable for any partial period shall be computed on the basis of the number of days elapsed in a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. Upon expiration of the Fixed Rate Period, distributions shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year and the actual number of days elapsed in the relevant Distribution Payment Period.

Except as otherwise described below, Distributions on the Common Securities will be cumulative, will accrue from the date of original issuance and will be payable quarterly in arrears on March 15, June 15, September 15 and December 15 of each year, commencing on December 15, 2006 (each, a “Distribution Payment Date”). Subject to prior submission of Notice (as defined in the Indenture), and so long as no Event of Default pursuant to paragraphs (c), (e), (f) or (g) of Section 5.01 of the Indenture has occurred and is continuing, the Debenture Issuer has the right under the Indenture to defer payments of interest on the Debentures by extending the interest distribution period for up to 20 consecutive quarterly periods (each, an “Extension Period”) at any time and from time to time on the Debentures, subject to the conditions described below, during which Extension Period no interest shall be due and payable (except any Additional Interest that may be due and payable). During any Extension Period, interest will continue to accrue on the Debentures, and interest on such accrued interest (such accrued interest and interest thereon referred to herein as “Deferred Interest”) will accrue at an annual rate equal to the Coupon Rate in effect for each such Extension Period, compounded quarterly from the date such Deferred Interest would have been payable were it not for the Extension Period, to the extent permitted by law. No Extension Period may end on a date other than a Distribution Payment Date. At the end of any such Extension Period, the Debenture Issuer shall pay all Deferred Interest then accrued and unpaid on the Debentures; provided, however, that no Extension Period may extend beyond the Maturity Date, Redemption Date (to the extent redeemed) or Special Redemption Date. Prior to the termination of any Extension Period, the Debenture Issuer may further extend such period, provided, that such period together with all

A-2-4


 

 

such previous and further consecutive extensions thereof shall not exceed 20 consecutive quarterly periods, or extend beyond the Maturity Date, Redemption Date (to the extent redeemed) or Special Redemption Date. Upon the termination of any Extension Period and upon the payment of all Deferred Interest, the Debenture Issuer may commence a new Extension Period, subject to the foregoing requirements. No interest or Deferred Interest (except any Additional Interest that may be due and payable) shall be due and payable during an Extension Period, except at the end thereof, but Deferred Interest shall accrue upon each installment of interest that would otherwise have been due and payable during such Extension Period until such installment is paid. If Distributions are deferred, the Distributions due shall be paid on the date that the related Extension Period terminates to Holders of the Securities as they appear on the books and records of the Trust on the record date immediately preceding such date.

Distributions on the Securities must be paid on the dates payable (after giving effect to any Extension Period) to the extent that the Trust has funds legally available for the payment of such distributions in the Property Account of the Trust. The Trust’s funds legally available for Distribution to the Holders of the Securities will be limited to payments received from the Debenture Issuer. The payment of Distributions out of moneys held by the Trust is guaranteed by the Guarantor pursuant to the Guarantee.

The Common Securities shall be redeemable as provided in the Declaration.

A-2-5


 

 

 

ASSIGNMENT

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned assigns and transfers this Common Security Certificate to:

 

 

 

(Insert assignee’s social security or tax identification number)

 

 

 

(Insert address and zip code of assignee),

and irrevocably appoints               as agent to transfer this Common Security Certificate on the books of the Trust. The agent may substitute another to act for him or her.

Date:

 

 

 

 

 

Signature:

 

 

 

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Common Security Certificate)

Signature Guarantee:(1)

 

 

 


(1)            Signature must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” that is a bank, stockbroker, savings and loan association or credit union, meeting the requirements of the Security registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Security registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

A-2-6


 

EX1A-6 MAT CTRCT 12 v463400_ex6-6.htm EXHIBIT 6.6

Exhibit 6.6

 

 

GUARANTEE AGREEMENT

CHINO COMMERCIAL BANCORP

Dated as of October 27, 2006


 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 1.1.

 

Definitions and Interpretation

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE II

POWERS, DUTIES AND RIGHTS OF THE GUARANTEE TRUSTEE

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 2.1.

 

Powers and Duties of the Guarantee Trustee

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 2.2.

 

Certain Rights of the Guarantee Trustee

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 2.3.

 

Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Guarantee

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 2.4.

 

Events of Default; Waiver

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 2.5.

 

Events of Default; Notice

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE III

THE GUARANTEE TRUSTEE

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 3.1.

 

The Guarantee Trustee; Eligibility

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 3.2.

 

Appointment, Removal and Resignation of the Guarantee Trustee

 

9

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE IV

GUARANTEE

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 4.1.

 

Guarantee

 

9

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 4.2.

 

Waiver of Notice and Demand

 

10

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 4.3.

 

Obligations Not Affected

 

10

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 4.4.

 

Rights of Holders

 

11

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 4.5.

 

Guarantee of Payment

 

11

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 4.6.

 

Subrogation

 

11

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 4.7.

 

Independent Obligations

 

12

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 4.8.

 

Enforcement

 

12

 

 

 

 

 

i


 

 

 

 

 

 

Page

ARTICLE V

LIMITATION OF TRANSACTIONS; SUBORDINATION

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 5.1.

 

Limitation of Transactions

 

12

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 5.2.

 

Ranking

 

13

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE VI

TERMINATION

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 6.1.

 

Termination

 

13

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE VII

INDEMNIFICATION

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 7.1.

 

Exculpation

 

14

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 7.2.

 

Indemnification

 

14

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 7.3.

 

Compensation; Reimbursement of Expenses

 

15

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE VIII

MISCELLANEOUS

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 8.1.

 

Successors and Assigns

 

16

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 8.2.

 

Amendments

 

16

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 8.3.

 

Notices

 

16

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 8.4.

 

Benefit

 

17

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 8.5.

 

Governing Law

 

17

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 8.6.

 

Counterparts

 

17

 

ii


 

 

 

GUARANTEE AGREEMENT

This GUARANTEE AGREEMENT (the “Guarantee”), dated as of October 27, 2006, is executed and delivered by Chino Commercial Bancorp, incorporated in California (the “Guarantor”), and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (the “Guarantee Trustee”), for the benefit of the Holders (as defined herein) from time to time of the Capital Securities (as defined herein) of Chino Statutory Trust I, a Connecticut statutory trust (the “Issuer”).

WHEREAS, pursuant to an Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust (the “Declaration”), dated as of October 27, 2006, among the trustees named therein of the Issuer, the administrators of the Issuer named therein, Chino Commercial Bancorp, as sponsor, and the Holders from time to time of undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Issuer, the Issuer is issuing on the date hereof securities, having an aggregate liquidation amount of up to $3,000,000, designated the TP Securities (the “Capital Securities”); and

WHEREAS, as incentive for the Holders to purchase the Capital Securities, the Guarantor desires irrevocably and unconditionally to agree, to the extent set forth in this Guarantee, to pay to the Holders of Capital Securities the Guarantee Payments (as defined herein) and to make certain other payments on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the purchase by each Holder of the Capital Securities, which purchase the Guarantor hereby agrees shall benefit the Guarantor, the Guarantor executes and delivers this Guarantee for the benefit of the Holders.

ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

SECTION 1.1Definitions and Interpretation.

In this Guarantee, unless the context otherwise requires:

(a)           capitalized terms used in this Guarantee but not defined in the preamble above have the respective meanings assigned to them in this Section 1.1;

(b)           a term defined anywhere in this Guarantee has the same meaning throughout;

(c)           all references to “the Guarantee” or “this Guarantee” are to this Guarantee as modified, supplemented or amended from time to time;

(d)           all references in this Guarantee to Articles and Sections are to Articles and Sections of this Guarantee, unless otherwise specified;

(e)           terms defined in the Declaration as of the date of execution of this Guarantee have the same meanings when used in this Guarantee, unless otherwise defined in this Guarantee or unless the context otherwise requires; and

(f)            a reference to the singular includes the plural and vice versa.


 

 

 

“Beneficiaries” means any Person to whom the Issuer is or hereafter becomes indebted or liable.

“Corporate Trust Office” means the office of the Guarantee Trustee at which the corporate trust business of the Guarantee Trustee shall, at any particular time, be principally administered.

“Covered Person” means any Holder of Capital Securities.

“Debentures” means the junior subordinated debentures of Chino Commercial Bancorp, designated the Junior Subordinated Debt Securities due 2036, held by the Institutional Trustee (as defined in the Declaration) of the Issuer.

“Event of Default” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4.

“Guarantee Payments” means the following payments or distributions, without duplication, with respect to the Capital Securities, to the extent not paid or made by the Issuer: (i) any accrued and unpaid Distributions (as defined in the Declaration) which are required to be paid on such Capital Securities to the extent the Issuer has funds available in the Property Account (as defined in the Declaration) therefor at such time, (ii) the Redemption Price (as defined in the Indenture) to the extent the Issuer has funds available in the Property Account therefor at such time, with respect to any Capital Securities called for redemption by the Issuer, (iii) the Special Redemption Price (as defined in the Indenture) to the extent the Issuer has funds available in the Property Account therefor at such time, with respect to Capital Securities called for redemption upon the occurrence of a Special Event (as defined in the Indenture), and (iv) upon a voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, winding-up or termination of the Issuer (other than in connection with the distribution of Debentures to the Holders of the Capital Securities in exchange therefor as provided in the Declaration), the lesser of (a) the aggregate of the liquidation amount and all accrued and unpaid Distributions on the Capital Securities to the date of payment, to the extent the Issuer has funds available in the Property Account therefor at such time, and (b) the amount of assets of the Issuer remaining available for distribution to Holders in liquidation of the Issuer after satisfaction of liabilities to creditors of the Issuer as required by applicable law (in either case, the “Liquidation Distribution”).

“Guarantee Trustee” means U.S. Bank National Association, until a Successor Guarantee Trustee has been appointed and has accepted such appointment pursuant to the terms of this Guarantee and thereafter means each such Successor Guarantee Trustee.

“Holder” means any holder, as registered on the books and records of the Issuer, of any Capital Securities; provided, however, that, in determining whether the holders of the requisite percentage of Capital Securities have given any request, notice, consent or waiver hereunder, “Holder” shall not include the Guarantor or any Affiliate of the Guarantor.

“Indemnified Person” means the Guarantee Trustee (including in its individual capacity), any Affiliate of the Guarantee Trustee, or any officers, directors, shareholders, members, partners, employees, representatives, nominees, custodians or agents of the Guarantee Trustee.

2


 

 

 

“Indenture” means the Indenture, dated as of October 27, 2006, between the Guarantor and U.S. Bank National Association, not in its individual capacity but solely as trustee, and any indenture supplemental thereto pursuant to which the Debentures are to be issued to the Institutional Trustee of the Issuer.

“Liquidation Distribution” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Guarantee Payments” herein.

“Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities” means Holder(s) of outstanding Capital Securities, voting together as a class, but separately from the holders of Common Securities, of more than 50% of the aggregate liquidation amount (including the stated amount that would be paid on redemption, liquidation or otherwise, plus accrued and unpaid Distributions to, but excluding, the date upon which the voting percentages are determined) of all Capital Securities then outstanding.

“Obligations” means any costs, expenses or liabilities (but not including liabilities related to taxes) of the Issuer, other than obligations of the Issuer to pay to holders of any Trust Securities the amounts due such holders pursuant to the terms of the Trust Securities.

“Officer’s Certificate” means, with respect to any Person, a certificate signed by one Authorized Officer of such Person. Any Officer’s Certificate delivered with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Guarantee shall include:

(a)           a statement that each officer signing the Officer’s Certificate has read the covenant or condition and the definitions relating thereto;

(b)           a brief statement of the nature and scope of the examination or investigation undertaken by each officer in rendering the Officer’s Certificate;

(c)           a statement that each such officer has made such examination or investigation as, in such officer’s opinion, is necessary to enable such officer to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

(d)           a statement as to whether, in the opinion of each such officer, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

“Person” means a legal person, including any individual, corporation, estate, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, limited liability company, trust, unincorporated association, or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof, or any other entity of whatever nature.

“Responsible Officer” means, with respect to the Guarantee Trustee, any officer within the Corporate Trust Office of the Guarantee Trustee with direct responsibility for the administration of any matters relating to this Guarantee, including any vice president, any assistant vice president, any secretary, any assistant secretary, the treasurer, any assistant treasurer, any trust officer or other officer of the Corporate Trust Office of the Guarantee Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above designated

3


 

 

officers and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of that officer’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.

“Successor Guarantee Trustee” means a successor Guarantee Trustee possessing the qualifications to act as Guarantee Trustee under Section 3.1.

“Trust Securities” means the Common Securities and the Capital Securities.

ARTICLE II
POWERS, DUTIES AND RIGHTS OF THE GUARANTEE TRUSTEE

SECTION 2.1Powers and Duties of the Guarantee Trustee.

(a)           This Guarantee shall be held by the Guarantee Trustee for the benefit of the Holders of the Capital Securities, and the Guarantee Trustee shall not transfer this Guarantee to any Person except a Holder of Capital Securities exercising his or her rights pursuant to Section 4.4(b) or to a Successor Guarantee Trustee on acceptance by such Successor Guarantee Trustee of its appointment to act as Successor Guarantee Trustee. The right, title and interest of the Guarantee Trustee shall automatically vest in any Successor Guarantee Trustee, and such vesting and cessation of title shall be effective whether or not conveyancing documents have been executed and delivered pursuant to the appointment of such Successor Guarantee Trustee.

(b)           If an Event of Default actually known to a Responsible Officer of the Guarantee Trustee has occurred and is continuing, the Guarantee Trustee shall enforce this Guarantee for the benefit of the Holders of the Capital Securities.

(c)           The Guarantee Trustee, before the occurrence of any Event of Default and after the curing or waiving of all Events of Default that may have occurred, shall undertake to perform only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Guarantee, and no implied covenants shall be read into this Guarantee against the Guarantee Trustee. In case an Event of Default has occurred (that has not been cured or waived pursuant to Section 2.4(b)) and is actually known to a Responsible Officer of the Guarantee Trustee, the Guarantee Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Guarantee, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise thereof, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his or her own affairs.

(d)           No provision of this Guarantee shall be construed to relieve the Guarantee Trustee from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:

(i)            prior to the occurrence of any Event of Default and after the curing or waiving of all Events of Default that may have occurred:

(A)          the duties and obligations of the Guarantee Trustee shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Guarantee, and the

4


 

 

Guarantee Trustee shall not be liable except for the performance of such duties and obligations as are specifically set forth in this Guarantee, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Guarantee against the Guarantee Trustee; and

(B)           in the absence of bad faith on the part of the Guarantee Trustee, the Guarantee Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon any certificates or opinions furnished to the Guarantee Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Guarantee; but in the case of any such certificates or opinions furnished to the Guarantee Trustee, the Guarantee Trustee shall be under a duty to examine the same to determine whether or not on their face they conform to the requirements of this Guarantee;

(ii)           the Guarantee Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer of the Guarantee Trustee, unless it shall be proved that such Responsible Officer of the Guarantee Trustee or the Guarantee Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts upon which such judgment was made;

(iii)          the Guarantee Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with the written direction of the Holders of not less than a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Guarantee Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Guarantee Trustee under this Guarantee; and

(iv)          no provision of this Guarantee shall require the Guarantee Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur personal financial liability in the performance of any of its duties or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if the Guarantee Trustee shall have reasonable grounds for believing that the repayment of such funds is not reasonably assured to it under the terms of this Guarantee, or security and indemnity, reasonably satisfactory to the Guarantee Trustee, against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.

SECTION 2.2Certain Rights of the Guarantee Trustee.

(a)           Subject to the provisions of Section 2.1:

(i)            The Guarantee Trustee may conclusively rely, and shall be fully protected in acting or refraining from acting upon, any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or presented by the proper party or parties.

(ii)           Any direction or act of the Guarantor contemplated by this Guarantee shall be sufficiently evidenced by an Officer’s Certificate.

5


 

 

 

(iii)          Whenever, in the administration of this Guarantee, the Guarantee Trustee shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established before taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Guarantee Trustee (unless other evidence is herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith on its part, request and conclusively rely upon an Officer’s Certificate of the Guarantor which, upon receipt of such request, shall be promptly delivered by the Guarantor.

(iv)          The Guarantee Trustee shall have no duty to see to any recording, filing or registration of any instrument or other writing (or any rerecording, refiling or reregistration thereof).

(v)           The Guarantee Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection, and the advice or opinion of such counsel with respect to legal matters shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with such advice or opinion. Such counsel may be counsel to the Guarantor or any of its Affiliates and may include any of its employees. The Guarantee Trustee shall have the right at any time to seek instructions concerning the administration of this Guarantee from any court of competent jurisdiction.

(vi)          The Guarantee Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Guarantee at the request or direction of any Holder, unless such Holder shall have provided to the Guarantee Trustee such security and indemnity, reasonably satisfactory to the Guarantee Trustee, against the costs, expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses and the expenses of the Guarantee Trustee’s agents, nominees or custodians) and liabilities that might be incurred by it in complying with such request or direction, including such reasonable advances as may be requested by the Guarantee Trustee; provided, however, that nothing contained in this Section 2.2(a)(vi) shall be taken to relieve the Guarantee Trustee, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, of its obligation to exercise the rights and powers vested in it by this Guarantee.

(vii)         The Guarantee Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document, but the Guarantee Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit.

(viii)        The Guarantee Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents, nominees, custodians or attorneys, and the Guarantee Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any agent or attorney appointed with due care by it hereunder.

6


 

 

 

(ix)           Any action taken by the Guarantee Trustee or its agents hereunder shall bind the Holders of the Capital Securities, and the signature of the Guarantee Trustee or its agents alone shall be sufficient and effective to perform any such action. No third party shall be required to inquire as to the authority of the Guarantee Trustee to so act or as to its compliance with any of the terms and provisions of this Guarantee, both of which shall be conclusively evidenced by the Guarantee Trustee’s or its agent’s taking such action.

(x)            Whenever in the administration of this Guarantee the Guarantee Trustee shall deem it desirable to receive instructions with respect to enforcing any remedy or right or taking any other action hereunder, the Guarantee Trustee (A) may request instructions from the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities, (B) may refrain from enforcing such remedy or right or taking such other action until such instructions are received and (C) shall be protected in conclusively relying on or acting in accordance with such instructions.

(xi)           The Guarantee Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken, suffered, or omitted to be taken by it in good faith and reasonably believed by it to be authorized or within the discretion or rights or powers conferred upon it by this Guarantee.

(b)           No provision of this Guarantee shall be deemed to impose any duty or obligation on the Guarantee Trustee to perform any act or acts or exercise any right, power, duty or obligation conferred or imposed on it, in any jurisdiction in which it shall be illegal or in which the Guarantee Trustee shall be unqualified or incompetent in accordance with applicable law to perform any such act or acts or to exercise any such right, power, duty or obligation. No permissive power or authority available to the Guarantee Trustee shall be construed to be a duty.

SECTION 2.3Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Guarantee.

The recitals contained in this Guarantee shall be taken as the statements of the Guarantor, and the Guarantee Trustee does not assume any responsibility for their correctness. The Guarantee Trustee makes no representation as to the validity or sufficiency of this Guarantee.

SECTION 2.4Events of Default; Waiver.

(a)           An Event of Default under this Guarantee will occur upon the failure of the Guarantor to perform any of its payment or other obligations hereunder.

(b)           The Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities may, voting or consenting as a class, on behalf of the Holders of all of the Capital Securities, waive any past Event of Default and its consequences. Upon such waiver, any such Event of Default shall cease to exist, and shall be deemed to have been cured, for every purpose of this Guarantee, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

7


 

 

 

SECTION 2.5Events of Default; Notice.

(a)           The Guarantee Trustee shall, within 90 days after the occurrence of an Event of Default, transmit by mail, first class postage prepaid, to the Holders of the Capital Securities, notices of all Events of Default actually known to a Responsible Officer of the Guarantee Trustee, unless such defaults have been cured before the giving of such notice; provided, however, that the Guarantee Trustee shall be protected in withholding such notice if and so long as a Responsible Officer of the Guarantee Trustee in good faith determines that the withholding of such notice is in the interests of the Holders of the Capital Securities.

(b)           The Guarantee Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of any Event of Default unless the Guarantee Trustee shall have received written notice thereof from the Guarantor or a Holder of the Capital Securities, or a Responsible Officer of the Guarantee Trustee charged with the administration of this Guarantee shall have actual knowledge thereof.

ARTICLE III
THE GUARANTEE TRUSTEE

SECTION 3.1The Guarantee Trustee; Eligibility.

(a)           There shall at all times be a Guarantee Trustee which shall:

(i)            not be an Affiliate of the Guarantor; and

(ii)           be a corporation or national association organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or any state or territory thereof or of the District of Columbia, or Person authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust powers, having a combined capital and surplus of at least Fifty Million U.S. Dollars ($50,000,000), and subject to supervision or examination by federal, state, territorial or District of Columbia authority. If such corporation or national association publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of the supervising or examining authority referred to above, then, for the purposes of this Section 3.1(a)(ii), the combined capital and surplus of such corporation or national association shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published.

(b)           If at any time the Guarantee Trustee shall cease to be eligible to so act under Section 3.1(a), the Guarantee Trustee shall immediately resign in the manner and with the effect set forth in Section 3.2(c).

(c)           If the Guarantee Trustee has or shall acquire any “conflicting interest’ within the meaning of Section 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act, the Guarantee Trustee shall either eliminate such interest or resign to the extent and in the manner provided by, and subject to, this Guarantee.

8


 

 

 

SECTION 3.2Appointment, Removal and Resignation of the Guarantee Trustee.

(a)           Subject to Section 3.2(b), the Guarantee Trustee may be appointed or removed without cause at any time by the Guarantor except during an Event of Default.

(b)           The Guarantee Trustee shall not be removed in accordance with Section 3.2(a) until a Successor Guarantee Trustee has been appointed and has accepted such appointment by written instrument executed by such Successor Guarantee Trustee and delivered to the Guarantor.

(c)           The Guarantee Trustee appointed to office shall hold office until a Successor Guarantee Trustee shall have been appointed or until its removal or resignation. The Guarantee Trustee may resign from office (without need for prior or subsequent accounting) by an instrument in writing executed by the Guarantee Trustee and delivered to the Guarantor, which resignation shall not take effect until a Successor Guarantee Trustee has been appointed and has accepted such appointment by an instrument in writing executed by such Successor Guarantee Trustee and delivered to the Guarantor and the resigning Guarantee Trustee.

(d)           If no Successor Guarantee Trustee shall have been appointed and accepted appointment as provided in this Section 3.2 within 60 days after delivery of an instrument of removal or resignation, the Guarantee Trustee resigning or being removed may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for appointment of a Successor Guarantee Trustee. Such court may thereupon, after prescribing such notice, if any, as it may deem proper, appoint a Successor Guarantee Trustee.

(e)           No Guarantee Trustee shall be liable for the acts or omissions to act of any Successor Guarantee Trustee.

(f)            Upon termination of this Guarantee or removal or resignation of the Guarantee Trustee pursuant to this Section 3.2, the Guarantor shall pay to the Guarantee Trustee all amounts owing to the Guarantee Trustee under Sections 7.2 and 7.3 accrued to the date of such termination, removal or resignation.

ARTICLE IV
GUARANTEE

SECTION 4.1Guarantee.

(a)           The Guarantor irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to pay in full to the Holders the Guarantee Payments (without duplication of amounts theretofore paid by the Issuer), as and when due, regardless of any defense (except as defense of payment by the Issuer), right of set-off or counterclaim that the Issuer may have or assert. The Guarantor’s obligation to make a Guarantee Payment may be satisfied by direct payment of the required amounts by the Guarantor to the Holders or by causing the Issuer to pay such amounts to the Holders.

9


 

 

 

(b)           The Guarantor hereby also agrees to assume any and all Obligations of the Issuer and in the event any such Obligation is not so assumed, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Guarantor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally guarantees to each Beneficiary the full payment, when and as due, of any and all Obligations to such Beneficiaries. This Guarantee is intended to be for the Beneficiaries who have received notice hereof.

SECTION 4.2Waiver of Notice and Demand.

The Guarantor hereby waives notice of acceptance of this Guarantee and of any liability to which it applies or may apply, presentment, demand for payment, any right to require a proceeding first against the Issuer or any other Person before proceeding against the Guarantor, protest, notice of nonpayment, notice of dishonor, notice of redemption and all other notices and demands.

SECTION 4.3Obligations Not Affected.

The obligations, covenants, agreements and duties of the Guarantor under this Guarantee shall in no way be affected or impaired by reason of the happening from time to time of any of the following:

(a)           the release or waiver, by operation of law or otherwise, of the performance or observance by the Issuer of any express or implied agreement, covenant, term or condition relating to the Capital Securities to be performed or observed by the Issuer;

(b)           the extension of time for the payment by the Issuer of all or any portion of the Distributions, Redemption Price, Special Redemption Price, Liquidation Distribution or any other sums payable under the terms of the Capital Securities or the extension of time for the performance of any other obligation under, arising out of, or in connection with, the Capital Securities (other than an extension of time for the payment of the Distributions, Redemption Price, Special Redemption Price, Liquidation Distribution or other sums payable that results from the extension of any interest payment period on the Debentures or any extension of the maturity date of the Debentures permitted by the Indenture);

(c)           any failure, omission, delay or lack of diligence on the part of the Holders to enforce, assert or exercise any right, privilege, power or remedy conferred on the Holders pursuant to the terms of the Capital Securities, or any action on the part of the Issuer granting indulgence or extension of any kind;

(d)           the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, sale of any collateral, receivership, insolvency, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, reorganization, arrangement, composition or readjustment of debt of, or other similar proceedings affecting, the Issuer or any of the assets of the Issuer;

(e)           any invalidity of, or defect or deficiency in, the Capital Securities;

10


 

 

 

(f)            the settlement or compromise of any obligation guaranteed hereby or hereby incurred; or

(g)           any other circumstance whatsoever that might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor, it being the intent of this Section 4.3 that the obligations of the Guarantor hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional under any and all circumstances.

There shall be no obligation of the Holders to give notice to, or obtain consent of, the Guarantor with respect to the happening of any of the foregoing.

SECTION 4.4Rights of Holders.

(a)           The Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Guarantee Trustee in respect of this Guarantee or to direct the exercise of any trust or power conferred upon the Guarantee Trustee under this Guarantee; provided, however, that (subject to Sections 2.1 and 2.2) the Guarantee Trustee shall have the right to decline to follow any such direction if the Guarantee Trustee shall determine that the actions so directed would be unjustly prejudicial to the Holders not taking part in such direction or if the Guarantee Trustee being advised by legal counsel determines that the action or proceeding so directed may not lawfully be taken or if the Guarantee Trustee in good faith by its board of directors or trustees, executive committee or a trust committee of directors or trustees and/or Responsible Officers shall determine that the action or proceeding so directed would involve the Guarantee Trustee in personal liability.

(b)           Any Holder of Capital Securities may institute a legal proceeding directly against the Guarantor to enforce the Guarantee Trustee’s rights under this Guarantee, without first instituting a legal proceeding against the Issuer, the Guarantee Trustee or any other Person. The Guarantor waives any right or remedy to require that any such action be brought first against the Issuer, the Guarantee Trustee or any other Person before so proceeding directly against the Guarantor.

SECTION 4.5Guarantee of Payment.

This Guarantee creates a guarantee of payment and not of collection.

SECTION 4.6Subrogation.

The Guarantor shall be subrogated to all (if any) rights of the Holders of Capital Securities against the Issuer in respect of any amounts paid to such Holders by the Guarantor under this Guarantee; provided, however, that the Guarantor shall not (except to the extent required by applicable provisions of law) be entitled to enforce or exercise any right that it may acquire by way of subrogation or any indemnity, reimbursement or other agreement, in all cases as a result of payment under this Guarantee, if, after giving effect to any such payment, any amounts are due and unpaid under this Guarantee. If any amount shall be paid to the Guarantor

11


 

 

in violation of the preceding sentence, the Guarantor agrees to hold such amount in trust for the Holders and to pay over such amount to the Holders.

SECTION 4.7Independent Obligations.

The Guarantor acknowledges that its obligations hereunder are independent of the obligations of the Issuer with respect to the Capital Securities and that the Guarantor shall be liable as principal and as debtor hereunder to make Guarantee Payments pursuant to the terms of this Guarantee notwithstanding the occurrence of any event referred to in subsections (a) through (g), inclusive, of Section 4.3 hereof.

SECTION 4.8Enforcement.

A Beneficiary may enforce the Obligations of the Guarantor contained in Section 4.1(b) directly against the Guarantor, and the Guarantor waives any right or remedy to require that any action be brought against the Issuer or any other person or entity before proceeding against the Guarantor.

The Guarantor shall be subrogated to all rights (if any) of any Beneficiary against the Issuer in respect of any amounts paid to the Beneficiaries by the Guarantor under this Guarantee; provided, however, that the Guarantor shall not (except to the extent required by applicable provisions of law) be entitled to enforce or exercise any rights that it may acquire by way of subrogation or any indemnity, reimbursement or other agreement, in all cases as a result of payment under this Guarantee, if, after giving effect to such payment, any amounts are due and unpaid under this Guarantee.

ARTICLE V
LIMITATION OF TRANSACTIONS; SUBORDINATION

SECTION 5.1Limitation of Transactions.

So long as any Capital Securities remain outstanding, if (a) there shall have occurred and be continuing an Event of Default or (b) the Guarantor shall have selected an Extension Period as provided in the Declaration and such period, or any extension thereof, shall have commenced and be continuing, then the Guarantor may not (x) declare or pay any dividends or distributions on, or redeem, purchase, acquire, or make a liquidation payment with respect to, any of the Guarantor’s capital stock or (y) make any payment of principal of or interest or premium, if any, on or repay, repurchase or redeem any debt securities of the Guarantor that rank pari passu in all respects with or junior in interest to the Debentures (other than (i) payments under this Guarantee, (ii) repurchases, redemptions or other acquisitions of shares of capital stock of the Guarantor (A) in connection with any employment contract, benefit plan or other similar arrangement with or for the benefit of one or more employees, officers, directors, or consultants, (B) in connection with a dividend reinvestment or stockholder stock purchase plan or (C) in connection with the issuance of capital stock of the Guarantor (or securities convertible into or exercisable for such capital stock), as consideration in an acquisition transaction entered into prior to the occurrence of the Event of Default or the applicable Extension Period, (iii) as a result of any exchange, reclassification, combination or conversion of any class or series of the Guarantor’s capital stock (or any capital stock of a

12


 

 

subsidiary of the Guarantor) for any class or series of the Guarantor’s capital stock or of any class or series of the Guarantor’s indebtedness for any class or series of the Guarantor’s capital stock, (iv) the purchase of fractional interests in shares of the Guarantor’s capital stock pursuant to the conversion or exchange provisions of such capital stock or the security being converted or exchanged, (v) any declaration of a dividend in connection with any stockholder’s rights plan, or the issuance of rights, stock or other property under any stockholder’s rights plan, or the redemption or repurchase of rights pursuant thereto, or (vi) any dividend in the form of stock, warrants, options or other rights where the dividend stock or the stock issuable upon exercise of such warrants, options or other rights is the same stock as that on which the dividend is being paid or ranks pari passu with or junior to such stock).

SECTION 5.2Ranking.

This Guarantee will constitute an unsecured obligation of the Guarantor and will rank subordinate and junior in right of payment to all present and future Senior Indebtedness (as defined in the Indenture) of the Guarantor. By their acceptance thereof, each Holder of Capital Securities agrees to the foregoing provisions of this Guarantee and the other terms set forth herein.

The right of the Guarantor to participate in any distribution of assets of any of its subsidiaries upon any such subsidiary’s liquidation or reorganization or otherwise is subject to the prior claims of creditors of that subsidiary, except to the extent the Guarantor may itself be recognized as a creditor of that subsidiary. Accordingly, the Guarantor’s obligations under this Guarantee will be effectively subordinated to all existing and future liabilities of the Guarantor’s subsidiaries, and claimants should look only to the assets of the Guarantor for payments thereunder. This Guarantee does not limit the incurrence or issuance of other secured or unsecured debt of the Guarantor, including Senior Indebtedness of the Guarantor, under any indenture or agreement that the Guarantor may enter into in the future or otherwise.

ARTICLE VI
TERMINATION

SECTION 6.1Termination.

This Guarantee shall terminate as to the Capital Securities (i) upon full payment of the Redemption Price or the Special Redemption Price, as the case may be, of all Capital Securities then outstanding, (ii) upon the distribution of all of the Debentures to the Holders of all of the Capital Securities or (iii) upon full payment of the amounts payable in accordance with the Declaration upon dissolution of the Issuer. This Guarantee will continue to be effective or will be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time any Holder of Capital Securities must restore payment of any sums paid under the Capital Securities or under this Guarantee.

13


 

 

 

ARTICLE VII
INDEMNIFICATION

SECTION 7.1Exculpation.

(a)           No Indemnified Person shall be liable, responsible or accountable in damages or otherwise to the Guarantor or any Covered Person for any loss, damage or claim incurred by reason of any act or omission of such Indemnified Person in good faith in accordance with this Guarantee and in a manner that such Indemnified Person reasonably believed to be within the scope of the authority conferred on such Indemnified Person by this Guarantee or by law, except that an Indemnified Person shall be liable for any such loss, damage or claim incurred by reason of such Indemnified Person’s negligence or willful misconduct with respect to such acts or omissions.

(b)           An Indemnified Person shall be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the records of the Issuer or the Guarantor and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Issuer or the Guarantor by any Person as to matters the Indemnified Person reasonably believes are within such other Person’s professional or expert competence and who, if selected by such Indemnified Person, has been selected with reasonable care by such Indemnified Person, including information, opinions, reports or statements as to the value and amount of the assets, liabilities, profits, losses, or any other facts pertinent to the existence and amount of assets from which Distributions to Holders of Capital Securities might properly be paid.

SECTION 7.2Indemnification.

(a)           The Guarantor agrees to indemnify each Indemnified Person for, and to hold each Indemnified Person harmless against, any and all loss, liability, damage, claim or expense incurred without negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the Indemnified Person, arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of the trust or trusts hereunder, including but not limited to the costs and expenses (including reasonable legal fees and expenses) of the Indemnified Person defending itself against, or investigating, any claim or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of the Indemnified Person’s powers or duties hereunder. The obligation to indemnify as set forth in this Section 7.2 shall survive the resignation or removal of the Guarantee Trustee and the termination of this Guarantee.

(b)           Promptly after receipt by an Indemnified Person under this Section 7.2 of notice of the commencement of any action, such Indemnified Person will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the Guarantor under this Section 7.2, notify the Guarantor in writing of the commencement thereof; but the failure so to notify the Guarantor (i) will not relieve the Guarantor from liability under paragraph (a) above unless and to the extent that the Guarantor did not otherwise learn of such action and such failure results in the forfeiture by the Guarantor of substantial rights and defenses and (ii) will not, in any event, relieve the Guarantor from any obligations to any Indemnified Person other than the indemnification obligation provided in paragraph (a) above. The Guarantor shall be entitled to appoint counsel of the Guarantor’s choice at the Guarantor’s

14


 

 

expense to represent the Indemnified Person in any action for which indemnification is sought (in which case the Guarantor shall not thereafter be responsible for the fees and expenses of any separate counsel retained by the Indemnified Person or Persons except as set forth below); provided, however, that such counsel shall be satisfactory to the Indemnified Person. Notwithstanding the Guarantor’s election to appoint counsel to represent the Indemnified Person in any action, the Indemnified Person shall have the right to employ separate counsel (including local counsel), and the Guarantor shall bear the reasonable fees, costs and expenses of such separate counsel (and local counsel), if (i) the use of counsel chosen by the Guarantor to represent the Indemnified Person would present such counsel with a conflict of interest, (ii) the actual or potential defendants in, or targets of, any such action include both the Indemnified Person and the Guarantor and the Indemnified Person shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it and/or other Indemnified Persons which are different from or additional to those available to the Guarantor, (iii) the Guarantor shall not have employed counsel satisfactory to the Indemnified Person to represent the Indemnified Person within a reasonable time after notice of the institution of such action or (iv) the Guarantor shall authorize the Indemnified Person to employ separate counsel at the expense of the Guarantor. The Guarantor will not, without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Persons, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any pending or threatened claim, action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the Indemnified Persons are actual or potential parties to such claim or action) unless such settlement, compromise or consent includes an unconditional release of each Indemnified Person from all liability arising out of such claim, action, suit or proceeding.

SECTION 7.3Compensation; Reimbursement of Expenses.

Other than as provided in the Fee Agreement of even date herewith between the Guarantor, Cohen & Company and the Guarantee Trustee, the Guarantor agrees:

(a)           to pay to the Guarantee Trustee from time to time such compensation for all services rendered by it hereunder as the parties shall agree to from time to time (which compensation shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust); and

(b)           except as otherwise expressly provided herein, to reimburse the Guarantee Trustee upon request for all reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by it in accordance with any provision of this Guarantee (including the reasonable compensation and the expenses and disbursements of its agents and counsel), except any such expense, disbursement or advance as may be attributable to its negligence or willful misconduct.

The provisions of this Section 7.3 shall survive the resignation or removal of the Guarantee Trustee and the termination of this Guarantee.

15


 

 

 

ARTICLE VIII
MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 8.1Successors and Assigns.

All guarantees and agreements contained in this Guarantee shall bind the successors, assigns, receivers, trustees and representatives of the Guarantor and shall inure to the benefit of the Holders of the Capital Securities then outstanding. Except in connection with any merger or consolidation of the Guarantor with or into another entity or any sale, transfer or lease of the Guarantor’s assets or capital stock to another entity, in each case to the extent permitted under the Indenture, the Guarantor may not assign its rights or delegate its obligations under this Guarantee without the prior approval of the Holders of not less than a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities.

SECTION 8.2Amendments.

Except with respect to any changes that do not adversely affect the rights of Holders of the Capital Securities in any material respect (in which case no consent of Holders will be required), this Guarantee may be amended only with the prior approval of the Holders of not less than a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities. The provisions of the Declaration with respect to amendments thereof shall apply equally with respect to amendments of the Guarantee.

SECTION 8.3Notices.

All notices provided for in this Guarantee shall be in writing, duly signed by the party giving such notice, and shall be delivered, telecopied or mailed by first class mail, as follows:

(a)           If given to the Guarantee Trustee, at the Guarantee Trustee’s mailing address set forth below (or such other address as the Guarantee Trustee may give notice of to the Holders of the Capital Securities):

U.S. Bank National Association
225 Asylum Street, 23rd Floor
Hartford, CT 06103
Attention:  Corporate Trust Services
Chino Statutory Trust I

With a copy to:

U.S. Bank National Association
One Federal Street, 3rd Floor
Boston, MA  02110
Attention:  Corporate Trust Services
Chino Statutory Trust I
Telecopy:  (617) 603-6683
Telephone: (617) 603-6549

16


 

 

 

(b)           If given to the Guarantor, at the Guarantor’s mailing address set forth below (or such other address as the Guarantor may give notice of to the Holders of the Capital Securities and to the Guarantee Trustee):

Chino Commercial Bancorp
14345 Pipeline Avenue
Chino, California 91710
Attention: Dann H. Bowman
Telecopy: (909) 465-1279
Telephone: (909) 393-8880

(c)           If given to any Holder of the Capital Securities, at the address set forth on the books and records of the Issuer.

All such notices shall be deemed to have been given when received in person, telecopied with receipt confirmed, or mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid, except that if a notice or other document is refused delivery or cannot be delivered because of a changed address of which no notice was given, such notice or other document shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date of such refusal or inability to deliver.

SECTION 8.4Benefit.

This Guarantee is solely for the benefit of the Holders of the Capital Securities and, subject to Section 2.1(a), is not separately transferable from the Capital Securities.

SECTION 8.5Governing Law.

THIS GUARANTEE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICT OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF (OTHER THAN SECTION 5-1401 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW).

SECTION 8.6Counterparts.

This Guarantee may contain more than one counterpart of the signature page and this Guarantee may be executed by the affixing of the signature of the Guarantor and the Guarantee Trustee to any of such counterpart signature pages. All of such counterpart signature pages shall be read as though one, and they shall have the same force and effect as though all of the signers had signed a single signature page.

17


 

 

 

THIS GUARANTEE is executed as of the day and year first above written.

CHINO COMMERCIAL BANCORP,
as Guarantor

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Dann H. Bowman

 

 

Name:

Dann H. Bowman

 

 

Title:

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as
Guarantee Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Paul D. Allen

 

 

Name:

 

Paul D. Allen

 

 

Title:

 

Vice President

 

 

18


 

EX1A-6 MAT CTRCT 13 v463400_ex6-7.htm EXHIBIT 6.7

Exhibit 6.7

 

CHINO COMMERCIAL BANK, N.A.

AMENDMENT TO SALARY CONTINUATION AGREEMENT

 

     WHEREAS, Dann H. Bowman (“Executive”) entered into Salary Continuation Agreement with Chino Commercial Bank, N.A. (the “Bank”) effective July 1, 2006 (the “Agreement”), specifying the terms of Executive’s employment by the Bank as President and Chief Executive Officer;

 

     WHEREAS, the parties desire to amend the Agreement to comply with the provisions of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“Section 409A”);

 

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree that the following shall take effect as of the date hereof:

 

     1. Section 409A Limitation. It is the intention of the Bank and Executive that the severance and other benefits payable to Executive under this Agreement either be exempt from, or otherwise comply with, Section 409A. Notwithstanding any other term or provision of this Agreement, to the extent that any provision of this Agreement is determined by the Bank, with the advice of its independent accounting firm or other tax advisors, to be subject to and not in compliance with Section 409A, including, without limitation, the definition of “change in control” or the timing of commencement and completion of severance benefit and/or other benefit payments to Executive hereunder in connection with a merger, recapitalization, sale of shares or other "change in control", or the amount of any such payments, such provisions shall be interpreted in the manner required to comply with Section 409A. The Bank and Executive acknowledge and agree that such interpretation could, among other matters, (i) limit the circumstances or events that constitute a “change in control;” (ii) delay for a period of six (6) months or more, or otherwise modify the commencement of severance and/or other benefit payments; and/or (iii) modify the completion date of severance and/or other benefit payments. The Bank and Executive further acknowledge and agree that if, in the judgment of the Bank, with the advice of its independent accounting firm or other tax advisors, amendment of this Agreement is necessary to comply with Section 409A, the Bank and Executive will negotiate reasonably and in good faith to amend the terms of this Agreement to the extent necessary so that it complies (with the most limited possible economic effect on the Bank and Executive) with Section 409A. For example, if this Agreement is subject to Section 409A and it requires that severance and/or other benefit payments must be delayed until at least six (6) months after Executive terminates employment, then the Bank and Executive would delay payments and/or promptly seek a written amendment to this Agreement that would, if permissible under Section 409A, eliminate any such payments otherwise payable during the first six (6) months following Executive’s termination of employment and substitute therefor a lump sum payment or an initial installment payment, as applicable, at the beginning of the seventh (7th) month following Executive’s termination of employment which in the case of an initial installment payment would be equal in the aggregate to the amount of all such payments thus eliminated.

 

 

 

 

 

     2. No Further Amendment. Except as set forth herein the terms of the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect without modification or amendment.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of December 31, 2008.

 

  CHINO COMMERCIAL BANK, N.A. 
   
  By: /s/ Thomas A Woodbury 
            Thomas A. Woodbury 
            Chairman of the Compensation Committee 

 

/s/ Dann H. Bowman                              

Dann H. Bowman

(“Executive”)

 

 

 

EX1A-6 MAT CTRCT 14 v463400_ex6-8.htm EXHIBIT 6.8

Exhibit 6.8

 

CHINO COMMERCIAL BANK, N.A.

AMENDMENT TO SALARY CONTINUATION AGREEMENT

 

     WHEREAS, Roger Caberto (“Executive”) entered into a Salary Continuation Agreement with Chino Commercial Bank, N.A. (the “Bank”) effective July 1, 2004 (the “Agreement”), specifying the terms of Executive’s salary continuation by the Bank as Chief Credit Officer;

 

     WHEREAS, the parties desire to amend the Agreement to comply with the provisions of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“Section 409A”);

 

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree that the following shall take effect as of the date hereof:

 

     3. Section 409A Limitation. It is the intention of the Bank and Executive that the severance and other benefits payable to Executive under this Agreement either be exempt from, or otherwise comply with, Section 409A. Notwithstanding any other term or provision of this Agreement, to the extent that any provision of this Agreement is determined by the Bank, with the advice of its independent accounting firm or other tax advisors, to be subject to and not in compliance with Section 409A, including, without limitation, the definition of “change in control” or the timing of commencement and completion of severance benefit and/or other benefit payments to Executive hereunder in connection with a merger, recapitalization, sale of shares or other "change in control", or the amount of any such payments, such provisions shall be interpreted in the manner required to comply with Section 409A. The Bank and Executive acknowledge and agree that such interpretation could, among other matters, (i) limit the circumstances or events that constitute a “change in control;” (ii) delay for a period of six (6) months or more, or otherwise modify the commencement of severance and/or other benefit payments; and/or (iii) modify the completion date of severance and/or other benefit payments. The Bank and Executive further acknowledge and agree that if, in the judgment of the Bank, with the advice of its independent accounting firm or other tax advisors, amendment of this Agreement is necessary to comply with Section 409A, the Bank and Executive will negotiate reasonably and in good faith to amend the terms of this Agreement to the extent necessary so that it complies (with the most limited possible economic effect on the Bank and Executive) with Section 409A. For example, if this Agreement is subject to Section 409A and it requires that severance and/or other benefit payments must be delayed until at least six (6) months after Executive terminates employment, then the Bank and Executive would delay payments and/or promptly seek a written amendment to this Agreement that would, if permissible under Section 409A, eliminate any such payments otherwise payable during the first six (6) months following Executive’s termination of employment and substitute therefor a lump sum payment or an initial installment payment, as applicable, at the beginning of the seventh (7th) month following Executive’s termination of employment which in the case of an initial installment payment would be equal in the aggregate to the amount of all such payments thus eliminated.

 

 

 

 

     4. No Further Amendment. Except as set forth herein the terms of the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect without modification or amendment.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of December 31, 2008.

 

  CHINO COMMERCIAL BANK, N.A. 
   
  By: /s/ Dann H. Bowman 
             Dann H. Bowman 

 

/s/ Roger Caberto                                
Roger Caberto
(“Executive”)

 

 

 

EX1A-6 MAT CTRCT 15 v463400_ex6-9.htm EXHIBIT 6.9

 

Exhibit 6.9

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

THIS AGREEMENT is made this 1st day of July, 2015, by and between CHINO COMMERCIAL BANK, N.A. (the "Bank"), having its main office at 14245 Pipeline Avenue, Chino, California 91710, and DANN H. BOWMAN ("Executive"), whose residence address is 5481 Arena Way, Fontana, California 92336.

 

WHEREAS, the Bank is a national banking association, with power to own property and carry on its business as it is now being conducted;

 

WHEREAS, the Bank desires to avail itself of the skill, knowledge and experience of Executive in order to insure the successful management of its business; and

 

WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to specify the terms and conditions of Executive's employment by the Bank;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, and intending to be legally bound, it is agreed that from and after July 1, 2015 (the "Effective Date"), the following terms and conditions shall apply to Executive's said employment:

 

A.    TERM OF EMPLOYMENT

 

1.    Term.   The Bank hereby employs Executive and Executive hereby accepts employment with the Bank for the period of three (3) years (the "Term") commencing with the Effective Date, subject, however, to prior termination of this Agreement, as hereinafter provided. Where used herein, "Term " shall refer to the entire period of employment of Executive by The Bank hereunder, whether for the period provided above, or whether terminated earlier as hereinafter provided.

 

B.    DUTIES OF EXECUTIVE

 

1.    Duties.     Executive shall perform the duties of President and Chief Executive Officer of the Bank, subject to the powers by law vested in the Board of Directors of the Bank and in the Bank's shareholders. During the Term, Executive shall perform exclusively the services herein contemplated to be performed by Executive faithfully, diligently and to the best of Executive's ability, consistent with the highest and best standards of the banking industry and in compliance with all applicable laws and the Bank's Articles of Association and Bylaws.

 

2.     Conflicts of Interest.    Except as permitted by the prior written consent of the Board of Directors of the Bank, Executive shall devote Executive's entire productive time, ability and attention to the business of the Bank during the Term and Executive shall not directly or indirectly render any services to any other person, firm or corporation, whether for compensation or otherwise, which are in conflict with the Bank's interests. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive may make investments of a passive nature in any business or venture, provided however, that such business or venture is neither in competition, directly or indirectly, in any manner with the Bank nor a customer of the Bank.

 

  

 

  

C.    COMPENSATION

 

1.    Salary.   For Executive's services hereunder, the Bank shall pay or cause to be paid as annual base salary to Executive: One-Hundred, Seventy-Six Thousand, Dollars ($176,000) for the first year of the Term, commencing July 1, 2015 and continuing through June 30, 2016; One-Hundred, Eighty-Five Thousand, Dollars ($185,000) for the second year of the Term, commencing July 1, 2016 and continuing through June 30, 2017; and One-Hundred, Ninety-Four Thousand, Dollars ($194,000) for the year of the Term, commencing July 1, 2017 and continuing through June 30, 2018. Said salary shall be payable in equal installments in conformity with the Bank's normal payroll practice.

 

2.    Bonuses.

 

(a)   Incentive Bonus Compensation    Executive shall receive annual incentive bonus compensation equal to five percent (5.0%) of the net income (after Federal and State income taxes) of the Bank for each fiscal year during the Term. For purposes of this Paragraph C.2(a), net income shall be determined based upon the Bank's audited annual financial statements and such bonus shall be payable to Executive upon certification of such financial statements by the Bank's independent accountants.

 

(b)   Discretionary Bonuses.   In addition, Executive may receive such bonuses, if any, as the Board of Directors in its sole discretion shall determine.

 

D.   EXECUTIVE BENEFITS

 

1.    Vacation.    Executive shall be entitled to up to four (4) weeks of vacation for each remaining year of the Term, which vacation shall be taken at such times as are agreed upon by Executive and the Board of Directors; provided, however, that during each year of the Term, Executive is required to, and shall take at least two (2) weeks" of said vacation (the "Mandatory Vacation"), which shall be taken consecutively. Accrual for unused vacation time shall be determined in accordance with the Bank's Personnel Policy as if in effect from time to time.

 

2.   Automobile.   Commencing on the Effective Date and during the entire Term hereunder, the Bank shall pay to Executive an automobile allowance of Six Hundred Dollars ($600) per month or furnish said Executive with a Bank-owned automobile.

 

3.    Group Medical and Life Insurance Benefits.   The Bank, at its expense, shall provide for Executive medical, dental, accident and health, and income continuation insurance benefits (including disability) benefits in accordance with the Bank's Personnel Policy as in effect from time to time, except that in any event, Executive shall be provided with term life insurance benefits of at least $500,000. Said coverage shall be in existence or shall take effect as of the Effective Date hereof and shall continue throughout the Term. Executive shall be the individual owner of such life insurance policy with all associated benefits. The Bank's liability to Executive for any breach of this Paragraph D.3 shall be limited to the amount of premiums payable by the Bank to obtain the coverage contemplated herein. Said coverage shall be in existence or shall take effect as of the Effective Date and shall continue throughout the Term.

 

 2 

 

 

4.     Stock Option.     No additional stock options are included in this contract renewal over and above any options which may have been previously awarded.

 

E.    REIMBURSEMENT FOR BUSINESS EXPENSES

 

Executive shall be entitled to reimbursement by the Bank for ordinary and necessary business expenses (the general nature of which shall be established by the Board of Directors) incurred by Executive in the performance of Executive's duties when acting for the Bank during the Term, provided that:

 

1.     Each such expenditure is of a nature qualifying it as a proper deduction on the Federal and State income tax returns of the Bank as a business expense and not as compensation to Executive; and

 

2.    Executive furnishes to the Bank adequate records and other documentary evidence required by Federal and State statutes and regulations issued by the appropriate taxing authorities for the substantiation of such expenditures as deductible business expenses of the Bank and not as compensation to Executive.

 

F.    TERMINATION

 

1.   Termination for Cause.    The Bank may terminate this agreement at any time without further obligation or liability to Executive, by action of the Board of Directors, if Executive: (a) fails to perform or habitually neglects the duties which he is required to perform hereunder; (b) engages in illegal activity which materially adversely affects the Bank's reputation in the community or which evidences the lack of Executive's fitness or ability to perform Executive's duties as determined by the Board of Directors in good faith; (c) engages in the use or possession of any controlled substance or in chronic abuse of alcoholic beverages; (d) exhibits personal dishonesty, incompetence, willful misconduct, breach of fiduciary duty involving personal profit, intentional failure to perform his stated duties, or willful violation of any law, rule, regulation (other than traffic violations or similar offenses) or final cease-and-desist order; or (e) commits any act which would cause termination of coverage under the Bank's Bankers' Blanket Bond as to Executive (as distinguished from termination of coverage as to the Bank as a whole). Such termination shall not prejudice any remedy which the Bank may have at law, in equity, or under this Agreement. The Bank may also terminate this Agreement without further obligation or liability to Executive in the event that the Bank is not licensed to do business, does not receive a Certificate of Authority to commence the business of banking from the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency or fails to obtain insurance of accounts from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation for any reason. Termination pursuant to this Paragraph F.1 shall become effective immediately upon notice to Executive of termination from the Bank.

 

2.    Death Or Disability.    In the event of Executive's death, or if Executive is found to be physically or mentally disabled (as hereinafter defined) as determined by the Board of Directors in good faith, this Agreement shall terminate without any further liability or obligation to Executive.

 

 3 

 

 

For purposes of this Agreement only, "physically or mentally disabled" shall be defined as that term is defined in the Bank's disability policy as in effect from time to time; if for any reason no such policy is in effect, then " physically or mentally disabled" shall be defined as Executive being unable to fully perform under this Agreement for a continuous period of One-hundred, twenty (120) days or a cumulative period of One-hundred, Eighty (180) days in any one calendar year. If there should be a dispute between the Bank and Executive as to Executive's physical or mental disability for purposes of this Agreement, the question shall be settled by the opinion of an impartial reputable physician or psychiatrist agreed upon by the parties or their representatives, or if the parties cannot agree within ten (10) days after a request for designation of such Party, then by a physician or psychiatrist designated by the San Bernardino County Medical Association. The certification of such physician or psychiatrist as to the question in dispute shall be final and binding upon the parties hereto.

 

3.    Action by Supervisory Authority.    If the Bank is closed or taken over by the Comptroller of the Currency or other supervisory authority, including the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, or if such supervisory authority should exercise its enforcement powers to remove Executive from office or suggest such removal, the Bank may immediately terminate this Agreement without further liability or obligation to Executive.

 

4.    Merger or Corporate Dissolution.    In the event of a "Terminating Event" as defined below, this Agreement shall not be terminated, in which case the surviving or resulting corporation, the transferee of the Bank's assets, or the Bank shall be bound by and shall have the benefit of the provisions of this agreement. In the event Executive's employment is actually or constructively terminated in connection with or following such a Terminating Event, Executive shall be entitled to the same severance benefits as contemplated by Paragraph F .5 below. For purposes of this Paragraph F .4, constructive termination shall include: (i) any decrease in salary or benefits below those in effect for Executive immediately prior to the Terminating Event, (ii) any demotion to a position below that of an executive officer, or (iii) any relocation of Executive more than 30 miles from his principal place of business immediately prior to the Terminating Event. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Paragraph F.4, no severance benefits shall be payable to Executive hereunder if Executive's employment is terminated for any of the reasons delineated in Paragraph F.1 hereof.

 

For purposes of this Paragraph F.4, a "Terminating Event" shall include: (i) a reorganization, merger, or consolidation of the Bank with one or more corporations as a result of which the Bank will not be the surviving corporation, (ii) a sale of substantially all the assets and property of the Bank to another person, corporation or entity, or (iii) a "change in control," i.e., any other single transaction involving the Bank (such as a tender offer) where there is a change in ownership of at least twenty-five percent (25%) of the Bank's outstanding shares, unless such change in ownership results from (i) a transfer of shares to another corporation in exchange for at least eighty percent (80%) control of that corporation, (ii) the issuance of additional shares of stock by the Bank in a secondary stock offering, private placement or similar transaction, or (iii) any acquisition in which the Bank will be the surviving entity.

 

In addition, and notwithstanding any of the foregoing, if the Bank is not the surviving entity in any transaction contemplated above and said transaction is in any manner the result of the then poor financial condition of the Bank, however caused, including, but not limited to, lack of profitability, deterioration of asset condition or defalcation, or such action is the result of any suggestion or order of the Comptroller or the FDIC, then, in such event, this Agreement shall terminate immediately upon the consummation of such transaction and Executive agrees that all rights, duties and obligations and benefits herein conferred shall thereupon terminate and that Executive shall be entitled to no further compensation or benefits from the Bank other than as required by applicable law.

 

 4 

 

 

5.    Termination At Will.    Pursuant to the provisions of 12 U.S.C. Section 24 and notwithstanding any other provision to the contrary contained herein, it is agreed by the parties hereto that the Bank may at any time elect to terminate this Agreement and Executive's employment by the Bank for any reason by action of its Board of Directors. Any termination under this Paragraph F.5 shall be effective immediately upon the Bank's giving of notice to Executive, and all benefits provided by the Bank hereunder to Executive shall thereupon cease, other than the severance benefits contemplated herein, and the insurance benefits provided to Executive hereunder which shall be continued by the Bank for a period not to exceed Ninety (90) days after termination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is agreed that in the event of such termination, Executive shall be entitled to receive a lump sum payment equal to the lesser of eighteen (18) months' severance pay or the balance due under the Agreement, but in no event less than six (6) months salary. If Executive is entitled to receive payments pursuant to this Paragraph F.5 and the event causing such payment occurs within sixty (60) days of the Bank's fiscal year end, the Bank's Board of Directors, or a duly authorized committee thereof, shall consider an additional payment to Executive based on Executive's pro rata share of a mandatory bonus, if any, for such fiscal year. Such action shall not be construed as a breach of this Agreement, and the payment of the benefits stated above shall constitute full and complete performance by the Bank of its obligations hereunder.

 

6.    Effect of Termination.     In the event of the termination of this Agreement prior to the completion of the Term specified herein, Executive shall be entitled to the salary earned by Executive prior to the date of termination as provided for in this Agreement, computed pro rata up to and including that date; but Executive shall be entitled to no further compensation for services rendered after the date of termination, except as provided in Paragraphs FA and F.5 above in the event that if Executive's employment is terminated pursuant to either Paragraph F.4 or F.5 hereof.

 

G.    GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

1.    Trade Secrets.    During the Term, Executive will have access to and become acquainted with what Executive and the Bank acknowledge are trade secrets, to wit, knowledge or data concerning the Bank, including its operations and business, and the identity of customers of the Bank, including knowledge of their financial condition, their financial needs, as well as their methods of doing business. Executive shall not disclose any of the aforesaid trade secrets, directly or indirectly, or use them in anyway, either during the Term or for a period of one year thereafter, except as required in the course of Executive's employment with the Bank.

 

2.     Indemnification.   To the maximum extent and when permitted by applicable law, the Articles of Association, Bylaws and/or resolutions of the Bank in effect from time to time (except as limited below), the Bank shall indemnify Executive against liability or loss arising out of Executive's actual or asserted misfeasance or non-feasance in the performance of Executive's duties or out of any actual or asserted wrongful act against, or by, the Bank including but not limited to judgments, fines, settlements and expenses incurred in the defense of actions, proceedings and appeals there from. However, the Bank shall have no duty to indemnify Executive with respect to any claim, issue or matter as to which Executive has been adjudged to be liable to the Bank in the performance of his duties, unless and only to the extent that the court in which such action was brought shall determine upon application that, in view of all of the circumstances of the case, Executive is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification for the expenses which such court shall determine. The Bank shall endeavor to maintain Directors and Officers Liability Insurance to indemnify and insure the Bank and Executive from and against the aforesaid liabilities, and unless otherwise required by law, the Bank shall have no duty to indemnify Executive in any amount which exceeds the Bank's insurance coverage. The provisions of this Paragraph G.2 shall apply to the estate, executor, administrator, heirs, legatees or devisees of Executive.

 

 5 

 

 

3.     Arbitration.    In the event of a breach or dispute pertaining to or arising from this Agreement, the parties hereto agree that any such dispute between the parties arising out of any section of this Agreement except Paragraphs G.1 and G.2 will, on the written notice of one party served on the other, be submitted to binding arbitration governed by the laws, rules, regulations and ordinances applicable in San Bernardino County, State of California. In such event, each of the parties will appoint one person as an arbitrator to hear and determine the dispute and if they are unable to agree, then the two arbitrators so chosen will select a third impartial arbitrator whose decision will be final and conclusive upon the parties. A material or anticipatory breach of any section of this Agreement shall not release either party from the obligations of this Paragraph G.5.

 

4.     Notices.    Any notice, request, demand or other communication required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to be duly given upon personal delivery (professional courier acceptable); three (3) calendar days following deposit in the United States mail by either certified or registered mail, with return receipt requested, postage prepaid; or upon receipt of written confirmation of transmission if delivered by facsimile, addressed to the party at the address appearing at the beginning of this Agreement. Either party may change its address by written notice in accordance with this Paragraph G.6. (In the case of the Bank's address, no notice need be given of the change to its permanent address of 14245 Pipeline Avenue, Chino, California 91710).

 

5.     Applicable Law.    Except to the extent governed by the laws of the United States, this Agreement is to be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of California.

 

6.     Captions and Paragraph Headings.   Captions and paragraph headings used herein are for convenience only and are not a part of this Agreement and shall not be used in construing it.

 

7.     Invalid Provisions.   Should any provision of this Agreement for any reason be declared invalid, void, or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, the validity and binding effect of any remaining portion shall not be affected, and the remaining portions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect as if this Agreement had been executed with said provision eliminated.

 

8.     Entire Agreement.    This Agreement contains the entire agreement of the parties. It supersedes any and all other agreements, either oral or in writing, between the parties hereto with respect to the employment of Executive by the Bank. Each party to this Agreement acknowledges that no representations, inducements, promises, or agreements, oral or otherwise, have been made by any party, or anyone acting on behalf of any party, which are not embodied herein, and that no other agreement, statement, or promise not contained in this agreement shall be valid or binding. This Agreement may not be modified or amended by oral agreement, but only by an agreement in writing signed by the Bank and Executive.

 

19.   Receipt of Agreement.    Executive hereby acknowledges that he has read this Agreement in its entirety and does hereby acknowledge receipt of a fully executed copy thereof. A fully executed copy shall be an original for all purposes, and is a duplicate original.

 

 6 

 

 

20.   Review by Counsel.   Executive represents and warrants to the Bank that he has had this Agreement reviewed by independent legal counsel of his choice, or if he has not, that he has had the opportunity to do so, and hereby waives any claim, objection or defense on the grounds that this Agreement has not been reviewed by legal counsel of his choice.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

CHINO COMMERCIAL BANK, N.A. 

     
  By /s/ Thomas A. Woodbury
     Thomas A. Woodbury, D.O.,
    Chairman of Compensation Committee
     
  By /s/ Bernard Wolfswinkel
    Bernard Wolfswinkel
    Chairman
     
  By /s/ Dann H. Bowman
    Dann H. Bowman
   

President and Chief Executive Officer

    ("Executive")

 

 7 

 

EX1A-9 ACCT LTR 16 v463400_ex9-1.htm EXHIBIT 9.1

 

Exhibit 9.1

Consent of Independent Auditor

 

We hereby consent to the inclusion in the Offering Circular, which constitutes a part of this Offering Statement on Form 1-A of Chino Commercial Bancorp, of our report dated March 8, 2017 with respect to our audit of the consolidated financial statements of Chino Commercial Bancorp and Subsidiary as of and for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, which report appears in the Offering Circular, which is part of this Offering Statement. We also consent to the use of our name and the statements with respect to us, as appearing under the heading “Experts” in the Offering Circular that constitutes a part of this Offering Statement on Form 1-A.

 

/s/ Vavrinek, Trine, Day & Co., LLP

 

Rancho Cucamonga, California

April 14, 2017

 

 

 

 

EX1A-12 OPN CNSL 17 v463400_ex12-1.htm EXHIBIT 12.1

Exhibit 12.1

 

KING, HOLMES, PATERNO & SORIANO LLP

ATTORNEYS AT LAW

1900 AVENUE OF THE STARS, TWENTY-FIFTH FLOOR

LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA 90067-4506

Telephone (310) 282-8989

Facsimile (310) 282-8903

 

April 14, 2017

 

 

Chino Commercial Bancorp

14245 Pipeline Avenue

Chino, California 91710

 

Re:Chino Commercial Bancorp: Offering Statement on Form 1-A

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

We have acted as counsel to Chino Commercial Bancorp, a California corporation (the “Company”), in connection with the preparation and filing of the “Tier 1” Regulation A Offering Statement on Form 1-A (the “Offering Statement”) by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

The Offering Statement relates to (i) the proposed issuance by the Company of up to 323,277 shares of the Company’s common stock, no par value (the “Shares”), and (ii) the subscription rights (the “Rights”) which will entitle holders of record of the shares of the Company’s common stock as of a specified record date to subscribe for the Shares on a Rights basis (the “Rights Offering”) as described in the offering circular which is included in the Offering Statement (the “Offering Circular”).

 

In rendering this opinion, we have examined: (i) the Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Company; (ii) certain resolutions of the Board of Directors evidencing the corporate proceedings taken by the Company with respect to the Rights Offering and to authorize the issuance of the Rights and the Shares, and (iii) such other documents as we have deemed appropriate or necessary as a basis for the opinion hereinafter expressed.

 

In rendering the opinion expressed below, we assumed the legal capacity of natural persons signing or delivering any instrument, the authenticity of all documents and records examined, the conformity with the original documents of all documents submitted to us as copies, and the genuineness of all signatures.

 

 

 

 

 

Chino Commercial Bancorp

April 14, 2017

Page 2

 

 

Based upon and subject to the foregoing, and such legal considerations as we deem relevant, we are of the opinion that:

 

1.      The Rights have been duly authorized by appropriate corporate action, and when issued, as contemplated by the Offering Circular, the Rights will be valid and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with their terms, except to the extent that enforcement thereof may be limited by (a) bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, fraudulent conveyance, moratorium, or other similar laws now or hereafter in effect relating to creditors’ rights generally and (b) general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforceability is considered in a proceeding at law or in equity).

 

2.      The Shares have been duly authorized by appropriate corporate action, and when issued and delivered against payment therefor upon due and proper exercise of the Rights or otherwise as contemplated by the Offering Circular, the Shares will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

 

The foregoing opinion is based solely on the present laws and applicable regulations of the State of California. We are members of the California State Bar, and, accordingly, express no opinion as to matters involving the laws of any other jurisdiction.

 

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an Exhibit to the Offering Statement and to references made to this firm under the heading “Legal Matters” in the Offering Circular contained in the Offering Statement and all amendments thereto. In giving such consent, we do not thereby admit that we are included in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Act or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. The opinions set forth in this letter are based upon the facts in existence and laws in effect on the date hereof and we expressly disclaim any obligation to update our opinions herein, regardless of whether changes in such facts or laws come to our attention after the delivery hereof.

 

 

Sincerely,

 

 

/s/ King, Holmes, Paterno & Soriano, LLP

King, Holmes, Paterno & Soriano, LLP

 

 

GRAPHIC 18 pg1img1_ex3-1.jpg GRAPHIC begin 644 pg1img1_ex3-1.jpg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end GRAPHIC 19 image_001.jpg GRAPHIC begin 644 image_001.jpg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end